OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Hardware Description 04 PDF

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R006C03
Hardware Description
Issue 04
Date 2012-10-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description About This Document
About This Document
Related Versions
Product Name Version
OptiX OSN 8800 V100R006C03
iManager U2000 V100R006C00
iManager U2000 Web LCT V100R006C00
NOTE
The Hardware Description for the OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C02 and V100R006C03 are the same.
Intended Audience
This document describes the hardware feature of a cabinet and each subrack, in addition to
application, working principle, front panel, and specifications of each board.
This document is intended for:
l Network Planning Engineer

l Hardware Installation Engineer
l Installation and Commissioning Engineer
l Field Maintenance Engineer
l Network Monitoring Engineer
l Data Configuration Engineer
l System Maintenance Engineer
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
CAUTION
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

important points of the main text.
Diagram Conventions
The Diagram conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Indicates the flow of optical signals.
Indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Indicates an optical module.
Indicates an electrical module.
All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Updates in Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Based on Product Version

V100R006C03
This issue is the fourth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03.
Compared with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the
following updates.
Update Description
14 Optical Adjusted the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description" part.

Transponder
Unit
15 Tributary
Board and Line
Board
14 Optical Added information about the TN15LSXL board.

Transponder
Unit
TOM Revised the TN11TOM board application 5 diagram.
15.4.6 Valid Slots Revised the slot limitations for the TN55NS3 board when it is used as
a regeneration board.
12.3 Fiber Updated fiber management tray information.

Spooling Frame
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C03
This issue is the third official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual Added descriptions of the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks.
15.10 TOA Added the HD-SDIRBR service for the TOA board.
14.20 LSX Modified the function description for the LSX and LDX boards,
14.8 LDX specifying that they do not support test frames.
14.9 LEM24 Modified the function description for the LEM24 and LEX4 boards,
14.10 LEX4 specifying that they do not support optical-layer ASON.
21.9 AUX Modified the jumper descriptions for the TN11AUX01 board.

V100R006C03
This issue is the second official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03.
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual Deleted the TN15LSXL board.
14.11 LOA Added the following optical modules for the TN11LOA, TN12LOG,
14.12 LOG TN12LOM, TN54TOA, TN52TOM, and TN54THA boards:
1000BASE-BX10-U, 1000BASE-BX10-D, 1000BASE-BX-U, and
14.13 LOM 1000BASE-BX-D.
15.10 TOA
15.12 TOM
15.9 THA
17.6 FIU Added the application in OptiX OSN 3800 systems for the TN14FIU
20.7 RAU1 and TN11RAU1 boards.
A.4 Board Added the maintenance blinking mode for the STAT indicator.
Indicators
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C03
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03. Compared
Update Description
Whole manual Added descriptions of the TN12LSC, TN11LTX,

TN15LSXL,TN54TEM28, TN55NS3, TN54TSXL, TN11RAU1,
TN14FIU, and TN13OAU106.
15.7 TDX Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the
15.15 TQX specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP.
21.9 AUX Revised the schematic diagram of the TN11AUX board jumpers in the
"Jumper" section for the AUX board by changing the dotted lines to
solid lines. Figure 21-51 shows the revised diagram. The solid lines
indicate that the jumpers must be capped.
15.10 TOA Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
15.9 THA and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.
14.11 LOA

V100R006C01
Update Description
6 OptiX OSN Updated the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of
8800 Subrack the OptiX OSN 8800.
and Power Updated the power consumption specification of the FAN board for the
Requirement OptiX OSN 8800.
15.1 ND2 Explicitly specified that the TN12ND2 board does not support the 8800
ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP module.
14.11 LOA Updated the specifications of client-side FC400 and FC800 optical
modules.
20.3 HBA Revised the application diagram of the HBA board by deleting the HBA
board at the receiving site.
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
15.7 TDX Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the
15.15 TQX specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP.
21.9 AUX Revised the schematic diagram of the TN11AUX board jumpers in the
"Jumper" section for the AUX board by changing the dotted lines to solid
lines. Figure 21-51 shows the revised diagram. The solid lines indicate
that the jumpers must be capped.
15.10 TOA Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
15.9 THA and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.
14.11 LOA

V100R006C01
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2S0A, TN55NPO2S0B,

TN55NPO2ES02, and TN55NPO2ES04 boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN55NPO2S05 and TN55NPO2S07
boards.
l Deleted slot IU22 from the valid slots for the TN16AUX board in an
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.

V100R006C01
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11LOA, TN55TQX, TN53TDX,

TN13OAU1, TN53NS2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN55NPO2E,
TN12M40, TN12M40V, TN12D40, TN16SCC, TNK4SXH,
TNK4SXM, TNK4XCT, N3EAS2, TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8,
TN12ELQX, and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
14 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

Transponder and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
Unit l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections
15 Tributary that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
Board and Line ND2".
Board
16 PID Board
15.10 TOA l Added service mapping paths from FC400 and 3G-SDI to ODUflex.
l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.
l Added the IEEE 1588v2 function to the "Functions and Features"
table.
15.9 THA l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

l Added the IEEE 1588v2 function to the "Functions and Features"
table.
Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.
15.12 TOM Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

V100R006C00
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,

and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
14 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

Transponder and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
Unit l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections
15 Tributary that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
Board and Line ND2".
Board
16 PID Board
15.12 TOM Revised the port working modes for the TN52TOM board. The details
are as follows:
l In cascading mode:
Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)" to "ODU1 mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any->ODU1->OTU1)" to
"ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)".
l In non-cascading mode:
Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)" to
"ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-
encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1)" to "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)" to
"ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)".
Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)".
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C00
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN54TOA, TN54THA, TN53TQX,

TN12OBU1P1, and TNK2SXH boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,
and TN12PTQX boards.

V100R006C00
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.

l Added descriptions of the TN11DAS1, TN11LSQ, and
TN11WSMD9 boards
l Added the "Optical-layer ASON" and "Electrical-layer ASON" rows
to the "Functions and Features" table.
14.13 LOM Added a description of the TN12LOM board's capability to support 3G-
SDI services.
16.6 NPO2 Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2 board.
TN52UXCM Added descriptions of the TN52XCM02.

V100R005C00
This issue is the fourth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R005C00.
Compared with the third official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual Changed optical module names to ensure that the name of each optical
module is unique.
Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the "Version
Description" section.
Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections that
list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the ND2".

V100R005C00
with the second official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
16 PID Board Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX, and

TN12PTQX board (specific only to OptiX OSN 8800).
TN52UXCM Added information about the TN52XCM02.

V100R005C00
Compared with the first official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
14.21 LSXL Deleted information about the TN13LSXL.
C Quick
Reference Table
of the Units
14 Optical Added information about the LPT function and protocol or standard
Transponder compliance in Functions and Features.
Unit
15 Tributary
Board and Line
Board
16 PID Board
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
21.3 TN52XCH Added information about the TN52XCH02.

V100R005C00
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R005C00. In this
release, the manuals for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R002C02, OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C04,
and OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C04 are combined into one manual.
Update Description
Whole manual l This manual provides descriptions according to product series OptiX
OSN 8800, OptiX OSN 6800, and OptiX OSN 3800. Any difference
between the products is described in the manual.
l The equipment name is changed from OptiX OSN 8800 I to OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 or from OptiX OSN 8800 II to OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
l The descriptions of the following boards are added:
TN11LEM24, TN11LEX4, TN13LSXL,TN54NS3, TN53TSXL,
TN54ENQ2, TN54NPO2, TN11SFIU, TN11RMU902,
TN12WSMD4, TN11ST2, TN11OPM8, TNL1STI, N4BPA
30 Optical Introduction to fixed optical attenuators and mechanical variable optical

Attenuator30.1 attenuators is added.
Fixed Optical
Attenuator
32 Filler Panels Introduction to filler panels is added.
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 N63B Cabinet..................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Cabinet Structure................................................................................................................................................2
1.2 Configuration of the Integrated Cabinet.............................................................................................................3
1.3 Specifications......................................................................................................................................................4
2 N66B Cabinet..................................................................................................................................5
2.1 Cabinet Structure................................................................................................................................................6
2.2 Configuration of the Integrated Cabinet.............................................................................................................7
2.3 Specifications......................................................................................................................................................8
3 Fiber Management Frame..........................................................................................................10

4 DC PDU.........................................................................................................................................15
4.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU......................................................................................................................................16
4.2 TN11PDU.........................................................................................................................................................17
5 UPM................................................................................................................................................21
6 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement.............................................................30
6.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack.........................................................................................................................31
6.1.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................31
6.1.2 Slot Description.......................................................................................................................................32
6.1.3 Cross-Connect Capacities........................................................................................................................33
6.1.4 Fan...........................................................................................................................................................33
6.1.5 Power Consumption................................................................................................................................38
6.1.6 Power Requirement.................................................................................................................................40
6.2.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................43
6.2.4 Fan...........................................................................................................................................................46
6.3.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................57
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

6.3.4 Fan...........................................................................................................................................................59
6.4 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces........................................................................68
6.4.1 ATE.........................................................................................................................................................71
6.4.1.1 Version Description........................................................................................................................71
6.4.1.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................71
6.4.1.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................71
6.4.1.4 Valid Slots......................................................................................................................................77
6.4.1.5 ATE Specifications.........................................................................................................................77
6.4.2 EFI...........................................................................................................................................................78
6.4.2.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................78
6.4.2.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................78
6.4.2.4 Valid Slots......................................................................................................................................85
6.4.2.5 DIP Switches..................................................................................................................................85
6.4.2.6 EFI Specifications...........................................................................................................................86
6.4.3 EFI1.........................................................................................................................................................87
6.4.3.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................87
6.4.3.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................87
6.4.3.4 Valid Slots......................................................................................................................................90
6.4.3.5 DIP Switches..................................................................................................................................90
6.4.3.6 EFI1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................91
6.4.4 EFI2.........................................................................................................................................................91
6.4.4.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................92
6.4.4.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................92
6.4.4.4 Valid Slots......................................................................................................................................97
6.4.4.5 EFI2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................97
6.4.5 STI...........................................................................................................................................................98
6.4.5.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................98
6.4.5.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................98
6.4.5.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................102
6.4.5.5 STI Specifications.........................................................................................................................102
7 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category............................................................................................103

8 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack and Power Requirement...........................................................111
8.1 Structure..........................................................................................................................................................112
8.2 Slot Description..............................................................................................................................................113
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8.3 Cross-Connect Capacities...............................................................................................................................114

8.4 Fan..................................................................................................................................................................115
8.5 Power Consumption.......................................................................................................................................120
8.6 Power Requirement........................................................................................................................................122
8.7 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces......................................................................124
8.7.1 Interfaces in the Interface Area..............................................................................................................125
8.7.2 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board..................................................................................127
8.7.3 PIN Assignment of Interfaces................................................................................................................128
9 OptiX OSN 6800 Board Category............................................................................................137

10 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement..........................................................144
10.1 Chassis Structure..........................................................................................................................................145
10.2 Slot Description............................................................................................................................................145
10.3 Fan................................................................................................................................................................146
10.4 AC Power Consumption...............................................................................................................................150
10.5 AC Power Requirement................................................................................................................................151
10.6 DC Power Consumption...............................................................................................................................153
10.7 DC Power Requirement................................................................................................................................154
10.8 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces....................................................................156
10.8.1 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board................................................................................156
10.8.2 PIN Assignment of Interfaces..............................................................................................................157
11 OptiX OSN 3800 Board Category..........................................................................................163

12 Frame..........................................................................................................................................167
12.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module....................................................................................................................168
12.2 CRPC Frame.................................................................................................................................................171
12.3 Fiber Spooling Frame...................................................................................................................................172
13 Overview of Boards.................................................................................................................174
13.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions.............................................................................................................175
13.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions...............................................................................................................175
13.1.2 Symbols on Boards..............................................................................................................................177
13.2 Bar Code for Boards.....................................................................................................................................179
13.2.1 Bar Code Overview.............................................................................................................................179
13.2.2 Characteristic Code..............................................................................................................................183
14 Optical Transponder Unit......................................................................................................185

14.1 ECOM...........................................................................................................................................................187
14.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................187
14.1.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................187
14.1.3 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................188
14.1.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................190
14.1.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................193
14.1.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................194
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.1.7 Physical and Logical Ports..................................................................................................................195

14.1.8 Configuration of Cross-connection.....................................................................................................196
14.1.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS........................................................................................197
14.1.10 ECOM Specifications........................................................................................................................198
14.2 L4G...............................................................................................................................................................202
14.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................203
14.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................208
14.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................210
14.2.7 Characteristic Code for the L4G..........................................................................................................210
14.2.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS......................................................................................213
14.2.11 L4G Specifications............................................................................................................................215
14.3 LDGD...........................................................................................................................................................220
14.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................220
14.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................226
14.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................228
14.3.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD......................................................................................................228
14.3.11 LDGD Specifications........................................................................................................................233
14.4 LDGS............................................................................................................................................................239
14.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................240
14.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................246
14.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................248
14.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS.......................................................................................................248
14.4.11 LDGS Specifications.........................................................................................................................253
14.5 LDM.............................................................................................................................................................260
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................260
14.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................268
14.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................269
14.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDM........................................................................................................270
14.5.10 LDM Specifications...........................................................................................................................273
14.6 LDMD..........................................................................................................................................................282
14.6.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................282
14.6.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................289
14.6.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................290
14.6.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMD.....................................................................................................291
14.6.10 LDMD Specifications........................................................................................................................294
14.7 LDMS...........................................................................................................................................................302
14.7.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................302
14.7.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................310
14.7.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................311
14.7.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMS......................................................................................................312
14.7.10 LDMS Specifications........................................................................................................................315
14.8 LDX..............................................................................................................................................................323
14.8.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................323
14.8.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................329
14.8.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................331
14.8.7 Characteristic Code for the LDX.........................................................................................................331
14.8.10 LDX Specifications...........................................................................................................................335
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.9 LEM24..........................................................................................................................................................341
14.9.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................341
14.9.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................350
14.9.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................352
14.9.7 Characteristic Code for the LEM24 ....................................................................................................353
14.9.11 LEM24 Specifications.......................................................................................................................367
14.10 LEX4..........................................................................................................................................................373
14.10.1 Version Description...........................................................................................................................373
14.10.2 Application........................................................................................................................................373
14.10.3 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................374
14.10.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow..................................................................................................377
14.10.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................381
14.10.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................383
14.10.7 Characteristic Code for the LEX4 ....................................................................................................384
14.10.8 Physical and Logical Ports................................................................................................................384
14.10.9 Configuration of Cross-connection...................................................................................................385
14.10.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS....................................................................................386
14.10.11 LEX4 Specifications........................................................................................................................395
14.11 LOA............................................................................................................................................................401
14.11.2 Application Overview........................................................................................................................401
14.11.4 Characteristic Code for the LOA.......................................................................................................408
14.11.5 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS.....................................................................................................408
14.11.6 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
........................................................................................................................................................................409
14.11.6.1 Application...............................................................................................................................409
14.11.6.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................409
14.11.6.3 Configuring Cross-Connections...............................................................................................411
14.11.7 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)..............413
14.11.7.1 Application...............................................................................................................................413
14.11.7.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................414
14.11.8 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
........................................................................................................................................................................416
14.11.8.1 Application...............................................................................................................................416
14.11.8.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................417
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.11.9 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).................421
14.11.9.1 Application...............................................................................................................................421
14.11.9.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................422
14.11.10 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2->OTU2).....................................424
14.11.10.1 Application.............................................................................................................................424
14.11.10.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................425
14.11.10.3 Configuring Cross-Connections.............................................................................................426
14.11.11 Working Principle and Signal Flow................................................................................................426
14.11.12 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................429
14.11.13 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................430
14.11.15 LOA Specifications.........................................................................................................................436
14.12 LOG............................................................................................................................................................450
14.12.2 Application........................................................................................................................................451
14.12.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................458
14.12.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................460
14.12.7 Characteristic Code for the LOG.......................................................................................................461
14.12.11 LOG Specifications.........................................................................................................................467
14.13 LOM...........................................................................................................................................................479
14.13.2 Application........................................................................................................................................480
14.13.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................489
14.13.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................492
14.13.7 Characteristic Code for the LOM......................................................................................................493
14.13.10 LOM Specifications.........................................................................................................................500
14.14 LQG............................................................................................................................................................513
14.14.2 Application........................................................................................................................................513
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.14.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................519

14.14.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................520
14.14.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG.......................................................................................................521
14.14.11 LQG Specifications.........................................................................................................................526
14.15 LQM...........................................................................................................................................................531
14.15.2 Application........................................................................................................................................532
14.15.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................542
14.15.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................544
14.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQM......................................................................................................544
14.15.11 LQM Specifications.........................................................................................................................551
14.16 LQMD........................................................................................................................................................560
14.16.2 Application........................................................................................................................................561
14.16.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................570
14.16.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................572
14.16.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMD...................................................................................................573
14.16.11 LQMD Specifications......................................................................................................................580
14.17 LQMS.........................................................................................................................................................590
14.17.2 Application........................................................................................................................................591
14.17.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................603
14.17.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................605
14.17.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMS....................................................................................................606
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xx

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.17.11 LQMS Specifications......................................................................................................................614

14.18 LSC.............................................................................................................................................................624
14.18.2 Application........................................................................................................................................624
14.18.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................629
14.18.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................630
14.18.9 LSC Specifications............................................................................................................................635
14.19 LSQ.............................................................................................................................................................641
14.19.2 Application........................................................................................................................................642
14.19.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................647
14.19.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................649
14.19.7 Characteristic Code for the LSQ.......................................................................................................650
14.19.10 LSQ Specifications..........................................................................................................................653
14.20 LSX.............................................................................................................................................................656
14.20.2 Application........................................................................................................................................658
14.20.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................666
14.20.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................668
14.20.7 Characteristic Code for the LSX.......................................................................................................669
14.20.10 LSX Specifications..........................................................................................................................673
14.21 LSXL..........................................................................................................................................................683
14.21.2 Application........................................................................................................................................684
14.21.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................692
14.21.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................695
14.21.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXL.....................................................................................................696
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.21.10 LSXL Specifications........................................................................................................................701
14.22 LSXLR........................................................................................................................................................706
14.22.2 Application........................................................................................................................................707
14.22.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................711
14.22.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................714
14.22.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXLR..................................................................................................715
14.22.10 LSXLR Specifications.....................................................................................................................718
14.23 LSXR..........................................................................................................................................................721
14.23.2 Application........................................................................................................................................721
14.23.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................725
14.23.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................727
14.23.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR.....................................................................................................728
14.23.10 LSXR Specifications.......................................................................................................................730
14.24 LTX............................................................................................................................................................734
14.24.2 Application........................................................................................................................................734
14.24.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................743
14.24.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................745
14.24.9 LTX Specifications............................................................................................................................751
14.25 LWX2.........................................................................................................................................................754
14.25.2 Application........................................................................................................................................755
14.25.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................760
14.25.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................762
14.25.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2....................................................................................................762
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.25.10 LWX2 Specifications......................................................................................................................765
14.26 LWXD........................................................................................................................................................773
14.26.2 Application........................................................................................................................................773
14.26.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................779
14.26.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................780
14.26.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD...................................................................................................780
14.26.10 LWXD Specifications......................................................................................................................783
14.27 LWXS.........................................................................................................................................................791
14.27.2 Application........................................................................................................................................792
14.27.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................798
14.27.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................799
14.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS....................................................................................................800
14.27.10 LWXS Specifications......................................................................................................................803
14.28 TMX...........................................................................................................................................................810
14.28.2 Application........................................................................................................................................812
14.28.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................817
14.28.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................818
14.28.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX......................................................................................................819
14.28.10 TMX Specifications.........................................................................................................................822
15 Tributary Board and Line Board...........................................................................................834

15.1 ND2..............................................................................................................................................................836
15.1.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................837
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.1.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................852

15.1.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................854
15.1.7 Characteristic Code for the ND2.........................................................................................................855
15.1.11 ND2 Specifications............................................................................................................................876
15.2 NQ2..............................................................................................................................................................884
15.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................885
15.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................901
15.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................903
15.2.7 Characteristic Code for the NQ2.........................................................................................................904
15.2.11 NQ2 Specifications............................................................................................................................928
15.3 NS2...............................................................................................................................................................933
15.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................935
15.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................946
15.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................948
15.3.7 Characteristic Code for the NS2..........................................................................................................949
15.3.9 Configuring Cross-Connections..........................................................................................................955
15.3.11 NS2 Specifications............................................................................................................................970
15.4 NS3...............................................................................................................................................................978
15.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................980
15.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................993
15.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................997
15.4.7 Characteristic Code for the NS3..........................................................................................................999
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.4.11 NS3 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1019

15.5 TBE.............................................................................................................................................................1025
15.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1025
15.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1032
15.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1034
15.5.10 TBE Specifications..........................................................................................................................1038
15.6 TDG............................................................................................................................................................1043
15.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1044
15.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1048
15.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1050
15.6.10 TDG Specifications.........................................................................................................................1054
15.7 TDX............................................................................................................................................................1057
15.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1059
15.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1068
15.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1071
15.7.10 TDX Specifications.........................................................................................................................1084
15.8 TEM28........................................................................................................................................................1087
15.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1088
15.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1095
15.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1097
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15.8.10 TEM28 Specifications.....................................................................................................................1111
15.9 THA............................................................................................................................................................1114
15.9.2 Application Overview........................................................................................................................1115
15.9.4 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS.....................................................................................................1120
15.9.5 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)......................................................1121
15.9.5.1 Application...............................................................................................................................1121
15.9.5.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................1121
15.9.5.3 Configuration of Cross-connection..........................................................................................1122
15.9.6 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)......................................................1124
15.9.6.1 Application...............................................................................................................................1124
15.9.6.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................1124
15.9.7 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)......................................................1126
15.9.7.1 Application...............................................................................................................................1127
15.9.7.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................1127
15.9.8 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)....................................................1129
15.9.8.1 Application...............................................................................................................................1129
15.9.8.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................1130
15.9.10 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1134
15.9.11 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1136
15.9.13 THA Specifications.........................................................................................................................1141
15.10 TOA..........................................................................................................................................................1145
15.10.1 Version Description.........................................................................................................................1145
15.10.2 Application Overview......................................................................................................................1146
15.10.3 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................1147
15.10.4 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS...................................................................................................1152
15.10.5 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)....................................................1153
15.10.5.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1153
15.10.5.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1153
15.10.5.3 Configuration of Cross-connection........................................................................................1154
15.10.6 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)....................................................1156
15.10.6.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1156
15.10.6.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1156
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.10.7 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1).....................................................1158

15.10.7.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1159
15.10.7.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1159
15.10.8 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)..................................................1161
15.10.8.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1161
15.10.8.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1162
15.10.9 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex)...........................................1164
15.10.9.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1164
15.10.9.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1165
15.10.10 Working Principle and Signal Flow..............................................................................................1167
15.10.11 Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................1169
15.10.12 Valid Slots.....................................................................................................................................1171
15.10.13 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS..................................................................................1171
15.10.14 TOA Specifications.......................................................................................................................1177
15.11 TOG..........................................................................................................................................................1186
15.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1187
15.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1192
15.11.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1194
15.11.7 Physical and Logical Ports..............................................................................................................1194
15.11.8 Configuration of Cross-connection.................................................................................................1196
15.11.10 TOG Specifications.......................................................................................................................1200
15.12 TOM.........................................................................................................................................................1203
15.12.2 Application Overview......................................................................................................................1204
15.12.2.1 Concept: Tributary Mode and Tributary-Line Mode..............................................................1204
15.12.2.2 Concept: Cascading Mode and Non-cascading Mode............................................................1205
15.12.2.3 Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM......................................................................1205
15.12.2.4 Application Scenario Overview of TN11TOM......................................................................1212
15.12.3 Function and Feature.......................................................................................................................1215
15.12.4 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS...................................................................................................1222
15.12.5 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading).........................................................1223
15.12.5.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1223
15.12.5.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1224
15.12.6 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading).............................................1227
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.12.6.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1227
15.12.6.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1228
15.12.7 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading).........................................................................1230
15.12.7.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1230
15.12.7.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1231
15.12.8 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)............................................................1232
15.12.8.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1232
15.12.8.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1233
15.12.9 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Non-Cascading)................................................1235
15.12.9.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1235
15.12.9.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1236
15.12.10 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)....................................1240
15.12.10.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1240
15.12.10.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1242
15.12.10.3 Configuration of Cross-connection......................................................................................1243
15.12.11 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)....................................................1244
15.12.11.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1244
15.12.11.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1245
15.12.12 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1 (Non-Cascading).....................1247
15.12.12.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1247
15.12.12.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1248
15.12.13 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)
......................................................................................................................................................................1250
15.12.13.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1250
15.12.13.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1251
15.12.14 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (non-cascading).......................................1252
15.12.14.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1252
15.12.14.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1254
15.12.15 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (non-cascading)..............................................1257
15.12.15.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1257
15.12.15.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1257
15.12.16 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0 (Non-Cascading).................................1259
15.12.16.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1259
15.12.16.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1260
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

15.12.17 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading).......................................................................1262
15.12.17.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1262
15.12.17.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1263
15.12.18 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)..........................................................1264
15.12.18.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1264
15.12.18.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1265
15.12.19 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)...............................................................1267
15.12.19.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1267
15.12.19.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1268
15.12.20 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)..................................................1270
15.12.20.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1270
15.12.20.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1270
15.12.21 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical regeneration board).........................1272
15.12.21.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1272
15.12.21.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1272
15.12.22 Working Principle and Signal Flow..............................................................................................1274
15.12.23 Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................1278
15.12.24 Valid Slots.....................................................................................................................................1280
15.12.26 TOM Specifications.......................................................................................................................1286
15.13 TQM.........................................................................................................................................................1298
15.13.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1299
15.13.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1307
15.13.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1308
15.13.10 TQM Specifications.......................................................................................................................1315
15.14 TQS...........................................................................................................................................................1322
15.14.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1322
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.14.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1328

15.14.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1329
15.14.10 TQS Specifications........................................................................................................................1333
15.15 TQX..........................................................................................................................................................1338
15.15.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1339
15.15.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1346
15.15.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1348
15.15.10 TQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1358
15.16 TSXL........................................................................................................................................................1361
15.16.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1362
15.16.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1370
15.16.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1374
15.16.10 TSXL Specifications......................................................................................................................1381
16 PID Board................................................................................................................................1386
16.1 BMD4.........................................................................................................................................................1387
16.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1387
16.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1390
16.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1392
16.1.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD4.....................................................................................................1393
16.1.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD4........................................................................................................1393
16.1.9 BMD4 Specifications........................................................................................................................1395
16.2 BMD8.........................................................................................................................................................1396
16.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1397
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxx

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

16.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1400
16.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1403
16.2.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD8.....................................................................................................1403
16.2.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD8........................................................................................................1403
16.2.10 BMD8 Specifications......................................................................................................................1407
16.3 ELQX..........................................................................................................................................................1409
16.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1410
16.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1415
16.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1416
16.3.10 ELQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1424
16.4 PTQX..........................................................................................................................................................1428
16.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1430
16.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1436
16.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1438
16.4.7 Characteristic Code of the PTQX......................................................................................................1438
16.4.11 PTQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1447
16.5 ENQ2..........................................................................................................................................................1452
16.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1452
16.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1459
16.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1460
16.5.10 ENQ2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1471
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.6 NPO2..........................................................................................................................................................1471
16.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1476
16.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1486
16.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1489
16.6.7 Characteristic Code of the NPO2......................................................................................................1490
16.6.11 NPO2 Specifications........................................................................................................................1505
16.7 NPO2E........................................................................................................................................................1508
16.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1511
16.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1519
16.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1521
16.7.7 Characteristic Code of the NPO2E....................................................................................................1522
16.7.11 NPO2E Specifications.....................................................................................................................1531
17 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexing Board.............................................................1535

17.1 M40.............................................................................................................................................................1536
17.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1537
17.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1540
17.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1544
17.1.7 Characteristic Code for the M40.......................................................................................................1545
17.1.8 Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................1545
17.1.10 M40 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1546
17.2 M40V..........................................................................................................................................................1547
17.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1548
17.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1551
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
17.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1555

17.2.7 Characteristic Code for the M40V.....................................................................................................1556
17.2.10 M40V Specifications.......................................................................................................................1558
17.3 D40.............................................................................................................................................................1559
17.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1560
17.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1563
17.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1567
17.3.7 Characteristic Code for the D40........................................................................................................1568
17.3.10 D40 Specifications...........................................................................................................................1569
17.4 D40V..........................................................................................................................................................1570
17.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1571
17.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1574
17.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1577
17.4.7 Characteristic Code for the D40V.....................................................................................................1578
17.4.10 D40V Specifications........................................................................................................................1580
17.5 DFIU...........................................................................................................................................................1581
17.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1581
17.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1584
17.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1585
17.5.7 Characteristic Code for the DFIU......................................................................................................1585
17.5.10 DFIU Specifications........................................................................................................................1587
17.6 FIU..............................................................................................................................................................1588
17.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1590
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

17.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1594
17.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1599
17.6.7 Characteristic Code for the FIU.........................................................................................................1601
17.6.10 FIU Specifications...........................................................................................................................1603
17.7 ITL..............................................................................................................................................................1604
17.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1606
17.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1609
17.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1612
17.7.7 Characteristic Code for the ITL.........................................................................................................1613
17.7.10 ITL Specifications...........................................................................................................................1615
17.8 SFIU............................................................................................................................................................1617
17.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1617
17.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1620
17.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1622
17.8.7 Characteristic Code for the SFIU......................................................................................................1623
17.8.10 SFIU Specifications.........................................................................................................................1625
18 Fixed Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board..........................................................1627

18.1 CMR1.........................................................................................................................................................1628
18.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1628
18.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1630
18.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1632
18.1.7 Characteristic Code for the CMR1....................................................................................................1632
18.1.10 CMR1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1633
18.2 CMR2.........................................................................................................................................................1634
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1635
18.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1637
18.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1640
18.3 CMR4.........................................................................................................................................................1643
18.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1644
18.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1647
18.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1650
18.4 DMR1.........................................................................................................................................................1654
18.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1655
18.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1658
18.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1661
18.4.7 Characteristic Code for the DMR1....................................................................................................1661
18.4.10 DMR1 Specifications......................................................................................................................1663
18.5 MR2............................................................................................................................................................1664
18.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1665
18.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1667
18.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1670
18.5.7 Characteristic Code for the MR2.......................................................................................................1670
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
18.5.10 MR2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1672

18.6 MR4............................................................................................................................................................1673
18.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1674
18.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1677
18.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1680
18.7 MR8............................................................................................................................................................1687
18.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1687
18.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1690
18.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1692
18.8 MR8V.........................................................................................................................................................1697
18.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1698
18.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1700
18.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1702
18.8.7 Characteristic Code for the MR8V....................................................................................................1703
18.8.10 MR8V Specifications......................................................................................................................1706
18.9 SBM2..........................................................................................................................................................1708
18.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1709
18.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1711
18.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1713
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.9.9 SBM2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1714
19 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board........................................1716

19.1 RDU9..........................................................................................................................................................1717
19.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1717
19.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1720
19.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1723
19.1.9 RDU9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1724
19.2 RMU9.........................................................................................................................................................1725
19.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1726
19.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1729
19.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1731
19.2.9 RMU9 Specifications........................................................................................................................1734
19.3 ROAM........................................................................................................................................................1735
19.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1736
19.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1739
19.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1743
19.3.9 ROAM Specifications........................................................................................................................1745
19.4 WSD9.........................................................................................................................................................1746
19.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1747
19.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1751
19.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1753
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
19.4.9 WSD9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1756

19.5 WSM9.........................................................................................................................................................1758
19.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1759
19.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1762
19.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1764
19.5.9 WSM9 Specifications........................................................................................................................1767
19.6 WSMD2......................................................................................................................................................1769
19.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1769
19.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1772
19.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1775
19.6.9 WSMD2 Specifications.....................................................................................................................1777
19.7 WSMD4......................................................................................................................................................1778
19.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1780
19.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1783
19.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1785
19.8 WSMD9......................................................................................................................................................1790
19.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1790
19.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1793
19.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1796
20 Optical Amplifier Board......................................................................................................1800
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
20.1 CRPC..........................................................................................................................................................1801
20.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1801
20.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1805
20.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1808
20.1.7 Dip Switch and Jumper......................................................................................................................1808
20.1.8 Characteristic Code for the CRPC.....................................................................................................1810
20.1.11 CRPC Specifications.......................................................................................................................1812
20.2 DAS1..........................................................................................................................................................1813
20.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1814
20.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1819
20.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1822
20.2.9 DAS1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1827
20.3 HBA............................................................................................................................................................1829
20.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1829
20.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1832
20.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1834
20.3.7 Characteristic Code for the HBA.......................................................................................................1835
20.3.10 HBA Specifications.........................................................................................................................1838
20.4 OAU1..........................................................................................................................................................1839
20.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1841
20.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1845
20.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1850
20.4.7 Characteristic Code for the OAU1....................................................................................................1851
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

20.4.10 OAU1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1856
20.5 OBU1..........................................................................................................................................................1864
20.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1866
20.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1870
20.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1873
20.5.7 Characteristic Code for the OBU1.....................................................................................................1874
20.5.10 OBU1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1879
20.6 OBU2..........................................................................................................................................................1881
20.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1882
20.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1886
20.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1889
20.6.7 Characteristic Code for the OBU2.....................................................................................................1890
20.6.10 OBU2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1895
20.7 RAU1..........................................................................................................................................................1896
20.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1897
20.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1902
20.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1904
20.7.9 RAU1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1909
21 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board....................................1913

21.1 SXM............................................................................................................................................................1914
21.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1915
21.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1917
21.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1919
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xl

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
21.1.7 SXM Specifications...........................................................................................................................1919

21.2 SXH............................................................................................................................................................1920
21.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1921
21.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1923
21.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1925
21.2.7 SXH Specifications............................................................................................................................1925
21.3 TN52XCH..................................................................................................................................................1926
21.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1926
21.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1929
21.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1930
21.3.7 TN52XCH Specifications..................................................................................................................1930
21.4 TN16XCH..................................................................................................................................................1931
21.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1931
21.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1935
21.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1937
21.4.7 Jumper...............................................................................................................................................1937
21.4.8 TN16XCH Specifications..................................................................................................................1938
21.5 XCM...........................................................................................................................................................1939
21.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1939
21.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1942
21.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1944
21.5.7 XCM Board Specifications................................................................................................................1944
21.6 XCS............................................................................................................................................................1945
21.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1946
21.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1948
21.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1950
21.6.7 XCS Specifications............................................................................................................................1950
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xli

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
21.7 XCT............................................................................................................................................................1950
21.7.1 Version Description........................................................................................................................... 1950
21.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1951
21.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1953
21.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1955
21.7.7 XCT Specifications............................................................................................................................1955
21.8 SCC.............................................................................................................................................................1956
21.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1958
21.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1962
21.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1968
21.8.7 Jumper...............................................................................................................................................1969
21.8.8 SCC Specifications............................................................................................................................1976
21.9 AUX............................................................................................................................................................1977
21.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1978
21.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1982
21.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1987
21.9.7 Jumper...............................................................................................................................................1988
21.9.8 AUX Specifications........................................................................................................................... 1993
22 Optical Supervisory Channel Board..................................................................................1994

22.1 HSC1..........................................................................................................................................................1995
22.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1995
22.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1999
22.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2001
22.1.7 Characteristic Code for the HSC1.....................................................................................................2001
22.1.10 HSC1 Specifications........................................................................................................................2003
22.2 SC1.............................................................................................................................................................2004
22.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2005
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

22.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2009
22.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2011
22.2.7 Characteristic Code for the SC1........................................................................................................2011
22.2.10 SC1 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2013
22.3 SC2.............................................................................................................................................................2014
22.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2015
22.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2019
22.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2021
22.3.7 Characteristic Code for the SC2........................................................................................................2021
22.3.10 SC2 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2023
22.4 ST2..............................................................................................................................................................2024
22.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2025
22.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2029
22.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2031
22.4.7 Characteristic Code for the ST2........................................................................................................2031
22.4.10 ST2 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2034
23 Optical Protection Board......................................................................................................2035

23.1 DCP............................................................................................................................................................2036
23.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2037
23.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2041
23.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2044
23.1.7 Characteristic Code for the DCP.......................................................................................................2045
23.1.10 DCP Specifications..........................................................................................................................2047
23.2 OLP.............................................................................................................................................................2049
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xliii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

23.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2051
23.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2055
23.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2058
23.2.7 Characteristic Code for the OLP.......................................................................................................2058
23.2.10 OLP Specifications..........................................................................................................................2060
23.3 SCS.............................................................................................................................................................2063
23.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2063
23.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2066
23.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2068
23.3.7 Characteristic Code for the SCS........................................................................................................2068
23.3.10 SCS Specifications..........................................................................................................................2070
24 Spectrum Analyzer Board....................................................................................................2072

24.1 MCA4.........................................................................................................................................................2073
24.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2074
24.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2077
24.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2078
24.1.7 Characteristic Code for the MCA4....................................................................................................2079
24.1.10 MCA4 Specifications......................................................................................................................2081
24.2 MCA8.........................................................................................................................................................2082
24.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2083
24.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2086
24.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2087
24.2.7 Characteristic Code for the MCA8....................................................................................................2088
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xliv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.2.10 MCA8 Specifications......................................................................................................................2090
24.3 OPM8..........................................................................................................................................................2091
24.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2091
24.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2094
24.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2095
24.3.8 Characteristic Code for the OPM8....................................................................................................2096
24.3.10 OPM8 Specifications.......................................................................................................................2097
24.4 WMU..........................................................................................................................................................2098
24.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2099
24.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2101
24.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2103
24.4.9 WMU Specifications.........................................................................................................................2104
25 Variable Optical Attenuator Board....................................................................................2105

25.1 VA1............................................................................................................................................................2106
25.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2106
25.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2109
25.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2111
25.1.7 Characteristic Code for the VA1.......................................................................................................2112
25.1.10 VA1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2114
25.2 VA4............................................................................................................................................................2115
25.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2116
25.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2118
25.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2120
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
25.2.7 Characteristic Code for the VA4.......................................................................................................2121

25.2.10 VA4 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2123
26 Optical Power and Dispersion Equalizing Board...........................................................2125

26.1 DCU............................................................................................................................................................2126
26.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2126
26.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2129
26.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2130
26.1.7 Characteristic Code for the DCU.......................................................................................................2130
26.1.10 DCU Specifications.........................................................................................................................2131
26.2 TDC............................................................................................................................................................2133
26.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2134
26.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2136
26.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2138
26.2.7 Characteristic Code for the TDC.......................................................................................................2138
26.2.10 TDC Specifications..........................................................................................................................2140
27 Clock Board.............................................................................................................................2142
27.1 STG.............................................................................................................................................................2143
27.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2143
27.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2147
27.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2149
27.1.7 Characteristic Code for the STG.......................................................................................................2150
27.1.9 STG Specifications............................................................................................................................2150
28 OCS System Unit...................................................................................................................2151

28.1 BPA............................................................................................................................................................2152
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
28.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2152
28.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2154
28.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2156
28.1.7 Characteristic Code for the BPA.......................................................................................................2156
28.1.9 Specifications of the BPA..................................................................................................................2157
28.2 EAS2...........................................................................................................................................................2158
28.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2159
28.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2166
28.2.6 Jumpers and DIP Switches................................................................................................................2168
28.2.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2168
28.2.8 Feature Code......................................................................................................................................2168
28.2.11 Specifications of the EAS2..............................................................................................................2178
28.3 EGSH..........................................................................................................................................................2181
28.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2182
28.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2188
28.3.6 DIP Switches and Fiber Jumpers.......................................................................................................2191
28.3.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2191
28.3.8 Characteristic Code for the EGSH.....................................................................................................2191
28.3.10 Board Protection..............................................................................................................................2192
28.3.12 Specifications of the EGSH.............................................................................................................2202
28.4 SF64............................................................................................................................................................2204
28.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2204
28.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2209
28.4.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2211
28.4.8 Characteristic Code for the SF64.......................................................................................................2211
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.4.11 Specifications of the SF64...............................................................................................................2213
28.5 SF64A.........................................................................................................................................................2216
28.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2217
28.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2222
28.5.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2223
28.5.8 Characteristic Code for the SF64A....................................................................................................2223
28.5.11 Specifications of the SF64A............................................................................................................2225
28.6 SFD64.........................................................................................................................................................2227
28.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2228
28.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2232
28.6.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2234
28.6.8 Characteristic Code for the SFD64....................................................................................................2234
28.6.11 Specifications of the SFD64............................................................................................................2236
28.7 SL64............................................................................................................................................................2239
28.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2240
28.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2244
28.7.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2246
28.7.8 Characteristic Code for the SL64......................................................................................................2246
28.7.11 Specifications of the SL64...............................................................................................................2248
28.8 SLD64.........................................................................................................................................................2250
28.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2251
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2255
28.8.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2257
28.8.8 Characteristic Code for the SLD64...................................................................................................2257
28.8.11 Specifications of the SLD64............................................................................................................2259
28.9 SLH41.........................................................................................................................................................2260
28.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2261
28.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2266
28.9.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2268
28.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SLH41...................................................................................................2268
28.9.11 Specifications of the SLH41............................................................................................................2271
28.10 SLO16.......................................................................................................................................................2273
28.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2273
28.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2278
28.10.6 Jumpers and DIP Switches..............................................................................................................2279
28.10.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2279
28.10.8 Characteristic Code for the SLO16.................................................................................................2279
28.10.9 Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................2280
28.10.11 Specifications of the SLO16..........................................................................................................2281
28.11 SLQ16.......................................................................................................................................................2282
28.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2283
28.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2288
28.11.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2289
28.11.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ16.................................................................................................2289
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

28.11.11 Specifications of the SLQ16..........................................................................................................2291
28.12 SLQ64.......................................................................................................................................................2292
28.12.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2293
28.12.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2298
28.12.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2299
28.12.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ64.................................................................................................2299
28.12.11 Specifications of the SLQ64..........................................................................................................2301
29 Cables.......................................................................................................................................2303
29.1 PGND Cables.............................................................................................................................................2304
29.1.1 Cabinet PGND Power Cables............................................................................................................2304
29.1.2 Subrack PGND Cables......................................................................................................................2305
29.1.3 PDU PGND Cables...........................................................................................................................2306
29.1.4 Cabinet Door Ground Cables............................................................................................................2306
29.2 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................................2307
29.2.1 Cabinet -48 V/BGND Power Cables.................................................................................................2307
29.2.2 Subrack Power Cables.......................................................................................................................2311
29.3 Optical Fibers.............................................................................................................................................2313
29.3.1 Classification.....................................................................................................................................2313
29.3.2 Connectors.........................................................................................................................................2314
29.4 Alarm Cables..............................................................................................................................................2318
29.4.1 Cabinet Indicator Cable.....................................................................................................................2318
29.4.2 Alarm Output Interface Cable...........................................................................................................2319
29.4.3 Alarm Input Interface Cable..............................................................................................................2321
29.5 Management Cables...................................................................................................................................2322
29.5.1 OAM Serial Port Cable......................................................................................................................2322
29.5.2 AUX Signal Cable.............................................................................................................................2324
29.5.3 Straight-Through Network Cable......................................................................................................2328
29.6 Clock/Time Cable.......................................................................................................................................2330
29.6.1 Cables for other equipment Connections...........................................................................................2330
29.6.1.1 Straight-Through Network Cable.............................................................................................2331
29.6.1.2 Special Cables...........................................................................................................................2331
29.6.1.3 SMB-SMB Coaxial Cables.......................................................................................................2334
29.6.2 Cables for Internal Connections........................................................................................................2336
29.6.2.1 Cascading Network Cables ......................................................................................................2336
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential l

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
29.6.3 Cables for Testing equipment Connections.......................................................................................2338

29.6.3.1 SMB-BNC Coaxial Cables.......................................................................................................2338
29.6.3.2 Time Signal Testing Cables......................................................................................................2339
30 Optical Attenuator.................................................................................................................2342
30.1 Fixed Optical Attenuator ...........................................................................................................................2343
30.2 Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuator....................................................................................................2343
31 Pluggable Optical Modules.................................................................................................2344

32 Filler Panels............................................................................................................................2346
32.1 Functions and Features...............................................................................................................................2347
32.2 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................2347
32.3 Valid Slots..................................................................................................................................................2348
32.4 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................................2349
A Indicators..................................................................................................................................2351
A.1 Cabinet Indicators........................................................................................................................................2352
A.2 Subrack Indicator.........................................................................................................................................2352
A.3 Chassis Indicators........................................................................................................................................2353
A.4 Board Indicators...........................................................................................................................................2353
A.5 Fan Indicator................................................................................................................................................2357
A.6 PIU Indicator...............................................................................................................................................2358
B Bar Code for Boards................................................................................................................2359

B.1 Bar Code Overview......................................................................................................................................2361
B.2 Characteristic Code for OTUs.....................................................................................................................2364
B.2.1 Characteristic Code for DWDM OTUs..............................................................................................2365
B.2.2 Characteristic Code for DWDM Wavelength-Tunable OTUs............................................................2366
B.2.3 Characteristic Code for CWDM OTUs...............................................................................................2367
B.3 Characteristic Code of a Line Unit..............................................................................................................2368
B.4 Characteristic Code of an FOADM.............................................................................................................2368
B.4.1 Characteristic Code for the CMR1.....................................................................................................2368
B.4.4 Characteristic Code for the DMR1.....................................................................................................2370
B.4.5 Characteristic Code for the MR2........................................................................................................2370
B.4.8 Characteristic Code for the MR8V.....................................................................................................2372
B.5 Characteristic Code of an MCA...................................................................................................................2373
B.5.1 Characteristic Code for the MCA4.....................................................................................................2373
B.5.2 Characteristic Code for the MCA8.....................................................................................................2374
B.6 Characteristic Code of an OAU...................................................................................................................2374
B.6.1 Characteristic Code for the HBA........................................................................................................2374
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential li

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
B.6.2 Characteristic Code for the OAU1......................................................................................................2375

B.6.3 Characteristic Code for the OBU1......................................................................................................2375
B.6.4 Characteristic Code for the OBU2......................................................................................................2376
B.6.5 Characteristic Code for the CRPC......................................................................................................2376
B.7 Characteristic Code of an Optical MUX/DMUX Unit................................................................................2377
B.7.1 Characteristic Code for the D40.........................................................................................................2377
B.7.2 Characteristic Code for the D40V.......................................................................................................2377
B.7.3 Characteristic Code for the DFIU.......................................................................................................2378
B.7.4 Characteristic Code for the FIU..........................................................................................................2378
B.7.5 Characteristic Code for the ITL..........................................................................................................2379
B.7.6 Characteristic Code for the M40.........................................................................................................2379
B.7.7 Characteristic Code for the M40V......................................................................................................2380
B.8 Characteristic Code of a Protection Unit.....................................................................................................2380
B.8.1 Characteristic Code for the DCP.........................................................................................................2381
B.8.2 Characteristic Code for the OLP.........................................................................................................2381
B.8.3 Characteristic Code for the SCS.........................................................................................................2381
B.9 Characteristic Code of a VOA.....................................................................................................................2382
B.9.1 Characteristic Code for the VA1.........................................................................................................2382
B.9.2 Characteristic Code for the VA4.........................................................................................................2382
B.10 Characteristic Code of a PDE Unit............................................................................................................2383
B.10.1 Characteristic Code for the DCU......................................................................................................2383
B.10.2 Characteristic Code for the TDC......................................................................................................2383
C Quick Reference Table of the Units....................................................................................2385

C.1 Specification of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards .............................................................................2386
C.1.1 OTUs and Tributary Boards Specification on the Client Side............................................................2386
C.1.2 OTUs and Line Boards Specification on the WDM Side...................................................................2419
C.2 Specification of Optical Amplifying Unit....................................................................................................2437
C.3 Insertion Loss Specifications of Boards......................................................................................................2439
C.4 MON Interface Optical Split Ratio..............................................................................................................2442
C.5 Basic Functions of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards...................................................................2443
C.6 Loopback Function of OTUs, Tributary Boards, and Line Boards.............................................................2449
C.7 Protection mode of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards ..................................................................2453
C.8 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards..................................................2455
D Parameter Reference..............................................................................................................2460
D.1 Board Mode (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................................2462
D.2 Broadcast Packet Suppression Threshold....................................................................................................2464
D.3 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface).........................................................................................................2465
D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface)...............................................................................2466
D.5 Default VLAN ID .......................................................................................................................................2467
D.6 Enabled/Disabled ........................................................................................................................................2467
D.7 Enabling Broadcast Packet Suppression .....................................................................................................2468
D.8 Enabling LCAS............................................................................................................................................2469
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
D.9 Entry Detection ...........................................................................................................................................2470

D.10 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM Interface)...............................................................................................2470
D.11 FC Distance Extension (WDM Interface).................................................................................................2471
D.12 FEC Mode (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................................2472
D.13 FEC Working State (WDM Interface).......................................................................................................2473
D.14 Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)...............................................................................2473
D.15 Gain (dB) (WDM Interface)......................................................................................................................2474
D.16 Initial Variance Value Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface)................2475
D.17 Laser Status (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................................2476
D.18 Laser Transmission Distance (m)..............................................................................................................2477
D.19 LCAS Mode...............................................................................................................................................2478
D.20 Line Rate....................................................................................................................................................2479
D.21 Loop Detection..........................................................................................................................................2481
D.22 Loop Port Shutdown..................................................................................................................................2481
D.23 MAC Loopback ........................................................................................................................................2482
D.24 Max. Attenuation Rate (dB) (WDM Interface).........................................................................................2483
D.25 Maxmun Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)................................................................2484
D.26 Max. Packet Length (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................2484
D.27 Min. Attenuation Rate (dB) (WDM Interface)..........................................................................................2485
D.28 Minmun Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface).................................................................2486
D.29 Min. Members-Transmit Direction............................................................................................................2486
D.30 MSP Sharing..............................................................................................................................................2487
D.31 Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM Interface).......................................................................................................2488
D.32 Non-Autonegotiation Flow Control Mode ...............................................................................................2489
D.33 Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio (dB)(WDM Interface)......................................................................2490
D.34 PHY Loopback .........................................................................................................................................2491
D.35 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................2492
D.36 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface)...............................2493
D.37 Port Mapping (WDM Interface)................................................................................................................2494
D.38 PRBS Test Status (WDM Interface)..........................................................................................................2496
D.39 Rated Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)..........................................................................................2497
D.40 SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................2498
D.41 Service Mode (WDM Interface)................................................................................................................2499
D.42 Input Power Loss Threshold (dBm) (WDM Interface).............................................................................2500
D.43 TSD............................................................................................................................................................2501
D.44 Variance Threshold Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface)....................2501
D.45 VLAN Priority ..........................................................................................................................................2502
E Glossary.................................................................................................................................... 2504
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential liii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 1 N63B Cabinet
1 N63B Cabinet
About This Chapter
1.1 Cabinet Structure

The N63B is an ETSI middle-column cabinet with 300 mm depth, complying with the ETS
300-119 standard.
1.2 Configuration of the Integrated Cabinet
Typical configuration of the N63B cabinet involves settings of the following items: the subrack
type, the number of subracks, DCM and CRPC frames, and the PDU model.
1.3 Specifications
Technical specifications of the N63B cabinet include dimensions, weight, and voltage.
Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

300-119 standard.
The following subracks can be installed on the N63B cabinet: OptiX OSN 8800 T32, OptiX
OSN 8800 T16 and OptiX OSN 6800.
The N63B cabinet consists of the rack (main frame), open-close type front door, rear panel fixed
by screws, and side panels at the left and right sides.
Cabinet doors and side panels can be disassembled. The front door and side panels have
grounding points. Keys to the front door of all N63B cabinets are the same.
Figure 1-1 shows the appearance of the N63B cabinet.
Figure 1-1 N63B cabinet appearance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 1-1 lists the typical configurations of the N63B cabinet.
Table 1-1 Typical configurations of the N63B cabinet

Typ Number of PDU Model Circuit Maximum Power
ical Subracks and Breaker a Power Consumpti
Con Frames Consumpti on for the
figu on of Typical
rati Integrated Configurati
on Equipment on
b
1 2 x OptiX OSN TN16 Eight 63 A 5400 W < 4000 W

8800 T32 circuit
breakers
2 1 x OptiX OSN TN16 Four 63 A and 5400 W < 4000 W

8800 T32 + 2 x four 32 A
OptiX OSN 6800 circuit
+ 2 x DCM frame breakers

8800 T32 + 2 x circuit
OptiX OSN 8800 breakers
T16 + 1 x DCM
frame

8800 T16 + 1 x circuit
DCM frame breakers
5 3 x OptiX OSN TN16 Six 63 A and 5000 W < 4000 W

8800 T16 + 1 x two 32 A
6 2 x OptiX OSN TN16 Four 63 A and 5000 W < 4000 W

8800 T16 + 2 x four 32 A
7 1 x OptiX OSN TN16 Two 63 A and 5000 W < 4000 W

8800 T16 + 3 x six 32 A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Typ Number of PDU Model Circuit Maximum Power

ical Subracks and Breaker a Power Consumpti
Con Frames Consumpti on for the
figu on of Typical
rati Integrated Configurati
on Equipment on
b
8 4 x OptiX OSN TN11 Four 63 A 4800 W < 4000 W

6800 + 1 x DCM circuit
frame breakers
9 3 x OptiX OSN TN11 Four 63 A 4800 W < 4000 W

6800 + 2 x CRPC circuit
frame + 3 x DCM breakers
frame
a: This column lists the number of circuit breakers required on the PDF.
b: The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum
power consumption of the cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated
equipment. The power consumption of the integrated equipment can not exceed the maximum
power consumption.
NOTE
In the case of transmission equipment, power consumption is generally transformed into heat consumption.
Hence, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power consumption (W) can be converted to each other in the
formula: Heat consumption (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) / 0.2931 (Wh).
In each typical configuration, the power consumption is less than 4000 W. Power consumption for the
typical configuration refers to the average power consumption of the device in normal scenarios. The
maximum power consumption refers to the maximum power consumption of the device under extreme
conditions.
1.3 Specifications
Table 1-2 lists the technical specifications of the N63B cabinet.
Table 1-2 Technical specifications of the N63B cabinet
Item Specification
Dimensions 600 mm (W) x 300 mm (D) x 2200 mm (H)
Weight (kg) 60 kg
Standard working voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC
Working voltage range -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

-60V DC: -48V to -72V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
2 N66B Cabinet
About This Chapter

300-119 standard.
2.3 Specifications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

300-119 standard.
The following subracks can be installed on the N66B cabinet: OptiX OSN 8800 T64, OptiX
OSN 8800 T32, OptiX OSN 8800 T16, and OptiX OSN 6800.
The N66B cabinet consists of the rack (main frame), open-close type front and rear doors, and
side panels at the left and right sides.
Cabinet doors and side panels can be disassembled. The front door and side panels have
grounding points. Keys to the front and rear doors of all N63B cabinets are the same.
Figure 2-1 shows the appearance of the N66B cabinet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 2-1 N66B cabinet appearance

Table 2-1 lists the typical configurations of the N66B cabinet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 2-1 Typical configurations of the N66B cabinet

Typic Number of PDU Circuit Maximum Power
al Subracks and Mode Breaker a Power Consumptio
Confi Frames Consumptio n for the
gurat n of Typical
ion Integrated Configuratio
Equipment b n
1 1 x OptiX OSN TN16 Sixteen 63 10800 W < 6000 W

8800 T64 + 2 x A circuit
T32 + 2 x DCM
frame

8800 T64 + 4 x and eight 32
OptiX OSN 6800 A circuit
3 1 x OptiX OSN TN16 Sixteen 63 10000 W < 6000 W

8800 T64 + 4 x A circuit
T16 + 2 x DCM
frame
a: This column lists the number of circuit breakers required on the PDF.
b: The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum
power consumption of the cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated
equipment. The power consumption of the integrated equipment do not exceed the maximum
power consumption.
NOTE
In the case of transmission equipment, power consumption is generally transformed into heat consumption.
Hence, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power consumption (W) can be converted to each other in the
formula: Heat consumption (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) / 0.2931 (Wh).
In each typical configuration, the power consumption is less than 6000 W. Power consumption for the
typical configuration refers to the average power consumption of the device in normal scenarios. The
maximum power consumption refers to the maximum power consumption of the device under extreme
conditions.
2.3 Specifications
Table 2-2 lists the technical specifications of the N66B cabinet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 2-2 Technical specifications of the N66B cabinet

Item Specification
Weight (kg) 85 kg
Standard working voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC

-60V DC: -48V to -72V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 3 Fiber Management Frame
3 Fiber Management Frame
Used with an N63B or N66B cabinet, a fiber management frame can enhance the fiber capacity
of the N63B or N66B cabinet and make fiber installation and routing more flexible.
Appearance
There are two types of fiber management frames: left-side fiber management frame and right-
side fiber management frame. Fiber management frames are used together with N63B and N66B
cabinets, as shown in Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-1 Fiber management frames used with the N63B cabinet
1. Left-side fiber management frame 2. Right-side fiber management frame 3. Fiber spool unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-2 Fiber management frames used with the N66B cabinet
1,3. Left-side fiber management frame 2,4. Right-side fiber management frame

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functions and features

Table 3-1 lists the functions and features of a fiber management frame.
Table 3-1 Functions and features
Item Description
Structure feature l Fiber spool units in a fiber management frame can be adjusted based
on device position in the cabinet.
l A fiber management frame can protect fibers and meet the
requirement for a minimum of 30 mm bending radius.
l A fiber management frame makes fiber spooling more flexible.
Fiber capacity Internal fiber capacity a Without a fiber management frame

b: 320 PCS
With a fiber management frame c:

640 PCS
External fiber capacity a Without a fiber management frame

b: 720 PCS
With a fiber management frame c:

1408 PCS
a: A fiber with a diameter of 2 mm is used as an example to calculate how many internal and
external fibers that can be configured at most. An internal fiber is a fiber used inside a subrack
or between subracks, and an external fiber is a fiber connecting one equipment cabinet to
other equipment.
b: Fibers in Overhead Cabling Mode can be configured at most.
c: An N63B cabinet configured with left-side and right-side fiber management frames is used
as an example to calculate how many internal and external fibers can be configured at most.
Two routing fiber cabinets can be installed on the left and right sides of one N66B cabinet.
In this configuration, a maximum of 1280 internal and 2816 external fibers can configured.
Configuration Principle
Left-side and right-side fiber management frames are installed to the left and right of a cabinet
respectively. Fiber management frames can be used with N63B or N66B cabinet only. You can
determine whether to configure a fiber management frame based on the required fiber capacity.
Observe the following rules when configuring an 80-channel system (fibers with 2 mm diameters
are used as an example):
l When N63B cabinets are used, fiber management frames must be used for overhead cabling
if more than 320 internal fibers and 720 external fibers are required.
l When N66B cabinets are used, fiber management frames must be used for overhead cabling
if more than 640 internal fibers and 1440 external fibers are required.
In addition, observe the following rules when configuring fiber management frames:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l For new network deployment or network expansion, or during network maintenance, fiber
management frames can be configured if the free space on the two sides of a cabinet is
large enough for users to flexibly and freely install and route fibers.
l For underfloor cabling, fiber management frames must be used to manage external fibers
because there is not much space left inside the cabinet after the external power cables are
arranged in the cabinet.
NOTE
l Left-side and right-side fiber management frames must be configured at the same time.
l During cabinet expansion, spool internal cascading fibers and external fibers in the fiber management
frames.
Mechanical Specifications
The mechanical specifications of a fiber management frame are as follows:
l Outline dimensions: 150 mm (W) x 300 mm (D) x 2200 mm (H).
l Weight: 23 kg

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 4 DC PDU
4 DC PDU
About This Chapter
There are four types of power distribution units (PDUs): TN16, TN51, TN11 and PDU
(DPD63-8-8). The availability of the boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the
boards, contact the product manager of your Huawei local office.
l The TN51PDU and TN16PDU use the same front panel and provide the same functions,
but they are different in height. The two boards apply to the same scenarios. This manual
uses the TN16PDU board as an example for illustration.
l The TN16PDU is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks or a cabinet
housing OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
l The TN11PDU is used only for a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
l The PDU (DPD63-8-8) is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks , a
cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 6800 subracks, or a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 8800
and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
4.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
4.2 TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
4.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN51PDU and TN16PDU have the same functions but differ in height. The TN51PDU is 133.4 mm
high. When two OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are installed on a cabinet, one more DCM frame can be
configured if the TN16PDU is used, compared with the TN51PDU.
TN51PDU can be substituted by the TN16PDU.This topic describes the TN16PDU.
The TN16PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
four -48V/-60V power supplies and output four power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether short-circuiting copper bars are required is determined by the current of power supplied
by the power supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
l When eight 63 A power supplies are provided, no short-circuiting copper bar is required.
l When four 125 A power supplies are provided, short-circuiting copper bars are required
for dividing one 125 A power supply into two 63 A power supplies.
For more information about short-circuiting copper bars, see Short-Circuiting Copper
Bar.
Figure 4-1 shows the front panel of the TN16PDU.
Figure 4-1 Front panel of the TN16PDU

Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply
output area switch area input area switch area output area
- - - - - - - -
+ + + + + + + +
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
A B
1 2 3
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Input cable terminal block 3. Power switch
l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 100 mm (H)

l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four input cable terminal
blocks and receive four -48V/-60V DC power supplies, eight -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output power switches to control
power supplies for subracks inside the cabinet and provide overcurrent protection for each
other.
Figure 4-2 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN16PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 4-2 TN16PDU internal pin assignments
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
- - - - - - - -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
+ + + + + + + +
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
INPUT A INPUT B
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
+ + + + OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
+ + + +
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
- - - - - - - -
INPUT A INPUT B
Short-Circuit Copper Bar

If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power supplies
in total. In this case, short-circuit copper bars are required for both A and B. Figure 4-3 shows
the appearance of the short-circuiting copper bar.
Figure 4-3 Appearance
Copper Plate
4.2 TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.
DC PDU
The TN11PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
two -48V/-60V power supplies and output six power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether junction boxes are required is determined by the current of power supplied by the power
supply equipment in the telecommunications room:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l If a power supply is 63 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power
supplies in total. In this case, no junction box is required.
l If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power
supplies in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for dividing one 125 A current
into four 32 A currents.
For more information about junction boxes, see Junction Box.
Figure 4-4 shows the front panel of the TN11PDU.
Figure 4-4 Front panel of the TN11PDU
1 2 3 3 2 1
4 4
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Ground screw 3. Input cable terminal block 4. Power switch
l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 131 mm (H)

l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Ground screw: used to connect (protection ground) PGND cables.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have two input cable terminal
blocks and receive two -48V/-60V DC power supplies, four -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six power output switches (corresponding
to the six output cable terminal blocks) to control power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800, both A and B only use power switches SW2, SW3, SW4, and SW5 to
control power supplies for four subracks from bottom to top.
Figure 4-5 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN11PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 4-5 TN11PDU internal pin assignments
OUTPUT OUTPUT
- - - - - -
+- +- + - + - +- + - +- +- + - + - +- + -
ON ON
OFF OFF
+ + - - + + - -
INPUT INPUT
Junction Box
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power supplies
in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for both A and B. Figure 4-6 shows the junction
box structure and Figure 4-7 shows the installation position of the junction box.
Figure 4-6 Structure

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 4-7 Installation position

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 5 UPM
5 UPM
The UPM is an external uninterruptible power module. The UPM can directly convert 110 V/
220 V AC mains power into -48 V DC power required by the transmission equipment. The UPM
is suitable for the telecom carriers who cannot provide -48 V DC power supply or requires
batteries.
Application
Figure 5-1 shows the application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800.
Figure 5-1 Application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800
OptiX OSN equipment
Backplane
110V/220V -48V
UPM PIU
Board A
-48V
PIU
Board B
-48V
Appearance
The UPM is a special power supply system and EPS75-4815AF is one type of the UPM.
The output power of a single EPS75-4815AF power system is 2000 W. The EPS75-4815AF
power system is 3U high. Figure 5-2 shows the appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-2 Appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power system
Functions and Features

UPM can work with storage batteries . When the external AC power system supplies power
normally, the batteries store power. When the 110 V/220 V AC power supply is interrupted, the
batteries can supply power for 3 to 4 hours. To supply power to the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/
6800 equipment, only one power system is required to be connected to the batteries.
The standard maximum configuration of each EPS75-4815AF power system includes five
rectifier modules and one monitoring module.
NOTE
The batteries do not belong to the EPS75-4815AF. Therefore, the batteries need to be configured separately.
If the batteries are required, a battery cabinet is provided generally or a dedicated space in the equipment
cabinet is reserved for the batteries.
Table 5-1 provides the functions and features of the UPM.
Table 5-1 Functions and features of the EPS75-4815AF power system

Function and EPS75-4815AF
Feature
Hot-swappable The AC/DC rectifier module of the UPM is hot-swappable. When you
function replace a faulty rectifier module, the other rectifier module can still
work normally. Therefore, the maintainability of the system is
improved.
Storage battery The UPM provides the storage battery protection function. When the
protection function mains supply is interrupted, the power system of the equipment
automatically switches to the storage battery, which ensures that the
equipment operates normally. The battery module provides a capacity
of 40 to 500 Ah. The default capacity is 65 Ah.
Loading capacity The loading capability of each rectifier module is 800 W.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and EPS75-4815AF

Feature
Lightning-proof The rectifier module is embedded with the lightning-proof protector.

function The rectifier module can bear the 1.2/50 us x 6 kV or 8/20 us x 3 kA
lightning surge. When the lightning current enters the rectifier module
along with the power cable, install category-C and category-B light
arresters before you connect the AC mains supply to the power system
to prevent the overvoltage caused by the direct lightning strike from
damaging the rectifier module.
Working Principle and Signal Flow

The UPM is fed by one 220 V AC mains power supply. The rectifier module converts the input
power into 48 V DC voltage to provide four DC branches and one battery branch.
When the UPM works normally, the monitoring module controls the rectifier module, storage
battery loop, and load loop, which work according to the preset parameters or user settings. The
monitoring module also monitors the status and data of the rectifier module, storage battery loop,
and load loop.
In the case of a mains supply failure, the equipment is fed by the storage battery group that is
connected to the UPM. The battery group must be connected to the UPM before the mains supply
fails. When the batteries start to discharge due to a mains supply failure, the monitoring module
reports the no-mains-supply alarm. With the discharge of the batteries, the battery voltage starts
to drop. When the battery voltage is lower than 45 V, the monitoring module reports the DC
undervoltage alarm. When the battery voltage reaches 43 V, the battery group enables the power-
off protection function to interrupt the connection between the battery group and the equipment.
As a result, the batteries are automatically protected.
When the mains supply is restored, the UPM resumes normal operations.
Interfaces and Indicators

Figure 5-3 shows the rear view of the EPS75-4815AF power system (subject to the UPM on
site).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the EPS75-4815AF power system
1. Control miniature circuit breaker 2. Control MCB of the battery 3. Control MCB of load 1 (10 A)
(MCB) of the AC input (30 A) branch (80 A)
4. Control MCB of load 2 (30 A) 5. Control MCB of load 3 (40 6. Control MCB of load 4 (40 A)
A)
7. AC phase line terminal 8. AC zero line terminal 9. Negative 48 V terminal of the battery
branch
10. Negative 48 V terminal of the load 11. Positive 48 V terminal of 12. Positive 48 V terminal of the load
branch the battery branch branch
13. Connecting terminal of the 14. DB44 signal interface 15. Communication interface (COM)
protection grounding cable
16. Communication test interface
(TEST)
Interfaces
The front panel of the EPS75-4815AF has seven interfaces. Table 5-2 describes the types and
usage of the interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF.
Table 5-2 Interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF power system

Interface Type of Interface Usage
Power Power interface "7" and "8" indicate the AC mains

input input terminals, which access 110 V/
interface 220 V AC power.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Power interface The power output interfaces are in the

output lower left corner on the front panel of
interface the UPM. The terminals indicated by
"9" and "11" constitute a battery
interface, through which the power
system is connected to the battery
input socket at the back of the storage
battery box through a battery cable.
"10" and "12" indicate the output
interfaces of four loads. The output
interfaces can supply power to the
OptiX OSN equipment by using
power cables.
Connectin Power interface The UPM is grounded through the

g terminal cabinet.
of the
protection
grounding
cable
DB44 DB44 The backplane of the subrack can be

signal connected to the sensor transfer box
interface (an optional device) through the DB44
signal interface and to the monitoring
module through the 96-pin DIN
connector. In addition, the sensor
transfer box can be connected to
multiple sensors. As a result, the
monitoring function is extended.
Communi RJ45 It is used for communication with the

cation PC. The COM interface can adopt the
interface RS-485 communication mode or
(COM) RS-232 communication mode. Three
baud rates are available, namely, 4800
kbit/s, 9600 kbit/s, and 19200 kbit/s.
The baud rate can be adjusted and the
default baud rate is 9600 kbit/s.
Communi RJ45 It is used for internal test.

cation test
interface
(TEST)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Switch Button The switch buttons are on the left of

button the UPM, as shown in Figure 5-3. "1"
indicates the control MCB of the AC
input (30 A), which enables and
disables the input of the AC mains
supply. "2", "3", "4", and "5" indicate
the load control switches, which
enable and disable the load output.
Definition of DB44 signal pins

Table 5-3 provides the definition of DB44 signal pins.
Table 5-3 Definition of DB44 signal pins

Pin Diagram Pin Definiti Function Pin Definit Function
on ion
1 24 V Auxiliary power 23 SMOK Smoke sensor

output E
2 12 V Auxiliary power 24 WATE Water damage detection

output R
3 12 V Auxiliary power 25 DOOR Door status switch (DSS)

output signal detection
4 GND Signal ground 26 WIRE Distribution frame

connection
5 GND Signal ground 27 JK1+ Positive terminal of dry

contact 1
6 SIM1 Voltage 28 JK1- Negative terminal of dry

detection of the contact 1
first battery pack
7 SIM2 Voltage 29 JK2+ Positive terminal of dry

detection of the contact 2
second battery
pack
8 - - 30 JK2- Negative terminal of dry

contact 2
9 - - 31 CONT1 Positive terminal for output

O+ control of optical coupler 1
10 GND Signal ground 32 CONT1 Negative terminal for output

O- control of optical coupler 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Diagram Pin Definiti Function Pin Definit Function

on ion
11 VHUM Ambient 33 CONT2 Positive terminal for output

humidity O+ control of optical coupler 2
measurement
12 VBTEM Battery 34 CONT2 Negative terminal for output

1 temperature O- control of optical coupler 2
measurement 1
13 VBTEM Battery 35 FANCT Positive terminal for fan

2 temperature R1+ rotation control
measurement 2
14 VTEM1 Ambient 36 FANCT Negative terminal for fan

temperature R1- rotation control
measurement 1
15 VTEM2 Ambient 37 JKM1+ Positive terminal for a

temperature lightning arrester failure
measurement 2 alarm
16 JTD1 Backup 1 38 JKM1- Negative terminal for a

lightning arrester failure
alarm
17 JTD2 Backup 2 39 JKM2+ Positive terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
18 JTD3 Backup 3 40 JKM2- Negative terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
19 JTD4 Backup 4 41 JKM3+ Positive terminal for a battery

undervoltage alarm
20 JTD5 Backup 5 42 JKM3- Negative terminal for a

battery undervoltage alarm
21 JTD6 Backup 6 43 JKM4+ Positive terminal for power

supply system failure
22 JTD7 Backup 7 44 JKM4- Negative terminal for power

supply system failure
Indicators
The front panel of each rectifier module has the following indicators:
l Running status indicator (RUN) one color (green)

l Alarm and protection indicator (ALM) one color (yellow)
l Faulty state indicator (FAULT) one color (red)
The front panel of the monitoring module has the following indicators:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Power supply system fault indicator (ALM) one color (red)

l Power supply system status indicator (RUN) one color (green)
Valid Slots
The UPM is case shaped. Therefore, the UPM does not occupy a slot in the subrack.
Technical Specifications
A UPM consists of five power boxes and thus realizes the protected power supply. The output
power of each UPM is 5 x 800 W.
Table 5-4 lists the power parameters of the UPM.
Table 5-4 Power parameters of the UPM
Parameter Value
Voltage range 90-290 V AC

of the AC input
AC input One single-phase three-wire system: 45-65 Hz
Rated input 28 A
current
Output 53.50.5 V
nominal
voltage
Rated output DC output branches Load MCB 1: 10 A

current Load MCB 2: 30 A
Load MCB 3: 40 A
Load MCB 4: 40 A
Battery MCB: 80 A
Total output DC current 37.53 A to 753 A
Regulated 1%
voltage
precision
Non-balance of 5% (50%-100% load)

load sharing
Rated 89%
efficiency of
the integrated
equipment
Power factor 0.99 (nominal input or output)
Peak-to-peak 200 mV (within the range of 20 MHz)

noise voltage

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Parameter Value
Electrical 0.1%
network
adjustment rate
Lightning When the UPM works alone, the input end can bear the simulated lightning
protection surge current whose waveform is 8/20s and amplitude is 5 kA for five
performance times in both directions. The interval between two surges must be at least
one minute. If the lightning surge current is higher than the preceding
indexes, the UPM may be damaged and cannot work normally.
Cooling The fan that is embedded in the rectifier module cools the module.
method
The mechanical specifications of the UPM are as follows:
l Dimensions of the UPM: 436 mm (W) x 255 mm (D) x 133 mm (H) (17.2 in. (W) x 10.0
in. (D) x 5.2 in. (H))
l Weight: 15 kg (33.1 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 6 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement
6 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
6.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack

6.4 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces
The equipment provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
6.1.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64. Each subrack has independent
power supply.
Figure 6-1 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Figure 6-1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack structure
6 1
5 2
1. Board area 2. Fiber cabling area 3. Fan tray assembly

4. Air filter 5. Fiber spool 6. Mounting ear
l Board area: All the boards are installed in this area. 93 slots are available.
l Fiber cabling area: Fiber jumpers from the ports on the front panel of each board are routed
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack.
l Fan tray assembly: Four fan tray assemblies are available for this subrack. Each fan tray
assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat dissipation for the subrack.
The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that indicate fan status and
related information.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 6.1.4 Fan.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Air filter: It protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic cleaning.
l Fiber spool: Fixed fiber spools are on two sides of the subrack. Extra fibers are coiled in
the fiber spool on the open rack side before being routed to another subrack.
l Mounting ears: The mounting ears attach the subrack in the cabinet.
Table 6-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Specification
Dimensions 498 mm (W) 580 mm (D) 900 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) 22.8 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
Weight (empty subracka) 65 kg (143 lb.)
a: An empty subrack means no boards are installed in the board area, and no fan tray assembly
or air filter is installed.
6.1.2 Slot Description

The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack provide 93 slots.
Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack are shown in Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-2 Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack

Front Back
IU91 IU93
A A
U SCC STG U SCC STG
IU EF
PIU PIU EFI2 X IU PIU PIU PIU PIU STI X IU ATE PIU PIU
73 I1
IU69 IU70 IU71 IU74 IU75 77 IU78 IU79 IU80 IU81 IU82 84 IU85 IU86 IU87 IU88 IU89
IU IU IU
72 76 83
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
IU IU IU IU
9 10 43 44
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
IU90 IU92
l : houses service boards and supports service cross-connections.

l IU9 and IU43 are reserved for the cross-connect board (XCT).
l IU10 and IU44 are reserved for the cross-connect board (SXM/SXH).
l IU73, IU77 and IU84 are reserved for future use.
l The following table provides the slots for housing active and standby boards of the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Slots for Active and Standby Boards
PIU IU69 & IU78, IU70 & IU79, IU80 & IU88, and IU81 &IU89
SCC IU74 & IU85
STG IU75 & IU86
SXM/SXH IU10 & IU44
XCT IU9 & IU43
6.1.3 Cross-Connect Capacities

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack vary according to the
type of cross-connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42,
and IU45-IU68 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack

Cross- Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity
Connect Capacity of Each Slot of Subrack
Board
ODUka VC-4 VC-3/ ODUka VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12c VC-12
SXH N/A 20 Gbit/s N/A N/A 1.28 Tbit/s N/A
SXM N/A 20 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s N/A 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s
SXH 40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s N/A 2.56 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s N/A

+XCTb
SXM 40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 2.56 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s

+XCTb
a: k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex.

b: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the SXH and XCT boards
or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk granularities.
c: All service slots share a bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
6.1.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has four fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not. The user can withdraw, clean, and replace each air filter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Version Description
Only one functional version of the fan tray assembly is available, that is, TN51.

Table 6-3 describes the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 6-3 Functions

Function Description
Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by a network element (NE), so that
the NE can operate normally within the designated temperature
range.
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed

regulation, depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan
speed.
Section-dependent heat Each subrack is divided into six sections to provide efficient heat
dissipation dissipation. The fan speed in each section is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans, and reports the in-service information.
Status checking Checks and reports on the fan status.
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack ventilates the subrack to ensure that the subrack works
effectively at an appropriate temperature. The fan tray assembly is located in the lower portion
of a subrack. It draws in air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other
boards in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air
duct. This design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 6-3 shows how ventilation is
performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
Figure 6-3 shows how ventilation is performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-3 Subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air outlet
Fan tray assembly
Board
Area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 6-4. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.
Table 6-4 FAN speed mode
FAN Speed Description

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
l Lower than 25C (77F): the fans run at low speed.
l Higher than 45C (113F): the fans run at high speed.
l 25C to 45C (77F to 113 F): The fans automatically adjust their
rotation speeds. This mode can reduce noise and is power-saving.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Mode Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has two sides. Each side has six sections. See Figure 6-4.
Figure 6-4 Section-dependent heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU91
IU93
Front Back
FAN1 FAN2 FAN3 FAN7 FAN8 FAN9
IU74 IU75 IU83 IU84 IU85 IU86

IU69 IU70 IU71 IU72 IU73 IU76 IU77 IU78 IU79 IU80 IU81 IU82 IU87 IU88 IU89
IU19 IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34 IU53 IU54 IU55 IU56 IU57 IU58 IU59 IU60 IU61 IU62 IU63 IU64 IU65 IU66 IU67 IU68
IU9 IU10 IU43 IU44
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU17 IU18 IU35 IU36 IU37 IU38 IU39 IU40 IU41 IU42 IU45 IU46 IU47 IU48 IU49 IU50 IU51 IU52
IU50 IU50
FAN4 FAN5 FAN6 FAN10 FAN11 FAN12
IU90
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3 Partition 4 Partition 5 Partition 6 IU92
NOTE
If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
consecutive hours in an environment with temperatures between 0C to 45C (32F to 113F).
Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same section (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run at
the same speed.
The fan tray assembly consists of fans and fan control unit. Figure 6-5 shows the functional
blocks of the fan tray assembly.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-5 Functional block diagram of the fan tray assembly
Speed adjusting Speed adjusting

signal signal
SCC Fan control unit

Status signal Status signal
FAN
External power External power

supply 1 supply 2
l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the subrack. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
l Fan control board:
Controls the fan speed according to the fan speed regulating signals.
Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm. In this case,
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fans to run at the full speed.
Monitors speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of the fan
tray assembly.
Receives and carries out commands from the SCC board to shut down the fans on the
fan tray assembly if necessary.
Appearance
Figure 6-6 shows a fan tray assembly.
Figure 6-6 Fan tray assembly
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU90 IU91,
IU92 and IU93 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Specifications of the Fan Tray Assembly

Table 6-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly.
NOTE
For the transport equipment, heat consumption and power consumption are similar and can be taken as the
same. Heat consumption (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) x Time (h)/0.2931(Wh).
Table 6-5 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Weight 3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona l Low Speed: 70 W

l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium Speed: 150 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W
a: Rotating speed of fans is controlled intelligently. When the system is typically configured,
rotating speed of fans is automatically adjusted to a low level. When the system is fully
configured with boards of high power consumption, and the system is running in a high
ambient temperature, rotating speed of fans may be adjusted to a high level. When rotating
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 270 W.
6.1.5 Power Consumption

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications.
Table 6-6 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
NOTE
same. Heat rate (BTU/h) = Power consumption (W) x Time (h)/0.2931(Wh).
Typical configuration power consumption indicates the average power consumption of the equipment with
the typical configuration and the equipment runs at the room temperature. Maximum power consumption
indicates the possible maximum power consumption when the equipment runs in an environment with
extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-6 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64

Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumptiona 6500 W
Typical configuration power consumption 3700 W

(OTN)

(OCS)
a: The maximum subrack power consumption refers to the theoretical power consumption
obtained when boards with the highest power consumption are installed in every slot on the
subrack.
Table 6-7 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T64.
Table 6-7 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Unit Name Typical Maximum Remarks
Power Power
Consumptio Consumptio
n at 25C (77 n at 55C
F) (W)a (131F) (W)a
Subrack OTU 1804.6 2827.9 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2

subrack 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU 1686.7 2278.9 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIUs, 2 x

subrack 2 AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OTU 2172.7 2822.9 2 x XCT, 2 x SXH, 8 x NS3, 2

electrical x SCC, 2 x STG, 8 x PIU, 5 x
cross- TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x
connect EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4
subrack 1 x fan tray assembly
OTU 1839.1 2776.7 2 x XCT, 2 x SXM, 20 x NQ2,

electrical 1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 5 x TOA, 5 x
cross- TQX, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
connect EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4 x fan tray
subrack 2 assembly
OTM 963.78 1860.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,

subrack 1 1 x OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC,
1 x SC2, 8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4
x fan tray assembly

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
n at 25C (77 n at 55C
F) (W)a (131F) (W)a
OTM 1734.7 2343.9 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,

subrack 2 1 x OBU1, 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 8
x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 4 x fan tray
assembly
OCS System 1920 2830 2 x SXM, 20 x SLD64, 8 x

SLO16, 4 x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41,
4 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x STI, 2
x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x
x fan tray assembly
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the subrack and cabinet is the value in a certain
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumed by the chassis and
cabinet is a calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
6.1.6 Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supply.
Requirements on Voltage and Current

Table 6-8 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Table 6-8 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Requirement
Rated working current 200 A (Independent power supplies to four

sections of each subrack, with 50A for each
section)
Nominal working voltage -48V DC/-60V DC

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 8800 T64/8800
T32, the PIU board can be TN16PIU or TN51PIU. For OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the PIU board
must be TN16PIU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Function
Accesses DC power in a range from -40 V to -72 V. Provides lightning protection and
power filtering functions. The TN16PIU supports intelligent ammeter function, which
enables the TN16PIU to detect the power consumption of the entire subrack and report the
power consumption to the system control unit.
NOTE
The overcurrent protection function for the access power supplies of each subrack is realized by the
magnetic circuit breaker of the PDU.
l Front Panel
As shown in the following figures, two types of front panel are available for The TN51PIU
board. The difference between the two types of front panel lies in the silkscreen.
Figure 6-7 Front panel of the TN51PIU board
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) REG(-)
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V

PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l There is only the power indicator (PWR), which is green.

l Valid Slots
Table 6-9 Valid slots for the TN51PIU board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU69, IU70, IU78, IU79, IU80, IU81,IU88 and IU89
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU39, IU40, IU45, and IU46
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU20 and IU23
l Specifications
Performance Specifications
Table 6-11 Performance specifications of the PIU board
Item Unit Value
Number of DC input power supplies - 1
Input DC power voltage range V DC -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
Input DC power current A 60
Dimensions of front panel: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power Maximum Power

Consumption at 25C Consumption at 55C
(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN16PIU 3 3.6

In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T32" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks unless otherwise specified. Table 6-12 shows you how
to distinguish between the "Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32" and "General OptiX OSN 8800
T32" subracks.
Table 6-12 Classification of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks

Subrack Type Subrack Label Display on the NMS
Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 "OSN8800 T32 Enhanced"

OSN 8800 T32
T32
General OptiX OSN 8800 "OSN8800 T32 Standard"

OSN 8800 T32
T32
6.2.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 6-9 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-9 OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack structure diagram
1
5
3
4

NOTE
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack. If the subrack is not identified
by "Enhanced", it is a general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate subrack status.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Specification

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 35.4 in. (H))
Weight (empty subracka) 35 kg (77.1 lb.)

IU51
AUX STG STG

EFI2 EFI1 PIU PIU PIU PIU STI ATE
IU37 IU38 IU39 IU40 IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44 IU45 IU46 IU47 IU48
SCC
IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34 IU35 IU36
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
IU28
SCC or service board
IU9 IU10
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU17 IU18 IU19
IU11
IU50

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the cross-connect board (XCH/XCM).
l IU43 is reserved for future use.
PIU IU39 & IU45 and IU40 & IU46
SCC IU28 & IU11
STG IU42 & IU44
XCH/XCM IU9 & IU10

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack vary the type of cross-
connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU12-IU27,
and IU29-IU36 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 6-14.
Table 6-14 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
Cross- Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity

Connec Capacity of Each Slot of Subrack
t Board
ODUka VC-4 VC-3/ ODUka VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12b VC-12
XCH 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s N/A 1.28 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s N/A
XCM 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s 40 Gbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/s 80 Gbit/s
a: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3 or flex
b: All service slots share a bandwidth of 40 Gbit/s.
In later versions of an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32, a single slot will support a maximum of
100 Gbit/s cross-connect capacities and a single subrack will be able to provide a maximum of
3.2 Tbit/s cross-connect capacities.
6.2.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack has two fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not have an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Version Description

Table 6-15 Functions

range.

speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into three partitions to help provide
dissipation efficient heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is
independently regulated.
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 6-11 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Air outlet
Fan tray assembly
Board
Area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 6-16. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Mode Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is divided into three partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts two fan tray assemblies to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See
Figure 6-12.
Figure 6-12 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
FAN1 FAN2 FAN3 IU51
IU37 IU38 IU39 IU40 IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44 IU45 IU46 IU47 IU48
IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34 IU35 IU36
IU9 IU10
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU17 IU18 IU19
IU50
FAN4 FAN5 FAN6 IU50
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3
NOTE
If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same partition (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run
at the same speed.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2
fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU50 and
IU51 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.

NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)

l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 6-18 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.

Item Value
Recommended typical configuration power 2000 W

consumption (OTN)
Recommended typical configuration power 2250 W

consumption (OCS)
subrack.
Table 6-19 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T32.
Table 6-19 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 8800
T32
Power Power
n at 25C (77 n at 55C
F) (W)a (131F) (W)a
Subrack OTU 1633.4 2254.6 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1

subrack 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OTU 1351.8 1701.3 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x

subrack 2 AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
n at 25C (77 n at 55C
F) (W)a (131F) (W)a
OTU 1641.6 2166.5 2 x XCH, 20 x NQ2, 1 x SCC,

electrical 4 x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 1
cross- x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
connect ATE, and 2 x fan tray assembly
subrack 1
OTU 2039.8 2466.5 2 x XCH, 8 x NS3, 2 x SCC, 4

electrical x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x
cross- STG, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
connect EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan tray
subrack 2 assembly
OTM 792.5 1287.1 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,

subrack 1 1 x OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC,
4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
OTM 1399.8 1766.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1,

subrack 2 1 x OBU1, 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 4
x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
OLA 290.3 706 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 1

subrack x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
x fan tray assembly
OADM 974 1497.2 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 16 x

subrack LDX, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC, 4 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly
378.2 811 2 x M40V, 2 x D40, 2 x FIU, 1

x SC2, 2 x RMU9, 2 x WSM9,
2 x OAU1, 2 x OBU1, 1 x SCC,
4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
373.1 306.6 2 x M40, 2 x D40, 2 x WSMD9,

2 x DAS1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1
x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
n at 25C (77 n at 55C
F) (W)a (131F) (W)a
OCS System 1281 1757 2 x XCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x

SLO16, 2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH,
2 x STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x
assembly


Table 6-20 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
Item Requirement
Rated working current 100 A (Independent power supplies to two

sections of each subrack, with 50A for each
section)

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
l Front Panel
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) REG(-)
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V

PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

l Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
l Specifications
Item Unit Value

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption

(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
6.3.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 6-17 OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack structure (subrack door excluded)
1
6
5
2
3
4

l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate fan status and related information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

Item Specification

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 17.7 in. (H))

IU19 IU20 IU21 IU23 IU24

IU22
EFI PIU AUX PIU ATE
IU9 IU10
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
IU25 FAN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the TN16XCH/TN16SCC or for the other service boards.
NOTE
Slots IU9 and IU10 can be used to house service boards only when the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 functions
as a slave subrack.
If slots IU9 and IU10 are used to house service boards or SCC boards, install a special filler panel in each
slot first
l IU22 is reserved for future use.
PIU IU20 & IU23
TN16XCH/ IU9 & IU10

TN16SCC

Slots in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack provide the same cross-connect capacity.
An OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
and ODUflex granularities at the same time with a maximum cross-connect capacity of 640 Gbit/
s. Slots IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU18 provide the same cross-connect capacity and each of the slots
supports a maximum of 40 Gbit/s cross-connect capacity.
6.3.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent
fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description

Table 6-25 Functions
range.

speed.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 6-19 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet
The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 6-26. The
partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that
you operate fans in Auto Speed Mode by default.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signals are abnormal.
If one of the fans fails, the other fans run at full speed.
Adjustable Speed Five fan speed modes are available: Low Speed, Medium-Low
Mode Speed, Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. You
can set the fan speed manually. In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in
all partitions run at the same speed and do not support the partitioned
manual fan speed adjustment.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
6-20.
Figure 6-20 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack
IU19 IU20 IU21 IU23 IU24

IU22
EFI PIU AUX PIU ATE
IU9 IU10
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Fan tray
A B C D E
assembly
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, there are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two
fans in each partition dissipate heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96 consecutive
hours in an environment with temperatures between 0C to 45C (32F to 113F).
Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2
fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SYSTEM
2
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU25 in the
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.

NOTE

Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm (H) (19.44 in. (W)
x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in. (H))
Power Consumptiona l Low Speed: 42.7 W

l Medium-Low Speed: 74.8 W
l Medium Speed: 106.8 W
l Medium-High Speed: 165.5 W
l High Speed: 215 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 6-28 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN8800 T16 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.

Item Specification
subrack.
Table 6-29 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an 8800
T16.
Table 6-29 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Power Power
Consumpt Consumpt
ion at 25C ion at 55C
(77F) (W)a (131F) (W)
a
Subrack OTU subrack 509.2 615.6 8 x 10G OTU (LDX), 1 x XCH, 2

1 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
and 1 x fan tray assembly
OTU subrack 1107.8 1432.7 4 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 2 x

2 AUX, 1EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
OTN 501 808 5 x NQ2, 2 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x

electrical TQX, 2 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
cross-connect 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
subrack 1 assembly

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
Consumpt Consumpt
ion at 25C ion at 55C
(77F) (W)a (131F) (W)
a
OTN 862.8 1180.7 2 x XCH, 4 x 55NS3, 2 x PIU, 1

electrical x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x
cross-connect EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
subrack 2 assembly
OTM subrack 468.7 569.7 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1

1 x OBU1, 6 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x
PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
OTM subrack 675.8 967.7 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1

2 x OBU1, 2 x LSC, 2 x SCC, 2 x
OLA subrack 228.1 294.3 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 2 x

FIU, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OADM 449.5 561.5 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 2 x FIU, 8

subrack x LSX, 1 x SC2, 1 x XCH, 2 x
221 269.2 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 1 x WSMD9,

1 x DAS1, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x
fan tray assembly


Table 6-30 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 37.5 A

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
NOTE
l Front Panel

PIU
PWR
RTN(+) REG(-)
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
l Specifications
Item Unit Value

-60V DC: -48V to -72V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6
6.4 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance

Interfaces
The equipment provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.
These OptiX OSN 8800 T64 interfaces are located in the interface area of the OptiX OSN 8800
T64 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI1, EFI2, ATE, and STI, as shown in Figure
6-25.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-25 Interfaces of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
EFI1 PIU ATE PIU

EFI2 STI
53A 53A
PWR PWR
RTN -48V RTN -48V
NM_ETH2
ALMI2
ALMI1 ALMO1
LAMP1 LAMP2
ETH1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO3
ETH2
TOD2
TOD1
SERIAL
ALMO4
ALMO2
NM_ETH1
ETH3
T32 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI1, EFI2, ATE, and STI, as shown in Figure
6-26.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

EFI2 EFI1 PIU STI ATE
53A
PWR
RTN -48V
NM_ETH2
LAMP1 LAMP2
ALMI2
ALMI1 ALMO1
ETH1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO3
ETH2
TOD2
TOD1
SERIAL
NM_ETH1
ALMO4
ALMO2
ETH3
T16 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI, and ATE, as shown in Figure 6-27.

PIU
EFI PWR ATE
RTN(+) NEG(-)
ALMI1
ALMI2
LAMP1
ETH1
SERIAL
CLK1
CLK2
ALMO1
ALMO3
ETH2
LAMP2
TOD1
TOD2
NM_ETH2
NM_ETH1
ALMO4
ETH3
ALMO2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
6.4.1 ATE
ATE: Interface Board of Alarm & Timing & Expanding
6.4.1.1 Version Description

The functional versions of the ATE board are TN16 and TN51.
Table 6-34 lists the version description of the ATE board.
Table 6-34 Version description of the ATE board
Item Description
Functional The available functional versions of the ATE board are TN16 and TN51.
version This manual describes all boards supported by the product. However, the
availability of the boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the
boards, contact the product manager of your Huawei local office.
Difference l Appearance:
The number of interfaces varies according to the board version. For
details, see 6.4.1.3 Front Panel.
l Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see "ATE
Specification"6.4.1.5 ATE Specifications.
Replacement The TN16ATE and TN51ATE cannot replace each other.
6.4.1.2 Application
The ATE provides alarm output/concatenation interface and alarm input interface. The ATE
provides interfaces for inputting and outputting clock signals.
Alarm outputs are sent to a centralized alarm management system through the output interface
and the cascading interface. You can configure it to be the other outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms.
External alarm signal input function is designed for requirements when the alarm signals of the
external systems (such as the environment monitory) need remote monitoring.
6.4.1.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the ATE board.
Appearance of the Front Panel

Figure 6-28 shows the front panel of the TN51ATE board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-28 Front panel of the TN51ATE board

ATE
ALMI2
ALMI1
ALMO1
ALMO3
ALMO4
ALMO2
Figure 6-29 shows the front panel of the TN16ATE board.
Figure 6-29 Front panel of the TN16ATE board
ATE
ALMI2
ALMI1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO1
ALMO3
TOD2
TOD1
ALMO4
ALMO2
Interfaces
Table 6-35 lists the types and functions of each interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-35 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ATE board
Interface Type Function
ALMO1 RJ45 l Housekeeping alarm outputs can be sent to a central

ALMO4 alarm monitoring system for centralized
surveillance through the ALMO1ALMO4
interfaces. The alarm outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the relay contact is
closed, the resistance of each ALMO interface is
less than 1 ohm. When the relay contact is open, the
resistance of each ALMO interface is an infinite
number.
l The ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces have the same
pin usage and are a pair of housekeeping alarm
output/cascading interfaces. Similarly, the ALMO3
and ALMO4 interfaces also have the same pin
usage and are another pair of housekeeping output/
cascading interfaces. For example, when ALMO1
and ALMO3 are used to output housekeeping alarm
signals, ALMO2 and ALMO4 can be cascaded to
ALMO2 and ALM04 on another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 8800 provides for eight alarm
outputs. By default, the first three alarm outputs are
defined as critical alarm, major alarm, and minor
alarm. The other five are reserved. Alarm outputs
can be cascaded.
ALMI1 RJ45 The OptiX OSN 8800 provides for eight housekeeping
ALMI2 alarm inputs. The user can manually configure the
severity of the eight alarms for remote monitoring of
external device alarms.
CLK1/CLK2 RJ45 CLK1/CLK2 interface can input or output time signals.

CLK1/CLK2 interface is bidirectional. That is, they
input and output signals at the same time.
TOD1/TOD2 RJ45 TOD1/TOD2 interface can input or output time signals.

At any time, a TOD1/TOD2 interface can either input
or output time signals.
Pin assignment of the RJ45 Connector

Figure 6-30 shows the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-30 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the ALMO1 and the ALMO2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the ALMO1 and the ALMO2 interfaces, refer to Table 6-36.
Table 6-36 Pin assignment of the ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Critical housekeeping alarm

output, positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Critical housekeeping alarm

output, negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Major housekeeping alarm

output, positive
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Minor housekeeping alarm

output, positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Minor housekeeping alarm

output, negative
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Major housekeeping alarm

output, negative
7 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P Reserved for housekeeping

alarm output 1, positive
8 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N Reserved for housekeeping

alarm output 1, negative


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-37 Pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 ALM_SWITCH_OUT2P Housekeeping alarm output

2, positive
2 ALM_SWITCH_OUT2N Housekeeping alarm output

2, negative

3, positive

4, positive

4, negative

3, negative

5, positive

5, negative
Pin Assignment of the ALMI1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface, refer to Table 6-38.
Table 6-38 Pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface

Pin Signal Function
1 SWITCHI_IN1 Housekeeping alarm input 1
2 GND Ground
3 SWITCHI_IN2 Housekeeping alarm 2
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-39 Pin assignment of the ALMI2
Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground
Pin Assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface, refer to Table 6-40.
Table 6-40 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 RJ0_E1_RX_N 2MHz/2Mbit input negative
2 RJ0_E1_RX_P 2MHz/2Mbit input positive
3 NC Not connected
4 RJ0_E1_TX_N 2MHz/2Mbit output negative
5 RJ0_E1_TX_P 2MHz/2Mbit output positive
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface, refer to Table 6-41.
Table 6-41 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
3 DCLS_IN0_N DCLS/1PPS input negative
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 DCLS_IN0_P DCLS/1PPS input positive
7 DCLS_OUT0_N DCLS/1PPS output negative
8 DCLS_OUT0_P DCLS/1PPS output positive
6.4.1.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ATE board.
Table 6-42 shows the valid slots for the TN51ATE board.
Table 6-42 Valid slots for the TN51ATE board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU87
Table 6-43 shows the valid slots for the TN16ATE board.
Table 6-43 Valid slots for the TN16ATE board
Product Valid Slots
6.4.1.5 ATE Specifications

Specifications include dimensions, weight and power consumption.
l Dimensions of front panel:
TN51ATE: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 3.1
in. (H))
TN16ATE: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 3.1
in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Weight:
TN51ATE: 0.2 kg (0.44 lb.)
TN16ATE: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Power Consumption
Consumption at 25C (77 Consumption at 55C
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN51ATE 0.3 0.3
TN16ATE 0.2 0.3
6.4.2 EFI
EFI: EMI Filter Interface Board

The available functional version of the EFI board is TN16.
6.4.2.2 Application
The EFI provides the alarm output/concatenation interface, network management interface,
subrack communication interface and OAM interfaces.
6.4.2.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI board.

Figure 6-31 shows the front panel of the EFI board.
Figure 6-31 Front panel of the EFI board
EFI
LAMP1
ETH1
SERIAL
LAMP2
ETH2
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
CAUTION
The LAMP interfaces on the EFI board provide 5 V power, it is only used for the indicators on
a cabinet. It cannot connect to an RJ45 cable intended for the NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO, or CLK
interface; otherwise, the EFI board, the connected test instrument, or the equipment will be
damaged.
Interfaces
Table 6-44 lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 6-44 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI board
LAMP1 RJ45 Controls the PWR indicators and alarm indicators of

LAMP2 the cabinet that holds the subrack.
ETH1ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from the ETH1/ETH2/

ETH3 interface on one subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other subracks to achieve the
communication between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is configured, the ETH3
interface cannot be used for the communication between
the master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP board
to achieve communication with the CRPC or ROP
board.
NM_ETH1 RJ45 l Connects the network interface on the equipment

NM_ETH2 through a network cable to that on an NM server so
that the NM can manage the equipment.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 network
interface on one NE through a network cable to that
on another NE to achieve communication between
NEs.
SERIAL DB9 The interface provides serial NM and supports X.25

protocol.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the DB9 Connector

Figure 6-33 shows the pin assignment of the DB9 connector.
Figure 6-33 Pin assignment of the DB9 connector
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the ETH1 interface, refer to Table 6-45.
Table 6-45 Pin assignment of the ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETH1_TXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for ordinary inter-
subrack communication
2 ETH1_TXN Negative pole for

transmitting the data for
ordinary inter-subrack
communication

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
3 ETH1_RXP Positive pole for receiving

4 ETH1_CRIT_TXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for emergent inter-
5 ETH1_CRIT_TXN Negative pole for

emergent inter-subrack
communication
6 ETH1_RXN Negative pole for receiving

7 ETH1_CRIT_RXP Positive pole for receiving

8 ETH1_CRIT_RXN Negative pole for receiving



Pin Signal Function


communication



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communication





Pin Signal Function


communication



communication


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function


Pin Assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces, refer to Table 6-48.
Table 6-48 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
2 CRIT_ALMN Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
3 MAJ_ALMP Positive pole for major alarm

signals
4 RUNP Positive pole for power

indicating signals
5 RUNN Negative pole for power

indicating signals
6 MAJ_ALMN Negative pole for major

alarm signals
7 MIN_ALMP Positive pole for minor alarm

signals
8 MIN_ALMN Negative pole for minor

alarm signals
Pin Assignment of the NM_ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface, refer to Table 6-49.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-49 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for communication
with the NM
2 NM_ETNTXN Negative pole for

communication with the NM
3 NM_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

with the NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NM_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

with the NM
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

the concatenated data for
communication with a
network management system
(NM)
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Negative pole for

transmitting the concatenated
data for communication with
an NM
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

communication with an NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the SERIAL Interface

For the pin assignment of the SERIAL interface, refer to Table 6-51.
Table 6-51 Pin assignment of the SERIAL interface

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end
4 DTR Data terminal equipment

ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined
6.4.2.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI board.
Table 6-52 shows the valid slots for the EFI board.
Table 6-52 Valid slots for the EFI board

Product Valid Slots
6.4.2.5 DIP Switches

There are DIP switches inside the EFI board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The master and slave subracks are connected through the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on the
EFI. The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI board. The value that
can be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI board is a binary value 0 or 1.
ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among
these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are
ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0"
indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 6-34 shows the position of the DIP switches on the EFI board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the T1.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 6-34, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
Figure 6-34 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI board
U8
SERIAL
T1
NM_ETH2
SW1
SW2
(ID8)
(ID7)
(ID6)
(ID5)
(ID4)
(ID3)
(ID2)
(ID1)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
SW1 SW2
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 6-34.
For details on the principle for configuring the master and slave subracks, see "Master-Slave
Subrack" in the Product Description.
6.4.2.6 EFI Specifications

l Dimensions of front panel: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in.
(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
EFI 2 2.5
6.4.3 EFI1
EFI1: EMI Filter Interface Board

Only one functional version of the EFI1 board is available, that is, TN51.
6.4.3.2 Application
The EFI1 provides network management and OAM interfaces.
6.4.3.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI1 board.

Figure 6-35 shows the front panel of the EFI1 board.
Figure 6-35 Front panel of the EFI1 board

EFI1
NM_ETH2
SERIAL
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 6-53 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI1 board

through a network cable to that on an NM so that
the NM can manage the equipment.
NEs.
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 have the same function.
SERIAL DB9 The interface provides serial NM and supports X.25

protocol.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.

1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

communication with a
network management system
(NM)
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Negative pole for

transmitting the concatenated
data for communication with
an NM
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end

ready

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined
6.4.3.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI1 board.
Table 6-56 provides the valid slots for the EFI1 board.
Table 6-56 Valid slots for the EFI1 board

Product Valid Slots
6.4.3.5 DIP Switches

There are DIP switches inside the EFI1 board.
The EFI2 board is connected to the master subrack through the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface.
The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI1 board. The value that can
be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI1 board is a binary value 0 or 1. ID1-
ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these
ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5-
ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates
the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 6-38 shows the position of
the DIP switches on the EFI1 board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the
CPLD.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 6-38, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-38 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI1 board
NM_ETH2
CPLD (ID5) ON (ID1) ON

(ID6) ON (ID2) ON
SERIAL (ID7) ON (ID3) ON
(ID8) ON (ID4) ON
SW1 SW2
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 6-38.
For details on the principle for configuring the master and slave subracks, see "Master-Slave
Subrack" in the Product Description.
6.4.3.6 EFI1 Specifications

l Dimensions of front panel: 25.4 (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
EFI1 5 7
6.4.4 EFI2
EFI2: EMI Filter Interface Board

Only one functional version of the EFI2 board is available, that is, TN51.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
6.4.4.2 Application
The EFI2 provides the alarm output/concatenation interface, network management interface and
subrack communication interface.
6.4.4.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI2 board.

Figure 6-39 shows the front panel of the EFI2 board.
Figure 6-39 Front panel of the EFI2 board

EFI2
LAMP1
ETH1
LAMP2
ETH2
NM_ETH1
ETH3
CAUTION
damaged.
Interfaces
Table 6-57 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI2 board
LAMP1 RJ45 Controls the PWR indicators and alarm indicators of

LAMP2 the cabinet that holds the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

through a network cable to that on an NM server so
that the NM can manage the equipment.
NEs.
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 have the same function.
ETH1ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from the ETH1/ETH2/

ETH3 interface on one subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other subracks to achieve the
communication between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is configured, the ETH3
interface cannot be used for the communication between
the master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP board
to achieve communication with the CRPC or ROP
board.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function


communication



communication




Pin Signal Function


communication

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function



communication





Pin Signal Function


communication



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communication




Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
2 CRIT_ALMN Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
3 MAJ_ALMP Positive pole for major alarm

signals
4 RUNP Positive pole for power

indicating signals
5 RUNN Negative pole for power

indicating signals
6 MAJ_ALMN Negative pole for major

alarm signals
7 MIN_ALMP Positive pole for minor alarm

signals
8 MIN_ALMN Negative pole for minor

alarm signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

with the NM
2 NM_ETNTXN Negative pole for

communication with the NM
3 NM_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

with the NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NM_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

with the NM
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
6.4.4.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI2 board.
Table 6-63 shows the valid slots for the EFI2 board.
Table 6-63 Valid slots for the EFI2 board

Product Valid Slots
6.4.4.5 EFI2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
EFI2 13 15
6.4.5 STI
STI: Synchronous Timing Interface Board

The functional versions of the STI board are TN52 and TNL1.
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, if the TNL1STI board is configured, the SCC board version
must be TN52.
6.4.5.2 Application
The STI, a clock interface unit, provides interfaces for input and output of clock signals.
6.4.5.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the STI board.

Figure 6-41 and Figure 6-42 show the front panel of the STI board.
Figure 6-41 Front panel of the TN52STI board
STI
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 6-42 Front panel of the TNL1STI board

STI
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1
PHONE
F1
NOTE
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, if the TNL1STI board is configured, the SCC board version must be TN52.
Interfaces
Table 6-64 provides descriptions of the interfaces on the STI board.
Table 6-64 Interface description of the STI

Interfa Silk- Connector Function
ce screen
CLK1/ CLK1/ RJ45 CLK1/CLK2 interface can input or output time signals.
CLK2 CLK2 CLK1/CLK2 interface is bidirectional. That is, they input
and output signals at the same time.
TOD1/ TOD1/ RJ45 TOD1/TOD2 interface can input or output time signals.
TOD2 TOD2 At any time, a TOD1/TOD2 interface can either input or
output time signals.
PHONE PHON RJ45 Orderwire phone interface

E
F1 F1 RJ45 F1 interface

Figure 6-43 describes the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface, refer to Table 6-65.
Table 6-65 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 RJ0_E1_RX_N 2MHz/2Mbit input negative
2 RJ0_E1_RX_P 2MHz/2Mbit input positive
3 NC Not connected
4 RJ0_E1_TX_N 2MHz/2Mbit output negative
5 RJ0_E1_TX_P 2MHz/2Mbit output positive
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface, refer to Table 6-66.
Table 6-66 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 DCLS_IN0_N DCLS/1PPS input negative
4 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 GND Ground
6 DCLS_IN0_P DCLS/1PPS input positive
7 DCLS_OUT0_N DCLS/1PPS output negative
8 DCLS_OUT0_P DCLS/1PPS output positive
Pin Assignment of the PHONE Interface

For the pin assignment of the PHONE interface, refer to Table 6-67.
Table 6-67 Pin assignment of the PHONE interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NC Not connected
2 NC Not connected
3 NC Not connected
4 RING Signal 1
5 TIP Signal 2
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the F1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the F1 interface, refer to Table 6-68.
Table 6-68 Pin assignment of the F1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 TX_P Transmitting (+)
2 TX_N Transmitting (-)
3 RX_P Receiving (+)
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 RX_N Receiving (-)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
6.4.5.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one STI board.
Table 6-69 shows the valid slots for the STI board.
Table 6-69 Valid slots for the STI board

Product Valid Slots
6.4.5.5 STI Specifications

(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight of TN52STI: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
l Weight of TNL1STI: 0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN52STI 1.5 1.5
TNL1STI 3 3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 7 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
7 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
The following types of boards are available for the system.

Table 7-1 lists the boards for the OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 7-1 Boards for the OptiX OSN 8800

Board Board Board Description OptiX OptiX OptiX
Category Name OSN OSN OSN
8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
Optical TN12LD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) Y Y N

transponder M wavelength conversion board
unit
TN11LD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) Y Y N
MD wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving
TN11LD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) Y Y N

MS wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit Y Y Y
TN11LEM 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Y Y Y

24 switch board
TN11LEX 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet switch board Y Y Y

4
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Y Y Y

Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit Y Y N
TN12LOG Y Y Y
TN11LO 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical Y Y N

M wavelength conversion board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
TN12LO Y Y Y
M
TN13LQ 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) Y Y N

M wavelength conversion unit

MD wavelength conversion unit, dual fed and
selective receiving

MS wavelength conversion unit, single fed and
single receiving
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y Y
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y Y
TN12LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit Y Y N
TN13LSX Y Y Y
TN12LSX 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board Y Y N

L
TN15LSX Y Y N
L
TN12LSX 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit Y Y N

LR
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit Y Y N

R
TN11LTX 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Y Y Y

Optical Wavelength Conversion Board
TN12LW arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength Y Y Y

XS conversion board (single transmit)
TN11TM 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 Y Y N

X asynchronism mux OTU-2 wavelength
conversion board
TN12TM Y Y Y
X
Tributary TN52TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board Y Y Y

unit
TN53TDX Y Y Y
TN54TEM 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit Y Y Y

28

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
TN54THA 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board Y Y Y
TN54TOA 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board Y Y Y
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board Y Y Y
TN52TO 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board Y Y Y

M
TN52TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board Y Y Y
TN53TQX Y Y Y
TN55TQX Y Y Y
TN53TSX 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board Y Y Y

L
TN54TSX Y Y Y
L
Line unit TN52ND2 2 x 10G line service processing board Y Y Y
TN53ND2 Y Y Y
TN52NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y N
TN53NQ2 Y Y Y
TN54NQ2 Y Y Y
TN52NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y N
TN53NS2 Y Y Y
TN52NS3 40G line service processing board Y Y N
TN54NS3 Y Y Y
TN55NS3 Y Y Y
PID unit TN54ENQ 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board Y Y Y

2
TN54NPO 12 x OTU2 PID Board Y Y Y

2
TN55NPO Y Y Y
2
TN55NPO 10G PID line service processing board, 20 Y Y Y

2E channel extended

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
Cross- TN16XCH High Cross-connection, System Control and N N Y

connect Clock Processing Board
unit and
system and TNK2SX OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross Y N N
communica M connect board
tion unit TNK4SX Y N N
M
TN52XCH OptiX OSN 8800 T32 centralized cross N Y N

connect board
TN52XC Cross & connect process board (Support high- N Y N

M cross and low-cross)
TNK2XC OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross Y N N

T connect board
TNK4XC Y N N
T
TN16SCC system control and communication unit N N Y
TN51SCC N Y N
d
TN52SCC N Y N
TNK2SCC Y N N
TN16AUX system auxiliary interface unit N N Y
TN51AUX Y Y N
TNK2SX OptiX OSN 8800 T64 centralized cross Y N N

H connect board
TNK4SX Y N N
H
Optical TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit Y Y Y

multiplexer
and TN12M40 Y Y Y
demultiple TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit Y Y Y
xer unit
TN12D40 Y Y Y
TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA Y Y Y

V
TN12M40 Y Y Y
V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA Y Y N

V
TN12FIU fiber interface unit Y Y Y
TN13FIU Y Y Y
TN14FIU Y Y Y
TN11ITL interleaver board Y Y Y
TN12ITL Y Y Y
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing Y Y Y
Fixed TN11CM CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y

optical add R2 multiplexing unit
and drop
multiplexin TN11CM CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y
g unit R4 multiplexing unit
TN11DM CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/ Y Y N

R1 drop multiplexing board
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit Y Y Y
TN11MR8 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit Y Y N

V with VOA
TN11SBM 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional Y Y N

2 add/drop board
Reconfigur TN11RDU 9-port ROADM demultiplexing board Y Y Y

able optical 9
add and
drop TN11RM 9-port ROADM multiplexing board Y Y Y
multiplexin U9a
g unit
TN11ROA reconfigurable optical adding board Y Y N
M
TN12WS 9-port wavelength selective switching Y Y Y

D9 demultiplexing board
TN13WS Y Y Y
D9
TN12WS 9-port wavelength selective switching Y Y Y

M9 multiplexing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
TN13WS Y Y Y
M9
TN11WS 2-port wavelength selective switching Y Y N

MD2 multiplexer and demultiplexer board
TN11WS 4-port wavelength selective switching Y Y N

MD4 multiplexer and demultiplexer board
TN12WS Y Y Y
MD4
TN11WS 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and Y Y Y

MD9 demultiplexing board
Optical TN11CRP case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C- Y Y Y

amplifier C band
unit
TN11DAS optical amplifier unit Y Y Y
1
TN11HBA high-power booster amplifier board Y Y Y
TN11OAU optical amplifier unit Y Y N

1
TN12OAU Y Y Y
1
TN13OAU Y Y Y
1
TN11OBU optical booster unit Y Y N

1
TN12OBU Y Y Y
1
TN11OBU Y Y N
2
TN12OBU Y Y Y
2
TN11RAU backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid Y Y Y

1 optical amplifier unit
Optical TN11HSC high power unidirectional optical supervisory Y Y Y

supervisory 1 channel board
channel
unit TN12SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit Y Y Y
TN12SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit Y Y Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and Y Y Y

timing transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit Y Y N

protection
unit TN12DCP Y Y Y
TN11OLP optical line protection unit Y Y N
TN12OLP Y Y Y
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit Y Y Y
Spectrum TN11MC 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit Y Y Y

analyzer A4
unit
TN11MC 8-channel spectrum analyzer unit Y Y Y
A8
TN11OPM 8-channel optical power monitoring board Y Y Y

8
TN11WM wavelength monitoring unit Y Y Y

U
Variable TN12VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit Y Y Y

optical
attenuator TN12VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit Y Y Y
unit
Optical TN11DCU dispersion compensation board Y Y Y

power and
dispersion TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable-dispersion Y Y Y
equalizing compensation board
unit
Clock unit TN52STG centralized clock board N Y N
TNK2STG Y N N
OCS SSN4BPA optical booster and pre-amplifier board Y Y N

system unit
SSN3EAS 2-port 10xGE switching and processing board Y Y N
2
SSN1EGS 16 x GE Ethernet switching and processing Y Y N

H board
SSN4SF64 1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the Y Y N

FEC function
SSN1SF64 1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the Y Y N

A FEC function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

8800 8800 T32 8800 T16
T64
SSN4SFD 1 x STM-64 optical interface board with the Y Y N

64 FEC function
SSN4SL64 1 x STM-64 optical interface board Y Y N
SSN4SLD 2 x STM-64 optical interface board Y Y N

64
SSN3SLH 16 x STM-4/STM-1 optical interface board Y Y N

41
SSN4SLO 8 x STM-16 optical interface board Y Y N

16
SSN4SLQ 4xSTM-16 optical interface board Y Y N

16
SSN4SLQ 4 x STM-64 line interface board N Y N

64
ROPA TN11GFU gain flatness unit Y Y Y

subsystem
unitb TN11RGU ROPA gain unit Y Y Y
TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit Y Y Y
Interface TN16ATE interface board of alarm & timing & expanding N N Y

area unitc
TN51ATE Y Y N
TN16EFI EMI filter interface board N N Y
TN51EFI1 Y Y N
TN51EFI2 Y Y N
TNL1STI synchronous timing interface board Y Y N
TN52STI Y Y N
TN51PIU power interface unit Y Y N
TN16PIU Y Y Y
a: For TN11RMU9: OptiX OSN 8800 T16 only supports the TN11RMU902.
b: For details of the ROPA subsystem unit refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
c: For details of the interface area unit refer to 6 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement.
d:TN51SCC only supports General OptiX OSN 8800 T32.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
8.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
8.2 Slot Description
The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
8.3 Cross-Connect Capacities
The slots in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack vary in cross-connect capacities.
8.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
8.5 Power Consumption
8.6 Power Requirement
The OptiX OSN 6800 provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the subrack.
Figure 8-1 OptiX OSN 6800 subrack structure diagram

1
7 2
3
6
4
5
1. Indicator 2. Board area 3. Fiber cabling area

4. Fan tray assembly 5. Air filter 6. Fiber spool
7. Mounting ear
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.
l Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 21 slots are available.
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack. The mechanical
VOA is also installed in this area.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 8.4 Fan.
l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack.
l Air filter: The air filter protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic
cleaning.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Interface area: The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as management
interface, inter-subrack communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface,
alarm input and output interface. It is behind the subrack indicator panel.
Table 8-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800
Item Specification

(19.6 in. (W) 11.6 in. (D) 15.7 in. (H))

The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 8-2.
Figure 8-2 Slots of the subrack

IU19
PIU
XCS XCS SCC
PIU
IU9 IU10 IU17 IU18

IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Paired slots Mutual backup

l IU15 and IU16 are also available for the STG.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the
buses on the backplanes. OptiX OSN 6800 supports seven pair slots. The pair slots support
distributed grooming.
8.3 Cross-Connect Capacities

The slots in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack vary in cross-connect capacities.
Integrated Grooming
When using the XCS board, an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack can cross-connect ODU1,
ODU2,ODU2e, 10GE, and GE services between any two slots among slots IU1-IU8 and slots
IU11-IU16. Figure 8-3 provides the cross-connect capacity for each slot.
Figure 8-3 Cross-connect capacities of slots

IU19
PIU
XCS XCS SCC
PIU
IU9 IU10 IU17 IU18

IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Table 8-2 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
Cro Slot Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity Maximum Cross-Connect

ss- of Each Slot Capacity of Subrack
Con
nect ODU1/ODU2/ GE
Boa ODU2e/10GE
rd
TN1 40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 180 Gbit/s GE

2XC 360 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
S 20 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
ODU2e/10GE
Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cro Slot Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity Maximum Cross-Connect

ss- of Each Slot Capacity of Subrack
Con
nect ODU1/ODU2/ GE
Boa ODU2e/10GE
rd
Not supported Not supported with the maximum cross-connect

capacity of 360 Gbit/s.
TN1 20 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 140 Gbit/s GE

1XC 280 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
S ODU2e/10GE
Not supported Not supported Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-connect
capacity of 280 Gbit/s.
Distributed Grooming
An OptiX OSN 6800 subrack provides seven pairs of slots: IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and
IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16. GE/Any/ODU1/OTU1
services can be cross-connected between paired slots. No XCS board is required when paired
slots are used to cross-connect electrical services.
8.4 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
Version Description

Table 8-3 Functions of a fan tray assembly

Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by an NE so that the NE can operate
normally within the designated temperature range.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is bottom intake top exhaust. Figure 8-4 and Figure 8-5 show the
heat dissipation and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 6800.
Figure 8-4 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 8-5 Multi-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air deflector
Air outlet
Board area
Optical fiber
laying area
Fan tray assembly
Air inlet
NOTE
If multiple subracks are used, an air duct deflector is required to help in heat dissipation.
The OptiX OSN 6800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 8-4. The partitioned
speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that you set the
speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
If one of the fans fails, the other fans run at full speed.
Adjustable Speed Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Mode Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation. The
subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
8-6.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 8-6 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
I
U
1
9
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I
U U U U U U U U U U
U U U U U U U U U
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I
U
2
1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8 VOA
A B C D E Fan Tray
Assembly
There are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two fans in each partition dissipate
heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
l If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if:
Two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control unit. Figure 8-7 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
fan tray assembly.
Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same partition to run at
full speed.
Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
the fan tray assembly.
Appearance
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU22.

Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800 fan tray assembly.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm

(H) (19.44 in. (W) x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in.
(H))

l High Speed: 120 W
8.5 Power Consumption

Table 8-6 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 8-6 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800

Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumption 1350 W
Table 8-7 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 8-7 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 6800
Power Power
Consumpti Consumpti
on at 25C on at 55C
(77F)a (131F)a
Su OT Subrack 566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2

bra M 1 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
ck subr assembly
ack
Subrack 168.7 281.6 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101,
2 1 x OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 1
x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
Subrack 557 723.8 10 x ND2, 2 x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x

3 XCS, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
OLA subrack 144.9 253.9 2 x OAU101s, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1

x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x
fan tray assembly
FOADM 292.3 418.3 2 x OAU101, 2 x VA4, 2 x

subrack OBU103, 2 x MR4, 4 x 10G OTU
(LSX), 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC,
2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
RO Subrack 87.4 96.4 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 2 x WSMD2, 2

AD 1 x DAS1, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
M AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
subr
ack Subrack 566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2
(2 x 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
dime assembly
nsio
ns)
RO Subrack 160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,

AD 1 1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
M AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
subr
ack Subrack 160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
(4 x 2 1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
dime AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
nsio Subrack 160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,
ns)b 3 1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
Subrack 160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40,

4 1 x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
Consumpti Consumpti
on at 25C on at 55C
(77F)a (131F)a
Ca OTM cabinet 1422.2 1951.1 2 x OTU subrack and 1 x OTM

bin (40x10 Gbit/s) subrack 2
et
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis
and cabinet is calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
b: Subrack 1 and subrack 2 are used as subracks in the line dimensions at a four-dimension
ROADM station; subrack 3 and subrack 4 are used as subracks for adding/dropping local
services. Service boards can be configured in another subrack.
8.6 Power Requirement


Table 8-8 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
Table 8-8 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 25 A (-48 V)
Nominal working voltage -48 V DC/-60 V DC

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 6800, the PIU
board must be TN11PIU.
l Function
power filtering functions.
NOTE
l Front Panel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIU
RUN
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
Indicators: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 IU19 and IU20
l Specifications
Item Unit Value

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
Dimensions of front panel: 28 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 65 mm (H) (1.1 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 2.6 in. (H))
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Power Consumption

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11PIU 24 38

Interfaces
maintenance.
These interfaces are located in the interface area of the subrack and on the front panel of the
AUX, as shown in Figure 8-10.
Figure 8-10 Interfaces of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack

COM ETH3 ALM01 ALM02 ALM03 ALM04 SERIAL ALMI1 ALMI2 LAMP1 ALMP2
PIU
xcs SCC
STAT STAT RUN
ACT ACT
PROG PROG
SRV SRV
PWRA
PWRB
NEG(-)
PWRC
ALMC
RTN(+)
SubRACK_ID
NM_ETH1 NM_ETH2 ETH1

ETH2
Fan RESET
STAT
PROG
LAMP TEST
AUX
ALM CUT
xcs SCC
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8.7.1 Interfaces in the Interface Area

The interface area provides functional interfaces such as management interface, inter-subrack
communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface, alarm input and output interface.
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Figure 8-11
shows the front panel.
Figure 8-11 Interfaces in the interface area

COM ETH3 ALM01 ALM02 ALM03 ALM04 SERIAL ALMI1 ALMI2 LAMP1 LAMP2
Description of interfaces in the interface area is list in Table 8-11.
CAUTION
damaged.
Table 8-11 Description of interfaces in the interface area
Interface Silk-screen Connector Function
Commissioning COM RJ45 This interface is intended only for

interface Huawei engineers to commission
the equipment at the factory.
Inter-subrack ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from

communication the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3
interface interface on one subrack to
corresponding interfaces on the
other subracks to achieve the
communication between the
master subrack and slave
subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is
configured, the ETH3 interface
cannot be used for the
communication between the
master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a
CRPC or ROP board to achieve
communication with the CRPC
or ROP board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Alarm output ALMO1 RJ45 l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC

and cascading ALMO2 power distribution cabinet
interface ALMO3 through the output interface and
ALMO4 the cascading interface. You can
configure it to be the other
outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms. The alarm
outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed, the
resistance of each ALMO
interface is less than 1 ohm.
When the relay contact is open,
the resistance of each ALMO
interface is an infinite number.
l The definitions for the pins of
the ALMO1 and ALMO2
interfaces are the same. The two
interfaces are used for output/
cascading, respectively. The
definitions for the pins of the
ALMO3 and ALMO4 interfaces
are the same. The two interfaces
are used for output/cascading,
respectively. For example, if
ALMO1 is used to output alarm
signals, ALMO2 can be
cascaded to ALMO1 on another
subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 6800 provides
eight alarm outputs. Defaults of
the first three are critical alarm,
major alarm, and minor alarm.
The other five are reserved.
Alarm outputs can be cascaded.
OAM interface SERIAL DB9 The OAM interface is a serial NM

interface, providing functions of
serial NM and supporting X.25
protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Alarm input ALMI1 ALMI2 RJ45 External alarm signal input function
interface is designed for requirements when
the alarm signals of the external
systems (such as the environment
monitory) need remote monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 6800 provides
eight alarm inputs. The severity of
the eight alarms can be configured
to cooperate with the external
system to implement remote
monitoring of external alarms.
Subrack alarm LAMP1 RJ45 This interface drives the running

output and LAMP2 indicators and alarm indicators of
cascading the cabinet that holds the subrack.
interface
8.7.2 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board

The AUX board provides NM interface, NM cascading interface, inter-subrack normal and
emergent communication interface.
Figure 8-12 shows the front panel of the AUX. Slot IU21 houses the AUX board.
Figure 8-12 Interfaces on the front panel of the AUX

NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH1
ETH2
STAT
PROG
AUX
Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board is list in Table 8-12.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 8-12 Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board
NE NM_ETH1/ RJ45 l Connects the network interface

management NM_ETH2 on the OptiX OSN 6800 through
interface a network cable to that on the
U2000 server to achieve the
management of the U2000 over
the OptiX OSN 6800.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface
on one NE through a network
cable to that on another NE to
achieve communication
between NEs.
Inter-subrack ETH1/ETH2 RJ45 l Connects the ETH1/ETH2

communication interface on one subrack
interface through a network cable to such
interfaces on the other subracks
to achieve the communication
between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a
CRPC or ROP board to achieve
communication with the CRPC
or ROP board.
8.7.3 PIN Assignment of Interfaces

The interfaces of the OptiX OSN 6800 used for data communication and equipment maintenance
use the RJ45 and the DB9 connectors. The pin assignment figures and the functions of the pins
are given in this section.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the COM Interface

For the pin assignment of the COM interface, refer to Table 8-13.
Table 8-13 Pin assignment of the COM interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Transmits the data positive
2 ETNTX_N_1 Transmits the data negative
3 ETNRX_P_1 Receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 ETNRX_N_1 Receives data negative
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 ETH3_TXP Transmits the data positive

for inter-subrack ordinary
communications
2 ETH3_TXN Transmits the data negative

communications
3 ETH3_RXP Receives the data positive for

inter-subrack ordinary
communications
4 ETH3_CRIT_TXP Transmits the data positive

for inter-subrack emergent
communications
5 ETH3_CRIT_TXN Transmits the data negative

communications
6 ETH3_RXN Receives the data negative

communications
7 ETH3_CRIT_RXP Receives the data positive for

inter-subrack emergent
communications
8 ETH3_CRIT_RXN Receives the data negative

communications

Table 8-15 Pin assignment of the ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the critical alarm

signal positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the critical alarm

signal negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the major alarm

signal positive

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the minor alarm

signal positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the minor alarm

signal negative
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the major alarm

signal negative
7 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P Alarm signal output 1

positive
8 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N Alarm signal output 1

negative

Table 8-16 Pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces
Pin Signal Function

positive

negative

positive

positive

negative

negative

positive

negative


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end of data
3 TXD Transmit end of data

ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND GND
9 5VOADM Power supply for OADM


Pin Signal Function
1 SWITCHI_IN1 Alarm input 1
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 8-19 Pin assignment of the ALMI2

Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Critical alarm signal positive
2 CRIT_ALMN Critical alarm signal negative
3 MAJ_ALMP Major alarm signal positive
4 RUNP Power indicating signal

positive
5 RUNN Power indicating signal

negative
6 MAJ_ALMN Major alarm signal positive
7 MIN_ALMP Minor alarm signal positive
8 MIN_ALMN Minor alarm signal negative
Pin Assignment of the NM-ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the NM-ETH1 interface, refer to Table 8-21.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 8-21 Pin assignment of the NM-ETH1 interface

Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP NM communications,
transmits the data positive
2 NM_ETNTXN NM communications,
transmits the data negative
3 NM_ETNRXP NM communications,
receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected.
5 NC Not connected.
6 NM_ETNRXN NM communications,
receives the data negative
7 NC Not connected.
8 NC Not connected.
Pin Assignment of the NM-ETH2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the NM-ETH2 interface, refer to Table 8-22.
Table 8-22 Pin assignment of the NM-ETH2 interface

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Transmits the concatenated

data positive for NM
communications
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Transmits the concatenated

data negative for NM
communications
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Receives the concatenated

data positive for NM
communications
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Receives the concatenated

data negative for NM
communications
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications


Pin Signal Function

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Board Name Board Description

Category
Optical TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit

transponder
unit TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit
Ethernet line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24 22GE + 210GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LEX4 410GE and 2OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board
TN12LOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN11LSXL 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN12LSXL
TN15LSXL
TN11LSXLR 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN12LSXLR
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LTX 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service multiplexing & optical

wavelength conversion board
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN12TDX
TN52TDX
TN53TDX
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
TN11TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
TN52TQX
TN55TQX
TN11TSXL 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
Line unit TN11ND2 2 x 10G line service processing board
TN12ND2
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
TN51NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN52NQ2
TN53NQ2
TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
TN11NS3 40G line service processing board

NOTE
TN52NS3 The TN54NS3/55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only
supports relay mode.
TN54NS3
TN55NS3
PID unit TN11BMD4 PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11BMD8 PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
TN12ELQX 4Electrical OTU2 with 410G Tributary Board
TN12PTQX 12 OTU2 PID board with 410G Tributary
Cross-connect TN11XCS centralized cross connect board

unit and
system and TN12XCS
communicatio TN11SCC system control and communication unit
n unit
TN51SCC
TN52SCC
TN11AUX system auxiliary interface unit
Optical TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit

multiplexer
and TN12M40
demultiplexer TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit
unit
TN12D40
TN11M40V 40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA
TN12M40V
TN11D40V 40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA
TN11FIU fiber interface unit
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
TN14FIU
TN11ITL interleaver board
TN12ITL
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Optical add TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

and drop
multiplexing TN11CMR4 CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
unit TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop
multiplexing board
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11MR8V 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board
Reconfigurabl TN11RDU9 9-port ROADM demultiplexing board

e optical add
and drop TN11RMU9 9-port ROADM multiplexing board
multiplexing TN11ROAM reconfigurable optical adding board
unit
TN11WSD9 9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing
board
TN12WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN11WSM9 9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
TN12WSM9
TN13WSM9
TN11WSMD2 2-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN11WSMD4 4-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN12WSMD4
TN11WSMD9 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and

demultiplexing board
Optical TN11CRPC case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C-band

amplifier unit
TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit
TN11HBA high-power booster amplifier board
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN11OBU1 optical booster unit
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
Optical TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

supervisory board
channel unit
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit

protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit

analyzer unit
TN11MCA8 8-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN11WMU wavelength monitoring unit
Variable TN11VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit

optical
attenuator unit TN12VA1
TN11VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA4
Optical power TN11DCU dispersion compensation board

and dispersion
equalizing unit TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation
board
Clock unit TN11STG centralized clock board
ROPA TN11GFU gain flatness unit

subsystem
unita TN11RGU ROPA gain unit
TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit
Interface area TN11EFI EMI filter interface board

unitb
TN11PIU power interface unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
a: For the details of the ROPA subsystem unit, refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to 8.7 Data Communication and Equipment
Maintenance Interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 10 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement
10 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
10.1 Chassis Structure

The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.
10.3 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
10.4 AC Power Consumption
This section provides the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of OptiX
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
10.5 AC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supplywhen the equipment runs on AC power.
10.6 DC Power Consumption
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
10.7 DC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supply when the equipment runs on DC power.
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
10.1 Chassis Structure

The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The chassis of the OptiX OSN 3800 can operate with an independent DC or AC power supply
and can be installed in an ETSI 300 mm rear-column cabinet, a standard ETSI 300 mm cabinet,
or a 19 and 23-inch open rack.
Figure 10-1 shows appearance of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 10-1 describes the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Figure 10-1 OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
3 2
1. Grounding connector 2. Fiber frame 3. Board area 4. Antistatic jack 5. Fan indicator
l Ground connector: Access the ground cables.

l Fiber frame: Fiber jumpers in the service board area are routed through the fiber frame.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. In total, 11 slots are available.
l Antistatic jack: The ESD strap is in this area.
l Fan indicator: The fan indicator indicates the status of the fans.
Table 10-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800

Item Specification
Dimensions 436 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 134

mm (H) or 17.17 in. (W) x 11.61 in.
(D) x 5.28 in. (H)
Weight of an empty chassis (with backplane) 6 kg (13.23 lb.)

The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Slots of the chassis are shown in Figure 10-2 and Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-2 Slots of the chassis (DC power)
IU1 IU11 IU6/PIU

IU2 IU7/PIU
FAN IU3 IU8/SCC
IU4 IU9/SCC
IU5 IU10/AUX
Paired slots Mesh group Mutual backup
Figure 10-3 Slots of the chassis (AC power)
IU1 IU11
IU6/APIU
IU2
FAN IU3 IU7/APIU
IU4 IU9/SCC
IU5 IU10/AUX
Paired slots Mesh group Mutual backup
NOTE
l : service boards.
l Slots IU1 and IU11 can be used as two independent slots, each for housing an FOADM board with a height
of 118.9 mm (4.7 in.). They can be also used as one slot for housing a service board with a height of 264.6
mm (10.4 in.). When the two slots are used as one slot, the slot ID is represented as IU11.
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the buses on the
backplanes.
l A mesh group refers to a group of slots housing the boards whose overhead can be processed by the buses
on the backplane.
10.3 Fan
Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
Version Description

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 10-2 shows the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 10-2 Functions of a fan tray assembly

Basic function Dissipates heat generated by the equipment

so that the equipment can operate normally
within the designated temperature range.
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic

fan speed regulation, depending on the
subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can
manually adjust the fan speed.
NOTE
Only when the chassis accesses DC power, Fan
speed control is available.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the

fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans and reports the in-

service information.
Status checking Checks the fan status.
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is left intake right exhaust.. Figure 10-4 shows the heat dissipation
and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 3800.
Figure 10-4 Front view of the heat dissipation and ventilation system
Air inlet Air outlet
FAN Board Area
The OptiX OSN 3800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 10-3. It is recommended
that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Mode
Auto Speed Mode The fan speed depends on the temperature.

l 45C (113F) to 65C (149F): the fans run at medium speed.
Adjustable Speed Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Mode Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can keep on operating for 96
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if:
Two or more fans fail in the fan tray assembly.
The fan tray assembly consists of six fans and one fan control unit. Figure 10-5 shows the
functional block of the fan tray assembly.
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal

Fan control unit
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal FAN

supply 1 supply 2
l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the chassis. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
the fan tray assembly.
Appearance
1. Fans (6 in total) 2. Operating status indicator
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU12.

Table 10-4 list the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly for the OptiX OSN 3800
system.
NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions 41.0 mm (W) x 262.6 mm (D) x 126.5 mm (H) (1.61 in. (W) x
10.34 in. (D) x 4.98 in. (H))
Weight 0.81 kg (1.79 lb)

l High Speed: 32.7 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Specification
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 32.7 W.
10.4 AC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
Table 10-5 describes the AC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 10-5 AC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W
Table 10-6 AC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Power Power
Consump Consumpti
tion at 25 on at 55C
C (77F) (131F)
OADM Chassis 1 162.2 207.5 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

chassis OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x
(Using the AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
APIU)
Chassis 2 117.7 154.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,
1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
1 x fan tray assembly.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
Consump Consumpti
C (77F) (131F)
OLA chassis (Using the 119.7 156.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

APIU) 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.
10.5 AC Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supplywhen the equipment runs on AC power.
Requirements on AC Voltage and Current

Table 10-7 provides the requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 10-7 Requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Requirement
Rated working current 1.7 A
Nominal working voltage 220 V AC
Working voltage range 90 V AC to 285 V AC
APIU
The APIU board receives and provides AC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the
APIU board must be TN21APIU.
l Function:
Accesses AC power in a range from 90 V to 285 V. Provides lightning protection and power
filtering functions.
l Front Panel:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 10-7 Front panel of the APIU board
APIU
RUN
OFF
ON
~100-240V
S1 S11 APIU
S5 AUX
S4 SCC
S3 APIU
S2
Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots:
IU6, IU7 and IU8 together house two APIU boards. That is, each APIU requires 1.5 slots.
l Specifications:
Table 10-8 Performance specifications of the APIU
Item Unit Value
Input power voltage range V 90 to 285

(AC)
Input frequency Hz 50
Input power current A 4

(AC)
Output rated voltage V -48

(DC)
Output rated current A 6.3

(DC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Output power W 300
Dimensions of front panel: 37.5 mm (H) x 100 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) or 1.5 in. (H) x
3.9 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
Weight: 0.8 kg (1.8lb.)
Power Consumption
(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN21APIU 50 55
10.6 DC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
Table 10-9 describes the DC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 10-9 DC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 10-10 DC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800
Power Power
Consump Consumpti
C (77F) (131F)
OADM Chassis 1 99.4 135.3 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

chassis OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x
(Using the AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
PIU)
Chassis 2 77.7 111.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,
1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
OLA chassis (Using the 79.7 113.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

PIU) 1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.
10.7 DC Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supply when the equipment runs on DC power.
Requirements on DC Voltage and Current

Table 10-11 provides the requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
chassis.
Table 10-11 Requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Requirement
Rated working current 8A
Nominal working voltage -48 V DC/-60 V DC

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the PIU
board must be TN21PIU.
l Function:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
power filtering functions.
l Front Panel:
Figure 10-8 Front panel of the PIU board
RUN
DO not hot
plug this unit
S1
S6
S5
S4
S2
S11
SCC
SCC
AUX
PIU
PIU
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
PIU
Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots:
IU6 and IU7
l Specifications:
Table 10-12 Performance specifications of the PIU
Item Unit Value
Input DC power voltage range V -40 to -72
Dimensions of front panel: 218.50 mm (H) x 107.76 in. (W) or 8.6 in. (H) x 4.2 in. (W)
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.0 lb.)
Power Consumption

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(77F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN21PIU 10 12

Interfaces
maintenance.
10.8.1 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board

The AUX board provides NM interfaces and extended auxiliary interfaces.
Figure 10-9 shows the front panel of the AUX board. The AUX board is housed in slot IU10.
Figure 10-9 Interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board
STAT
PROG
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
EXT
AUX
Table 10-13 describes the functions of each interface on the front panel of the AUX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 10-13 Functions of each interface on the front panel of the AUX board
Interface Silk-Screen Connector Function
NM interface NM_ETH1/ RJ45 l Connects the network interface

NM_ETH2 on the OptiX OSN 3800 through
a network cable to that on the
U2000 server so that the
U2000 over the OptiX OSN
3800.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface
on one NE through a network
cable to that on another NE to
achieve communication
between NEs.
Extended EXT DB9, RJ45 Accesses and outputs each kind of

auxiliary external signals.
interfaces
NOTE
EXT interfaces include ALMO, LAMP1, LAMP2, ETH, SERIAL, ALMI1, and ALMI2.
10.8.2 PIN Assignment of Interfaces

The OptiX OSN 3800 provides RJ45 and the DB9 ports to enable data communication and
equipment maintenance. This section shows the pin assignments of the RJ45 and DB9 connectors
and describes the pins of each connector.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the ETH Interface

For the pin assignment of the ETH interface, refer to Table 10-14.
Table 10-14 Pin assignment of the ETH interface

Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Positive pole for transmitting

the data
2 ETNTX_N_1 Negative pole for

transmitting the data
3 ETNRX_P_1 Positive pole for receiving

the data
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined
6 ETNRX_N_1 Negative pole for receiving

the data
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined
Pin Assignment of the ALMO Interface

For the pin assignment of the ALMO interface, refer to Table 10-15.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 10-15 Pin assignment of the ALMO interface
Pin Signal Function
1 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Alarm output signal 1

positive
2 SWCRIT_OUT1- Alarm output signal 1

negative
3 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Alarm output signal 2

positive
4 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Cascaded alarm output signal

1 positive
5 SWCRIT_OUT1- Cascaded alarm output signal

1 negative
6 SWCRIT_OUT2- Alarm output signal 2

negative
7 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Cascaded alarm output signal

2 positive
8 SWCRIT_OUT2- Cascaded alarm output signal

2 negative
NOTE
The alarm outputs are controlled by the internal relay contact. When the relay contact is closed, the resistance
of each ALMO interface is less than 1 ohm. When the relay contact is open, the resistance of each ALMO
interface is an infinite number.

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end

ready
5 GND Ground
6 Reserved
7 Reserved

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
8 GND Ground
9 V5_OADM Power supply for OADM


Pin Signal Function
1 SW_IN1P Alarm input signal 1
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground


Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined
6 GND Ground
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 RED+ Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
2 RED- Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
3 YELLOW+ Positive pole for major alarm

signals
4 GREEN+ Positive pole for power

indicating signals
5 GND Negative pole for power

indicating signals
6 YELLOW- Negative pole for major

alarm signals
7 ORG+ Positive pole for minor alarm

signals
8 ORG- Negative pole for minor

alarm signals
Pin Assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the NM-ETH1/NM_ETH2 interface, refer to Table 10-20.
Table 10-20 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces

Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX12P Positive pole for transmitting

with an NM
2 ETNTX12N Negative pole for

3 ETNRX12P Positive pole for receiving

with an NM
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
6 ETNRX12N Negative pole for receiving

with an NM
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Category
Optical TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit

transponder
unit TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board
TN12LOM
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
Line unit TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN53NS2
Optical TN21DFIU bidirectional fiber interface board

multiplexer
and TN13FIUa fiber interface unit
demultiplexer
TN14FIU
unit
TN21FIU
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Optical add TN21CMR1 CWDM 1-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

and drop
multiplexing TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
unit TN21CMR2
TN11CMR4 CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN21CMR4
TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop

multiplexing board
TN21DMR1
TN21MR2
TN21MR4
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board
Optical TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit

amplifier unit
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit
Cross-connect TN21SCC system control and communication unit

unit and

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
system and TN22SCC

communicatio
n unit TN21AUX system auxiliary interface unit
TN22AUX
Optical TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

supervisory board
channel unit
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit

protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit

analyzer unit
TN11MCA8 8-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
Variable TN11VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit

optical
attenuator unit TN12VA1
TN11VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA4
Optical power TN11DCU dispersion compensation board

and dispersion
equalizing unit
Interface area TN21PIU power interface unit

unitb
TN21APIU AC Power Interface Unit
a: For TN13FIU: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN13FIU01.

b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to 10.8 Data Communication and
Equipment Maintenance Interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 12 Frame
12 Frame
About This Chapter
12.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module

The DCM frame is used to hold DCM modules. DCM modules compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmitting fiber, to help maintain the original shape of the signal pulse.
12.2 CRPC Frame
The CRPC frame is used to hold the CRPC board, fan tray assembly, and power distribution
box. The frame is installed into the open rack.
12.3 Fiber Spooling Frame
The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
12.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module

The DCM frame is used to hold DCM modules. DCM modules compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmitting fiber, to help maintain the original shape of the signal pulse.
After an optical signal is transmitted over a certain distance, the optical signal pulse is expanded
because of the accumulation of the positive dispersion. An expanded pulse has a negative impact
on system transmission performance. A dispersion compensation module (DCM) is a passive
device that compensates for dispersion. DCMs use the inherent negative dispersion of a
dispersion compensation fiber to offset the positive dispersion of a transmission fiber to prevent
pulse expansion.
The system provides two types of DCMs: those using dispersion compensation fibers (DCFs)
and those that use fiber Bragg grating (FBG) technology.
The DCMs are available in different compensation distance specifications: 5 km (3.1 mi.), 10
km (6.2 mi.), 20 km (12.4 mi.), 40 km (24.8 mi.), 60 km (37.3 mi.), 80 km (49.7 mi.), 100 km
(62.1 mi.), 120 km (74.6 mi.), 160 km (99.4 mi.), 200 km (124.2 mi.), and 240 km (149.1 mi.).
Each DCM frame holds two DCM modules. The DCM frame is installed on the columns of a
cabinet with mounting airs and screws, as shown in Figure 12-1.
Figure 12-1 DCM frame
1 2
1. DCM frame 2. DCMs
Table 12-1 Performance requirements for C-band dispersion compensation optical fibers (G.
652 fibers)
DCM Distance Max. DSC PMD PD Max. Operatin

Module (mi./km) Inserti R (ps) L Allowed g
on Loss (dB Powera Wavelen
(dB) ) (dBm) gth (nm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2.3 90% 0.3 0.1 20 1528 to

to 1568
DCM(T) 6.2/10 2.8 110% 0.3 0.1 20

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

DCM(A) 12.4/20 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(B) 24.8/40 4.7 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 6.4 0.6 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 8 0.7 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 9 0.8 0.1 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 9.8 0.8 0.1 20
FBG-DCM 49.7/80 4 1.0 0.2 23

(80)
FBG-DCM 62.1/100 4 1.0 0.2 23

(100)
FBG-DCM 74.5/120 4 1.0 0.2 23

(120)
FBG-DCM 99.4/160 8 1.6 0.4 23

(160)
FBG-DCM 124.2/200 8 1.6 0.4 23

(200)
FBG-DCM 149.1/240 8 1.6 0.4 23

(240)
a: The Max. Allowed Power refers to the maximum input optical power that the optical module
can receive without being damaged.
655 LEAF fibers)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 4 90% 0.4 0.3 20 1528 to

to 1568
DCM(B) 24.8/40 5 110% 0.5 0.3 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 5.9 0.7 0.3 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 6.9 0.8 0.3 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 7.8 0.9 0.3 20

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

DCM(F) 74.5/120 8.8 1.0 0.3 20
FBG-DCM 74.5/120 3.7 1.0 0.2 23

(120)
FBG-DCM 99.4/160 3.7 1.0 0.2 23

(160)
FBG-DCM 124.2/200 3.7 1.0 0.2 23

(200)
FBG-DCM 149.1/240 3.7 1.0 0.2 23

(240)
653 fibers)
DCM Distance Max. DSC PMD PDL Max. Opera
Module (mi./km) Insert R (ps) (dB) Allowe ting
ion d Wavel
Loss Powera ength
(dB) (dBm) (nm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2 90% 0.2 0.1 20 1528 to

to 1568
DCM(T) 6.2/10 3 110% 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(A) 12.4/20 5 0.5 0.1 20

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 12-4 Performance requirements for C-band dispersion compensation optical fibers (TW-
RS fibers)
DCM Module Distance Max. DSC PMD PDL Max. Opera
(mi./km) Insert R (ps) (dB) Allowe ting
ion d Wavel
Loss Powera ength
(dB) (dBm) (nm)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 2.3 90% 0.3 0.1 20 1528 to

to 1568
DCM(B) 24.8/40 2.8 110% 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 3.8 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 4.2 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 4.7 0.5 0.1 20
Table 12-5 Mechanical specifications of the DCM frame

Item Specification
Dimensions 48 mm (H) x 484 mm (W) x 270.5 mm (D) (1.9 in. (H) x 19.1 in. (W)
x 10.6 in. (D) )
H = Height, W = Width, D = Depth
12.2 CRPC Frame

The CRPC frame is used to hold the CRPC board, fan tray assembly, and power distribution
box. The frame is installed into the open rack.
Figure 12-2 shows the appearance of a CRPC frame. In the middle of the frame, the one with
the front panel is the CRPC board. The fan tray assembly is at the left of the board. At the right
are two power supplies as mutual backup.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-2 CRPC frame
1: Fan tray assembly 2: CRPC board 3: Power distribution box
Table 12-6 Mechanical specifications of the CRPC frame

Item Value
Mechanical specifications 535 mm (W) x 257 mm (D) x 86 mm (H) or 21.1 in.

(W) x 10.1 in. (D) x 3.4 in. (H)
Weight 3 kg (6.6 lb)
12.3 Fiber Spooling Frame

The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.
Appearance
The fiber spool box is installed at the bottom of the cabinet, more than 50 mm away from the
chassis. Figure 12-3 shows a fiber spooling frame.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-3 Fiber spooling frame

1
1: Attenuator holder 2: Mechanical VOA pen 3: Captive screw 4: Fiber holder

5: Mounting ear 6: Fiber spool
Specifications of the Fiber Spooling Frame

l Dimensions: 101.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) (4.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 10.4
in. (H))
l Maximum Capacity: A maximum of 40 fibers can be threaded into an fiber spooling frame
from each side, and the maximum total fiber length is 50 m.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 13 Overview of Boards
13 Overview of Boards
About This Chapter
13.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions

The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
13.2 Bar Code for Boards
There is a bar code on the front panel of each board, which indicates the basic information about
the board, such as the BOM code, delivery information, board version, board name, and board
characteristic code.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions

The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
13.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions

This section describes the appearance and dimensions of the board.
CAUTION
Always wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap when holding a board to prevent static from
damaging the board.
Table 13-1 shows the appearance and dimensions of the different board types.
Table 13-1 Board appearance and dimensions

Board Appearance Board Name Numbe Heig Wi Dep
r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
Width TN11L4G 1 264.6 25. 220.

/10.4 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
TN11OAU1 2 264.6 50. 220.

Width
/10.4 8 0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width TN11M40 3 264.6 76. 220.

/10.4 2 0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width TN11AUX 1 107.6 25. 220.

/4.2 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
Width TN11LSXL 4 264.6 10 220.

/10.4 1.6 0/8.
/ 7
4.0
Height
Depth
Width TN21MR4 1 118.9 25. 220.

/4.7 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth
13.1.2 Symbols on Boards

This section describes the symbols on boards.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-2 Symbols on Boards

Label Type Description
Laser safety Indicates that

class label the laser
safety class of
CAUTION boards is
HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE HAZARD
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH LEVEL 1M
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
and there may
be laser
radiation. It
warns users
not to directly
look into fiber
connectors
without
taking any
protection
measures;
instead an
optical
instrument
that can
attenuate
optical power
must be used.
Fiber type Applies to

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY label TN15LSXL/
G.657A2
TN11LTX/
TN12LSC/
TN55NS3
boards. It
specifies the
fiber type for
the boards.
NOTE
To prevent
the cabinet
door from
squeezing
fibers, the
board can
only use G.
657A2 fibers.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Label Type Description
SM SFP WORK WITH Fiber type Applies to

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY label TN54THA

boards. It
G.657A2
specifies the
fiber type for
the boards.
NOTE
To prevent
the cabinet
door from
squeezing
fibers, the
board can
only use G.
657A2 fibers.
Warning Applies to
: label CRPC
boards. It
! WARNING : FIBERS MUST

BE CONNECTED BEFORE
provides
precautions
for the
POWER UP boards.
Heat hazard Indicates that

label the board
surface
temperature
is high and it
may cause
body injury.
13.2 Bar Code for Boards

There is a bar code on the front panel of each board, which indicates the basic information about
the board, such as the BOM code, delivery information, board version, board name, and board
characteristic code.
13.2.1 Bar Code Overview

There is a bar code on the front panel of each board, from which the basic information about the
board can be obtained, such as the BOM code, delivery information, board version, board name,
and board model number. The bar code of some of such boards also include a characteristic code.
The board characteristic code comprises information about frequency of signals, type of the
optical module, wavelength, and so on.
NOTE
Such information as frequency of signals queried on the U2000 is a commissioning value, different from
that on the bar code.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-1 and Figure 13-2 show the bar codes of boards installed with optical modules.
Figure 13-3 and Figure 13-4 show the bar codes of boards not installed with optical modules.
Figure 13-1 Description of the bar code (example 1)

Delivery Board version Board model
information (TN12) number
2102314840107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01 19210AG
Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
BOM Environmental Board Characteristic

friendliness flag name code
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

Delivery Board version Board model
information (TN12) number
2102315653108A000199 Y TN1M2 LSX T01 TPT

Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
BOM Environmental Board Tunable Characteristic

friendliness flag name code
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Delivery Board version Board

information (TN12) name
2103070768107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01
Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
BOM Environmental Board model
friendliness flag number
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)
Third and fourth Delivery Board version Board

numbers of the BOM information (TN12) name
030HFY 108A000199 Y TN12 LSX T01

Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
The complete BOM Environmental Board model

should be 0303OHFY. friendliness flag number
"03" are taken out in the (Y: Environmentally
BOM above. friendly)
The first four numbers in the board BOM indicate whether the board is installed with an optical
module. Table 13-3 provides the meanings of the first four numbers in the board BOM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-3 Meanings of the first four numbers in the BOMs for OTN boards
Board First Four Description First Four Numbers
Configuration Numbers in in the BOM of the
the board Required Optical
BOM Module
Board not installed 0303 The board is installed 3406 or 0303 (client
with optical modules with a wavelength side)
tunable optical module
on its WDM side.
Client-side optical
modules need to be
selected as required for
the board.
0303 The board is not 3406 or 0303 (client side

installed with any and WDM side)
optical module. WDM-
and client-side optical
modules need to be
selected for the board as
required.
0307 The board is installed 3406 or 0303 (client

with a fixed optical side)
module on its WDM
side. Client-side optical
modules need to be
required.
0302 The board is not 3406 or 0303 (client side

installed with any and WDM side)
optical module. WDM-
and client-side optical
modules need to be
required.
Board installed with 0231 Optical modules are N/A

optical modules installed on the client
and WDM sides of the
board.
Of the OCS boards, the SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41 boards are delivered as follows:
l For the SSN1SF64A board, the first four numbers in the BOM are 0303, indicating that the
board is delivered with optical modules installed.
l For the SSN3SLH41 board,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The first four numbers are 0303 when the board is delivered with optical modules not
installed. The first four numbers in the BOMs of the optical modules required by the
board are 3406.
When the board is delivered with optical modules installed, the first four numbers in
the BOM are 0305.
Table 13-4 provides the meanings of the first four numbers in the BOMs for of other OCS
boards.
Table 13-4 Meanings of the first four numbers in the BOM for an OCS board (excluding
SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41)
Board First Four Description First Four Numbers
Configuration Numbers in in the BOM of the
the board Required Optical
BOM Module
Board not installed 0302 The board is not 3406

with optical modules installed with any
optical module. Optical
modules need to be
required.
Board installed with 0305 The board is installed N/A

optical modules optical modules.
Table 13-5 provides the description of the delivery information.
Table 13-5 Description of the delivery information of a board

Item Description
Vendor Indicates the vendor of a board. "10" indicates Huawei.
Manufacture Year Indicates the last digit of the year when a board is manufactured.
For example, "4" indicates 2004. From 2010 onwards, a letter is
used to indicate the manufacture year. For example, the letter A
indicates 2010, the letter B indicates 2011, and so on.
Manufacture Month Indicates the month when a board is manufactured. The value is
expressed in hexadecimal format. For example, the letter B
indicates November.
Serial Number Indicates the production serial number of a board. The value ranges
from 000001 to 999999.
13.2.2 Characteristic Code

The board characteristic code indicates information about frequency of signals, type of the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For the detailed description of the board characteristic code, refer to B Bar Code for Boards.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 14 Optical Transponder Unit
14 Optical Transponder Unit
About This Chapter
14.1 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
14.2 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity
14.3 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
14.4 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
14.5 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board
14.6 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving
14.7 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving
14.8 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
14.9 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board
14.10 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board
14.11 LOA
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.
14.12 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.13 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board
14.14 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
14.15 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board
14.16 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving
14.17 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving
14.18 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
14.19 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
14.20 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
14.21 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
14.22 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
14.23 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
14.24 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board
14.25 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board
14.26 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)
14.27 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)
14.28 TMX
TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.1 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
14.1.1 Version Description

The available functional version of the ECOM board is TN11.
Mappings Between the Board and Equipment

This manual describes all boards supported by the product. However, the availability of the
boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the boards, contact the product manager of
your Huawei local office.
Boar OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
Subrack Subrack Subrack Subrack
TN11 N N N Y Y
ECO
M
14.1.2 Application
The ECOM board is used to achieve the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/
3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A, and to converge/deconverge 8xFE services to/from 1xGE
service.
Application Scenario 1: Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN

6800/3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A
The management signal and service signal of the OptiX OSN 900A are together transmitted to
the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 over the line. The FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 separates
the signal received into management signal and service signal. The service signal is processed
by the OTU board. The management signal is accessed by the ECOM board through the FE port
and then is transmitted to the SCC board through the backplane.
For the position of the ECOM in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 and OptiX
OSN 900A, see Figure 14-1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-1 Position of the ECOM board in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and OptiX OSN 900A
Service
F signal
OTU
OptiX OSN I Management
900A U signal
OptiX OSN
8 8 ECOM ETH
6800/OptiX
OSN 3800
SCC
Management
F signal
OptiX OSN
900A I Service signal
U OTU
NOTE
Each FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 accesses the signals from only one OptiX OSN 900A.
Application Scenario 2: Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE

Service
When used for convergence or deconvergence, the ECOM board can be used only in the CWDM
system. For the position of the ECOM in the WDM system, see Figure 14-2.
Figure 14-2 Position of the ECOM board in the WDM system
GE GE
1 MUX DMUX 1
FE ECOM ECOM FE
8 8
DMUX MUX
GE GE
Client side Client side
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 3800, the MUX and DMUX boards shown in the figure are the OADM boards used
in the CWDM system.
14.1.3 Functions and Features

The ECOM board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and loopback
on the client side.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 14-1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-1 Functions and features of the ECOM board

Function and Description
Feature
Basic function l Achieves the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/
3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A.
l Converges/deconverges 8xFE services to/from 1xGE service.
Client-side service FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

type
WDM Supports the CWDM specifications.

specification
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the transmission of one GE signal each to
capabilities working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane. Supports the transmission of one GE signal to the paired slots
through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one GE signal from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
boards belonging to the mesh group.
Tunable Not Supported

wavelength
function
PRBS function Not Supported
Protection scheme Not Supported
Alarms and l Provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.

performance l Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of
events monitoring the board.
ALS function Not Supported
Test frame Not Supported
Optical-layer Not Supported

ASON
Electrical-layer Not Supported

ASON
eSFP Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the

client side.
Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the
WDM side.
Loopback WDM side Inloop Supported
Outloop Not Supported
Client side Inloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.1.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The ECOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power supply
module.
Figure 14-3 and Figure 14-4 show the functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board.
Figure 14-3 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board
FE Backplane(management signal transmission)
Client side WDM side

RX1
RX2 O/E E/O
OUT
RX8
L2 switching Cross-connect
TX1 E/O module module O/E
TX2 IN
TX8 Client-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control
Memory CPU Communication

Control and communication module
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply (controlled by SCC)
from a backplane SCC
Signal Flow (Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and the OptiX OSN 900A)
The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the SCC board,
and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of FE signals (management signals)
from client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module, and
groomed by the backplane to the SCC board through the ETH interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
The L2 switching module receives FE signals from the SCC board, and then sends them to
the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the FE electrical signals, and
then outputs the optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Figure 14-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM
GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

RX1
RX2 O/E E/O
OUT
RX8
TX1 E/O module module O/E
TX2 IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow (Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE Service)

The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the WDM side
of the ECOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching
module. The module performs operations such as converging eight channels of FE signals
into one channel of GE signals. Then, the module outputs one channel of GE signals to the
cross-connect module.
The cross-connect module performs operations such as service cross-connection of the GE
signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The GE signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard
wavelengths GE optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant GE optical signals
at CWDM standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the GE signals are sent to the cross-connect module. The module
performs operations such as service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs one
channel of GE signals.
The L2 switching module deconverges the GE signals and sends a maximum of eight
channels of FE signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l Client-side optical module
The module consists of a client-side receiver and a client-side transmitter.
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of FE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of internal
electrical signals to FE optical signals.
Reports the performance of the client-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the client-side laser.
l WDM-side optical module
The module consists of a WDM-side receiver and a WDM-side transmitter.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE optical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
GE optical signals.
Reports the performance of the WDM-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the WDM-side laser.
l L2 switching module
Forwards service signals.
Implements the convergence/deconvergence of the service signals.
l Cross-connect module
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
between the ECOM and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through
the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming service signals are
GE signals.
l Control and communication module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Controls board operations.

Controls the operations on each module of the board according to CPU instructions.
Collects information about alarms, performance events, working states and voltage
detection from each functional module on the board.
Communicates with the system and communication board.
l Power supply module
Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each
module on the board.
14.1.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ECOM board.

Figure 14-5 shows the front panel of the ECOM board.
Figure 14-5 Front panel of the ECOM board
ECOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
ECOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
There are four indicators on the front panel.
l Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)
l Service active status indicator (ACT) - green
l Board software status indicator (PROG) - dual-colored (red, green)
l Service alarm indicator (SRV) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)
For details about indicators on the board, see A.4 Board Indicators.
Interfaces
Table 14-2 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ECOM board
IN LC Receives single-wavelength signals from the optical

demultiplexing unit or the optical add and drop
multiplexing unit.
OUT LC Transmits single-wavelength signals to the optical

multiplexing unit or the optical add and drop
multiplexing unit.
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1, indicating that the maximum output
optical power of each optical interface is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).
14.1.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ECOM board.
Table 14-3 shows the valid slots for the ECOM board.
Table 14-3 Valid slots for ECOM board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2-IU5

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.1.7 Physical and Logical Ports

This section describes the logical ports displayed on the NMS and the physical ports of the board.
Display of Physical Ports

Table 14-4lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS.
Table 14-4 Mapping between the physical ports on the ECOM board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS
Physical Port Port Number on the NMS
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
The number of an interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical interfaces. One
transmits signals and the other receives signals.
Logical Ports
Logical ports are internal points used to adapt, terminate, and multiplex internal signals of the
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, AP1 is a
logical port of the board.
Figure 14-6 shows the application model of the ECOM board. Table 14-5 describes the meaning
of each port.
Figure 14-6 Port diagram of the ECOM board

PORT3
PORT4
PORT5 VCTRUNK1
PORT6 101( AP1/AP1)-1
PORT7 1(IN/OUT)-1
PORT8
PORT9
PORT10
Cross-connect WDM-side optical
L2 switching module
module module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-5 Description of NM port of the ECOM board

Port Name Description
PORT3-PORT10 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces RX1/TX1-

RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1 Internal virtual port.
AP1 Internal convergence port.
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.
14.1.8 Configuration of Cross-connection

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the ECOM board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are Service Mode and HUB
Mode.
NOTE
If the HUB mode need be configured, there must be one-to-one connection between ports, which need not
be set on the U2000.
If the service mode need be configured, the following items must be created on the U2000:
l During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create the cross-connection between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the eight
channels of FE optical signals and one channel of GE electrical signals accessed from the
client-side ports is implemented through the L2 switching module.
l Between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the cross-connect module are one-to-
one port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the cross-
connection between the AP of the ECOM board and AP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client
side of other boards for the inter-board services deconvergence), as shown in Figure
14-7.
connection between the AP of the ECOM board and LP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards for the inter-board services convergence), as shown in Figure
14-7.
connections of GE level between the AP port and the IN/OUT port of the ECOM, realizing
the cross-connect grooming of GE services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-7 Cross-connection diagram of the ECOM

Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
1
ECOM
101(AP1/AP1)-1
2
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client side of 1
other boards
2
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to theWDM side of
other boards
14.1.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS

This section lists the board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
For parameters of ECOM, refer to Table 14-6.
Table 14-6 ECOM parameters

Field Value Description
Optical Interface/ - Displays the position of the optical

Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Name An optical interface name contains a
maximum of 64 characters. Any characters
are supported.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets the
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of
a board.
See D.3 Channel Use Status (WDM
Interface) for more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Inloop, The Optical Interface Loopback

Loopback Outloop parameter sets the loopback mode for the
Default: Non- current optical interface of a board.
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser
Default: On status of a board.
See D.17 Laser Status (WDM Interface)
for more information.
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the

Wavelength No./ WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Band Type - Queries the band type.
Tunable - Queries the tunable wavelength range at the

Wavelength Range WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ to parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192.100 wavelength and frequency of the current
l CWDM: optical interface on the WDM side of a
11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./
18/1611.00/188.780 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(WDM Interface) for more information.
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets

Type Default: C the band type of the current working
wavelength.
See D.35 Planned Band Type (WDM
Board Mode HUB Mode, Service Used to configure the working mode of the
Mode board.
Default: HUB Mode
14.1.10 ECOM Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Client-Side WDM-Side WDM-Side

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Fixed Optical Pluggable
Module Optical Module Module Optical Module
TN N/A 100 BASE-FX-10 N/A 1.25 Gbit/s

11E km Multirate (eSFP
CO 100 BASE-FX-40 CWDM)-40 km
M km 2.67 Gbit/s
100 BASE-FX-80 Multirate (eSFP
km CWDM)-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
NOTE
There is a margin between the default input power low alarm threshold and the receiver sensitivity and a
margin between the default input power high alarm threshold and the overload point. This ensures that the
system can report an input power low alarm before the actual input power reaches the receiver sensitivity
or report an input power high alarm before the actual input power reaches the overload point.
Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module
Table 14-7 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for FE services
Item Unit Value
Optical 100 BASE- 100 BASE- 100 BASE-

Module Type FX-10 km FX-40 km FX-80 km
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Target distance - 10 km (6.2 mi.) 40 km (24.9 mi.) 80 km (49.7 mi.)
Transmitter parameter specifications at point S
Maximum mean dBm -3 0 5

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -11.5 -4.5 -2

launched power
Minimum dB 9 9 9
extinction ratio
Operating nm 1270 to 1355 1270 to 1355 1500 to 1580

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical 100 BASE- 100 BASE- 100 BASE-

Module Type FX-10 km FX-40 km FX-80 km
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3z-compliant

mask
Receiver parameter specifications at point R
Receiver type - PIN PIN PIN

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19 -20 -22

sensitivity
(EOL)
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3
receiver
overload
Table 14-8 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for colored wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1.25 Gbit/s 2.67 Gbit/s

Type Multirate (eSFP Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km CWDM)-80 km
Line code format - NRZ NRZ
Target distance - 40 km (24.9 mi.) 80 km (49.7 mi.)
Maximum mean dBm 5 5

launched power
Minimum mean dBm 0 0

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 9 8.2

ratio
Operating nm 1471 to 1611 1471 to 1611

wavelength range
Central wavelength nm 6.5 6.5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 1.0 1.0

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1.25 Gbit/s 2.67 Gbit/s

Type Multirate (eSFP Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km CWDM)-80 km
Minimum side mode dB 30 30

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant
Receiver type - PIN APD

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -19 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -3 -9

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance
WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module
Table 14-9 Specifications of CWDM-side pluggable optical module using fixed wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

(eSFP CWDM)-40 (eSFP CWDM)-80
km km
Operating wavelength nm 1471 to 1611 1471 to 1611

range

launched power
Minimum mean launched dBm 0 0

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 8.2

deviation

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km
Maximum -20 dB nm 1 1
spectral width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant

range

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27
l Dimensions of front panel: 25.4 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Board Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
Type Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) 55C (131F)
TN11ECOM 19.6 21.6
14.2 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity

The available functional version of the L4G board is TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
L4G
14.2.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the L4G board implements the conversion between six
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the L4G board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-8.
Figure 14-8 Position of the L4G board in the WDM system
L4G L4G
1 M M 1
1OTU5G/FEC5G
1OTU5G/FEC5G
U U
X X
1ODU5G
1ODU5G
/ / GE
4GE
4xGE
D D
M M
U U
6 X X 6
L2 L2
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot or cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To mesh group slot
NOTE
The client-side six pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

The L4G is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-10 Functions and features of the L4G board

and Feature
Basic Converges up to six non-full bandwidth GE service signals into four GE

function service signals and multiplexes these four signals into an OTU 5G/FEC 5G
signal. Converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelength compliant with
ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse process is similar.
Client-side GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services
connect each to working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through
capabilities the backplane. Supports the transmission of four GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
OTN l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

function l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU5G.
l Supports SM function for OTU5G.
WDM Supports the DWDM specifications.

specification
Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this module,
wavelength the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the range
function of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz.
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test Not supported

function
LPT function Supported

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-VLAN and Sink C-
VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.
FEC Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.709.
encoding
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode) to help locate line failures.
performance l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
events
monitoring l Monitors the alarms and performance events of the OTN.
l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as
well as the optical power.
l Provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
ALS Supports the ALS function on the client side.

function
Test frame Supported
Optical-layer Not supported

ASON
Electrical- Not supported

layer ASON
Protection l Supports SW SNCP.

scheme l Supports VLAN SNCP.
l Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
l Supports OWSP protection.
l Supports MS SNCP protection.
Outloop Supported
Client side MAC Supported
PHY Supported
Protocol or Protocols or standards (non- IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standard performance monitoring) with All L2 protocols including xSTP,
compliance which transparently transmitted LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, and PPP
services comply
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP,
OSPF, and IGRP
Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3x pause frame

(performance monitoring) for IEEE 802.3ad LACP
processing services
IEEE 802.1p priority
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

The L4G board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, signal processing module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 14-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board
GE Backplane(service cross-connection)
6GE 4GE
RX1 O/E E/O
RX2
GE OUT
Cross- OTN
RX6 L2 encapsulation
connect processing
TX1 switching and mapping
E/O module module O/E
TX2 module module
IN
optical 6GE 4GE optical
module Signal processing module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the L4G board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the L4G to the WDM side
of the L4G, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives a maximum of six channels of flat-rate GE optical
signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX6 interfaces, and performs O/E
conversion.
After O/E conversion, the six channels of electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching
module. The module performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs
a maximum of four channels of GE signals to the signal processing module.
The signal processing module performs operations such as the service cross-connection,
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
module outputs one channel of OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals.
The OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. Then, the
module performs O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as OTU 5G/FEC 5G framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
The L2 switching module deconverges the GE signals and sends six channels of the signals
with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the six channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs six channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX6
optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of six channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from six channels of internal electrical
signals to GE optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
l Signal processing module
The module consists of the cross-connect module, GE encapsulation and mapping module,
and OTN processing module.
Cross-connect module
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical
signals between the L4G and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE signals.
GE encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU 5G/
FEC 5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN processing module

Frames OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals, processes overheads in OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals,
and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
14.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the L4G board.

Figure 14-10 shows the front panel of the L4G board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-10 Front panel of the L4G board
L4G
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
OUT
IN
L4G
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-11 Types and functions of the interfaces on the L4G board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one L4G board.
Table 14-12 shows the valid slots for the L4G board.
Table 14-12 Valid slots for the L4G board

Product Valid Slots
14.2.7 Characteristic Code for the L4G

The board characteristic code indicates the information about frequency of signals, type of the
For the detailed description of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.2 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS and the
logical ports of the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-13 lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS. .
Table 14-13 Mapping between the physical ports on the L4G board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a
Figure 14-11 describes the application model of the L4G board. Table 14-14 describes the
meaning of each port.
Figure 14-11 Port diagram of the L4G board

PORT3 VCTRUNK1 101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1

PORT4 VCTRUNK2 102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-1
PORT5 1(IN/OUT)-1
PORT8
L2 swithing module Cross-connect Service processing WDM-side optical
module module module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-14 Description of NM port of the L4G board
PORT3-PORT8 These ports correspond to the client-side

optical interfaces RX1/TX1-RX6/TX6
respectively.
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1-AP4 Internal convergence ports.
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are

numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the L4G board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the six channels
of GE optical signals and the four channels of GE electrical signals accessed from the client-
side ports is realized through the L2 switching module.
NOTE
One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 1.25 Gbit/s.
l There are one-to-one port connections between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of
the cross-connect module. These connections do not need to be set on the U2000.
connection between the AP and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services is
implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections can
be created:
Create the cross-connection between the internal AP and LP ports of the L4G board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
and in Figure 14-12.
Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the LP port of
other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 14-12. (The GE services accessed from the
client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and inter-board service convergence.)
Create the cross-connection between the AP port or RX/TX port of other boards and
the LP port of the L4G board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-12. (The GE services
accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the L4G board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the L4G board and the LP port of other
board, as shown by 5 in Figure 14-12. (This cross-connection enables the passing-through
of the broadcast services.)
l Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the AP port of other
boards, as shown by 6 in Figure 14-12. (The GE services accessed from the client side
of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and
the inter-board service deconvergence.)
l The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. This connection does not need to be configured on the U2000.
Figure 14-12 Cross-connection diagram of the L4G board

Client side Other board WDM side
101(AP1/AP1)-1/3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
102(AP2/AP2)-1/4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
6 5
103(AP3/AP3)-1/5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1/6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4

101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
1
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
L4G
1
The straight-through of the board
2
The internal cross-connection of the board
3
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
4
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the L4G board
5
The WDM side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
6
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards
Other board TN11L4G / TN11LDGD / TN11LDGS / TN11LOG / TN12LOG / TN11LQG / TN13LQM /

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG /
TN11TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of L4G, refer to Table 14-15.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-15 L4G parameters

Optical - Displays the position of the optical interface.

Interface/
Channel
Optical - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Interface Name An optical interface name contains a maximum of 64
characters. Any characters are supported.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets the
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
See D.3 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Optical Non-Loopback, The Optical Interface Loopback parameter sets the

Interface Inloop, Outloop loopback mode for the current optical interface of a
Loopback Default: Non- board.
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a
Default: board.
See D.17 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for more
l WDM side: information.
On
l Client side:
Off
Automatic Disabled, The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Laser Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down the
Shutdown Default: Enabled laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Service Mode OTN, SDH The Service Mode parameter sets the service mode
Default: OTN of a board.
See D.41 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for more
information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, The LPT Enabled parameter determines whether to

Enabled enable the link pass-through (LPT).
Default: Disabled
FEC Working Disabled, The FEC Working State parameter determines

State Enabled whether to enable or disable the forward error
Default: Enabled correction (FEC) function of the current optical
interface.
See D.13 FEC Working State (WDM Interface) for
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

Wavelength optical interface of a board.
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
Tunable - Queries the tunable wavelength range at the WDM-

Wavelength side optical interface of a board.
Range
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196 Frequency (THz) parameter sets the wavelength
No./ .050 to number, wavelength and frequency of the current
Wavelength 80/1560.61/19 optical interface on the WDM side of a board.
(nm)/ 2.100 See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength
Frequency l CWDM: (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
(THz) 11/1471.00/20 information.
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the band
Type Default: C type of the current working wavelength.
See D.35 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets the

Condition OTUk_DEG, relevant alarms of certain optical interfaces or
ODUk_PM_DE channels of a board as SD switching trigger
G conditions of the protection group in which this OTU
Default: None board resides.
See D.40 SD Trigger Condition (WDM
14.2.11 L4G Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Optical Module Optical
Module Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 3400 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km Fixed Wavelength-
4G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km NRZ-APD
1000 BASE-LX-40 km 3400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km NRZ-APD
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
NOTE
Table 14-16 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for GE services

Item Unit Value
Optical 2.125 Gbit/s 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE-

Module Multirate-0. LX-10 km LX-40 km ZX-80 km
Type 5 km
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance mi.) mi.) mi.) mi.)
Operating nm 770 to 860 1270 to 1355 1270 to 1355 1500 to 1580

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask
Receiver - PIN PIN PIN PIN

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -3 -3 -3
receiver
overload
Table 14-17 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for CWDM colored
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant G.957-compliant

G.959.1-compliant
IEEE802.3z-compliant

range

overload
WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module
Table 14-18 Specifications of DWDM-side fixed optical module

Item Unit Value
Optical Module 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 3400 ps/nm-C Band-

Type Fixed Wavelength- Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength-NRZ-
APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

APD

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -2 -3

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10
ratio
Central frequency THz 192.10 to 196.00
Central frequency GHz 10

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 3400 3400
Receiver type - APD APD
Operating wavelength nm 1200 to 1650

range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption at 25 Consumption at 55
C ( 77F ) (W) C ( 131F ) (W)
TN11L4 3400 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 50.0 55.0

G Wavelength-NRZ-APD
3400 ps/nm-C Band- 53.0 58.0

Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
14.3 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving

The available functional version of the LDGD board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LDG
D
14.3.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGD board implements the conversion between two
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendation, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LDGD board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-13.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-13 Position of the LDGD board in the WDM system

LDGD LDGD
MUX/ MUX/
1 1
DMUX DMUX
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
GE GE
2 MUX/ MUX/ 2
DMUX DMUX
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot

The LDGD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 14-19 Functions and features of the LDGD board

Feature
Basic function LDGD converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16

Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.

service type
Cross-connect l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE

capabilities services each to working/protection cross-connection boards
respectively through the backplane. Supports the transmission of two
GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
OTN function l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
l Supports SM function for OTU1.
WDM l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this
wavelength module, the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side
function within the range of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing
of 100 GHz.
ESC function Supported
PRBS test Not supported.

function
FEC encoding Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.709.
events
monitoring l Monitors B2 bytes to help locate faults.
l Monitors the alarms and performance events of the OTN.
l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser
as well as the optical power.
ALS function Supports the ALS function on the client side.

ASON
Electrical-layer Not supported

ASON

scheme l Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocol or Protocols or IEEE 802.3z

standard standards (non-
compliance performance
monitoring) with
which
transparently
transmitted
services comply
Protocols or ITU-T G.805

standards ITU-T G.806
(performance
monitoring) for ITU-T G.709
processing ITU-T G.872
services ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDGD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
processing module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 14-14 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-14 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board
Backplane (service cross-connection)
GE
RX1 O/E OUT1
E/O Splitter
RX2 GE OUT2
Cross- encapsulation OTN
connect and mapping Processing
TX1 E/O module module IN1
module O/E
TX2 IN2
Optical Optical
module Signal processing module
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGD board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGD to the WDM side
of the LDGD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection, encapsulation
and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs
one channel of OTU1 signals.
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths OTU1
optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of
identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-
OUT2 optical interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU1 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as received signal selection, OTU1 framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs two channels of GE signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the two channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2
optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to GE optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU1 optical signals.
OTU1 optical signals.
signals between the LDGD and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frames OTU1 signals, processes overheads in OTU1 signals, and performs FEC
encoding and decoding.
14.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGD board.

Figure 14-15 shows the front panel of the LDGD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-15 Front panel of the LDGD board
LDGD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDGD
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-20 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGD board
IN1-IN2 LC Receives single-wavelength signals from the optical

multiplexing unit.
OUT1-OUT2 LC Transmits single-wavelength signals to the optical

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGD board.
Table 14-21 shows the valid slots for the LDGD board.
Table 14-21 Valid slots for LDGD board
Product Valid Slots
14.3.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD

The characteristic code for the LDGD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
frequency values of two channels of optical signals on the WDM side.
The detailed information about the characteristic code is given in Table 14-22.
Table 14-22 Characteristic code for the LDGD board
Code Description Description
First four digits The frequency of forth The last four digits of the
optical signal frequency value of the first
channel of signals on the
WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Last four digits The frequency of forth The last four digits of the
optical signal frequency value of the
second channel of signals on
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDGD board is 92109210.
l "92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM
side both are 192.10 THz.


Table 14-23 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-16 shows the application model of the LDGD board. Table 14-24 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-16 Port diagram of the LDGD board
201(LP/LP)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
3 (RX1/T X1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-2
4 (RX2/T X2)-1 2(IN2 /OUT2)-1
Servi ce
Cross-connect WDM-si de
p rocessing
mo dule opti cal modu le
module
Table 14-24 Description of NM port of the LDGD board
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces.
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.
IN1/OUT1-IN2/OUT2 These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the LDGD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the GE cross-
connection between the RX/TX and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services
is implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGD
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGD board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGD board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
service convergence), as shown in Figure 14-17.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the LP port
of the LDGD board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGD board for protection and the inter-board
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the LP port.
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGD board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGD board are cross-
connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services),
5
as shown in Figure 14-17.
l The two paths of the LP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2
ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Figure 14-17 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGD board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
2
4(RX2/TX2)-1 1
201(LP/LP)-2
LDGD
1
2
The client side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the 4
LDGD board
The WDM side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards


For parameters of LDGD, refer to Table 14-25.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-25 LDGD parameters

Optical Interface/ - Displays the position of the optical interface.

Channel

Name An optical interface name contains a maximum
of 64 characters. Any characters are supported.
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, The Optical Interface Loopback parameter

Loopback Inloop, Outloop sets the loopback mode for the current optical
Default: Non- interface of a board.
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status
Default: of a board.
See D.17 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for
l WDM side: On more information.
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Shutdown Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down
the laser after the signals received by a board are
lost.
Service Mode OTN, SDH The Service Mode parameter sets the service
Default: OTN mode of a board.
See D.41 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled The LPT Enabled parameter determines

Default: Disabled whether to enable the link pass-through (LPT).
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled The FEC Working State parameter determines
State Default: Enabled whether to enable or disable the forward error
correction (FEC) function of the current optical
interface.
See D.13 FEC Working State (WDM
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-

Wavelength No./ side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Range
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196. (nm)/Frequency (THz) parameter sets the
Wavelength (nm)/ 050 to wavelength number, wavelength and frequency
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192 of the current optical interface on the WDM side
.100 of a board.
l CWDM: See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./
11/1471.00/208 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
.170 to Interface) for more information.
18/1611.00/188
.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Type Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets and
Length Default: 9600 queries the maximum packet length supported by
a board and is applicable to the boards supporting
Ethernet services.
See D.26 Max. Packet Length (WDM
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets

Mode 1000M Full- and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Duplex See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM
Default: Auto- Interface) for more information.
Negotiation

ODUk_PM_DEG channels of a board as SD switching trigger
Default: None conditions of the protection group in which this
OTU board resides.
14.3.11 LDGD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Module Module Optical
Module

DG 1000 BASE-LX-10 NRZ-PIN
D km 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-40 Fixed Wavelength-
km NRZ-APD
1000 BASE-ZX-80 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-APD
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
NOTE

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
Optical Module 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/ 3200 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6400 ps/
Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Band- Band- Band- Band- Band- Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable Tunable
Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen
gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ-
PIN APD PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ
Maximum mean dBm -4 -4 0 0 0 0

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -8 -8 -5 -5 -5 -5

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1 - compliant
Receiver type - PIN APD PIN APD APD APD
Operating nm 1200 to 1650 1300 to

wavelength range 1575
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Table 14-29 Specifications of CWDM-side fixed optical module using fixed wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1600 ps/nm-CWDM

Band-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
Line code format - NRZ
Maximum mean launched dBm 2

power
Minimum mean launched dBm 0.5

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2
Central wavelength nm 1271 to 1611
Central wavelength deviation nm 6.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 1

width
Minimum side mode dB 30

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 1600
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength range nm 1200 to 1650
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28
Minimum receiver overload dBm -9
Maximum reflectance dB -27
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum
ard Consumption Power
at 25C (77F) Consumption
at 55C (131F)
TN 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength- 34.0 37.4

11L NRZ-PIN
DG 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
D NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-CWDM Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 38.0 41.8

NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four Channels-Tunable)
14.4 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional version of the LDGS board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LDG
S
14.4.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGS implements the conversion between two
For the position of the LDGS board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-18.
Figure 14-18 Position of the LDGS board in the WDM system
LDGS LDGS
M M
1 U U 1
X X
/
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
GE / GE
D D
M M
U U
2 2
X X
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LDGS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
Table 14-30 Functions and features of the LDGS board

and
Feature
Basic LDGS converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16

function

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE services
capabilities the backplane. Supports the transmission of two GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
OTN l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.

ESC Supported
function
encoding

function
LPT Supported
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
events
l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
as the optical power.

function
Optical- Not supported

layer ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

monitoring) with
which
transparently
transmitted
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDGS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-19 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-19 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board
Backplane(service cross-connection)
GE

RX1
O/E E/O OUT
RX2
Cross- GE OTN
connect encapsulation processing
TX1
E/O module and mapping module
module O/E IN
TX2
Client-side WDM-side
optical Signal processing module optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGS board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGS to the WDM side
of the LDGS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs two
channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
signals between the LDGS and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGS board.

Figure 14-20 shows the front panel of the LDGS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-20 Front panel of the LDGS board
LDGS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDGS
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-31 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGS board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.4.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGS board.
Table 14-32 shows the valid slots for the LDGS board.
Table 14-32 Valid slots for LDGS board

Product Valid Slots
14.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS

Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-33 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-21 shows the application model of the LDGS board. Table 14-34 describes the
Figure 14-21 Port diagram of the LDGS board
201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
1(IN/OUT)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Service
Cross-connect WDM-side
processing
module optical module
module
Table 14-34 Description of NM port of the LDGS board
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

his section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the LDGS board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGS
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGS board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGS board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the LDGS board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGS board for protection and the inter-board
4
NOTE
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGS board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGS board are cross-
5
l The two paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the IN/
OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-22 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGS board

3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
2
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
LDGS
1
2
The client side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LDGS board
The WDM side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards


For parameters of LDGS, refer to Table 14-35.
Table 14-35 LDGS parameters

Interface/
Channel
Optical - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Interface An optical interface name contains a maximum of 64
Name characters. Any characters are supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
See D.3 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Optical Non-Loopback, The Optical Interface Loopback parameter sets the

Interface Inloop, Outloop loopback mode for the current optical interface of a
Loopback Default: Non- board.
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a
Default: board.
See D.17 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for more
l WDM side: information.
On
l Client side:
Off
Automatic Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Laser Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down the
Shutdown laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Service Mode OTN, SDH The Service Mode parameter sets the service mode of
Default: OTN a board.
See D.41 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for more
information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled The LPT Enabled parameter determines whether to
Default: Disabled enable the link pass-through (LPT).
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled The FEC Working State parameter determines
State Default: Enabled whether to enable or disable the forward error
correction (FEC) function of the current optical
interface.
See D.13 FEC Working State (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

Wavelength optical interface of a board.
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
Tunable - Queries the tunable wavelength range at the WDM-

Wavelength side optical interface of a board.
Range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Max. Packet 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets and queries
Length Default: 9600 the maximum packet length supported by a board and
is applicable to the boards supporting Ethernet
services.
See D.26 Max. Packet Length (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196 Frequency (THz) parameter sets the wavelength
No./ .050 to number, wavelength and frequency of the current
Wavelength 80/1560.61/19 optical interface on the WDM side of a board.
(nm)/ 2.100 See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength
Frequency l CWDM: (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
(THz) 11/1471.00/20 information.
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the band type
Type Default: C of the current working wavelength.
See D.35 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Ethernet Auto- The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets and

Working Negotiation, queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Mode 1000M Full- See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM
Duplex Interface) for more information.
Default: Auto-
Negotiation

ODUk_PM_DEG channels of a board as SD switching trigger conditions
Default: None of the protection group in which this OTU board
resides.
See D.40 SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)
14.4.11 LDGS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical Module Optical
Module

11L Multirate-0.5 kmFixed Wavelength-NRZ-
DG 1000 BASE-LX-10 PIN
S km 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-40 Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
km APD
1000 BASE-ZX-80 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
km Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
CWDM)-80 km Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/ 3200 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6400 ps/
Module Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ-
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio
Central THz 192.10 to 196.00

frequency
Central GHz 10
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

wavelength 1575
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1600 ps/nm-CWDM Band-Fixed

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power
Central wavelength nm 6.5

deviation

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum Power
ard Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) 55C (131F)
TN 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength- 32.0 35.2

11L NRZ-PIN
DG 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
S NRZ-APD
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 36.0 39.6

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four Channels-
Tunable)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.5 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LDM board is available, that is, TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN12 Y Y N Y Y
LDM
Type
The system provides two types of the LDM board: One has a pair of input and output optical
interfaces, and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 14-40 lists
the types of the LDM board.
Table 14-40 Type description of the LDM board
Board Type Description
LDM One type is the single transmitting and The WDM-side interfaces are
single receiving board. IN1/OUT1.
Other type is the dual-fed selectively The WDM-side interfaces are

receiving board. IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of LDM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed and
selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.
14.5.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDM board converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDM board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-23 and Figure 14-24.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The LDM board can map two client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,
see Mapping Client Services into ODUk Signals.
Figure 14-23 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
LDM LDM
M M
1 U U 1
X X
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
/ /
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s D D 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
M M
2 U U 2
X X
Figure 14-24 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
LDM LDM
MUX/ MUX/
1 1
DMUX DMUX
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
2 MUX/ MUX/ 2
DMUX DMUX
NOTE
The total rate of two channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.
For the client services at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48, STM-16, FC200, FICON Express,
OTU1, and HD-SDI), the client-side interfaces can access up to only one channel.

The LDM board is mainly used to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 14-41 Functions and features of the LDM board
and Feature
Basic LDM converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU1
function Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Client-side FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

service type GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1/OC-3: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-16/OC-48: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at
a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Video service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
SDI: Serial digital interface at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

the ITU-T G.709.

Tunable Not supported

wavelength
function
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service type
is STM-1/OC3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
LPT function The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service type
is FE or GE.
encoding

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate line
performance failures.
events l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
monitoring

function
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side service
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON
Protection l Supports client-side 1+1 protection.

scheme l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on

service the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
mapping
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocol or Protocols or IEEE 802.3u

standard standards (non- IEEE 802.3z
monitoring) with ITU-T G.707
which ITU-T G.782
transparently ITU-T G.783
transmitted
services comply GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
Transport Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES
(FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-LS)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND
SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FC-BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-
SW-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND
SIGNALING INTERFACE (FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL
(FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-
Definition Television Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for
the implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous
Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc
Composite Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets
CONnection architecture (SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed
Data Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access
Control(MAC)
Data Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer
Protocol(PHY)
Data Interface(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-25 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-25 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board
WDM side
Client side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT2
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
IN1
module
TX2 module IN2
optical Signal processing optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply ( controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s).
NOTE
For the types of the signals that the client side accesses, refer to 14.5.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LDM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDM to the WDM side
of the LDM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the Any optical signals from client
module. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing,
OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU1
signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
optical signals. A laser converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of Any optical signals.
electrical signals to Any optical signals.
The module consists of the service encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN
processing module.
Service encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDM board.

Figure 14-26 shows the front panel of the LDM board.
Figure 14-26 Front panel of the LDM board
LDM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 14-42 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN12LDM board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDM board.
Table 14-43 shows the valid slots for the LDM board.
Table 14-43 Valid slots for the LDM board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42, IU45-IU68

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

subrack
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU17
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2-IU5, IU11
14.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDM

The board characteristic code indicates information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.


Table 14-44 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDM board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

For parameters of LDM, refer to Table 14-45.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-45 LDM parameters

Optical - Displays the position of the optical

Interface/ interface.
Channel
Optical Interface - Sets and queries the optical interface

Name name.
An optical interface name contains a
maximum of 64 characters. Any
characters are supported.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Status Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.

Loopback Outloop parameter sets the loopback mode for
Default: Non-Loopback the current optical interface of a board.
Service Type None, Any, FE, GE, GE The Service Type parameter sets the
(GFP-T), OTU-1, STM-1, type of the service accessed at the optical
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, interface on the client side.
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
FC-200, FICON, FICON GE services can be encapsulated in two
Express, HD-SDI, DVB- formats. When Service Type is GE, the
ASI, SDI, ESCON, FDDI encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
Default: None encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
The GE services at the transmit and receive
ends must be encapsulated in the same
format.
Client Service 100 - 2200 sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Bearer Rate Default: 0 optical interface on the client side of a
(Mbit/s) board.
See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the

Default: laser status of a board.
See D.17 Laser Status (WDM
l WDM side: On Interface) for more information.
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown

Shutdown Default: Enabled parameter determines whether to
automatically shut down the laser after
the signals received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled The LPT Enabled parameter

Default: Disabled determines whether to enable the link
pass-through (LPT).
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled The FEC Working State parameter

State Default: Enabled determines whether to enable or disable
the forward error correction (FEC)
function of the current optical interface.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
Tunable - Queries the tunable wavelength range at

Wavelength the WDM-side optical interface of a
Range board.
Planned l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength l CWDM: parameter sets the wavelength number,
(nm)/Frequency 11/1471.00/208.170 to wavelength and frequency of the current
(THz) 18/1611.00/188.780 optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
Default: / See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(WDM Interface) for more
information.

wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter

Length Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum packet
length supported by a board and is
applicable to the boards supporting
Ethernet services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition ODUk_PM_DEG sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
Default: None interfaces or channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of the
protection group in which this OTU
board resides.
See D.40 SD Trigger Condition
information.
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process GCC1

Transparent Default: Disabled and GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
Transmission processing is not required, set this
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it
to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client
side accesses OTN services.
PRBS Test Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets
Status Default: Disabled the pseudo-random binary sequence
(PRBS) test status of a board.
See D.38 PRBS Test Status (WDM
NULL Mapping Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the

Status Default: Disabled special frame test before deployment.
When this parameter is set to Enabled,
the board sends the test frame where the
payload consists of only 0. This
parameter is used in the deployment
commissioning.
14.5.10 LDM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Optical Module Module Module
Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km N/A 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

12L S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
DM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120
L-16.2-80 km km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

NOTE
I-16 module, S-16.1 module, L-16.1 module and L-16.2 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
Table 14-46 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for SDH services
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format
Optical - MLM SLM SLM SLM

source type
Target - 2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance mi.) mi.) mi.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -3 0 3 3
mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -10 -5 -2 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A 1 1 1
-20 dB
spectral
width
Minimum dB N/A 30 30 30
side mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - G.957-compliant

mask G.959.1-compliant
Receiver - PIN PIN APD APD

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm -3 0 -9 -9
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s multirate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
NOTE
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module, or 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can be
used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
Table 14-49 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for DWDM colored
wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP DWDM)-120

km
Target distance - 120 km (74.6 mi.)
Central frequency deviation GHz 12.5

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power
Minimum mean launched dBm 0

power

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant (5% margin are required for

the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
equivalent OTU1 services)
G.959.1-compliant (5% margin are required
for the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength nm N/A

range
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
Table 14-51 Specifications of DWDM-side pluggable optical module using fixed wavelengths
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
Central frequency deviation nm 12.5

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant (5% margin

are required for the eye pattern
of STM-16 services and
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength range nm N/A
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN12LDM 22.6 24.8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.6 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMD board is available, that is, TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
LDM
D
14.6.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMD converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LDMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-27.
The LDMD board can map two client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,
Figure 14-27 Position of the LDMD board in the WDM system

LDMD LDMD
MUX/ MUX/
1 1
DMUX DMUX
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
2 MUX/ MUX/ 2
DMUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

The LDMD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-52 Functions and features of the LDMD board

and Feature
Basic LDMD converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
function Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.


the ITU-T G.709.
WDM Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
function NOTE
is FE or GE.
FEC Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies with
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.
monitoring

function
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON


mapping
mode
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Outloop Supported

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
services comply GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
(SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-28 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-28 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board
WDM side
Client side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O Splitter
RX2 OUT2
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
IN1
module
TX2 module IN2
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
In the signal flow of the LDMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMD to the WDM side
of the LDMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output
through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-
IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
processing module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMD board.

Figure 14-29 shows the front panel of the LDMD board.
Figure 14-29 Front panel of the LDMD board
LDMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDMD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 14-53 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMD board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.6.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMD board.
Table 14-54 shows the valid slots for the LDMD board.
Table 14-54 Valid slots for the LDMD board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
14.6.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMD

The characteristic code for the LDMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 14-55 Characteristic code for the LDMD board
WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDMD board is 92109210.


displayed on the NMS..
Table 14-56 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

For the parameters of LDMD, refer to Table 14-57.
Table 14-57 LDMD Parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Status Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.
SeeD.3 Channel Use Status (WDM

Default: Non-Loopback current optical interface of a board.
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
format.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bearer Rate (Mbit/ Default: 0 optical interface on the client side of a
s) board.
SeeD.4 Client Service Bearer Rate
information.

SeeD.17 Laser Status (WDM
l Client side: Off


pass-through (LPT).

SeeD.13 FEC Working State (WDM
Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength

Wavelength No./ at the WDM-side optical interface of a
Wavelength (nm)/ board.
Frequency (THz)
Band Type - Used to query the band type.

Wavelength Range the WDM-side optical interface of a
board.
Planned l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength No./ to 80/1560.61/192.100 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ l CWDM: parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) 11/1471.00/208.170 to wavelength and frequency of the current
18/1611.00/188.780 optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
Default: / SeeD.36 Planned Wavelength No./
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelength.
SeeD.35 Planned Band Type (WDM

Ethernet services.
SeeD.26 Max. Packet Length (WDM
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition OTUk_DEG, sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
ODUk_PM_DEG interfaces or channels of a board as SD
Default: None switching trigger conditions of the
board resides.
SeeD.40 SD Trigger Condition (WDM

to Disabled.
NOTE
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets
Default: Disabled the pseudo-random binary sequence
SeeD.38 PRBS Test Status (WDM

commissioning.
14.6.10 LDMD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km 12800 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L S-16.1-15 km Fixed Wavelength-
DM NRZ-APD
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Tunable Wavelength-
2.125 Gbit/s NRZ-APD
Multirate-0.5 km 6400 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Tunable Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
NOTE
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
Optical Module 12800 ps/nm- 12800 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-C

Type C Band-Fixed C Band- Band-
Wavelength- Tunable Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength- Wavelength-
NRZ-APD NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -8 -5 -5

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10 8.2

ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side mode dB 35 35 35

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 12800 12800 6400
Receiver type - APD APD APD

range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28 -28 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27 -27

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN11LDMD 26.9 29.6
14.7 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMS board is available, that is, TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
LDM
S
14.7.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDMS board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-30.
The LDMS board can map two client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-30 Position of the LDMS board in the WDM system

LDMS LDMS
M M
1 U U 1
X X
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
/ /
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s D D 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
M M
2 U U 2
X X
NOTE

The LDMS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-63 Functions and features of the LDMS board

and Feature
Basic LDMS converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature


the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM, and TCM functions for ODU1.

specification
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
is FE or GE.
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
monitoring

function
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON

scheme l Supports OWSP protection.

mapping
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Data Interface(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent
(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-31 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-31 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board
Client side
WDM side
RX1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
module
TX2 module IN
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
In the signal flow of the LDMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMS to the WDM side
of the LDMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals through the OUT optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN
optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
processing module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.7.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMS board.

Figure 14-32 shows the front panel of the LDMS board.
Figure 14-32 Front panel of the LDMS board
LDMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDMS
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-64 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMS board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.7.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMS board.
Table 14-65 shows the valid slots for the LDMS board.
Table 14-65 Valid slots for the LDMS board

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.7.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMS

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-66 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMS board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

For the parameters of LDMS, refer to Table 14-67.
Table 14-67 LDMS Parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.

OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
format.
s) board.
information.

l Client side: Off


pass-through (LPT).


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frequency (THz)

board.

board.
information.

wavelength.

Ethernet services.

to Disabled.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
information.

commissioning.
14.7.10 LDMS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module

DM NRZ-APD
DS L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
NOTE
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
Optical Module 12800 ps/nm- 12800 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-C

Type C Band-Fixed C Band- Band-
Wavelength- Tunable Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength- Wavelength-
NRZ-APD NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10 8.2

ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5

spectral width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD APD APD

range
Minimum receiver dBm -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27 -27

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN11LDMS 26.9 29.6
14.8 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit

Only one functional version of the LDX board is available, that is, TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y
LDX
14.8.2 Application
The LDX board is an optical transponder unit that converts two channels of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-33.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-33 Position of the LDX board in the WDM system
LDX LDX
M M
10GE LAN/ U U 10GE LAN/
2ODU2/ODU2e
2ODU2/ODU2e
2OTU2/OTU2e
2OTU2/OTU2e
10GE WAN/ X X 10GE WAN/
STM-64/ / / STM-64/
OC-192/ D D OC-192/
OTU2/ M M OTU2/
OTU2e U U OTU2e
X X

The LDX board provides OTN interfaces and electrical supervisory channels (ESCs).
Table 14-73 Functions and features of the LDX board

and
Feature
Basic LDX converts signals as follows:

function l 2 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 2 x OTU2
l 2 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 2 x OTU2e
Client-side 10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s

service type 10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
NOTE
OTN l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU2.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
function of: 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
LPT The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service type
function is 10GE LAN.
FEC l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
encoding with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports AFEC-2 on the WDM side that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
NOTE
Boards that use different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other.
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
events
Regeneratio TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2

n board

function
Test frame Not supported
Optical- Supported
layer ASON

layer ASON


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Ethernet Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)

service
mapping
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported
Protocol or Protocols or IEEE 802.3ae

standard standards (non- ITU-T G.707
which ITU-T G.783
transparently GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
transmitted Transport Systems: Common Generic
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-34 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-34 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board
SDH/ SONET WDM side

Client side
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E E/O OUT1
RX1
Client-side OTN OTN
processing
10 module processing
E/O module O/E IN1
TX1
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
RX2 O/E E/O OUT2
Client - side OTN OTN

processing module
10
processing
TX2 E/O module O/E IN2
10GE LAN
Clientside
- WDM-side
encapsulation and
optical mapping module optical
module module
Signal processing module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply (controlled by SCC
)
Signal Flow
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LDX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDX to the WDM side
of the LDX. The receive direction is defined as the direction from the WDM side of the LDX
to the client side of the LDX.
The RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 ports independently process signals. The RX1/TX1 port
corresponds to the OUT1/IN1 port, and the RX2/TX2 port corresponds to the OUT2/IN2 port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side optical module receives two channel of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1/RX2 optical interface and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Finally, the module outputs two channels of
OTU2 /OTU2e electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After E/O conversion,
the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1 and IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN,
10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals
through the TX1 and TX2 optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, 10GE LAN
encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and OTN
processing module.
SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
SONET performance monitoring function.
10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Client-side OTN processing module
Implements the OTN performance monitoring function.
Frames OTU2/OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2/OTU2e signals, and
performs the FEC/AFEC encoding and decoding.
14.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDX board.

Figure 14-35 shows the front panel of the LDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-35 Front panel of the LDX board
LDX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDX
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-74 describes the type and function of each interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-74 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDX board
IN1-IN2 LC Receives a wavelength from the optical demultiplexing

unit or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.
OUT1-OUT2 LC Transmits a wavelength to the optical multiplexing unit

or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.8.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDX board.
Table 14-75 shows the valid slots for the LDX board.
Table 14-75 Valid slots for the LDX board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42, IU45-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1-IU18
14.8.7 Characteristic Code for the LDX

The board characteristic code provides information about signal frequency, optical module type,
wavelength, and so on.
Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-76 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDX board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 3
RX1/TX1 5
RX2/TX2 6
NOTE

For the parameters of the LDX, refer to Table 14-77.
Table 14-77 LDX Parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.

Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type None, 10GE LAN, The Service Type parameter sets the type
10GE WAN,FC-1200, of the service accessed at the optical
OC-192, OTU-2, interface on the client side.
OTU-2e, STM-64
Default: 10GE LAN
Port Mapping Bit Transparent The Port Mapping parameter sets and
Mapping(11.1G), queries the mapping mode of a port service.
MAC Transparent See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
Mapping(10.7G) Interface) for more information.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Default: status of a board.
l WDM side: On for more information.
l Client side: Off

automatically shut down the laser after the
signals received by a board are lost.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, automatically disabling lasers. With ALS
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time period
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, from the point when the system detects
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically shuts down the related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, automatically enabling lasers. With ALS
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time period
1200ms, 1300ms, service recovery to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically enables the related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

Default: Disabled whether to enable the link pass-through
(LPT).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Working State Disabled, Enabled The FEC Working State parameter
Default: Enabled determines whether to enable or disable the
forward error correction (FEC) function of
the current optical interface.
FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
Default: FEC mode of the current optical interface.
See D.12 FEC Mode (WDM Interface)
Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength at

Wavelength No./ the WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


0 optical interface on the WDM side of a
l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
0 to Only support C band.
18/1611.00/188.78 See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./
0 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Default: / (WDM Interface) for more information.
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets
Default: C the band type of the current working
wavelength.
NOTE
Only support C band.
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets

Condition OTUk_DEG, the relevant alarms of certain optical
protection group in which this OTU board
resides.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process GCC1 and

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
Transmission is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client side
accesses OTN services.
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the
Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS)
test status of a board.
NULL Mapping Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the special

Status Default: Disabled frame test before deployment. When this
parameter is set to Enabled, the board sends
the test frame where the payload consists of
only 0. This parameter is used in the
deployment commissioning.
14.8.10 LDX Specifications


ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Fixed Pluggable Optical
Module Module Optical Module
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L km (Odd & Even
DX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 Wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s Multirate-80
km 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
10 Gbit/s Single Rate NRZ-PIN-XFP
-0.3 km
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd
& Even Wavelengths)-
Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 40 km, and 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10Gbit/s single rate -0.3km module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.
Table 14-78 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for 10 Gbit/s rate services
Item Unit Value
Optical 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

Module Multirate-10 Multirate-40 Multirate-80 Single
Type km km km Rate-0.3 km

format
Optical - SLM SLM SLM MLM

source type
Target - 10 km (6.2 mi.) 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7 0.3 km (0.2


wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4 -1.3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9 3
extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A N/A N/A N/A

-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dB 30 30 30 30
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask
Receiver - PIN PIN APD PIN

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
Minimum dBm 0.5 -1 -7 -1

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd

Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -3

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 9
Operating frequency range THz 192.10 to 196.05
Central frequency deviation GHz 10
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 0.3

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN
Receiver sensitivity (FEC dBm -16

on) EOL
Minimum receiver overload dBm 0

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-81 Specifications of DWDM-side pluggable optical module using tunable wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum Power
ard Consumption at 25 Consumption at 55
C (77F) (W) C (131F) (W)
LD 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 44.5 51.2

X Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
14.9 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board

The available functional version of the LEM24 board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y Y Y N
LEM
24
14.9.2 Application
The LEM24 board is an optical transponder unit.
As an OTU, the LEM24 board converts 22 channels of GE/FE services and two channels of
10GE WAN/10GE LAN services received directly on the client side, and two channels of 10GE
services cross-connected from the backplane into two channels of standard WDM wavelength
OTU2 signals. The LEM24 board also performs the reverse process. The LEM24 board supports
convergence of multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE WAN/10GE LAN services into one channel of
10GE service. Further, the board supports transparent transmission of 16 channels of GE or two
channels of 10GE WAN/10GE LAN services.
Figure 14-36 shows the application of the LEM24 board in a WDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-36 Application of the TN11LEM24 board in a WDM system

LEM24 LEM24
5 M M 5
U U
FE X X FE
2ODU2
2OTU2
2X10GE
2ODU2
2OTU2
2X10GE
GE / / GE
10GE LAN D D 10GE LAN
10GE WAN M M 10GE WAN
U U
28 28
X X
L2 L2
10GE 10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are capable of processing 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The
other optical ports on the board are capable of processing GE and FE services.

The LEM24 board supports electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 14-82 and Table 14-83 list the functions and features of the LEM24 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are supported only by OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 14-82 OTN Functions and features of the LEM24 board
Function and
Feature Description
Basic function l Converts 22 channels of GE/FE services and two channels of 10GE
WAN/10GE LAN services received directly on the client side, and two
channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane into
two channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals and
performs the reverse process.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE services into one channel of
10GE service.

10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
NOTE
l The LEM24 board supports both FE/GE electrical signals and FE/GE optical
signal.
l When the LEM24 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX21/TX21 and
RX22/TX22 ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE
electrical signals between the LEM24 board and the cross-connect board.
OTN function l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.


specification
LPT Supported
performance l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as
events well as the optical power.
monitoring
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
FE, GE, 10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, TN11LSXR

board
IEEE 1588v2 Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock Supported in the Client side and WDM side.
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side

function

ASON

ASON

Loopback 10GE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
PHY Inloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description
GE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not supported
GE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
FE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
FE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
WDM side Inloop Supported

optical interface
Outloop Supported
Table 14-83 Data features of the LEM24 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN
characteristi mode GE optical port: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
cs
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE optical port: 100MFULL
FE electrical port: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF,
100MFULL, auto-negotiation
MTU Supports a maximum of 9600 bytes frames.
Multicast VLAN Supported

multicast

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
IGMP Supported
snooping.
Layer 2 Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

switching Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1ad)
NOTE
"EVPL (VLAN)" is displayed as "EPL" on the NMS.
Protection VLAN Supported

schemes SNCP
DBPS Supported
ERPS Supported
LAG l Supports the IEEE802.3ad-compliant LAG protocol

running at IP and trunk ports.
l Supports manual and static LAGs.
l Supports load-sharing and non-load-sharing LAGs.
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

features IEEE802.3ah.
RMON Supported
QoS Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.
Flow control Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and flow
control termination.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocol or Protocols or IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standard standards All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance (non- PPP, etc.
performance
monitoring) MPLS protocols
with which All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.
transparently
transmitted
services
comply
Protocols or IEEE 802.3x pause frame

standards IEEE 802.3ad LACP
(performanc
e IEEE 802.1p priority
monitoring) IEEE 802.1q VLAN
for IEEE 802.1ag OAM
processing
services IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEM24 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication
module, and power supply module.
Figure 14-37 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board in the OptiX
OSN 8800.
Figure 14-38 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board in the OptiX
OSN 6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-37 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client
WDM side
side
RX5 10GE
RX6 OUT3
O/E E/O
OUT4
RX28
L2 switching OTN processing
TX5
module 10GE module
TX6 O/E IN3
E/O IN4
TX28
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-38 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board (OptiX OSN 6800)
10GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

Client
WDM side
side
RX5 10GE
RX6 OUT3
O/E E/O
OUT4
RX28
TX5
module 10GE module
TX6 O/E IN3
E/O IN4
TX28
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEM24 board.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LEM24 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the LEM24 to the WDM side of the
LEM24. The receive direction is from the WDM side of the LEM24 to the client side of the
LEM24.
The RX5 to RX28 optical interfaces on the client side receive optical signals from client
equipment and perform O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The module
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of two channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT3 and OUT4 optical ports.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN3-IN4 optical
interfaces. After receiving the signals, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the OTN processing module. The
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. After performing
the operation, the module sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching
module for service cross-connection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends 24 channels of the
signals with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 24 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 24 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX5-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports can process 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical
ports on the board can process GE and FE services.
The LEM24 board processes clock signals in two directions.

l Receives clock signals from a service board and sends the clock signals to the clock
processing board through the communication module.
l Receives clock signals from the clock processing module and sends the clock signals to the
downstream NE through a service board.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN signals.
Learns, forwards or deletes MAC addresses.
Maps and demaps Ethernet packets.
l OTN processing module
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
l 1588v2 module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The 1588v2 module can send the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the clock signal
to the STG board.
14.9.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEM24 board.

Figure 14-39 shows the front panel of the LEM24 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-39 Front panel of the LEM24 board
LEM24
STAT 21 5 5 ~ 6: 10 GE
13 7 ~ 28: GE
ACT 22 6
14 TX
PROG 23 15 7 RX TX
SRV
24 16 8
25 17 9
26 10
RX TX RX
18 OUT OUT
27 19 11
28 20 12
3 4 IN IN
13
5
21
22
6
23
7
24
8
25
9
10
26
11
27
28
12
20
3
LEM24

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-84 describes the type and function of each interface.
Table 14-84 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEM24 board
RX5-RX28a LC Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
TX5-TX28a LC Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
a: The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE
LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports that
can process GE and FE services.
Laser Hazard Level

14.9.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LEM24 board.
Table 14-85 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEM24 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-85 Valid slots for the LEM24 board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27-IU33, IU35-IU41,

subrack IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59, IU61-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU1-IU7, IU12-IU18, IU20-IU26, IU29-IU35

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack
The rear connector of the LEM24 board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot of the
two occupied slots in the subrack. The slot number of the LEM24 board displayed on the NM
is the number of the left slot.
For example, if you install the LEM24 board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the LEM24
board displayed on the NM is IU1.
14.9.7 Characteristic Code for the LEM24

For detailed descriptions of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.2 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical interfaces of the board are displayed on the NMS and
the logical ports of the board.

Table 14-86 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEM24 board and the port numbers
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
TX5/RX5 5
TX6/RX6 6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX7/RX7 7
TX8/RX8 8
TX9/RX9 9
TX10/RX10 10
TX11/RX11 11
TX12/RX12 12
TX13/RX13 13
TX14/RX14 14
TX15/RX15 15
TX16/RX16 16
TX17/RX17 17
TX18/RX18 18
TX19/RX19 19
TX20/RX20 20
TX21/RX21 21
TX22/RX22 22
TX23/RX23 23
TX24/RX24 24
TX25/RX25 25
TX26/RX26 26
TX27/RX27 27
TX28/RX28 28
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
a logical port of the board.
Figure 14-40 shows the application model of the LEM24 board. Table 14-87 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-40 Port diagram of the LEM24 board

Service processing
Client side module WDM side
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
PORT5 VCTRUNK1 3(IN3/OUT3)-1
PORT6 102(AP2/AP2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
VCTRUNK2
4(IN4/OUT4)-1
VCTRUNK3 103(AP3/AP3)-1
PORT28
Service WDM side
processing optical
module module
module module
Backplane
Table 14-87 Definition of NM port of the LEM24 board
Port Name Definition
PORT5 - PORT28 Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical

interfaces: RX5/TX5 - RX28/TX28.
VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1 - AP4 Internal convergence ports.
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2 Internal logical ports.
IN3/OUT3 - IN4/OUT4 Corresponds to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

If the LEM24 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create cross-connections between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports, or converge optical signals received by the client-
side optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE
l One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
l One-to-one port connections are between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the
cross-connect module. You are not required to set one-to-one port connections on the
U2000.
l Create a cross-connection between the AP port of the LEM24 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 14-41.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
l The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port connects to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port connects to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration
of these connections on the U2000.
Figure 14-41 Cross-connection diagram of the LEM24 board

Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEM24
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEM24 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
Parameters for WDM Interfaces
Table 14-88 Parameters for WDM Interfaces

Optical Interface/Channel - Displays the position of the

optical interface.
Optical Interface Name - Sets and queries the optical

interface name.
An optical interface name
contains a maximum of 64
characters. Any characters
are supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status

Default: Used parameter sets the occupancy
status of the current channel
of a board.
See D.3 Channel Use Status
information.
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Inloop, The Optical Interface

Loopback Outloop Loopback parameter sets the
Default: Non-Loopback loopback mode for the
current optical interface of a
board.
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter

Default: sets the laser status of a
board.
l WDM side: On See D.17 Laser Status
l Client side: Off (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Automatic Laser Enabled, Disabled The Automatic Laser

Shutdown Default: Enabled Shutdown parameter
determines whether to
automatically shut down the
laser after the signals
received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ALS Auxiliary Condition FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary

BW_Client_R_LOS, conditions for triggering
BW_WDM_Defect, ALS.
FW_ODUk_CSF l If a fault occurs on the
client-side receiver of the
upstream board or the
WDM-side receiver of the
local board, the laser on
the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be
shut down. For this
situation, set this
parameter to FW_Defect.
l If a fault occurs on the
client-side receiver of the
of the local board must be
shut down. For this
situation, set this
parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the
WDM-side receiver of the
of the upstream board
must be shut down. For
this situation, set this
parameter to
BW_WDM_Defect.
l The value
FW_ODUk_CSF is
reserved for future
applications.
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled The LPT Enabled parameter

Default: Disabled determines whether to enable
the link pass-through (LPT).
FEC Working State Enabled, Disabled The FEC Working State

Default: Enabled parameter determines
whether to enable or disable
the forward error correction
(FEC) function of the current
optical interface.
See D.13 FEC Working
State (WDM Interface) for
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter

Default: FEC sets the FEC mode of the
current optical interface.
See D.12 FEC Mode (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
Wavelength No./ - Used to query the operating

Wavelength (nm)/ wavelength at the WDM-side
Frequency (THz) optical interface of a board.
Actual Band Type - Used to query the band type.
Tunable Wavelength - Queries the tunable

Range wavelength range at the
WDM-side optical interface
of a board.
Planned Wavelength No./ l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 - The Planned Wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ 80/1560.61/192.100 No./Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz) l CWDM: Frequency (THz) parameter
11/1471.00/208.170 - sets the wavelength number,
18/1611.00/188.780 wavelength and frequency of
the current optical interface
Default: / on the WDM side of a board.
See D.36 Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz) (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type

Default: C parameter sets the band type
of the current working
wavelength.
See D.35 Planned Band
Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to

Transparent Transmission Default: Disabled process GCC1 and GCC2 in
OTN overheads. If the
processing is not required, set
this parameter to Enabled;
otherwise, set it to Disabled.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition

ODUk_PM_DEG parameter sets the relevant
Default: None alarms of certain optical
interfaces or channels of a
board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection
group in which this OTU
board resides.
See D.40 SD Trigger
Condition (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status

Default: Disabled parameter sets the pseudo-
random binary sequence
See D.38 PRBS Test Status
information.
NULL Mapping Status Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to

Default: Disabled enable the special frame test
before deployment. When
this parameter is set to
Enabled, the board sends the
test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This
parameter is used in the
Synchronous Clock Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to

Enabled Default: Disabled enable lock synchronization.
Set the parameter to
Enabled if clock
synchronization is required.
When this parameter is set to
Enabled, service clocks are
synchronized with NE
clocks. When the parameter
is set to Disabled, service
clocks will not be
synchronized with NE
clocks.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces
Table 14-89 TAG Attributes(Internal Port/External Port)
Port - OptiX OSN 8800: Internal

ports are VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK2.
OptiX OSN 6800: Internal
VCTRUNK4.
External ports are PORT5 to
PORT28.
TAG Tag Aware, Access, Hybrid Indicates the type of packets

Default: Tag Aware that can be processed by a
port.
Tag Aware: The port
transparently transmits the
packets with VLAN IDs
(Tag) and discards packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag).
If TAG is set to Tag Aware,
VLAN priority and Default
VLAN ID are invalid.
Access: The port labels the
default VLAN IDs to packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag)
and discards the packets that
already have VLAN IDs
(Tag).
Hybrid: The port labels the
and transparently transmits
the packets that already have
VLAN IDs (Tag).
This parameter is valid only
for UNI ports.
NOTE
This parameter is invalid for C-
Aware and S-Aware ports.
Default VLAN ID 1-4095 The Default VLAN ID

Default: 1 parameter specifies a default
VLAN ID for a port that
transmits untagged packets.
NOTE
when the value of TAG is
Access or Hybrid.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
VLAN Priority 0-7 The VLAN Priority

Default: 0 parameter specifies the
priority of the default VLAN
ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
Entry Detection Enabled, Disabled The Entry Detection

whether a port detects
packets by tag identifier.
Table 14-90 Network Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT28.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port processes the

Aware TAG attributes of the
Default: UNI 802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
process the tag attributes of
the 802.1Q-compliant
packets. In this case, the port
determines that the packets
do not carry C-VLAN tags
and processes only the
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
NNI is a reserved port type
and is not supported at
present.
Table 14-91 Advanced attributes (Internal ports)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
Broadcast Packet Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to enable

Suppression Default: Disabled broadcast packet
suppression.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
Suppression to view the
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Broadcast Packet 10% to 100%, with a step of If broadcast packet

Suppression Threshold 10% suppression is enabled,
Default: 30% broadcast packets are
suppressed when the
bandwidth occupied by
broadcast packets exceeds
specified times (suppression
threshold) the total
bandwidth.
Click D.2 Broadcast Packet
Suppression Threshold to
view the details.
Table 14-92 Advanced Attributes (External Port)

Port - External ports are PORT5 to

PORT28.

suppression.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.
Loop Detection Disabled, Enabled Sets whether to enable loop

Default: Disabled detection, which is used to
check whether a loop exists at
the port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Loop Port Shutdown Enabled, Disabled Sets whether to enable

Default: Enabled shutdown of a loop port,
which is used to set blocking
for a loop port.
Threshold of Port PORT5 to PORT6: Indicates the rate threshold

Receiving Rates (Mbps) l 010000 for an external port to receive
traffic.
l Default: 10000
PORT7 to PORT28:
l 01000
l Default: 1000
Port Rates Time Slice (m) 0 to 30 Indicates the traffic rate time
Default: 0 window of an external port.
Table 14-93 Basic Attributes (External Port)


PORT28.
Enabled/Disabled Enabled, Disabled When the parameter value is

Default: Disabled set to Enabled for a port, the
port is enabled and services
are provisioned. When the
parameter value is set to
Disabled for a port, the
services on the port are not
processed. Therefore, you
must enable a port when you
configure services on the
port.
Working Mode PORT5 to PORT6: Indicates the working modes

l 10G FULL_Duplex of an Ethernet port. Auto-
LAN, 10G negotiation can
FULL_Duplex WAN automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
l Default: 10G the connected ports. This
FULL_Duplex LAN mode is easy to maintain and
PORT7 to PORT28: is recommended.
l 1000M FULL_Duplex, NOTE
Auto-Negotiation In the configuration process,
ensure that working modes of
l Default: Auto- the connected ports are
Negotiation consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Maximum Frame Length 1518 - 9600 Specifies the maximum

Default: 1522 frame length supported by an
Ethernet port.
Click Maximum Frame
Length to view the details.
Port Physical Parameters - Indicates the physical

parameters of a port.
MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- TheMAC Loopback

Loopback parameter specifies the MAC
Default: Non-Loopback loopback state at an Ethernet
port. With this parameter,
users can test whether
equipment runs normally by
creating a looped path at the
MAC layer and then sending
and receiving signals over the
path.
PHY LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- The PHY Loopback

Loopback parameter specifies the PHY
PHY layer and then sending
path.
Table 14-94 Flow Control (External Port)


PORT28.
Non-Autonegotiation Flow Disabled, Enable Symmetric Specifies the flow control

Control Mode Flow Control, Send Only, mode adopted when an
Receive Only Ethernet port does not work
Default: Disable in auto-negotiation mode.
Click D.32 Non-
Autonegotiation Flow
Control Mode to view the
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Autonegotiation Flow Disabled, Enable Specifies the flow control

Control Mode Dissymmetric Flow Control, mode adopted when an
Enable Symmetric Flow Ethernet port works in auto-
Control, Enable Symmetric/ negotiation mode.
Dissymmetric Flow Control Click Autonegotiation Flow
Default: Disable Control Mode to view the
details.
14.9.11 LEM24 Specifications


Module
TN N/A 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 km N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L (I-850-LC) (Odd & Even
EM 1000 BASE-LX-10 km Wavelengths)-Fixed
24 (I-1310-LC) Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s BASE-SR-0.3
km (SFP+) 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
10 Gbit/s BASE-LR-10 NRZ-PIN-XFP
km (SFP+)
km
km
km
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 1000 BASE-LX-10

Type km (I-850-LC) km (I-1310-LC)
Optical source type - MLM SLM
Target distance - 0.5 km (0.3 mi.) 10 km (6.2 mi.)

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -2.5 -3

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -9.5 -9.5

launched power
ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z compliant
Receiver type - PIN PIN

wavelength range
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -3

overload
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.
Table 14-96 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for 10GE services
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 10 Gbit/s BASE- 10 Gbit/s BASE-

Type SR-0.3 km (SFP+) LR-10 km (SFP+)
Optical interface Gbit/s 10.3125 10.3125

service rate

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -1 0.5

launched power

launched power

ratio
Output optical power dBm -30 -30

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -11.1 (OMA) -12.6 (OMA)
Minimum receiver dBm -1 0.5

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Table 14-99 Specifications of DWDM-side pluggable optical module using gray light
Item Unit Value
Optical 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

Module Type Multirate-10 km Multirate-40 km Multirate-80 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Optical source - SLM SLM SLM

type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio
Maximum -20 nm N/A N/A N/A

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 30 30 30
mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - G.959.1-compliant

mask
Receiver type - PIN PIN APD

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN11LEM24 81 83
14.10 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board

The available functional version of the LEX4 board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y Y Y N
LEX4
14.10.2 Application
The LEX4 board is an optical transponder unit.
The LEX4 board converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received directly
on the client side, or two channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane, into
two channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals. The LEX4 board also performs the
reverse process. The LEX4 board supports convergence of multiple flat-rate 10GE services into
one channel of 10GE service. The board also supports transparent transmission of two channels
of 10GE services.
Figure 14-42 shows the application of the LEX4 board in a WDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-42 Application of the TN11LEX4 board in a WDM system

LEX4 LEX4
1 M M 1
U U
X X
2ODU2
2X10GE
2OTU2
2ODU2
2OTU2
2X10GE
10GE LAN / / 10GE LAN
10GE WAN D D 10GE WAN
M M
U U
4 4
X X
L2 L2
10GE 10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board

The LEX4 board provides electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 14-100 and Table 14-101 list the functions and features of the LEX4 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are only supported by the OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 14-100 OTN Functions and features of the LEX4 board
Function and
Feature Description
Basic function l Converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received
directly on the client side, or two channels of 10GE services cross-
connected from the backplane, into two channels of standard WDM
wavelength OTU2 signals and performs the reverse process.
l Converges multiple flat-rate 10GE services into one channel of 10GE
service.

Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE
electrical signals between the LEX4 board and the cross-connect board.
OTN function l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.

l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description

specification
LPT Supported
monitoring
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
FE, GE, 10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, TN11LSXR

board
IEEE 1588v2 Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock Supported in the Client side and WDM side.
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side

function

ASON

ASON


interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

optical interface
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-101 Data features of the LEX4 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10GE LAN full duplex , 10GE WAN full
characteristi mode duplex
cs

multicast
IGMP Supported
snooping.
Layer 2 Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

switching Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE
Protection VLAN Supported

schemes SNCP
DBPS Supported
ERPS Supported

running at IP and trunk ports.
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

features IEEE802.3ah.
RMON Supported
QoS Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

standard standards All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance (non- PPP, etc.
performance
transparently
transmitted
services
comply
Protocols or IEEE 802.3x pause frame

standards IEEE 802.3ad LACP
(performanc
e IEEE 802.1p priority
monitoring) IEEE 802.1q VLAN
for IEEE 802.1ag OAM
processing
services IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEX4 board consists of client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2 switching
module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication module, and a
power supply module.
Figure 14-43 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board in the OptiX
OSN 8800.
Figure 14-44 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board in the OptiX
OSN 6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-43 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client
WDM side
side
RX1 10GE
RX2 OUT1
O/E E/O
OUT2
RX4
TX1
module 10GE module IN1
TX2 O/E
E/O IN2
TX4
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-44 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board (OptiX OSN 6800)
10GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

Client
WDM side
side
RX1 10GE
RX2 OUT1
O/E E/O
OUT2
RX4
TX1
module 10GE module IN1
TX2 O/E
E/O IN2
TX4
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEX4 board.
In the signal flow of the LEX4 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LEX4 to the WDM side
of the LEX4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs a maximum of two
channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical ports.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then,
the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the OTN processing module. The
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching module for service cross-
connection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends four channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the four channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4
optical interfaces.
The LEX4 board processes clock signals in two directions.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.10.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEX4 board.

Figure 14-45 shows the front panel of the LEX4 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-45 Front panel of the LEX4 board
LEX4
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LEX4
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-102 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEX4 board

equipment.

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

14.10.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TN11LEX4 board.
Table 14-103 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEX4 board.
Table 14-103 Valid slots for the LEX4 board

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.10.7 Characteristic Code for the LEX4

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-104 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEX4 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 3
IN2/OUT2 4
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6
TX3/RX3 7
TX4/RX4 8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
Figure 14-46 shows the application model of the LEX4 board. Table 14-105 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-46 Port diagram of the LEX4 board

Service processing
Client side module WDM side
PORT5 VCTRUNK1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
PORT6 VCTRUNK2
2(IN2/OUT2)-1
PORT7 VCTRUNK3 103(AP3/AP3)-1
Service WDM side

processing optical
module module
module module
Backplane
Table 14-105 Description of NM port of the LEX4 board
PORT5 - PORT8 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1 - AP4 Internal convergence ports.
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2 Internal logical ports.
IN1/OUT1 - IN2/OUT2 Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

If the LEX4 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports or converge the optical signals received by the
client-side optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
one port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
l Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the LEX4 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 14-47.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
l The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port is connected to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port is connected to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for
configuration on the U2000.
Figure 14-47 Cross-connection diagram of the LEX4 board
Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEX4
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEX4 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.

Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Enabled, Disabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown

ALS Auxiliary FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary conditions for

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS, triggering ALS.
BW_WDM_Defect, l If a fault occurs on the client-side
FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the upstream board or the
WDM-side receiver of the local
board, the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board must be
shut down. For this situation, set this
l If a fault occurs on the client-side
receiver of the local board, the laser
on the client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down. For
this situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side
upstream board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l The value FW_ODUk_CSF is
reserved for future applications.

pass-through (LPT).
FEC Working State Enabled, Disabled The FEC Working State parameter
Default: Enabled determines whether to enable or disable

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
Wavelength No./ - Used to query the operating wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ at the WDM-side optical interface of a
Frequency (THz) board.
Tunable Wavelength - Queries the tunable wavelength range at

Range the WDM-side optical interface of a
board.
Planned Wavelength l C: The Planned Wavelength No./

No./Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 - Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(nm)/Frequency 80/1560.61/192.100 parameter sets the wavelength number,
(THz) l CWDM: wavelength and frequency of the current
- board.
Default: / (WDM Interface) for more
information.
wavelength.
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

OTUk_DEG, sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
board resides.
information.
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Synchronous Clock Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable lock

Enabled Default: Disabled synchronization. Set the parameter to
Enabled if clock synchronization is
required.
service clocks are synchronized with NE
clocks. When the parameter is set to
Disabled, service clocks will not be
synchronized with NE clocks.

commissioning.
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces
Table 14-107 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

port.
Tag Aware: The port
(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port processes the

Aware TAG attributes of the
Default: UNI 802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
do not carry C-VLAN tags
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
present.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-109 Advanced Attributes (Internal Port)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.

suppression.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.


PORT8.

suppression.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.

the port.

for a loop port.

traffic.
l Default: 10000


PORT8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

port.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

l 10G FULL_Duplex of an Ethernet port. Auto-
LAN, 10G negotiation can
FULL_Duplex WAN automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
l Default: 10G the connected ports. This
FULL_Duplex LAN mode is easy to maintain and
is recommended.
NOTE
In the configuration process,
the connected ports are
consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.

Ethernet port.
Click Maximum Frame

MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- TheMAC Loopback

path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

path.


PORT8.

Click D.32 Non-
details.

details.
14.10.11 LEX4 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s BASE-SR-0.3 N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L km (SFP+) (Odd & Even
EX 10 Gbit/s BASE-LR-10 Wavelengths)-Fixed
4 km (SFP+) Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
km
km
km
NOTE
Item Unit Value


service rate

wavelength range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


launched power

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Table 14-115 Specifications of DWDM-side pluggable optical module using tunable

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN11LEX4 64 67

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.11 LOA
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.

The available functional version of the LOA board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y Y Y Y
LOA
14.11.2 Application Overview

The LOA board converges a maximum of 8 x Any service signals at a rate ranging from 125
Mbit/s to 4.25 Gbit/s or 1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and
then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The LOA board also performs the reverse process.
Table 14-117 provides the application scenarios for the LOA board.
Table 14-117 Application scenarios for the LOA board
Applica Maximum Mapping Maxi Port Working Remarks

tion Input Path mum Mode
Scenari Capacity Outpu
o (Client Side) t
Capaci
ty
(WDM
Side)
LOA 8 x FE/FDDI/ Anya->ODU0- 1x ODU0 non- -

scenario GE/STM-1/ >ODU1- OTU2 convergence
1 STM-4/OC-3/ >ODU2- mode (Any-
OC-12/FC100/ >OTU2 or >ODU0[-
FICON/DVB- Any->ODU0- >ODU1]-
ASI/ESCON/ >ODU2- >ODU2-
SDI >OTU2 >OTU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Applica Maximum Mapping Maxi Port Working Remarks

tion Input Path mum Mode
Scenari Capacity Outpu
o (Client Side) t
Capaci
ty
(WDM
Side)
LOA 4 x HD-SDI/ OTU1/Anya- ODU1 non- -

scenario HD-SDIRBR/ >ODU1- convergence
2 STM16/ >ODU2- mode (OTU1/
OC-48/FC200/ >OTU2 Any->ODU1-
FICON >ODU2-
Express/OTU1 >OTU2)
LOA 4 x OTU1 OTU1- ODU1_ODU0 -

scenario >ODU1- mode (OTU1-
3 >ODU0- >ODU1-
>ODU1- >ODU0[-
>ODU2- >ODU1]-
>OTU2 or >ODU2-
OTU1- >OTU2)
>ODU1-
>ODU0-
>ODU2-
>OTU2
LOA 2 x 3G-SDI/ Anya- ODUflex non- Any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/
scenario 3G-SDIRBR/ >ODUflex- convergence TX8 ports receive and transmit 3G-
4 FC400/ >ODU2- mode (Any- SDI/FC400/FICON4G services,
FICON4G >OTU2 >ODUflex- and only the RX1/TX1 port
1 x FC800/ >ODU2- receives and transmits FC800/
FICON8G >OTU2) FICON8G services
LOA 1 x FC800/ Anya->ODU2- ODU2 non- Only the RX1/TX1 port receives
scenario FICON8G >OTU2 convergence and transmits FC800/FICON8G
5 mode (Any- services.
>ODU2-
>OTU2)
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Two service mapping paths are supported in scenarios 1 and 3. The service mapping path is ODU0->ODU2
mapping path when the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter is set to Assign random for the IN/OUT
port while it is ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 when the parameter is set to Assign consecutive for the IN/OUT port.
When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G service from client equipment, the board cannot receive other
types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G services and other
types of services.
In all the preceding scenarios, the LOA board supports hybrid transmission of any services except FC800/
FICON8G services. The LOA board provides a maximum of 10 Gbit/s total bandwidth.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LOA board supports functions and features such as wavelength tunable, OTN functions,
and ESC.
Table 14-118 Functions and features of the LOA board

and Feature
Basic LOA converts signals as follows:

function l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals)<-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x OTU1 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/FC400/FICON4G <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC800/FICON8G <-> 1 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of signals at a rate of 4.25 Gibt/s or lower, but
does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G signals. The total
rate of signals received at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDI: Video service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
NOTE
The LOA board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The LOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical
signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the
optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications.
The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital
video O/E converter by themselves.
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as the FC400 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM functions for ODUflex.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
l Supports SM functions for OTU1.

specification
function of: 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is only supported when the client-side service type
is STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, or OTU1.
is GE or FE.
FEC l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
encoding with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
NOTE
events

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Regeneratio TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2

n board

function
type is GE or FE.
Optical-layer Supported
ASON

layer ASON
Protection l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.

Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) and GE(TTT-GMP)

service (displayed as GE(TTT-AGMP) on the NMS) modes.
mapping
mode
Ethernet port l FE: 100M Full-Duplex

working l GE(TTT-GMP): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Loopback Channel Inloop Supported

Loopback NOTE
Outloop For FC800/FICON8G services, Inloop is not
supported only in ODUflex non-convergence
mode (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
WDM side Inloop Not supported
Outloop Supported
NOTE
It is supported only in FC800/FICON8G services
in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2-
>OTU2).

NOTE
Outloop It is not supported in FC800/FICON8G services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

standard standards IEEE 802.3z
compliance (non-
performance ITU-T G.707
monitoring) ITU-T G.782
with which ITU-T G.783
transparently
transmitted GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
services Transport Systems: Common Generic
comply NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-
PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-SW-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND
CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the
implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite
Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data
Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control(MAC)
Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol(PHY)
Interface(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
14.11.4 Characteristic Code for the LOA

Code for OTUs.
14.11.5 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 14-119 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOA board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
14.11.6 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
14.11.6.1 Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of eight channels of service at a rate ranging from 125
Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into standard
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the
reverse process. Figure 14-48 shows the details.
Figure 14-48 Application of the LOA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
1 U U 1
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ X X FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
8ODU0
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
8ODU0
1ODU2
4ODU1
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
FC100/FICON/DVB- D D FC100/FICON/DVB-
ASI/ESCON/SDI M M ASI/ESCON/SDI
U U
8 X X 8
NOTE
In the figure, the ODU1 procedure is optional in the service mapping path, When ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is set to Assign random, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2.
When the parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2.
14.11.6.2 Logical Ports

board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
When the LOA board works in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 14-49 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 14-50 shows the port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive. For details about
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode, see 14.11.14 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by
NMS.
Figure 14-49 Port diagram 1 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
Client Side WDM Side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1 to 8)
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-2
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
. .
. . ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
. .
. .
.
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Figure 14-50 Port diagram 2 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-2 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1 to 4)-ODU0:(1 to 2)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2 ODU1:1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-2
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-1 ODU0:1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-2 ODU1:4
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1 ODU0:2
10(RX8/TX8)-1
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-2
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS.

module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service
processing
module
NOTE
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2, a client-side optical
port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2 of the LOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-1 port of the TOM board to the client-
side ports on the LOA board.
Table 14-120 Description of NM port of the LOA board
RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2 to 2.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:(18) Indicates mapping path when the board works in

ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0-
>ODU2->OTU2)
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:(1 Indicates mapping path when the board works in

4)ODU0:(12) ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
14.11.6.3 Configuring Cross-Connections

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
l For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the board supports the
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 14-51. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the board supports the Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 14-52.
l Specify required services types for the board.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal RX/TX and
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-51, Figure 14-52. The electrical cross-
connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. The RX1/TX1 port is cross-
connected to the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port is cross-connected to the ClientLP2
port, and so on.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU0
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-51, Figure 14-52. The electrical cross-connections
between the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random but channel 1 on each ClientLP port is
used in the cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all client-side ports on the LOA board always work in ODU0 non-convergence mode with mapping path
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2, and GE(TTT-GMP) services are supported on the client side of the LOA
board accordingly. users can apply the 8*GE->8*ODU0 service package to the board on the NMS. This
simultaneously sets the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2) and the Service Type to GE(TTT-AGMP) for the 8 ports.
On the NMS, TTT-GMP is displayed as TTT-AGMP.
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-
side optical port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of
the LOA board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port
of the TOM board to the client-side ports on the LOA board.
Figure 14-51 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:1
1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 2
1
1
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
The internal cross-connection of the board,

which needs to be configured on the NMS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-52 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)

1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:1ODU0:1
5(RX3/TX3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 2 IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:2ODU0:1
1
1

14.11.7 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-

>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of four channels of service signals at a rate ranging from
1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into
standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs
the reverse process. Figure 14-53 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-53 Application of the LOA board in ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
1 U U 1
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/ X X HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
STM16/OC-48/ / / STM16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON D D FC200/FICON
Express/OTU1 M M Express/OTU1
U U
4 X X 4
NOTE
In this scenario, any four of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports can receive and transmit services.

Figure 14-54 shows the port diagrams for the LOA.
Figure 14-54 Port diagram of the LOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2-
>OTU2))
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1~
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Service processing module
Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Table 14-121 Description of the LOA board's ports on the NMS


interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1: Indicates the mapping path when the board works in

(14) ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).
l On the U2000 create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU1
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-55. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODU1 ports are random and at most four cross-connections between them can be used.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-55 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:1
1


which does not need to be configured on the
NMS
14.11.8 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of 4 x OTU1 service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical
signals, and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-
T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process. Figure 14-56 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-56 Application of the LOA board in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0

[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
1 U U 1
X X
4ODU1
8ODU0
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
8ODU0
4ODU1
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
/ /
OTU1 OTU1
D D
M M
U U
4 X X 4
NOTE

When the LOA board works in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 14-57 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 14-58 shows the port
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive. For details about
ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode, see 14.11.14 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by
NMS.
Figure 14-57 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0(1~8)
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2 ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
ClientLP2)-2 ODU0:4
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-1 ODU0:7
208(ClientLP8
10(RX8/TX8)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-58 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1(1~4)-ODU0(1~2)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ClientLP1)-2 ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:1
ODU1:2 ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
ClientLP2)-2 ODU0:2
208(ClientLP8
208(ClientLP8 ODU1:4
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS.
Service processing module
NOTE
In this mode, any four of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports can receive services.


interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2 to 2.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:(18) Indicates mapping path when the board works in

ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0-
>ODU2->OTU2).
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:(1 Indicates mapping path when the board works in

4)ODU0:(12) ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l On the U2000, set Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0
[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
l For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the service mapping
path is OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 14-59. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 14-60.
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-59, Figure 14-60. The cross-connections between
the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random and at most 8 cross-connections between the
ports can be used.
NOTE
A maximum of four cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports can be used. The 3(RX1/TX1)-1
port are cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1 and 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-2 ports, the 4
(RX2/TX2)-1 port are cross-connected to the 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-1 and 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-2
ports, and so on.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-59 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
1
5(RX3/TX3)-1


NMS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-60 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODU1:1ODU0:1
1
5(RX3/TX3)-1


NMS
14.11.9 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR, 2 x FC400/FICON4G, or

1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals
into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also
performs the reverse process. Figure 14-61 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-61 Application of the LOA board in ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
1 U U 1
2ODUflex
2ODUflex
3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/ X X 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
FC400/ / / FC400/
FICON4/FC800/ D D FICON4/FC800/
FICON8G M M FICON8G
U U
2 X X 2
NOTE
In this scenario, any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports receive and transmit 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBRI/
FC400/FICON4G services, and only the RX1/TX1 port receives and transmits FC800/FICON8G services.

Figure 14-62 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
Client Side 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) to WDM Side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1 to 2)
201(ClientLP1/
3(RX1/TX1)-1 ClientLP1)-1 ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1 ODUflex:2
10(RX8/TX8)-1

NMS.
NOTE
Only the RX1/TX1 port can receive FC800/FICON8G services.

Any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports can receive 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G services as shown in
the figure (the RX1/TX1 ports are used as an example).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths is numbered 1.

IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1ODUflex:(1 Indicates the mapping path when the board

2) works in ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
l U2000 Create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODUflex
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-63. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODUflex ports are random.
NOTE
When configuring a cross-connection, ODUflex Timeslot is 3 if the client service type is 3G-SDI/3G-
SDIRBR, and it is 4 if the client service type is FC400/FICON4G, and it is 7 if the client service type is FC800/
FICON8G.
The cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. For example, the 3(RX1/TX1)-1 port
is cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1, the 4(RX2/TX2)-1 port is cross-connected to the 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP)-1 port, and son on. For the FC400/FICON4G service, only two cross-connections are
allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. For the FC800/FICON8G service, only one cross-connection
is allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-63 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
9(RX7/TX7)-1 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2


NMS
14.11.10 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges 1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals,
and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.
694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process. Figure 14-64 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-64 Application of the LOA board in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2-
>OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
U U
X X
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8ODU0
8ODU0
FC800/ / / FC800/
FICON8G D D FICON8G
M M
U U
X X
NOTE
In this scenario, only the RX1/TX1 can receive and transmit FC800/FICON8G services.
When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G service from client equipment, the board cannot receive
other types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G services
and other types of services.

Figure 14-65 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU2->OTU2)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT

3(RX1/TX1)-1

NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.
Table 14-124 Description of the LOA board's ports on the NMS

RX1/TX1 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.
IN/OUTOCH:1ODU2:1 Indicates the mapping path when the board

works in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU2->OTU2).

>ODU2->OTU2).
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-66
NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.
Figure 14-66 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU2->OTU2)
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be

configured on the NMS
The internal cross-connection of the board, which does not need
to be configured on the NMS

The LOA board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM side optical module, signal

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-67 shows the block diagram of the functions of the LOA board.
Figure 14-67 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOA board
Client side
WDM side
RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
Service
OTN
RX8 encapsulation
processing
and mapping
TX1 E/O module O/E
TX2 module
IN
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal flow
The LOA board can receive Any optical signals on the client side (signals at a rate ranging from
125 Mbit/s to 4.25 Gibt/s or FC800/FICON8G signals).
NOTE
The LOA board supports hybrid transmission of signals at a rate of 4.25 Gibt/s or lower, but does not
support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G signals and low-rate signals.
The total rate of signals received at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s. For details on the signal types,
see 14.11.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOA to the WDM side
of the LOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of any optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX8 ports, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection,
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then,
the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
conversion, the module sends out OTU2 optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical port.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical port. Then, the module
performs O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of any signals.
optical ports.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of any optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of the internal
electrical signals to any optical signals.
The module consists of service encapsulation and mapping module and OTN processing
module.
The module encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps them into OTU2
payload. It also performs the reversion operations. The module also monitors
performance of Any signals.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs the FEC/
AFEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.11.12 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOA board.

Figure 14-68 shows the front panel of the LOA board.
Figure 14-68 Front panel of the LOA board

IN&OUT PORT
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
IN&OUT
IN&OUT PORT
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
G.657A2
IN&OUT
G.657A2
LOA
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6 RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
LOA
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, IN and OUT interface can only use G.657A2 fibers.
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-125 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOA board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
NOTE
All of the eight pairs of ports on the client side can be used to receive and transmit the supported services
except FC800/FICON8G, which must be received and transmitted by the RX1 and TX1 ports.
The total bandwidth for the eight pairs of ports on the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
Laser Hazard Level

14.11.13 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOA board.
Table 14-126 shows the valid slots for the LOA board.
Table 14-126 Valid slots for the LOA board
Product Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1IU8, IU11IU42, IU45IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack IU1IU8, IU12IU27, IU29IU36

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1IU8, IU11IU18
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1IU8, IU11IU16
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2IU5

For parameters of LOA, refer to Table 14-127.
Table 14-127 LOA parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Loopback
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Query or set the Channel Loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type None, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the type
ESCON, FC100, of the service accessed at the optical
FC200, FC400, FC800, interface on the client side.
FDDI, FE, FICON, NOTE
FICON Express, SDI, GE services can be encapsulated in two
GE(TTT-AGMP), GE formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
(GFP-T), HDSDI, AGMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
HDSDIRBR, OC-3,
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value GE
OC-12, OC-48, (TTT-AGMP) is recommended.
OTU-1, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, 3G- ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
SDI, 3GSDIRBR
NOTE
Default: None The LOA board's ports may work in any of
five working modes and the type of the client-
side services received by the ports varies with
the working modes.
l ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2):
Supports FE, GE, STM-1, OC-3, STM-4,
OC-12, FC100, ESCON, FICON, FDDI,
SDI, and DVB-ASI services.
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2): Supports HD-
SDI, HDSDIRBR, FC200, FICON
Express, OTU1, STM-16, and OC-48
services.
l ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2):
Supports OTU1 service.
l ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2): Supports
3G-SDI, 3GSDIRBR, FC400, FC800
services.
>ODU2->OTU2): Supports FC800
service.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service
are processed identically. For the FICON4G
service, you can configure it as the FC400
service on the U2000.
The FICON8G service and the FC800 service
are processed identically. For the FICON8G
service, you can configure it as the FC800
service on the U2000.
l Client side: Off

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


WDM-side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter to
FW_Defect.
receiver of the local board, the laser on
the client-side transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For this
situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
the client-side transmitter of the
BW_WDM_Defect.
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when
1400ms, 1500ms, ALS automatically shuts down the related
1600ms, 1700ms, lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled The LPT Enabled parameter determines

(LPT).
Service Mode Client Mode, OTN The Service Mode parameter sets the
Mode service mode of a board.
Default: Client Mode See D.41 Service Mode (WDM

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

No./Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(nm)/Frequency to parameter sets the wavelength number,
(THz) 80/1560.61/192.10 wavelength and frequency of the current
l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
wavelength.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Max. Packet Length 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets
Default: 9600 and queries the maximum packet length
supported by a board and is applicable to
the boards supporting Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex sets and queries the working mode of the
Default: 1000M Full- Ethernet.
Duplex See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
NOTE

resides.
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the

parameter is set to Enabled, the board
sends the test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is used
in the deployment commissioning.
ODUflex Tolerance 0 to 100 Specifies the tolerance of deviation

(ppm) Default: 100 between the actual client-side service rate
and the specified rate when the service
type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the LOA board receives 3G-SDI
services from client equipment, set this
parameter to 10. If the LOA board receives
other services, set it to 100.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign When the ODU timeslot configuration
Configuration Mode consecutive mode is Assign consecutive, the internal
Default: Assign ODU0 mapping path is: ODU0>ODU1
random >ODU2. When the mode is set to Assign
random, the internal ODU0 mapping
path is: ODU0>ODU2.
Port Working Mode ODU0 non- This parameter is used to set the working
convergence mode mode of the interface on the board
(Any->ODU0[- according to the actual application
>ODU1]->ODU2- scenario and service mapping trail.
>OTU2), ODU1 non-
convergence mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2),
ODUflex non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex-
>ODU2->OTU2), and
ODU2 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU2-
>OTU2).
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]->ODU2-
>OTU2)
14.11.15 LOA Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L S-16.1-15 km (Odd & Even
OA Wavelengths)-Fixed
L-16.1-40 km Wavelength-NRZ-
L-16.2-80 km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U 800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-BX10-D Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D km
2.125 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40
Multirate-0.5 km km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s
multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
FC400/FICON4G-0.3
km (Multi mode)
FC400/FICON4G-10
km (Single mode)
1600-M5E-SN-I-0.3 km
(SFP+)
1600-SM-LC-L-10 km
(SFP+)
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
I-16-2 km module, S-16.1-15 km module, L-16.1-40 km module and L-16.2-80 km module can be used to access
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1,
OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
1000 BASE-BX10-U module, 1000 BASE-BX10-D module, 1000 BASE-BX-U module, and 1000 BASE-BX-
D module can be used to access GE signals.
Table 14-129 Specifications of client-side pluggable GE optical modules for single-fiber

bidirectional systems
Item Unit Value
Optical 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE-

Module Type BX10-U BX10-D BX-U BX-D

format
Optical source - SLM SLM SLM SLM

type
Target distance km 10 10 40 40

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -3 -3 3 3
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3ah-compliant

mask
Receiver type - PIN PIN PIN PIN

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, and
FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can be used
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and DVB-ASI signals.
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE Std
802.3.
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-131 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for SDI services
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s

multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
Service rate Gbit/s 3

power

power

width
Receiver type - PIN
Table 14-132 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for FC services

Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type FC400/FICON4G FC400/FICON4G

Module-0.3 km Module-10 km
(Multi mode) (Single mode)
Transmitter parameter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355

specifications at point S

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


launched power
Minimum mean dBm -9 -8.4

launched power
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

range
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0

overload
Table 14-133 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for FC800/FICON8G

services
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1600-M5E-SN- 1600-SM-LC-L-10

Type I-0.3 km (SFP+) km (SFP+)

service rate

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -1 -0.5

launched power

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1600-M5E-SN- 1600-SM-LC-L-10

Type I-0.3 km (SFP+) km (SFP+)

ratio

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -11.1 -12.6

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and DVB-ASI signals.
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40

Type km km
Optical source type - SLM SLM

wavelength range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type km km
Maximum mean dBm -1 2

launched power

launched power

ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight: 1.19 kg (2.64b.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Typical Power Maximum Power
Module Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN11LOA 800 ps/nm-C Band 31.8 36

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 km
800 ps/nm-C Band- 32.8 37

Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
14.12 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit

The available functional versions of the LOG board are TN11 and TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
LOG
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y
LOG
Differences Between Versions

l Function:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TN11LOG supports AFEC, and the TN12LOG supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other.
The TN12LOG supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal, while the
TN11LOG supports only the GE optical signal.
The TN12LOG board supports pluggable optical modules on the WDM side, whereas
the TN11LOG does not.
For details, see 14.12.3 Functions and Features.
l Specification:
For the power consumption and specification of each version, see 14.12.11 LOG
Specifications.
Substitution Relationship
Original Substitute Substitution Rules
Board Board
TN11LOG TN12LOG The TN12LOG can be created as TN11LOG on the NMS. The
former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOG functions as the
TN11LOG.
NOTE
l When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC
code pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board
and transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution
does not apply.
l A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board
with APD as the receiver type, because their ranges of receive
optical power are different.
TN12LOG None -
14.12.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOG board implements conversion between eight
channels of GE optical signals and OTU2 optical signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-69.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-69 Position of the LOG board in the WDM system

LOG LOG
1 M M 1
U U
X X
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
GE / / GE
D D
M M
U U
8 X X 8
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: from paired slot or cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: from mesh group slot

The LOG board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelengths, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-139 Functions and features of the LOG board

Feature
Basic function LOG converts signals: 8 x GE <->1 x OTU2

service type NOTE
The TN12LOG board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800 subrack: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight channels of GE
services each to working/protection cross-connect boards respectively
through the backplane. Supports the transmission of eight GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight GE signals from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
function within the range of:
l 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

function
FEC encoding TN11LOG:

l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.
709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) that complies
with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN12LOG:
709.
l Supports AFEC-2 on the WDM side that complies with ITU-T G.
975.1.
NOTE
performance l Monitors the alarms and performance events of the OTN.
events
monitoring l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser
Regeneration l TN11LOG:
board TN11LSXR
l TN12LOG:
TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LOG

ASON

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 only supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1
protection and the OWSP protection.
Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

mapping mode on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation

working mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

monitoring) with
which
transparently
transmitted
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LOG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-70 and Figure 14-71 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board.
Figure 14-70 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
Backplane(service cross-connection) 8 GE

RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
GE OTN Cross-
RX8 encapsulation
processing connect
TX1 and mapping module module
E/O O/E
TX2 module IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-71 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)

RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
GE OTN
RX8 encapsulation processing
TX1 E/O and mapping module
TX2 module O/E
IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
NOTE
The client-side GE optical module can be replaced with the electrical module to access the corresponding
electrical signals on the TN12LOG.
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
The processing of electrical signals is similar to that of optical signals. The processing of optical signals
is considered as an example.
The client side of the LOG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOG to the WDM side
of the LOG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from client
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then,
the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of the internal
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. And also grooms the
electrical signals between the LOG and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
performance.
14.12.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOG board.

Figure 14-72 shows the front panel of the LOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-72 Font panel of the LOG board
LOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
LOG
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-140 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOG board
INa LC Receives single-wavelength signals from the optical

multiplexing unit.
OUTa LC Transmits single-wavelength signals to the optical

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOG.
Laser Hazard Level

14.12.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOG board.
Table 14-141 shows the valid slots for the TN11LOG board.
Table 14-141 Valid slots for TN11LOG board

Product Valid Slots
Table 14-142 shows the valid slots for the TN12LOG board.
Table 14-142 Valid slots for TN12LOG board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
14.12.7 Characteristic Code for the LOG

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-143 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOG board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 14-73 shows the application model of the LOG board. Table 14-144 describes the
Figure 14-73 Port diagram of the LOG board

201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2) 201(LP/LP)-2
5(RX3/TX3) 201(LP/LP)-3 201(LP/LP)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 201(LP/LP)-4
201(LP/LP)-5 1(IN/OUT)-1
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6) 201(LP/LP)-6
9(RX7/TX7) 201(LP/LP)-7
10(RX8/TX8) 201(LP/LP)-8
Cross-connect Service WDM-side
module processing opticalmodule
module
Table 14-144 Description of NM port of the LOG board

LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2, 3,

4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
IN/OUT These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

This section describes how to configure cross-connections between LOG boards and other
boards on the NMS.
If the LOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LOG board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LOG board and the LP port
3
of other boards, as shown by in Figure 14-74. (The GE services accessed from the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
of the LOG board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-74. (The GE services accessed from
the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the LOG board
for protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.
There should be no more than eight cross-connections between the RX/TX ports of the local
board or other boards and the LP port of the local board.
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LOG board and the LP port of other
boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 14-74. (The GE services accessed from the WDM side
of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
of the WDM-side services.)
l The eight paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 14-74.
Figure 14-74 Cross-connection diagram of the LOG board

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
7(TX5/RX5)-1 201(LP/LP)-5
8(TX6/RX6)-1 201(LP/LP)-6
9(TX7/RX7)-1 201(LP/LP)-7
10(TX8/RX8)-1 201(LP/LP)-8

3(TX1/RX1)-1 5 201(LP/LP)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 3 4 201(LP/LP)-3
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
7(TX5/RX5)-1 2 201(LP/LP)-5
8(TX6/RX6)-1 201(LP/LP)-6
9(TX7/RX7)-1 1 201(LP/LP)-7
10(TX8/RX8)-1 201(LP/LP)-8
LOG
1
2
The client side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LOG board
The WDM side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG / TN11TOM /
TN11TQM / TN12TQM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the parameters of LOG, refer to Table 14-145.
Table 14-145 LOG Parameters


Interface/
Channel

maximum of 64 characters. Any characters are
supported.
board.

Loopback
Service Type GE, GE(GFP-T) The Service Type parameter sets the type of
Default: GE the service accessed at the optical interface on
the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
T), the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
must be encapsulated in the same format.
l Client side: Off

Shutdown Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut
down the laser after the signals received by a
board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ALS Auxiliary FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary conditions for triggering

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS, ALS.
BW_WDM_Defect, l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
FW_ODUk_CSF of the upstream board or the WDM-side
receiver of the local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this situation, set
this parameter to FW_Defect.
l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
of the local board, the laser on the client-
side transmitter of the local board must be
parameter to BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side receiver
side transmitter of the upstream board must
be shut down. For this situation, set this
parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.
l The value FW_ODUk_CSF is reserved for
future applications.
NOTE
Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, Specifies the hold-off time for automatically
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, disabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, off time is a time period from the point when
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, the system detects service interruption to the
1200ms, 1300ms, point when ALS automatically shuts down the
1400ms, 1500ms, related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms, NOTE
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, enabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, off time is a time period from the point when
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, the system detects service recovery to the
1200ms, 1300ms, point when ALS automatically enables the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Default: 0s

(LPT).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

State Default: Enabled determines whether to enable or disable the
forward error correction (FEC) function of the
FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: FEC of the current optical interface.
See D.12 FEC Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength at the

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 (nm)/Frequency (THz) parameter sets the
Wavelength to wavelength number, wavelength and
(nm)/Frequency 80/1560.61/192.10 frequency of the current optical interface on
(THz) 0 the WDM side of a board.
11/1471.00/208.17 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
0 to Interface) for more information.
18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /
Length Default: 9600 queries the maximum packet length supported
by a board and is applicable to the boards
supporting Ethernet services.
Ethernet Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets

Working Mode 1000M Full-Duplex and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Default: 1000M Full- See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Default: None conditions of the protection group in which
this OTU board resides.
Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test
status of a board.

NOTE
Only TN12LOG supports this parameter.
14.12.11 LOG Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Optical Module
Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km (odd & even
OG 1000 BASE-LX-10 wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1000 BASE-LX-40
Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate Tunable Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 NRZ-APD
km
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L Multirate-0.5 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
OG 1000 BASE-LX-10 (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Fixed Wavelength-
Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
1000 BASE-ZX-80 Wavelength-NRZ-
km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U 10 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-BX10-D Multirate-10 km
1000 BASE-BX-U 10 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-BX-D Multirate-40 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 10 Gbit/s
(eSFP CWDM)-40 Multirate-80 km
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
(D)RZ means DRZ or RZ. The two types of optical modules have the same optical performance and they can
be interconnected. Which type of optical module is available for supply is subject to the PCN. You can consult
with the product manager of the local representative office.
NOTE

NOTE
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE
Std 802.3.

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE

Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
Table 14-149 Specifications of DWDM-side fixed optical module using fixed wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band 800 ps/nm-C Band-

(odd & even Fixed Wavelength-
wavelengths)-Fixed NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
Maximum mean launched dBm 2 2

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -3 -3

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10 10
Central frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05
Central frequency deviation GHz 10 5
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 0.3 0.3

width

suppression ratio
Receiver sensitivity (FEC dBm -16 -16

on) EOL
Minimum receiver overload dBm 0 0
Table 14-150 Specifications of DWDM-side fixed optical module using tunable wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/ 800 ps/ 800 ps/
Module Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Band- Band- Band- Band- Band-
Tunable Tunable Tunable Tunable Tunable
Wavelen Wavele Wavelen Waveleng Waveleng
gth- ngth- gth- th-DRZ- th-NRZ-
NRZ- NRZ- ODB- PIN PIN
PIN APD APD
Line code - NRZ NRZ ODB DRZ NRZ

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Maximum dBm 2 2 2 2 2
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 10 10 N/Aa 10 10
extinction ratio

frequency
Central GHz 5 5 5 5 5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 35 35 35
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm
Receiver type - PIN APD APD PIN PIN
Operating nm 1200 to 1650

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity
(FEC on) EOL
Minimum dBm 0 -9 -9 0 0
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
a: The ODB code pattern has three levels, and thus extinction ratio is not needed.
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11LOG: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN12LOG: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum Power
d Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even 40 45

1LO wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
G PIN
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 43 48

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 37.0 41.44

2LO Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
G PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km


Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

14.13 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LOM board are TN11 and TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
LOM
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y
LOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Function:
The TN11LOM supports AFEC, and the TN12LOM supports AFEC-2. Boards using
different FEC codes cannot interconnect with each other. For details, see 14.13.3
Functions and Features.
Only the TN12LOM supports 3G-SDI, InfiniBand 2.5G and InfiniBand 5G. For details,
see 14.13.3 Functions and Features.
l Appearance:
The TN11LOM and TN12LOM versions use different front panels. For details, see
14.13.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 14.13.10 LOM Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LOM TN12LOM The TN12LOM can be created as TN11LOM on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOM functions as the
TN11LOM.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN12LOM None -
14.13.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOM board multiplexes a maximum of eight channels
of GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G, four channels of FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G/InfiniBand
2.5G, or two channels of 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G/InfiniBand 5G signals into one channel of
OTU2 signals. It also implements conversion between these signals and WDM signals that
comply with ITU-T Recommendations. The LOM board supports FC extension and ensures that
the signal width does not decrease during long-haul transmission of FC services. The LOM board
also supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
For the position of the LOM board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-75 and Figure 14-76.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-75 Position of the TN11LOM board in the WDM system
LOM LOM
GE GE
M M
ISC 1G 1 ISC 1G
1 U U
ISC 2G ISC 2G
X X
FC100 FC100
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
/ /
FC200 FC200
D D
FC400 FC400
M M
FICON FICON
8 U U 8
FICON4G FICON4G
X X
FICON Express FICON Express
Figure 14-76 Position of the TN12LOM board in the WDM system

GE GE
ISC 1G LOM LOM ISC 1G
ISC 2G M M ISC 2G
FC100 1 U U 1 FC100
FC200 X X FC200
FC400 FC400
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
/ /
FICON D D FICON
FICON4G M M FICON4G
FICON Express U U FICON Express
8 8
InfiniBand 2.5G X X InfiniBand 2.5G
InfiniBand 5G InfiniBand 5G
3G-SDI 3G-SDI
NOTE
For ISC 1G, GE, FC100, and FICON services, the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the client side are all
available.
For FICON Express, ISC 2G, InfiniBand 2.5G and FC200 services, the client-side TX1/RX1, TX3/RX3,
TX5/RX5 and TX7/RX7 are available.
For 3G-SDI, FC400, InfiniBand 5G and FICON4G services, the client-side TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 are
available.
The total rate of eight channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
The client-side interfaces are divided into two groups: RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 and RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8. Each
group of these optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

The LOM board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-154 Functions and features of the LOM board

Feature
Basic function LOM converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G <->1 x OTU2
l 4 x FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G/InfiniBand 2.5G <->1 x OTU2
l 2 x 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G/InfiniBand 5G <->1 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above. The
overall bandwidth of the first and last four optical interfaces should be
equal to or less than 5 Gbit/s, respectively.
Supports FC extension and ensures that the data width does not decrease
during long-haul transmission of FC services. For FC100/FC200/FC400
services, the maximum transmission distance of the WDM side is 3000
km.

service type FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 1G: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 2G: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
InfiniBand 2.5G: SAN service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
InfiniBand 5G: SAN service at a rate of 5 Gbit/s
NOTE
The LOM board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
Only the TN12LOM supports InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand 5G and 3G-SDI.

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

function
LPT function The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service
type is GE.
FEC encoding TN11LOM:

l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T
G.709.
with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN12LOM:
G.709.
975.1.
NOTE
events
Regeneration l TN11LOM:
board TN11LSXR
l TN12LOM:
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
service type is GE.
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LOM

ASON

ASON

Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

mapping mode on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

working mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

standard standards (non- NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
compliance performance INTERFACES (FC-PI)
monitoring) with
which NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-
transparently LS)
transmitted NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND
services comply SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FC-
BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3
(FC-SW-3)
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
IBM GDPS( Geographically Dispersed Parallel
Sysplex) Protocol
IBM Private Protocol
NOTE
Only the TN12LOM supports IBM Private Protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-77 and Figure 14-78 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-77 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LOM board
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E FC E/O
RX1 encapsulation and
RX2 mapping module OTN
OUT
processing
RX8 FICON module
E/O encapsulation and
TX1 mapping module O/E
TX2 IN
Client-side ISC WDM-side
TX8 encapsulation and
optical optical
mapping module
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-78 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LOM board
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
FC
Client side encapsulation and WDM side
mapping module
FICON
RX1 encapsulation and OTN
RX2 O/E mapping module E/O OUT
processing
RX8 ISC module
encapsulation and
TX1 mapping module
TX2 E/O O/E
InfiniBand IN
encapsulation and
TX8 mapping module
optical Any optical
module encapsulation and module
mapping module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply SCC (controlled by SCC)
from a backplane
Signal Flow
NOTE
electrical signals.
Suggest change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
In the signal flow of the LOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOM to the WDM side
of the LOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels or four channels or two channels of
the optical signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs
O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, different types of signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation
and mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then, the module outputs one
channel of OTU2 signals.
conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs eight channels or four
channels or two channels of the electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels or four
channels or two channels of the electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels or four channels or two
channels of the optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight or four or two channels of
the internal electrical signals to the corresponding optical signals.
The module consists of the GE encapsulation and mapping module, ISC encapsulation and
mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, FICON encapsulation and
mapping module, and OTN processing module.
performance.
ISC encapsulation and mapping module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates multiple channels of ISC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors ISC
performance.
FC encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FC
performance.
FICON encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FICON signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FICON
performance.
InfiniBand encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of InfiniBand signals and maps the signals into the
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors
InfiniBand performance.
Any encapsulation and mapping module
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
performs FEC/AFEC encoding and decoding.
14.13.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOM board.

Figure 14-79 and Figure 14-80 show the front panel of the LOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-79 Front panel of the TN11LOM board
LOM
STAT LINK/ACT1
ACT LINK/ACT2
PROG LINK/ACT3
SRV LINK/ACT4
LINK/ACT5
LINK/ACT6
LINK/ACT7
LINK/ACT8
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
OUT IN
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
LOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-80 Front panel of the TN12LOM board
LOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT IN
LOM
Indicators
There are twelve indicators on the front panel.

l Data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn) - green

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only the TN11LOM board has the data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn).
Interfaces
Table 14-155 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOM board
INa LC Receives single-wavelength signals from the optical

multiplexing unit.
OUTa LC Transmits single-wavelength signals to the optical

multiplexing unit.

Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the optical module is used.
Transmits the electrical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the electrical module is used.

equipment.
Receives the optical service signal from the client-side
Receives the electrical service signal from the client-
side equipment when the electrical module is used.
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOM.
Laser Hazard Level

14.13.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LOM board. One slot houses one TN12LOM board.
Table 14-156 and Table 14-157 show the valid slots for the LOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-156 Valid slots for the TN11LOM board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27-

IU33, IU35-IU41, IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59,
IU61-IU67

IU35

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along
the left slot of the two occupied slots in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board
displayed on the NM is the number of the left slot. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN11LOM
board, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU1.
OptiX OSN 3800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom slot of
the two occupied slots in the chassis. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the
NM is the number of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the TN11LOM board, the
slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU3.
Table 14-157 Valid slots for TN12LOM board

Product Valid Slots
14.13.7 Characteristic Code for the LOM

Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-158 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOM board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
l The LOM board maps a client service into an STM-64 signal and then multiplexes the
STM-64 signal into an OTU2. The STM-64 signal contains eight timeslots, each having a
bandwidth of 1.24 Gbit/s. Different client service requires different number of timeslots.
The number of timeslots required by each type of client service is listed below.
Service Type Number of Timeslots
GE 1
FC100 1
FC200 2
FC400 4
FICON 1
FICON4G 4
FICON Express 2
ISC 1G 1
ISC 2G 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
3G-SDI 4
InfiniBand 2.5G 2
InfiniBand 5G 4

For the parameters of LOM, refer to Table 14-159.
Table 14-159 LOM Parameters


Interface/
Channel

supported.
board.

Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type l TN11LOM: None, The Service Type parameter sets the type of
FC-100, FC-200, the service accessed at the optical interface on
FC-400, FICON, the client side.
FICON Express, NOTE
FICON4G, GE, GE GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
(GFP-T), ISC 1G, When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
ISC 2G format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
l TN12LOM: None, GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
Any, FC-100, The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
FC-200, FC-400, must be encapsulated in the same format.
FICON, FICON
Express,
FICON4G, GE, GE
(GFP-T), ISC 1G,
ISC 2G, InfiniBand
2.5G, InfiniBand
5G, 3G-SDI
Default: None
Bearer Rate Default: 622 optical interface on the client side of a board.
(Mbit/s) NOTE
This parameter is supported only by the
TN12LOM.
See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
Default: 0s


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FC Internal Normal Mode, Special In different internal working mode, the board
Working Mode Mode can work with the FC storage equipment of
Default: Normal Mode different vendors.
l Normal mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the mainstream FC switch
storage equipment (such as the Brocade
switch). Such equipment inserts the
10B_ERR alarm after detecting a link
failure.
l Special mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the switch storage equipment
(such as the McData switch) that uses
special processing standard. Such
equipment inserts the NOS alarm after
detecting a link failure.
OFC Enabled Disabled, Enabled The open fiber control (OFC) function
Default: Disabled controls the transmit power of the laser when
the fiber is disconnected. When the OFC
function is enabled, the laser sends short pulse,
rather than remains in the enabled state, to
check whether the fiber is connected. In this
way, the output optical power of the laser is
cut, which prevents eye injury.
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l This parameter is valid only when the Service
Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or ISC 2G.

FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: FEC of the current optical interface.
more information.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Range

18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /

FC Distance Disabled, Enabled A flow control mechanism is applied between

Extension Default: Disabled FC service client-side equipment and between
two FCE boards to provide the far-reaching
function of FC services, which ensures that the
bandwidth does not decrease during long haul
transmission of FC services.
See D.11 FC Distance Extension (WDM


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
status of a board.
NOTE
Only TN11LOM supports this parameter.

deployment commissioning
NOTE
Only TN12LOM supports this parameter.
14.13.10 LOM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km (odd & even
OM 1000 BASE-LX-10 wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1000 BASE-LX-40
Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
FC400/FICON4G Tunable Wavelength-
Module-0.3 km NRZ-PIN
(Multimode)
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
FC400/FICON4G Tunable Wavelength-
Module-10 km NRZ-APD
(Single mode)
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
FC100/FC200/ Tunable Wavelength-
FICON/FICON ODB-APD
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode) 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
FC100/FC200/ (D)RZ-PIN
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L Multirate-0.5 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
OM 1000 BASE-LX-10 (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Fixed Wavelength-
Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
1000 BASE-ZX-80 Wavelength-NRZ-
km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
FC400/FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)
FC400/FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode)
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Std 802.3.

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
receiver
overload
NOTE

Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance

Item Unit Value
Optical FC400/ FC400/ FC100/ FC100/

Module FICON4G FICON4G FC200/ FC200/
Type Module-0.3 Module-10 FICON/ FICON/
km (Multi km (Single FICON FICON
mode) mode) Express Express
Module-0.5 Module-2
km km (Single
(Multimode) mode)

format
Target - 0.3 km (0.2 10 km (6.2 0.5 km (0.3 2 km (1.2 mi.)

Transmitter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355 830 to 860 1266 to 1360

parameter
specifications
at point S
Maximum dBm -1.1 -1 -2.5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9 -8.4 -9.5 -10

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical FC400/ FC400/ FC100/ FC100/

Module FICON4G FICON4G FC200/ FC200/
Type Module-0.3 Module-10 FICON/ FICON/
km (Multi km (Single FICON FICON
mode) mode) Express Express
Module-0.5 Module-2
km km (Single
(Multimode) mode)
Eye pattern - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface (FC-PI-2)

mask parameter template

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -15 -18 -17 -18

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 0 0 0
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -27

reflectance
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

width

suppression ratio

on) EOL
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity
(FEC on) EOL
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

on) EOL

(FEC on)
TN11LOM:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN12LOM:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even 92.7 101.7

1LO wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
M NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

2LO Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
M NRZ-PIN-XFP


Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

NOTE
When the FC extension function of the TN12LOM board is used, the power consumption of the board
increases by another 2 W.
14.14 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LQG board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LQG
14.14.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQG board implements the conversion between four
For the position of the LQG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-81.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-81 Position of the LQG board in the WDM system

LQG LQG
1 M M 1
1OTU5G/FEC5G
1OTU5G/FEC5G
U U
X X
1ODU5G
1ODU5G
GE / / GE
D D
M M
U U
4 X X 4
GE GE

The LQG board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connect at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 14-168 Functions and features of the LQG board
and Feature
Basic LQG converts signals: 4 x GE <-> 1 x OTU5G/FEC5G

function

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services
capabilities the backplane, and supports the transmission of four GE signals to the
paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
OTN function l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

l Supports PM and TCM function for ODU5G.
l Supports SM functions for OTU5G.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

function
encoding
events

ASON

layer ASON


mapping
mode

working
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

monitoring) with
which
transparently
transmitted
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-82 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-82 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board
Backplane (service corss-connection) GE

RX1 O/E
RX2 E/O
RX3 GE OUT
RX4 OTN Cross-
encapsulation processing connect
TX2 E/O O/E
module IN
TX3
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LQG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQG to the WDM side
of the LQG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
one channel of OTU5G/FEC5G signals.
The OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals from the WDM side through
the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU5G/FEC5G framing, decoding of FEC,
demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from four channels of the internal
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.
OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.
electrical signals between the LQG and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU5G/
FEC5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
Frames OTU5G/FEC5G signals, processes overheads in OTU5G/FEC5G signals, and
performs FEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.14.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQG board.

Figure 14-83 shows the front panel of the LQG board.
Figure 14-83 Front panel of the LQG board
LQG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQG

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-169 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQG board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.14.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQG board.
Valid Slots
Table 14-170 shows the valid slots for the LQG board.
Table 14-170 Valid slots for the LQG board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
14.14.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-171 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQG board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 14-84 shows the application model of the LQG board. Table 14-172 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-84 Port diagram of the LQG board

201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-1
1(IN/OUT)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module
Table 14-172 Description of NM port of the LQG board
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are

IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the LQG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LQG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LQG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the LQG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LQG board for protection and the inter-board
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LQG board and the LP port of other
boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LQG board are cross-
5
l The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Figure 14-85 Cross-connection diagram of the LQG board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4

3(RX1/TX1)-1 5 201(LP/LP)-1
3 4
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
1
6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
LQG
The straight-through of the board 1
The internal cross-connection of the board 2
The client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQG board
The WDM side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For the parameters of LQG, refer to Table 14-173.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-173 LQG Parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Service Type GE, GE(GFP-T) The Service Type parameter sets the
Default: GE type of the service accessed at the optical
interface on the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two
formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
format.

l Client side: Off

Service Mode OTN, SDH The Service Mode parameter sets the
Default: OTN service mode of a board.
See D.41 Service Mode (WDM

pass-through (LPT).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Frequency (THz)

board.

board.
information.
wavelength.

Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, 1000M The Ethernet Working Mode

Mode Full-Duplex parameter sets and queries the working
Default: 1000M Full- mode of the Ethernet.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
Click D.40 SD Trigger Condition
information.

commissioning.
14.14.11 LQG Specifications


Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 5 Gbit/s Multirate

11L Multirate-0.5 km Fixed Wavelength- (eSFP CWDM)-50
QG 1000 BASE-LX-10 NRZ-APD km
km 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 5 Gbit/s Multirate
1000 BASE-LX-40 Tunable Wavelength- (eSFP CWDM)-70
km NRZ-APD km
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
receiver
overload
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

overload

Item Unit Value

APD

launched power

launched power
ratio

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

APD

range

overload
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 5 Gbit/s Multirate 5 Gbit/s Multirate

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 5 Gbit/s Multirate 5 Gbit/s Multirate

km km

range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Typical Power Maximum Power
Module Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN11LQG 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 28.4 32

Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3400 ps/nm-C Band- 31.0 34.4

Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
5 Gbit/s Multirate 23.18 26

(eSFP CWDM)-50
km
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-70
km
14.15 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional version of the LQM board is TN13.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN13 Y Y N Y Y
LQM
Type
The system provides two types of the LQM: One has a pair of input and output optical interfaces,
and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 14-178 lists the types
of the LQM.
Table 14-178 LQM type description
Board Type Description
LQM Single transmitting and single The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/
receiving board OUT1.
Dual-fed selective receiving board The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/

OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of the LQM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed
and selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.
14.15.2 Application
The LQM is a type of optical transponder unit. The LQM converts between signals at the rate
between 100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.
For the position of the LQM in the WDM system, see Figure 14-86 and Figure 14-87.
The LQM board can map four client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-86 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
LQM LQM
1 M M 1
U U
100Mbit/s X X 100Mbit/s
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
/ /
2.5Gbit/s D D 2.5Gbit/s
M M
U U
4 X X 4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

l GE: From/To cross-connect board
l 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals: From/To paired slot
Figure 14-87 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
LQM LQM
1 MUX/ MUX/ 1
DMUX DMUX
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
4 DMUX DMUX 4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The total rate of four channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.

The main functions and features supported by the LQM are cross-connection at the electrical
layer, OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 14-179 Functions and features of the LQM

and Feature
Basic LQM converts signals:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) signals<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Cross- OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

connect OptiX OSN 6800:
capabilities
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with GDPS, ITU-T
function G.709.

function NOTE
is FE or GE.
encoding NOTE
events l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as
monitoring well as the optical power.

function
type is FE or GE.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

ASON

layer ASON

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.

mapping
mode

working
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-88 and Figure 14-89 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-88 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 8800)

RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O
RX4 Service OTN OUT2
encapsulation processing
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-89 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O
RX4 Service OUT2
Cross- OTN
connect encapsulation processing
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM to the WDM side
of the LQM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the Any optical signals from client
signals.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. A laser
converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then
the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of Any optical signals.
The module consists of the cross-connect module, service encapsulation and mapping
module, and OTN processing module.
electrical signals between the LQM and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The signaling module
also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the
backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.15.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQM board.

Figure 14-90 shows the front panel of the LQM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-90 Front panel of the LQM board
LQM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQM
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-180 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces

IN1-IN2 LC Receives single-wavelength signals from the

optical demultiplexing unit or the optical add and
drop multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
TX1-TX4 LC Transmits service signals to the client-side

equipment.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.15.6 Valid Slots

The LQM occupies one slot.
Table 14-181 shows the valid slots for the LQM board.
Table 14-181 Valid slots for the LQM board

Product Valid Slots
14.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQM

The board characteristic code comprises the information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-182 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQM board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP is
Figure 14-91 shows the application model of the LQM board. Table 14-183 describes the
Figure 14-91 Port diagram of the LQM

201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-3 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4 2(IN2/OUT2)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-183 Description of NM port of the LQM

interfaces.
ClientLP Internal logical port. The optical paths are


interfaces.
Configuration Principle of Timeslots :

l The transmit and receive timeslots should be specified for each board. In one direction, a
timeslot cannot be shared by multiple services.
l In one direction of one service, the timeslot of the receive end must be the same as that of
the transmit end.
l For each LQM board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1 and HD-SDI services, timeslots can
be configured only in channel 1 of the LQM board.
l Different service requires different number of timeslots. The number of timeslots required
by each type of service is listed below.
GE 7
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQM board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports according to the actual service level
(GE/Any/OTU1) and service type. The cross-connect grooming of GE/Any/OTU1 services
can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the LQM
board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
by and in Figure 14-92.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQM board and the
ClientLP port of other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 14-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the
WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the ClientLP
port of the LQM board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQM board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the ClientLP port.
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQM board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 14-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
l According to the service type configured on the ClientLP port, configure the transmit and
receive timeslots. For details, see 14.15.8 Physical and Logical Ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-92 Cross-connection diagram of the LQM

Other board

3(RX1/TX1)-1 5 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3 4
2
1
LQM
1
2
The client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQM board
The WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by (1) and (2) in Figure 14-92.

For the parameters of the LQM, refer to Table 14-184.
Table 14-184 LQM Parameters


Interface/
Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

supported.
board.

Loopback
Service Type None, Any, FE, GE, The Service Type parameter sets the type of
GE(GFP-T), OTU-1, the service accessed at the optical interface on
STM-1, STM-4, the client side.
STM-16, OC-3, NOTE
OC-12, OC-48, GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
FC-100, FC-200, When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
FICON, FICON format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
Default: None
(Mbit/s) See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

Service Mode Client Mode, OTN Used to set the service mode of the board.
Mode
Default: Client Mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range

18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
NOTE

PRBS Test Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the
Status Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test
status of a board.

14.15.11 LQM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Optical Module Module Module
Module

13L S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
QM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120
L-16.2-80 km km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

NOTE
The I-16/SR-1 OC-48 module, S-16.1/IR-1 OC-48 module, L-16.1/LR-1 OC-48 module and L-16.2/LR-2
OC-48 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN13LQM 32.6 35.9
14.16 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMD board are TN11 and TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LQM
D
TN12 Y Y N Y Y
LQM
D

l Function:
The TN12LQMD board supports access OTU1,HD-SDI,SDI and FDDI services,
whereas the TN11LQMD board does not support.
The TN11LQMD board supports the DWDM and the CWDM specifications, whereas
the TN12LQMD board supports DWDM specifications.
The TN11LQMD supports the PRBS function on the WDM side. The TN12LQMD
supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
l Specification:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For the specification of each version, see 14.16.11 LQMD Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LQM TN12LQM The TN12LQMD can be created as TN11LQMD on the NMS.

D D The former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LQMD functions as the
TN11LQMD.
NOTE
A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board with
APD as the receiver type, because their ranges of received optical
power are different.
TN12LQM None -
D
14.16.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMD board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and
dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LQMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-93.
The LQMD board can map four client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,
Figure 14-93 Position of the LQMD board in the WDM system

LQMD LQMD
1 MUX/ MUX/ 1
DMUX DMUX
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
4 DMUX DMUX 4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

The LQMD board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 14-191 Functions and features of the LQMD board

and Feature
Basic LQMD converts signals as follows:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.

NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports OTU1, HD-SDI, SDI and FDDI services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

capabilities
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
function l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
WDM TN11LQMD:
specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
TN12LQMD:
Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test TN11LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.
function TN12LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
is FE or GE.
encoding

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
NOTE
TN11LQMD only supports Poisson mode.

function
Test frame TN11LQMD: not supported

TN12LQMD: The board supports the test frame only when the client-side
service type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.

mapping
mode
Ethernet port FE: 100M Full-Duplex

working GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
the implementation and usage of the DVB
Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-95 and Figure 14-94 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-94 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 8800)
RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O Splitter
RX4 Service OTN OUT2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-95 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX
OSN 3800)
Backplane(service cross-connection) 100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
RX1
RX2 O/E
RX3 E/O
Service OUT1
RX4 OTN Cross- Splitter
encapsulation processing connect OUT2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module module
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN1
TX4
Client-side WDM-side IN2
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMD to the WDM side
of the LQMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. An optical
splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals,
and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ITU-T G.694.2. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, cross-connection and service decapsulation processing. Then, the module
outputs four channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
OptiX OSN 8800: not applicable.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The cross-connect
module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMD and the board in the
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.16.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMD board.

Figure 14-96 shows the front panel of the LQMD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-96 Front panel of the LQMD board
LQMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQMD
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-192 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMD board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.16.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMD board.
Table 14-193 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMD board.
Table 14-193 Valid slots for TN11LQMD board
Product Valid Slots
Table 14-194 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMD board.
Table 14-194 Valid slots for TN12LQMD board
Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.16.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMD

The characteristic code for the LQMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 14-195 Characteristic code for the LQMD board
First four digits Frequency of the forth optical The last four digits of the
signal frequency value of the first
WDM side.
Last four digits Frequency of the forth optical The last four digits of the
signal frequency value of the
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the LQMD board is 92109210.
"92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.


Table 14-196 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-97 shows the application model of the LQMD board. Table 14-197 describes the
Figure 14-97 Port diagram of the LQMD board

201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4 2(IN2/OUT2)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module
NOTE
TN11LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201 (ClientLP/
ClientLP)-4.
Table 14-197 Description of NM port of the LQMD board

interfaces.


interfaces.

the transmit end.
l For each LQMD board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1, HD-SDI services, timeslots can be
configured only in channel 1 of the LQMD board.
GE 7
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQMD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMD board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by and in Figure 14-98.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMD board and the
services accessed from the client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMD board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-98. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQMD board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP port supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMD board and the
ClientLP port of other boards (The GE/Any/OTU1 services accessed from the WDM side
of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
5
of the WDM-side services), as shown by in Figure 14-98.
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-98 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMD board

Other board

3 4
2
1
LQMD
1
2
The client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQMD board
The WDM side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 14-98.

For parameters of LQMD, refer to Table 14-198.
Table 14-198 LQMD parameters


Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

supported.
board.

Loopback
Service Type None, Any, DVB- The Service Type parameter sets the type of
ASI, SDI, ESCON, the service accessed at the optical interface on
FC-100, FC-200, the client side.
FICON Express, GE, Only the TN12LQMD supports Any, SDI, FDDI,
GE(GFP-T), HD-SDI, HD-SDI, and OTU-1 services.
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, NOTE
OTU-1, STM-1, GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
STM-4, STM-16 When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
Default: None T), the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
(Mbit/s) NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Mode Client Mode, OTN The Service Mode parameter sets the service
Mode mode of a board.
Default: Client Mode NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
See D.41 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.


Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range

Wavelength 0 to wavelength number, wavelength and
18/1611.00/188.7
80
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.

status of a board.

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
14.16.11 LQMD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

QM NRZ-PIN
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-PIN
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

QM NRZ-APD
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
For information about the boards supported by the equipment, see Mappings Between the Board and
Equipment in the Hardware Description.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

NRZ-APD

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum
Consumption at Power
25C (77F) (W) Consumption at
55C (131F) (W)
TN11 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 57.1 65.7

LQM Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
D 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
TN12 - 31.1 34.3

LQM
D

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.17 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMS board are TN11 and TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LQM
S
TN12 Y Y N Y Y
LQM
S

l Function:
The TN11LQMS board does not support access OTU1,HD-SDI,SDI and FDDI services,
whereas the TN12LQMS board supports.
The TN11LQMS board supports the DWDM and the CWDM specifications, whereas
the TN12LQMS board supports DWDM specifications.
The TN12LQMS supports the grooming of ODU1 signal, whereas the TN11LQMS
does not support.
l Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 14.17.11 LQMS Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Board
TN11LQM TN12LQM The TN12LQMS can be created as TN11LQMS on the NMS.

S S The former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LQMS functions as the
TN11LQMS.
NOTE
TN12LQM None -
S
14.17.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations or
between ODU1 signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
Application Scenario 1 for the TN11LQMS and TN12LQMS: Conversion Between

Signals at the Rate of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T Recommendation-
Compliant WDM Signals
The LQMS board can map four client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots. For details,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-99 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (LQM Mode)
LQMS LQMS
1 M M 1
U U
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
/ /
2.5Gbit/s D D 2.5Gbit/s
M M
U U
4 X X 4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

NOTE
Application Scenario 2 for the TN12LQMS: Conversion Between ODU1 Electrical

Signals and ITU-T Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals
Figure 14-100 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (NS1 Mode)
Client Client
1xODU1 1xODU1
services services
LQMS LQMS
M M
1 U U
1
X X
1ODU1
1ODU1
1ODU1
/
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
/
TOM D TOM
D
M M
8 U U 8
X X
NOTE
Scenario 2 is supported on the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LQMS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 14-205 Functions and features of the LQMS board

and
Feature
Basic LQMS converts signals as follows:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Maps ODU1 signal into OTU1 optical signal and converts it into the
standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse
process is similar.

NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports OTU1,HD-SDI,SDI and FDDI services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

capabilities
l TN11LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to
working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane.
Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
l TN12LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal each to
working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane.
Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
l TN11LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging
to the mesh group.
l TN12LQMS:
Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
function l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
WDM TN11LQMS:
specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
TN12LQMS:
Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
ESC Supported.
function
PRBS test TN11LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.
function TN12LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
function is FE or GE.
encoding
events l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
monitoring as the optical power.
NOTE
TN11LQMS only supports Poisson mode.

function
Test frame TN11LQMS: not supported

TN12LQMS: The board supports the test frame function only when the client-
side service type is FE or GE.
Optical- Not supported

layer ASON

layer ASON

l Supports the tributary SNCP protection (NS1 Mode).
l Supports the ODUk SNCP (NS1 Mode).
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection and the OWSP protection.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on the

service NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
mapping
mode

working GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Data Interface(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent
(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-101, Figure 14-102 and Figure 14-103 show the functional modules and signal flow
of the LQMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-101 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (OptiX OSN 8800)
RX1 O/E E/O OUT

RX2 Service
RX3 OTN
RX4 encapsulation processing
and mapping module
TX1 E/O module O/E IN
TX2
TX3
optical optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-102 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LQMS and TN12 LQMS board
(LQM mode) (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
RX1 O/E E/O OUT
RX2 Service
RX3 Cross- OTN
RX4 connect encapsulation processing
TX1 module and mapping module
E/O module O/E IN
TX2
TX3
optical optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the WDM side
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the
OUT optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs four
channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Figure 14-103 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 mode)(OptiX
OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
ODU1 Backplane(service cross-connection)

WDM side
E/O
OUT
Cross- OTN
connect processing
module module O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
Signal processing module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow (NS1 Mode)

In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the backplane
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The signal processing module receives ODU1 electrical signals sent from the backplane.
The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
module outputs one channel of OTU1 signals.
l Receive direction
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing and decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.
Module Function
module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMS and the board in the
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any/ODU1 signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any/ODU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
14.17.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMS board.

Figure 14-104 shows the front panel of the LQMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-104 Front panel of the LQMS board
LQMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQMS
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-206 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMS board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.17.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMS board.
Table 14-207 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMS board.
Table 14-207 Valid slots for TN11LQMS board
Product Valid Slots
Table 14-208 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMS board.
Table 14-208 Valid slots for TN12LQMS board
Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.17.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMS

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-209 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-105 and Figure 14-106 show the application model of the LQMS board. Table
14-210 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 14-105 Port diagram of the TN11LQMS/TN12LQMS board (LQM Mode)

3(RX1/TX1)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service
processing
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
TN11LQMS: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMS (LQM Mode): The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201
(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4.
Figure 14-106 Port diagram of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 Mode)

WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1 51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
Service
processing
module
Table 14-210 Description of NM port of the LQMS board

interfaces.

ODU1LP Internal logical port.
IN/OUT These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

the transmit end.
l For each LQMS board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1, and HD-SDI services, timeslots can
be configured only in channel 1 of the LQMS board.
GE 7

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQMS board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are LQM Mode and NS1
Mode.
NOTE
The TN11LQMS board does not require the configuration of the board mode. The electrical cross-connect
services of the TN11LQMS are created in the same way as the electrical cross-connect services of the
TN12LQMS in the LQM mode.
LQM Mode:
can be created.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMS board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by and in Figure 14-107.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMS board and the
services accessed from the client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMS board, as shown by 4 in Figure 14-107. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM
side of the LQMS board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMS board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 14-107. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side
of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-107 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Other board
4(RX2/TX2)-1

3 4
2
1
LQMS
1
2
The client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQMS board
5
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 14-107.
NS1 Mode (Supported only by the OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 3800):
l Create the cross-connection between the ODU1LP port of the LQMS board and the
ClientLP port of other boards shown in Figure 14-108.
l The four paths of the ODU1LP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-108 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Other board
WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
LQMS
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
Other board TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX /
TN12PTQX

For parameters of LQMS, refer to Table 14-211.
Table 14-211 LQMS parameters

Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and queryies the optical interface

Name name.
are supported.
Default: Used the occupancy status of the current channel
of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Service Type None, Any, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the type
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FC-200, FDDI, FE, interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, GE(GFP- Only the TN12LQMS supports Any, SDI,
T), HD-SDI, OC-3, FDDI, HD-SDI, and OTU-1 services.
OC-12, OC-48, OTU-1, NOTE
STM-1, STM-4, GE services can be encapsulated in two
STM-16 formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when Service
Default: None Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format
is GFP-T. The value GE(GFP-T) is
recommended.
ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
s) board.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
information.
l Client side: Off


(LPT).
Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength Range the WDM-side optical interface of a board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
Default: /
wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets
Length Default: 9600 and queries the maximum packet length
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex sets and queries the working mode of the
Default: 1000M Full- Ethernet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Disabled.
NOTE
Only the TN12LQMS supports this parameter.

resides.

Board Mode LQM Mode, NS1 Mode The Board Mode parameter is used to set
Default: LQM Mode the board mode of a board depending on
the service application scenario.
NOTE
This parameter is only available for
TN12LQMS.
See D.1 Board Mode (WDM Interface)
14.17.11 LQMS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

QM NRZ-PIN
S L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-PIN
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

QM NRZ-APD
S L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4,
OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

frequency
Central GHz 10
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

wavelength 1575
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN1 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 56.3 64.5

1LQ Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
MS 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
TN1 - 29 32.3
2LQ
MS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.18 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LSC board is TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN12 Y Y Y Y N
LSC
14.18.2 Application
The LSC board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board receives one 100GE optical signal from the client equipment, maps the
optical signal into an OTU4 signal, and converts the OTU4 signal into a standard WDM
wavelength.
For the position of the LSC board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-109.
Figure 14-109 Position of the LSC board in the WDM system
LSC LSC
M M
U U
X X
1ODU4
1ODU4
1OTU4
/ /
1OTU4
100GE D D 100GE
M M
U U
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSC board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 14-218.
Table 14-218 Functions and features of the LSC board

Feature
Basic function LSC converts signal as follows:

l 1x 100GE<->1x OTU4
Client-side 100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s.

service type

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant with
ITU-T G.709.
l Supports TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU4.

specification
Tunable The board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the
wavelength range of 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
function

function
LPT function Not supported
FEC encoding Supports HFEC on the WDM side.

NOTE
events
monitoring l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
Regeneration TN11LTX
board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
ASON

layer ASON

Loopback Client side Inloop Supported
Outloop
Outloop
Protocol or Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3ba

standard (non-performance
compliance monitoring) with
which transparently
transmitted services
comply
Protocols or standards ITU-T G.805

(performance ITU-T G.806
monitoring) for
processing services ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSC board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-110 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSC.
Figure 14-110 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSC board
RX
O/E 100GE E/O OUT
OTN
Service
processing
TX E/O encapsulation O/E
module IN
and mapping
Client- module
side WDM-side
optical optical
Control

Power supply Required

module voltage
Fuse
Backplane
SCC (controlled by the
DC power supply
SCC)
from the backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSC board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSC to the WDM side
of the LSC, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signal from client
equipment through the RX interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After performing the O/E conversion, the client-side optical module sends the electrical
signal to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and HFEC coding and outputs one channel of OTU4 signal
to the WDM-side optical module.
After receiving the OTU4 signal, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signal at DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1, and then
outputs the OTU4 signal through the OUT optical interfaces.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signal
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the OTU4 optical signal into electrical signal.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signal is sent to the signal processing module, which
performs OTU4 framing, HFEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the signal
and then outputs one channel of the client-side electrical signal.
The channel of the client-side electrical signal is sent to the client-side optical module,
which converts the electrical signal into optical signal and then outputs the optical signal
through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion for one channel of 100GE optical signal.
Client-side transmitter: converts one channel of electrical signal into one channel of
100GE optical signal.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signal to
OTU4 optical signal.
The module consists of a service encapsulation and mapping module and an OTN
processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of 100GE signal, maps the signal into the payload of an OTU4
frame, and performs the reverse process. The service encapsulation and mapping
module supports monitoring of 100GE signal performance.
Frames OTU4 signal, processes overheads in OTU4 signal, and performs the HFEC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.18.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSC board.

Figure 14-111 show the front panel of the LSC board.
Figure 14-111 Front panel of the LSC board
LSC
STAT
ACT G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
PROG G.657A2
SRV
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
OUT IN
TX
RX
LSC
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, the board can only use G.657A2 fibers.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-219 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSC board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
TX LC Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.
RX LC Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.18.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one LSC board.
Table 14-220 shows the valid slots for the LSC board.
Table 14-220 Valid slots for the LSC board

Product Valid Slots

IU31, IU35-IU39, IU45-IU49, IU53-IU57,
IU61-IU65

IU33

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The LSC board occupies four slots. The rear connector for connecting the LSC board to the backplane is
located in the left slot of the four slots. Therefore, the slot number for the LSC board is displayed as the
left slot of the four slots on the NMS.
For example, if the LSC board is housed in the slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4, then the slot number for the
LSC board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS.

Table 14-221 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSC board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSC, refer to Table 14-222.
Table 14-222 LSC parameters

Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

are supported.
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.

Loopback
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS ALS.
, l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
BW_WDM_Defect, of the upstream board or the WDM-side
FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the local board, the laser on the
side transmitter of the upstream board
this parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, disabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Shutdown 500ms, 600ms, off time is a time period from the point when
700ms, 800ms, the system detects service interruption to the
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, point when ALS automatically shuts down the
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, enabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Turn-On 500ms, 600ms, off time is a time period from the point when
700ms, 800ms, the system detects service recovery to the
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, point when ALS automatically enables the
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
FEC Mode HFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: HFEC of the current optical interface.
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.0 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
50 to follows:
80/1560.61/192. l When the receive wavelength of the board
100 is the same as the transmit wavelength of
Default: / the local board, use the default value,
which indicates keeping the receive
wavelength the same as the transmit
wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the board
is different from the transmit wavelength
of the local board, the value of this
parameter must be the same as the transmit
wavelength of the peer board; otherwise,
services are affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter must
be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C The Receive Band Typeparameter sets the

Default: C receive band type of a board.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


Wavelength (nm)/ 50 to wavelength number, wavelength and
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192. frequency of the current optical interface on
100 the WDM side of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
Planned Band Type C The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
status of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation value of

Compensation the board.
Value
PMD Threshold - Queries the PMD threshold of the board.

(ps)

14.18.9 LSC Specifications


Module
TN N/A 100GBASE-1010G-1 40000 ps/nm- N/A

12L 0 km(CFP) C Band-
SC 100GBASE-LR4-10 km Tunable
(CFP) Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK
(HFEC)-PIN
NOTE
A 100GBASE-1010G-10km optical module cannot connect to an IEEE 100GBASE-SR10 module.

NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 100GBASE-LR4-10 km

(CFP)
Signaling Speed per Lane Gbit/s 25.78125
Signaling Speed Accuracy ppm -100 to +100
Minimum Lane Center nm 1294.53

Wavelength
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center nm 1296.59

Wavelength
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Total Average Launch Power dBm 10.5

(Max)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm -1.3

(Min)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm 4.5

(Max)
Average Launch Power per dBm -4.3

Lane (Min)
Average Launch Power per dBm 4.5

Lane (Max)
Optical Extinction Ratio dB 4

(Min)
Side Mode Suppression dB 30

Ratio (Max)
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 100GBASE-LR4-10 km

(CFP)

Wavelength
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09

Wavelength
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Average Receiver Power per dBm -10.6

Lane (Min)
Average Receiver Power per dBm 4.5

Lane (Max)
Minimum receiver overload dBm 4.5

(OMA) per Lane
Receiver Sensitivity (OMA) dBm -8.6

per Lane

NOTE
The OMA values are within standard optical power operating ranges (including the sensitivity and
overload) and are inconvenient for engineering commissioning. Perform engineering commissioning
according to the value of average receiver power per lane and the value of total average launch power.
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 100GBASE-1010G-10

km (CFP)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km (CFP)
Minimum Lane Center nm 1521

Wavelength
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center nm 1525

Wavelength
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597

(Max)
Average Launch Power per dBm -5.8

Lane (Min)

Lane (Max)

(Min)

(Typ)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km (CFP)

(Max)
Optical Extinction Ratio dB 2.5

(Min)

Ratio (Min)
Receiver type - PIN
Minimum Lane Center nm 1521

Wavelength
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center nm 1525

Wavelength
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km (CFP)
Receiver Power per Lane dBm -10.8

(Min)
Receiver Power per Lane dBm 3.5

(Max)

(OMA) per Lane

per Lane

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 40000ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-
PIN
Line code format ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)

power

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB N/A

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-
PIN

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance (back- ps/nm 40000

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
l Dimensions of front panel: 101.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) (4.0 in. (W) x
8.7 in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN12LSC 240 265
14.19 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LSQ board is available, that is, TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y Y Y N
LSQ
14.19.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSQ board converts between one channel of STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 Recommendations.
For the position of the LSQ board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-112.
Figure 14-112 Position of the LSQ board in the WDM system
LSQ LSQ
M M
U U
X X
STM-256/ STM-256/
1ODU3
1ODU3
1OTU3
/ /
1OTU3
OC-768/ D D OC-768/
OTU3 M M OTU3
U U
X X

The LSQ board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-226 Functions and features of the LSQ board

Feature
Basic function LSQ converts signals as follows:

l 1x STM-256/OC-768/OTU3<->1x OTU3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Client-side STM-256/OC-768: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s

service type OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the client side.

function NOTE
The PRBS function of LSQ on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-256/OC-768.
FEC encoding l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that
complies with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is
OTU3.
709.
975.1.
NOTE
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate
performance line failures.
monitoring
Regeneration TN54NS3
board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
ASON

ASON

Outloop
Outloop
Protocol or Protocols or ITU-T G.707

which GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
transparently (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
transmitted
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSQ board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-113 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ.
Figure 14-113 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ board

SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O
RX mapping module OUT
OTN
processing
module
TX E/O Client-side OTN O/E IN
processing module
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSQ board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSQ to the WDM side
of the LSQ, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU3
electrical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
OTU3 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.
The module consists of a SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side
OTN processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU3
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/SONET
Monitors OTN performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.19.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSQ board.

Figure 14-114 shows the front panel of the LSQ board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-114 Front panel of the LSQ board
LSQ
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
OUT
IN
LSQ
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-227 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSQ board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.19.6 Valid Slots

Two slots houses one LSQ board.
Table 14-228 shows the valid slots for the LSQ board.
Table 14-228 Valid slots for the LSQ board

Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU36-IU42, IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60,
IU62-IU68

IU36

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The rear connector of the LSQ is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the LSQ board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one
of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the LSQ board, the slot number of the LSQ board
displayed on the NM is IU2.
14.19.7 Characteristic Code for the LSQ

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-229 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSQ board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSQ, refer to Table 14-230.
Table 14-230 LSQ parameters

Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name name.
channel of a board.

Service Type None, OC-768, OTU-3, The Service Type parameter sets the type
STM-256 of the service accessed at the optical
Default: STM-256 interface on the client side.
l Client side: Off

Default: AFEC mode of the current optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

1/1529.16/196.050 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
to follows:
80/1560.61/192.100 l When the receive wavelength of the
l CWDM: board is the same as the transmit
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use the
to default value, which indicates keeping
18/1611.00/188.780 the receive wavelength the same as the
Default: / transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the
board is different from the transmit
wavelength of the local board, the
value of this parameter must be the
same as the transmit wavelength of the
peer board; otherwise, services are
affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter
must be set to the default value.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 Only support C band.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelength.
NOTE

Disabled.

resides.

14.19.10 LSQ Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Fixed Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Optical Module Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical
Module
TN 40G Transponder N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L Tunable Wavelength-
SQ ODB-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
NOTE
Client-Side Fixed Optical Module
Table 14-231 Specifications of client-side fixed optical module
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 40G Transponder
Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type Tunable Wavelength- Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN
Line code format - ODB DQPSK
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05

range

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 8.2 N/A

ratio
Central frequency GHz 2.5 2.5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.6 N/A

spectral width
Maximum -3 dB nm N/A 0.3

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm -800 to 800 -800 to 800

wavelength range

(FEC on) EOL

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)
TN11LS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 75.0 82.0

Q Wavelength-ODB-PIN

Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
14.20 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSX board are TN11, TN12 and TN13.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LSX
TN12 Y Y N Y Y
LSX
TN13 Y Y Y Y Y
LSX

l Function:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TN11LSX/TN12LSX supports AFEC, and the TN13LSX supports AFEC-2.

The TN12LSX/TN13LSX board supports access FC1200 service, whereas the
TN11LSX board does not.
The TN13LSX board supports the OTU2e service, whereas the TN11LSX and
TN12LSX board does not.
The TN13LSX board supports the 10 Gbit/s pluggable optical module on the WDM
side, whereas the TN11LSX/TN12LSX board do not.
When client-side services are 10GE LAN services:
TN11LSX: Port Mapping can be set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G), or Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G).
TN12LSX: Port Mapping can be set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G) or Bit
Transparent Mapping(10.7G).
TN13LSX: Port Mapping can be set to Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G) or MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G).
l Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 14.20.10 LSX Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LSX TN12LSX The TN12LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LSX functions as the
TN11LSX.
NOTE
TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The

TN11LSX.
NOTE
does not apply.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Board
TN12LSX TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN12LSX on the NMS. The
TN12LSX.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN13LSX None -
14.20.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSX board maps one channel of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signal and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LSX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-115.
Figure 14-115 Position of the LSX board in the WDM system
LSX LSX
M M
10GE LAN/ U U 10GE LAN/
1ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
10GE WAN/ X X 10GE WAN/

STM-64/ / / STM-64/
OC-192/ D D OC-192/
OTU2/ M M OTU2/
OTU2e/ U U OTU2e/
FC1200 X X FC1200

The LSX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-233 Functions and features of the LSX board

and
Feature
Basic LSX converts signals as follows:

function l 1 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC1200/10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 1 x OTU2e

NOTE
The FC1200 service is only supported by the TN12LSX /TN13LSX/.
When an XFP module is used as a WDM-side module on the TN13LSX board, the
TN13LSX board does not support FC1200.
The OTU2e service is only supported by the TN13LSX.
OTN l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on WDM-side.

the ITU-T G.709.

specification
function of:
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is only supported when the client-side service type
is STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 /OTU2e.
function is 10GE LAN.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
FEC TN11LSX/TN12LSX:
encoding l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU2.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM side
TN13LSX:
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
NOTE
events
Regeneratio l TN11LSX/TN12LSX:
n board TN11LSXR
l TN13LSX:

function
IEEE Not supported

1588v2
Physical When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
clock Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) or is Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its
client side, the board can support synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission instead of synchronous Ethernet processing.
Optical- Supported by the TN12LSX/TN13LSX

layer ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

layer ASON

Ethernet l TN11LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping

service (10.7G), Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
mapping l TN12LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Bit Transparent Mapping
mode (10.7G)
l TN13LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping
(10.7G)
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

which ITU-T G.783
transparently GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
transmitted Transport Systems: Common Generic
services comply
(FC-PI)
SW-3)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-116 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSX.
Figure 14-117 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSX/TN13LSX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-116 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSX board
Client side SDH/SONET WDM side

encapsulation and
O/E mapping module E/O
RX OUT
OTN
Client-side OTN
processing
processing module
module
TX E/O O/E IN
10GE LAN
Client-side encapsulation and WDM-side
optical mapping module optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-117 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSX/TN13LSX board
Client side SDH/SONET WDM side

encapsulation and
mapping module
RX O/E E/O OUT
Client-side OTN
processing module OTN
10GE LAN
processing
TX E/O encapsulation and module O/E IN
mapping module
Client-side FC WDM-side
optical encapsulation and optical
module mapping module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSX to the WDM side
of the LSX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
equipment through the RX optical interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2/
OTU2e electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/
O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
l Receive direction
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.
encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, FC encapsulation
and mapping module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates one channel of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the FC performance
monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.20.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSX front panel.

Figure 14-118 shows the LSX front panel.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-118 Front panel of the LSX board
LSX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
OUT
IN
LSX
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-234 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSX board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.20.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSX board.
Valid Slots
Table 14-235 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSX board.
Table 14-235 Valid slots for the TN11LSX board

Product Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product Valid Slots
14.20.7 Characteristic Code for the LSX

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-238 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSX, refer to Table 14-239.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-239 LSX parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.

Loopback
Service Type None, 10GE LAN, The Service Type parameter sets the type
10GE WAN,FC-1200, of the service accessed at the optical
OC-192, OTU-2, interface on the client side.
OTU-2v, STM-64 NOTE
Default: 10GE LAN Only TN12LSX and TN13LSX support the
FC-1200 service.
Only TN 13LSX support the OTU-2v service.
Port Mapping l TN11LSX: Bit The Port Mapping parameter sets and
Transparent queries the mapping mode of a port service.
Mapping(11.1G), See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
MAC Transparent Interface) for more information.
Mapping(10.7G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l TN12LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l TN13LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Client side: Off

1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically shuts down the related lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN13LSX supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN13LSX supports this parameter.
Default: 0s

(LPT).
forward error correction (FEC) function of
the current optical interface.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
wavelength.
NOTE

resides.

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
Transmission is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Only TN13LSX supports this parameter.
14.20.10 LSX Specifications

Bo Client- Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Side Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable Optical
Fixed Module Module
Optical
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd N/A

11L Multirate-10 km & even wavelengths)-
SX 10 Gbit/s Fixed Wavelength-
Multirate-40 km NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Multirate-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s Single Rate
-0.3 km 1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client- Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Side Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable Optical
Fixed Module Module
Optical
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd N/A

12L Multirate-10 km & even wavelengths)-
SX 10 Gbit/s Fixed Wavelength-
Multirate-40 km NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Multirate-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s Single Rate
-0.3 km 1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

13L Multirate-10 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
SX 10 Gbit/s (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-Fixed
Multirate-40 km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Wavelength-NRZ-
Tunable Wavelength- PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
10 Gbit/s Single Rate Wavelength-NRZ-
-0.3 km PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band
(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate 80 km
module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s single-rate 0.3 km module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.
Item Unit Value


format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

on) EOL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity
(FEC on) EOL
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11LSX: 1.3 kg (2.9 lb.)
TN12LSX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN13LSX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

1LS wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)


Wavelength-ODB-APD

X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 32.5 39


Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 29.4 32.8

3LS Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
X
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 27 30.4

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 28 31.4

14.21 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSXL board are TN11, TN12, and TN15.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
LSXL
TN12 Y Y N Y N
LSXL
TN15 Y Y N Y N
LSXL

l Function:
The TN15LSXL board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board is
intended for coherent systems. The TN11LSXL/TN12LSXL board does not support
this application scenario.
The TN11LSXL/TN12LSXL supports FEC and AFEC, and the TN15LSXL supports
HFEC. Boards that use different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other.
The TN11LSXL board does not support the function of accessing OTU3 services,
whereas the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL boards support.
For details, see 14.21.2 Application.
l Appearance:
The LSXL boards of TN11, TN12 , and TN15 versions use different front panels. For
details, see 14.21.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 14.21.10 LSXL Specifications.
The LSXL boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
14.21.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXL board converts between one channel of
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1
Recommendations. The TN15LSXL board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the
board is intended for coherent systems.
For the position of the LSXL board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-119.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-119 Position of the LSXL board in the WDM system
LSXL LSXL
M M
U U
X X
STM-256/ STM-256/
1ODU3
1ODU3
1OTU3
/ /
1OTU3
OC-768/ D D OC-768/
OTU3 M M OTU3
U U
X X
NOTE
l Client-side service types of the TN11LSXL board are STM-256 and OC-768.
l Client-side service types of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board are STM-256, OC-768, and OTU3.

The LSXL board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-246 Functions and features of the LSXL board

Feature
Basic function LSXL converts signals as follows:


NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL support OTU3 services.

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Tunable l 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz

wavelength l 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz
function
PRBS test l TN11LSXL:

function Not supported.
l TN12LSXL:
Supports the PRBS function on the client side.
l TN15LSXL:
Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
The PRBS function of TN12LSXL on the client side is supported only when the
client-side service type is STM-256/OC-768.
FEC encoding TN11LSXL/TN12LSXL:

l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that
complies with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM
side that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN15LSXL: Supports HFEC on the WDM side.
NOTE
events
Regeneration TN11LSXL: TN11LSXLR

board TN12LSXL: TN12LSXLR
TN15LSXL: TN55NS3
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL.

ASON

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protection TN11LSXL:
TN12LSXL:
TN15LSXL:
Loopback Client Inloop l Not supported by the TN11LSXL

side l Supported by the TN12LSXL/
Outloop
TN15LSXL
WDM Inloop Supported

side
Outloop Supported
Protocol or Protoc ITU-T G.707

standard ols or ITU-T G.782
compliance standar
ds ITU-T G.783
(non- GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
perfor Transport Systems: Common Generic
mance
monito
ring)
with
which
transpa
rently
transmi
tted
service
s
comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protoc ITU-T G.805

ols or ITU-T G.806
standar
ds ITU-T G.709
(perfor ITU-T G.872
mance ITU-T G.7710
monito
ring) ITU-T G.798
for ITU-T G.874
process ITU-T M.3100
ing
ITU-T G.874.1
service
s ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXL board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-120 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL.
Figure 14-121 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL and
TN15LSXL.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-120 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL board

O/E E/O
RX SDH/SONET OTN OUT
and mapping
module
module
TX E/O O/E IN
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-121 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board

SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O
RX mapping module OUT
OTN
processing
module
TX E/O Client-side OTN O/E IN
processing module
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSXL board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSXL to the WDM side
of the LSXL, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC/HFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel
of OTU3 electrical signals.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
module performs operations such as OTU3 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.
The module consists of a SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side
OTN processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU3
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/SONET
AFEC/HFEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.21.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXL board.

Figure 14-122, Figure 14-123 and Figure 14-124 show the front panel of the LSXL board.
Figure 14-122 Front panel of the TN11LSXL board
LSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
OUT
IN
LSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
TX
RX
IN
LSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

LSXL G.657A2
STAT
ACT
PROG G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
SRV G.657A2 x L
TX
OUT IN
RX
LSXL
NOTE
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-247 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXL board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.21.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXL board. Three slots house one TN12LSXLboard.
Table 14-248 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXL board.
Table 14-248 Valid slots for the TN11LSXL board
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the left one
of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXL board, the slot number of the
TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is IU1.
Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU37-IU42, IU47-IU52, IU55-IU60,
IU63-IU68

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

IU36
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN12LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the right one
of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN12LSXL board, the slot number of the TN12LSXL
board displayed on the NMS is IU3.
Product Valid Slots

IU33, IU36-IU41, IU46-IU51, IU54-IU59,
IU62-IU67

IU35
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN15LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the middle slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN15LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the middle
one of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN15LSXL board, the slot number of the TN15LSXL
board displayed on the NMS is IU2.
14.21.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXL

Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-251 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXL board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSXL, refer to Table 14-252.
Table 14-252 LSXL parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Service Type None, OC-768, OTU-3, The Service Type parameter sets the type
STM-256 of the service accessed at the optical
NOTE
Only the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports
the OTU-3 services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Client side: Off


WDM-side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be shut down.
FW_Defect.
the client-side transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For this
BW_Client_R_LOS.
the client-side transmitter of the
BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when
1400ms, 1500ms, ALS automatically shuts down the related
1600ms, 1700ms, lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
FEC Mode TN11LSXL/ The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
TN12LSXL: mode of the current optical interface.
l FEC, AFEC See D.12 FEC Mode (WDM Interface)
l Default: AFEC
TN15LSXL:
l HFEC
l Default: HFEC
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

1/1529.16/196.050 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
to follows:
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use the
to default value, which indicates keeping
18/1611.00/188.780 the receive wavelength the same as the
Default: / transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
affected.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Band Type C, CWDM The Receive Band Typeparameter sets

Default: C the receive band type of a board.
NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 Only support C band.

wavelength.
NOTE

Disabled.
NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports this
parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition ODUk_PM_DEG sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
Default: None interfaces or channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of the
resides.
NOTE
NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports this
parameter.
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation

Compensation value of the board.
Value NOTE
PMD Threshold(ps) - Queries the PMD threshold of the board.

NOTE

14.21.10 LSXL Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical Optical
Module Module

SX ODB-PIN
L 400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-(D)
RZ-PIN

SX DQPSK-PIN
L 500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN

SX ePDM-BPSK-PIN
L
NOTE
NOTE
Item Unit Value

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Receiver type - PIN
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 500 ps/nm-C 500 ps/nm-C 400 ps/nm-C

Type Band-Tunable Band-Tunable Band-Tunable
Wavelength- Wavelength- Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN ODB-PIN DRZ-PIN
Line code format - DQPSK ODB DRZ
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.00

range
Maximum mean dBm 0 0 0

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB N/A 8.2 8.2

ratio
Central frequency GHz 2.5 2.5 5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A 0.6 1

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Maximum -3 dB nm 0.3 N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

(FEC on) EOL
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0 0

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-BPSK

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
TN11LSXL
8.7 in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN12LSXL
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN15LSXL
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
55C (131F) (W)
TN11LS 400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 103.0 110.0

XL Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

55C (131F) (W)

Wavelength-ODB-PIN
TN12LS 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 74 81

XL Wavelength-ODB-PIN

TN15LS 60000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 140 155

XL Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN
14.22 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXLR board are TN11 and TN12.

Board OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN OptiX OSN
8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11L N N N Y N
SXLR
TN12L Y Y N Y N
SXLR

l Function:
The TN12LSXLR board supports access OTU3e services, whereas the TN11LSXLR
board does not support. For details, see 14.22.3 Functions and Features.
l Appearance:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TN11LSXLR and TN12LSXLR versions use different front panels. For details, see
14.22.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
For the specification of each version, see 14.22.10 LSXLR Specifications.
The LSXLR boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
14.22.2 Application
The LSXLR board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical
regeneration of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-125.
Figure 14-125 Position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system
LSXLR
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
DMUX MUX
LSXLR
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
MUX DMUX

The LSXLR board is used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-256 Functions and features of the LSXLR board

and
Feature
Basic The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement
function electrical regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerati OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

ng rate OTU3e: OTN service at a rate of 44.57 Gbit/s
NOTE
Only TN12LSXLR supports OTU3e service.

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by complying with
the ITU-T G.709.

specificati
on
wavelengt the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the range
h function of:
ESC Supported
function

function
LPT Not supported

function
FEC l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.709.
encoding l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) that complies with ITU-
T G.975.1.
NOTE
Alarms l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
and l Monitors the alarms and performance events of the OTN.
performan
ce events l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
monitorin as the optical power.
g

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
ALS Not supported

function
Optical- Supported by the TN12LSXLR

layer
ASON

layer
ASON
Protection Not supported

scheme
Protocol or Protocols or standards (non- -

standard performance monitoring) with which
complianc transparently transmitted services
e comply
Protocols or standards (performance ITU-T G.805

monitoring) for processing services ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXLR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 14-126 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-126 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board
WDM side WDM side

O/E Decoding Overhead Encoding E/O
IN module module module OUT
Optical Optical
receiving transmitting
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The LSXLR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU3/OTU3e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN
interface, and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing and encoding of signals.
During the process, the reshaping, regenerating and retiming based on electrical signals are
performed, and the signals are encapsulated into OTN frames.
After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical signals are output through the OUT interface.
Module Function
l Optical receiving module
Performs O/E conversion of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Optical transmitting module

Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU3/OTU3e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
l The signal processing module
The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
Decoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC decoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the
performance of WDM-side services.
Encoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC encoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals.
Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.
14.22.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXLR board.

Figure 14-127 and Figure 14-128 show the front panel of the LSXLR board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-127 Front panel of the TN11LSXLR board
LSXLR
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
LSXLR

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-128 Front panel of the TN12LSXLR board
LSXLR
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
LSXLR
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-257 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXLR board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

14.22.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXLR board. Two slots house one TN12LSXLR board.
Table 14-258 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board.
Table 14-258 Valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board
Product Valid Slots
The rear connector of the TN11LSXLR is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is the
number of the left one of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXLR board, the slot number of
the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU1.
The TN11LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength must be installed
in slots IU1 and IU5, IU9 and IU13.
Table 14-259 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board.
Table 14-259 Valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board
Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU36-IU42, IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60,
IU62-IU68

IU36

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
The rear connector of the TN12LSXLR board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot
in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is
the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12LSXLR board, the slot number of the
TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU2.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16 and
IU18, IU20 and IU22, IU24 and IU26, IU28 and IU30, IU32 and IU34, IU36 and IU38,
IU40 and IU42, IU46 and IU48, IU50 and IU52, IU54 and IU56, IU58 and IU60, IU62 and
IU64, or IU66 and IU68.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, or IU34 and IU36.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, or IU14
and IU16.
14.22.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXLR

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-260 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXLR board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXLR, refer to Table 14-261.
Table 14-261 LSXLR parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
l Client side: Off
Enable Auto- Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function of

Sensing Default: Enabled the board to Enabled or Disabled.
l When it is set to Enabled, the board
supports Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and thus
no manual setting is required.
l When it is set to Disabled, Line
Rate of the board must be set
manually and the values of the
previous two parameters must be the
same as that of the received signals.
Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
must be set to Enabled.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength to value of the Receive Wavelength is as
80/1560.61/192.100 follows:
l CWDM: l When the receive wavelength of the
11/1471.00/208.170 board is the same as the transmit
to wavelength of the local board, use the
18/1611.00/188.780 default value, which indicates keeping
Default: / the receive wavelength the same as the
transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
affected.
NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength No./ to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ 80/1560.61/192.100 parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) l CWDM: wavelength and frequency of the current
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
See D.36 Planned Wavelength No./
wavelength.
NOTE

(ps)
Board Mode Electrical Relay Mode, The Board Mode parameter is used to set
Optical Relay Mode the board mode of a board depending on
Default: Electrical Relay the service application scenario.
Mode See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
14.22.10 LSXLR Specifications

Board WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module WDM-Side Pluggable

Optical Module
TN11LS 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB- N/A

XLR PIN
400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-
PIN
TN12LS 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- N/A

XLR DQPSK-PIN
500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
NOTE
Equipment.
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Line code format - DQPSK ODB DRZ
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.00

range
Maximum mean dBm 0 0 0

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB N/A 8.2 8.2

ratio
Central frequency GHz 2.5 2.5 5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A 0.6 1

spectral width
Maximum -3 dB nm 0.3 N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength range

(FEC on) EOL
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0 0

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27

reflectance
TN11LSXLR
8.7 in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN12LSXLR
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Consumption at Consumption at
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

LSXL Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
R
Wavelength-ODB-PIN

LSXL Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
R
Wavelength-ODB-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.23 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXR board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
LSX
R
14.23.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXR board is used in an electrical REG station in the
system to implement electrical regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXR board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-129.
Figure 14-129 Position of the LSXR board in the WDM system
LSXR
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
DMUX MUX
LSXR
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
MUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSXR is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.
Table 14-263 Functions and features of the LSXR board
and
Feature
Regenerati OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

ng rate OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the
ITU-T G.709.

specificati
on
wavelengt the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the range
h function of:
ESC Supported
function

function
LPT Not supported

function
encoding l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) that complies with ITU-
T G.975.1.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Alarms l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
and l Monitors the alarms and performance events of the OTN.
performan
ce events l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
monitorin as the optical power.
g
ALS Not supported

function
Optical- Supported
layer
ASON

layer
ASON

scheme

standard performance monitoring) with which
complianc transparently transmitted services
e comply
Protocols or standards (performance ITU-T G.805

monitoring) for processing services ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSXR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 14-130 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board.
Figure 14-130 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board
WDM side WDM side

Decoding Overhead Encoding
IN O/E E/O OUT
Optical Optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The LSXR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The signals at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
After being encoded, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM wavelengths that

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
l Optical receiving module
Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that
l Optical transmitting module
Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU2/OTU2e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
l The signal processing module
The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
Decoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC decoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the
performance of WDM-side services.
Encoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC encoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.
14.23.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXR.

Figure 14-131 shows the front panel of the LSXR.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-131 Front panel of the LSXR
LSXR
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
LSXR
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-264 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXR board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

14.23.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSXR board.
Table 14-265 shows the valid slots for the LSXR board.
Table 14-265 Valid slots for LSXR board

Product Valid Slots
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, IU17 and IU18, IU19 and IU20, IU21
and IU22, IU23 and IU24, IU25 and IU26, IU27 and IU28, IU29 and IU30, IU31 and IU32,
IU57 and IU58, IU59 and IU60, IU61 and IU62, IU63 and IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67
and IU68.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
or IU35 and IU36.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l OptiX OSN 6800: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU9 and
IU10, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.
14.23.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-266 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXR board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXR, refer to Table 14-267.
Table 14-267 LSXR parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.
Default: On status of a board.
Enable Auto- Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function of

Sensing Default: Enabled the board to Enabled or Disabled.
supports FEC Type and Line Rate of
the received signals in auto-sensing
mode, and thus no manual setting is
required.
l When it is set to Disabled, FEC
Type and Line Rate of the board must
be set manually and the values of the
unavailable.
NOTE

NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board.

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
wavelength.
NOTE

Disabled.
NOTE
Line Rate Standard Mode, Speedup The Line Rate parameter provides an
Mode option to set the OTN line rate.
Default: Standard Mode NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled
See D.20 Line Rate for more information.
Board Mode Electrical Relay Mode, The Board Mode parameter is used to set
Optical Relay Mode the board mode of a board depending on
Default: Electrical Relay the service application scenario.
Mode See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
14.23.10 LSXR Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module WDM-Side Pluggable Optical

Module
TN11L 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even N/A

SXR wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
ODB-APD
(D)RZ-PIN
NOTE
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

width

suppression ratio

on) EOL
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/nm- 800 ps/nm-C
Type nm-C nm-C C Band- Band-
Band- Band- Tunable Tunable
Tunable Tunable Wavelengt Wavelength-
Wavelengt Wavelengt h-ODB- DRZ-PIN
h-NRZ- h-NRZ- APD
PIN APD
Line code format - NRZ NRZ ODB DRZ
Maximum mean dBm 2 2 2 2

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -3 -3 -3 -3

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/nm- 800 ps/nm-C
Type nm-C nm-C C Band- Band-
Band- Band- Tunable Tunable
Tunable Tunable Wavelengt Wavelength-
Wavelengt Wavelengt h-ODB- DRZ-PIN
h-NRZ- h-NRZ- APD
PIN APD
Minimum dB 10 10 N/Aa 10
extinction ratio
Central frequency GHz 5 5 5 5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 1200 1200 4800 800

tolerance
Receiver type - PIN APD APD PIN

wavelength range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16

sensitivity (FEC
on) EOL
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -9 -9 0

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight: 1.2 kg. (2.6 lb)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

XR NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD
14.24 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board

The available functional version of the LTX board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y Y Y N
LTX
14.24.2 Application
The LTX board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board can receive ten 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, or OC-192 signals from
client equipment, maps the optical signals into an OTU4 signal, and converts the OTU4 signal

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
into a standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. In the transmit direction,
the process is reverse. The LTX board can also apply to electrical regeneration sites to perform
electrical regeneration of OTU4 optical signals.
The WDM-side service rate for the LTX board is 100 Gbit/s. Therefore, the board is intended
for 100G transmission systems.
For the position of the LTX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-132 and Figure
14-133.
Figure 14-132 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (OTU mode)
LTX LTX
M M
U U
10ODU2/ODU2e
10ODU2/ODU2e
1 1
X X
10GE LAN/ 10GE LAN/
1ODU4
1ODU4
1OTU4
/ /
1OTU4
10GE WAN/ 10GE WAN/
D D
STM-64/OC-192 STM-64/OC-192
M M
10 U U 10
X X
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Line Mode.
Figure 14-133 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (regeneration mode)
LTX
1OTU4
1OTU4
DMUX MUX
LTX
1OTU4
1OTU4
MUX DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Electrical Relay
Mode or Optical Relay Mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the board in an optical-
layer ASON system. When optical-layer ASON is disabled, it does not matter whether the parameter is set to
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode.
The input and output wavelengths can be different.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LTX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 14-270 and Table 14-271.
Table 14-270 Functions and features of the LTX board (OTU mode)
Feature
Basic function LTX converts signal as follows:

l 10x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<->1xOTU4


l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM functions for ODU2.

specification
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service
type is STM-64/OC-192.
type is 10GE LAN.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
events
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
Regeneration TN11LTX
board
ASON

ASON

Outloop
Outloop
Protocol or Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3ae

standard (non-performance ITU-T G.707
which transparently ITU-T G.782
transmitted services ITU-T G.783
comply GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

monitoring) for
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-271 Functions and features of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
Feature
Basic function The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement
electrical regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerating OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

rate

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.

specification
function

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

NOTE
events
ALS function Not supported
ASON

ASON

scheme
Protocol or Protocols or standards -

standard (non-performance
which transparently
transmitted services
comply

monitoring) for
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LTX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (OTU mode)

Figure 14-134 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.
Figure 14-134 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (OTU mode)
RX1 SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O OUT
mapping module OTN
RX10 processing
TX1 module
E/O 10GE LAN O/E
encapsulation and IN
TX10
Client-side mapping module WDM-side
optical optical
Control


module voltage
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply SCC (controlled by the
from the backplane SCC)
In the signal flow of the LTX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LTX to the WDM side
of the LTX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 10 channels of the optical signals from client
After performing the O/E conversion, the client-side optical module sends the electrical
signals to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and HFEC coding and outputs one channel of OTU4 signals
to the WDM-side optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After receiving the OTU4 signals, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signals over a DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1,
and then outputs the OTU4 signals through the OUT optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signals
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interfaces. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the optical signals into electrical signals.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module,
which performs OTU4 framing, HFEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the
signals and then outputs 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192
electrical signals.
The 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192 signals are sent to the client-
side optical module, which converts the electrical signals into optical signals and then
outputs the optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (regeneration mode)

Figure 14-135 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.
Figure 14-135 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
WDM side WDM side

O/E OTN processing E/O
IN module OUT
Optical Optical
module module
Control


module voltage
Fuse
DC power Backplane
supply SCC (controlled by
from a SCC)
backplane
The LTX board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU4 optical signals at
DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192 optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192 optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.
encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing module.
SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of SDH/SONET and 10GE WAN signals and maps the
signals into the OTU4 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and
has the SDH/SONET performance monitoring function.
10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU4
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE LAN
Frames OTU4 signals, processes overheads in OTU4 signals, and performs the HFEC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.24.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LTX board.

Figure 14-136 shows the front panel of the LTX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-136 Font panel of the LTX board
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
LTX
STAT
ACT G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
PROG G.657A2
SRV
RX1 TX1
TX2 RX2
OUT IN
RX3 TX3
TX4 RX4
RX5 TX5
TX6 RX6
RX7 TX7
TX8 RX8
TX10 RX10
RX9 TX9
LTX
NOTE
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-272 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LTX board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.24.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one LTX board.
Table 14-273 shows the valid slots for the LTX board.
Table 14-273 Valid slots for the LTX board

Product Valid Slots

IU32, IU36-IU40, IU46-IU50, IU54-IU58,
IU62-IU66

IU34

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The rear connector of the LTX is mounted to the backplane along the second slot from the left in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the LTX board displayed on the NM is the number of the second one of the
four slots from left.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3 and IU4 house the LTX board, the slot number of the LTX board
When the LTX board needs to be used as a regeneration board, observe the following principles
for selecting a valid slot:
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16, IU20 and IU24, IU36 and IU40,
IU46 and IU50, IU54 and IU58, IU62 and IU66.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU13 and IU17, IU21 and IU25, IU30 and IU34.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU11 and IU15.


Table 14-274 Mapping between the physical ports on the LTX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
TX9/RX9 11
TX10/RX10 12

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

For parameters of LTX, refer to Table 14-275.
Table 14-275 LTX parameters


Channel

are supported.
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.

Loopback
Service Type 10GE LAN, 10GE The Service Type parameter sets the type of
WAN, OC-192, the service accessed at the optical interface on
STM-64 the client side.
Default: 10GE LAN
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

(LPT).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Mode HFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: HFEC of the current optical interface.
more information.
Receive C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
to follows:
80/1560.61/192.100 l When the receive wavelength of the board
Default: / is the same as the transmit wavelength of
the local board, use the default value,
which indicates keeping the receive
wavelength the same as the transmit
wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the board
is different from the transmit wavelength
of the local board, the value of this
parameter must be the same as the transmit
wavelength of the peer board; otherwise,
services are affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter must
be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C The Receive Band Typeparameter sets the

Default: C receive band type of a board.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Planned C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ to wavelength number, wavelength and
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192.100 frequency of the current optical interface on
Default: / the WDM side of a board.
NOTE
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
Planned Band Type C The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
status of a board.
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation value of

Compensation the board.
Value

(ps)

OTN Overhead l Disabled, GCC1 Determines whether to process GCC1 and

Transparent +GCC2 Enabled, GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission Only GCC1 not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
Enabled, Only otherwise, set it to Disabled.
GC2 Enabled NOTE
l Default: This parameter is only valid when the Board
Mode is set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical
Disabled
Relay Mode.
Board Mode Line Mode, The Board Mode parameter is used to set the
Electrical Relay board mode of a board depending on the
Mode, Optical Relay service application scenario.
Mode See D.1 Board Mode (WDM Interface) for
Default: Electrical more information.
Relay Mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.24.9 LTX Specifications


Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 40000ps/nm- N/A

11L km C Band-
TX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 Tunable
km Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK
10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 (HFEC)-PIN
km
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate-0.3 km
NOTE
Specifications of optical modules on the client side

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 40 km, and 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN signals.
The 10Gbit/s single rate -0.3km module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.
Item Unit Value


format

source type


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
Specifications of optical modules on the DWDM side
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-
PIN
Line code format ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)

power

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB N/A

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC)-
PIN

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
8.7 in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11LTX (OTU mode) 248 273
TN11LTX (regeneration 235 247

mode)
14.25 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LWX2 board is available, that is, TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LWX
2
14.25.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWX2 board implements the conversion between two
channels of optical signals at the rate in the range of 16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals
that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-137.
Figure 14-137 Position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system

LWX2 LWX2
Transparent transmission
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX
16Mbit/s 16Mbit/s

2.7Gbit/s 2.7Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX

The LWX2 is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and provide ESC.
Table 14-278 Functions and features of the LWX2 board

and Feature
Basic LWX2 converts signals as follows:

function l 2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s signals)<->2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s signals)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature


Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. In the case of configuring
wavelength four-wavelength tunable optical module, configure every four continuous
function wavelengths (first group started with the 1st wavelength) in the C band with
100 GHz channel spacing as one group. In this way, the optical signal output
on the WDM side are tunable within the four wavelengths of every group.
ESC Supported
function

function
Alarms and Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
performance as the optical power.
events
monitoring
ALS Supports the ALS function on the client side and WDM side.
function

ASON

layer ASON


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or -
standards
(performance
monitoring) for
processing
services

The LWX2 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 14-138 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board.
Figure 14-138 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board

RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT2
TX1
Service processing module IN1
E/O O/E
TX2 Client-side WDM-side IN2
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWX2 board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In the signal flow of the LWX2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWX2 to the WDM side
of the LWX2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
After the O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the service
processing module. The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends
the signals to the WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out two channels
of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-
compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals through the OUT1-OTU2
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the Any electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs two channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
Any optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Service processing module

Regenerates Any signals in two directions.
Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.
14.25.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWX2 board.

Figure 14-139 shows the front panel of the LWX2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-139 Front panel of the LWX2 board
LWX2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWX2
NOTE
The WDM-side optical modules must be inserted in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in an
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-279 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWX2 board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.25.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWX2 board.
Table 14-280 shows the valid slots for the LWX2 board.
Table 14-280 Valid slots for the LWX2 board

Product Valid Slots
14.25.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2

The characteristic code for the LWX2 board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-281 Characteristic code for the LWX2 board

WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWX2 board is 92109220.
l "9210" indicates the frequency of the first channel of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.
l "9220" indicates the frequency of the second channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 192.20 THz.


Table 14-282 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWX2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 3
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6
NOTE


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of LWX2, refer to Table 14-283
Table 14-283 LWX2 parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16
Default: Any
Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) Default: 2500 optical interface on the client side of a
board.
information.
l Client side: Off

Shutdown Default: parameter determines whether to
l WDM side: Disabled the signals received by a board are lost.
l Client side: Enabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Current Bearer Rate - parameter provides an option to query the

(Mbit/s) rate of services accessed at the optical
interface on the client side for the OTUs
at any rate.
See Current Bearer Rate(Mbit/s) (WDM

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
Default: /
wavelength.

resides.
14.25.10 LWX2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

WX I-16-2 km NRZ-PIN
2 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
Fixed Wavelength-
L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-PIN
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE

NOTE
The I-16 module, S-16.1 module, and L-16.2 module can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s multirate module is used to access FC200, GE, FC100 and FE signals.
Table 14-284 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module
Item Unit Value
Optical 2.125 Gbit/s I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 km L-16.2-80 km

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km
Optical - MLM MLM SLM SLM

source type
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A N/A 1 1

-20 dB
spectral
width
Minimum dB N/A N/A 30 30

side mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3z- G.957-compliant

mask compliant
Receiver - PIN PIN PIN APD

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km
Minimum dBm 0 -3 0 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB N/A -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
The 2.5 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range
Item Unit Value
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/nm- 3200 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-
Module Type nm-C Band- nm-C Band- C Band- C Band- C Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable
Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa -NRZ-APDa -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ
Maximum mean dBm -1 -1 3 3 3

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -5 -5 -2 -2 -2

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/nm- 3200 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-
Module Type nm-C Band- nm-C Band- C Band- C Band- C Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable
Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa -NRZ-APDa -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction ratio

frequency
Central GHz 10
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.5

spectral width
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 6400

tolerance
Receiver type - PIN APD PIN APD APD

wavelength range
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -10 -9

receiver overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
a: The 12800ps/nm-PIN and 12800ps/nm-APD modules do not support pilot tone modulation mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Consumption at 25C (77F) Consumption at 55C (131
(W) F) (W)
LWX2 38.5 42.4
14.26 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)

Only one functional version of the LWXD board is available, that is, TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LWX
D
14.26.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXD board implements the conversion between the
optical signal at the rate between 16 Mbit/s and 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with
ITU-T Recommendations, and dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LWXD board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-140.
Figure 14-140 Position of the LWXD board in the WDM system

LWXD LWXD
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX
16Mbit/s 16Mbit/s

2.7Gbit/s 2.7Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWXD board is used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.
Table 14-289 Functions and features of the LWXD board
and Feature
Basic LWXD converts signals as follows:

l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.


ESC Supported
function

function
events
monitoring
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)
Protocols or -
standards
(performance
monitoring) for
processing
services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWXD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 14-141 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board.
Figure 14-141 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board

OUT1
RX O/E E/O Splitter
OUT2

IN1
TX E/O O/E IN2
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWXD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
In the signal flow of the LWXD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXD to the WDM side
of the LWXD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the WDM-side
optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After performing the E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out the ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at
CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1
optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels
signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
The module performs operations such as received signal selection, the regeneration of Any
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs
one channel of Any signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.26.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXD board.

Figure 14-142 shows the front panel of the LWXD board.
Figure 14-142 Front panel of the LWXD board
LWXD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWXD
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 14-290 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXD board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.26.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXD board.
Table 14-291 shows the valid slots for the LWXD board.
Table 14-291 Valid slots for the LWXD board
Product Valid Slots
14.26.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD

The characteristic code for the LWXD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-292 Characteristic code for the LWXD board
WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWXD is 92109210.


Table 14-293 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LWXD, refer to Table 14-294

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-294 LWXD parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and querses the optical interface

Name name.
channel of a board.

Service Type None, Any, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the
ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the
FC-200, FDDI, FE, optical interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON Express,
GE, OC-3, OC-12,
OC-48, STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16
Default: Any
Client Service 16 - 2500 sets the rate of the accessed service at

Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) Default: 2500 the optical interface on the client side of
a board.
information.

l Client side: Off

l WDM side: Disabled the signals received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Current Bearer Rate - parameter provides an option to query

(Mbit/s) the rate of services accessed at the
optical interface on the client side for the
OTUs at any rate.
See Current Bearer Rate(Mbit/s) (WDM

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.
Planned Wavelength l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 The Planned Wavelength No./

No./Wavelength to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
to board.
information.
wavelength.

board resides.
information.
14.26.10 LWXD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

D 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
Fixed Wavelength-
L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE

NOTE
The I-16 module, S-16.1 module, and L-16.2 module can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width

side mode
suppression
ratio

mask compliant

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
The 2.5 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth- gth-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD NRZ- APD
APD (Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth- gth-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD NRZ- APD
APD (Four
Channels
-Tunable)

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

NRZ-APD

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
(W) F) (W)
LWXD 35.8 39.4
14.27 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)

The available functional versions of the LWXS board are TN11 and TN12.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
LWX
S
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y
LWX
S

l Functions:
The TN11LWXS board does not support access ETR/CLO services, whereas the
TN12LWXS board supports, see 14.27.3 Functions and Features.
The LWXS boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
14.27.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXS board implements the conversion between the
optical signals at the rate of 16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LWXS board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-143.
Figure 14-143 Position of the LWXS board rate in the WDM system
LWXS LWXS
M M
U U
X X
16 Mbit/s / / 16 Mbit/s
2.7 Gbit/s D D 2.7 Gbit/s
M M
U U
X X

The LWXS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-300 Functions and features of the LWXS board

and Feature
Basic LWXS converts signals as follows:


ETR: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
CLO: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports ETR and CLO services.

ESC Supported
function

function
events
monitoring
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)
IBM GDPS( Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex)
Protocol
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports IBM GDPS( Geographically
Dispersed Parallel Sysplex) Protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or -
standards
(performance
monitoring) for
processing
services

The LWXS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 14-144 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board.
Figure 14-144 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board
RX O/E E/O OUT

TX E/O O/E IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
SCC
from a backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LWXS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXS to the WDM side
of the LWXS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the
WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out Any optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of Any optical signals at DWDM
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module outputs one
channel of Any electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
Monitors the performance of SDH/SONET and GE signals in two directions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.27.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXS board.

Figure 14-145 shows the front panel of the LWXS board.
Figure 14-145 Front panel of the LWXS board
LWXS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT
IN
LWXS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-301 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXS board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.27.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXS board.
Table 14-302 shows the valid slots for the TN11LWXS board.
Table 14-302 Valid slots for theTN11LWXS board

Product Valid Slots
Table 14-303 shows the valid slots for the TN12LWXS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-303 Valid slots for theTN12LWXS board
Product Valid Slots
14.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-304 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of the LWXS, refer to Table 14-305

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-305 LWXS parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.

Loopback
ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, OC-3, Only TN12LWXS supports ETR, and CLO
OC-12, OC-48, services.
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, ETR, CLO
Default: Any
s) board.
information.
l Client side: Off

l WDM side: signals received by a board are lost.
Disabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Current Bearer - parameter provides an option to query the

Rate(Mbit/s) rate of services accessed at the optical
interface on the client side for the OTUs at
any rate.
OFC Enabled Disabled, Enabled The open fiber control (OFC) function
Default: Disabled controls the transmit power of the laser
when the fiber is disconnected. When the
OFC function is enabled, the laser sends
short pulse, rather than remains in the
enabled state, to check whether the fiber is
connected. In this way, the output optical
power of the laser is cut, which prevents eye
injury.
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l Only the TN12LWXS supports this
parameter.
l This parameter is valid only when the
Service Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or
ISC 2G.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


l CWDM: board.
0 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
18/1611.00/188.78 (WDM Interface) for more information.
0
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Type Default: C band type of the current working
wavelength.

resides.
14.27.10 LWXS Specifications


Module Module

S 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
TN Fixed Wavelength-
12L L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
WX 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
S (eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
NOTE

NOTE
The I-16/SR-1 OC-48 module, S-16.1/IR-1 OC-48 module, and L-16.2/LR-2 OC-48 can be used to access ETR,
CLO, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
NOTE

Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

-20 dB
spectral
width

side mode
suppression
ratio

mask compliant

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

reflectance
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access ETR, CLO, GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12,
ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access ETR, CLO, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Waveleng Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Maximum dBm -1 -1 3 3 3 3
mean launched
power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

frequency
Central GHz 10
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Waveleng Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)

wavelength 1575
range
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -10 -9 -9

receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
(W) F) (W)
LWXS 33.9 37.3
14.28 TMX
TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion
board.

The available functional versions of the TMX board are TN11 and TN12.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 Y Y N Y Y
TMX
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y
TMX

l Function:
TN11TMX supports AFEC, and the TN12TMX supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other. For details, see 14.28.3
Functions and Features.
l Specification:
The TN11TMX board supports fixed optical module and tunable optical module on the
WDM side. The TN12TMX board supports fixed optical module, tunable optical
module, XFP module and gray optical module on the WDM side. For specifications of
each version, see 14.28.10 TMX Specifications.
Board Board
TN11TMX TN12TMX The TN12TMX can be created as TN11TMX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12TMX functions as the
TN11TMX.
NOTE
does not apply.
TN12TMX None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.28.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the TMX board multiplexes four channels of STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1 service signals into one channel of OTU2 signals, and implements conversion
between these service signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the TMX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-146.
Figure 14-146 Position of the TMX board in the WDM system

TMX TMX
1 M M 1
U U
STM-16 X X STM-16
4ODU1
1ODU2
1ODU2
4ODU1
1OTU2
1OTU2
OC-48 / / OC-48
OTU1 D D OTU1
M M
U U
4 X X 4

The TMX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-311 Functions and features of the TMX board

Feature
Basic function TMX converts signals as follows:



to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
function
FEC encoding Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
TN11TMX:
G.709.
with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN12TMX:
G.709.
975.1.
NOTE
events
Regeneration TN11TMX:
board TN11LSXR
TN12TMX:
ASON

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

transmitted
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The TMX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 14-147 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-147 Functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board
RX1 SDH/SONET
RX2 O/E encapsulation and E/O OUT
RX3
RX4 mapping module OTN
TX1 processing
TX2 E/O Client-side OTN
module O/E IN
TX3
TX4 processing module
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TMX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TMX to the WDM side
of the TMX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the optical signals from client
After the O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. OTU1 signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for
performance monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to the SDH/SONET encapsulation
and mapping modules for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the
OTN framing and FEC/AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module
outputs one channel of OTU2 electrical signals.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
electrical signals to STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 optical signals.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, client-side
OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates multiples channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
OTU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.28.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TMX board.

Figure 14-148 shows the front panel of the TMX board.
Figure 14-148 Front panel of the TMX board
TMX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
TMX
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-312 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TMX board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

14.28.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TMX board.
Table 14-313 shows the valid slots for the TN11TMX board.
Table 14-313 Valid slots for TN11TMX board
Product Valid Slots
Table 14-314 shows the valid slots for the TN12TMX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-314 Valid slots for TN12TMX board
Product Valid Slots
14.28.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX

Code for OTUs.


Table 14-315 Mapping between the physical ports on the TMX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the TMX, refer to Table 14-316.
Table 14-316 TMX parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Service Type None, OTU-1, OC-48, The Service Type parameter sets the
STM-16 type of the service accessed at the optical
Default: OTU-1 interface on the client side.

l Client side: Off


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength No./ to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
wavelength.
NOTE

board resides.
NOTE
Only TN11TMX supports this parameter.

to Disabled.
NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports the parameter.
14.28.10 TMX Specifications


Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11T S-16.1-15 km (odd & even
MX wavelengths)-Fixed
L-16.1-40 km Wavelength-NRZ-
L-16.2-80 km PIN
(eSFP CWDM)-80 Fixed Wavelength-
km NRZ-PIN
(eSFP DWDM)-120 Tunable Wavelength-
km NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12T S-16.1-15 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
MX (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 Tunable
km Wavelength-NRZ-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate PIN-XFP
(eSFP DWDM)-120 10 Gbit/s
km Multirate-10 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 km
NOTE
NOTE

NOTE
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
wavelengths
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP

CWDM)-80 km
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1.0
Minimum side mode suppression dB 30

ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

G.959.1-compliant
Receiver type - APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

CWDM)-80 km
NOTE
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km
Receiver type - APD

range
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

on) EOL
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
frequency
deviation

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity
(FEC on) EOL
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value


format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11TMX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN12TMX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
Power Consumption
25C (77F) (W) 55C (131F) (W)

1TM wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD

2TM Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN-XFP



Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 15 Tributary Board and Line Board
15 Tributary Board and Line Board
About This Chapter
15.1 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board
15.2 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
15.3 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board
15.4 NS3
NS3: 40G line service processing board
15.5 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board
15.6 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board
15.7 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
15.8 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit
15.9 THA
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
15.10 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
15.11 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board
15.12 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
15.13 TQM
TQM: 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.14 TQS
TQS: 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing board
15.15 TQX
TQX: 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
15.16 TSXL
TSXL: 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.1 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board

The available functional versions of the ND2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
ND2
TN12 N N N Y N
ND2
TN52 Y Y Y Y N
ND2
TN53 Y Y Y Y N
ND2

Function:
l The TN11ND2 supports AFEC. The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 supports AFEC-2.
l The TN12ND2/TN53ND2 board supports fixed-wavelength pluggable optical module on
its WDM side and the TN53ND2 board supports tunable-wavelength pluggable optical
module on its WDM side. The TN11ND2 and TN52ND2 boards cannot use pluggable
optical module on the WDM side.
l Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 supports IEEE 1588v2 function. The
TN11ND2 board does not support that function.
l The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board regenerates OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
The TN11ND2 board cannot regenerate OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
l The TN11ND2/TN12ND2 supports the cross-connections at the ODU1 and ODU2 level.
The TN52ND2 supports the cross-connections at the ODU0, ODU1 and ODU2 level. The
TN53ND2 supports the cross-connections at the ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex and ODU2 level.
Specification:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
15.1.11 ND2 Specifications.
Board Board
TN11ND2 TN12ND2 The TN12ND2 can be created as TN11ND2 on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12ND2 functions as the
TN11ND2.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code
pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board and
transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not
apply.
TN12ND2 The TN53ND2 can be created as TN12ND2 on the NMS. The

TN12ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on
the WDM side and it cannot substitute for the TN12ND2 in relay mode
at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
TN52ND2 TN53ND2 The TN53ND2 can be created as TN52ND2 on the NMS. The
TN52ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on
the WDM side and it cannot substitute for the TN52ND2 in relay mode
at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
TN53ND2 None -
15.1.2 Application
Because it is a type of line board, the ND2 board implements conversion between 16 cross-
connect ODU0 signals or eight cross-connect ODU1 signals or four cross-connect ODUflex
signals or two cross-connect ODU2 signals and two ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM
OTU2 signals. The ND2 board also converts between two cross-connect ODU2e signals and
two ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid
transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service, ODUflex service and the ODU2/ODU2e
service.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 1 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between eight channels of ODU1 signals and two channels of OTU2
signals
Figure 15-1 Position of the ND2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
8xODU1 8xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4ODU1
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
TOM TOM
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
U U
X X
/ /
ND2 D D ND2
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
1ODU2
4ODU1
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
TOM TOM
8 4 4 4 4 8
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Line Mode.
Application scenario 2 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and two channels of
OTU2/OTU2e signals
2xODU2/ODU2e 2xODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
M M
U U
X X
/ /
TDX ND2 D D ND2 TDX
M M
U U
1ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In the application scenario with the TN11TDX board, the ND2 board receives eight channels of ODU1 signals.
In the application scenario with the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board, the ND2 board receives two
channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be
set to Line Mode.
Application scenario 3 of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: Implements the

regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
IN1 OUT1
DMUX MUX
ND2
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
OUT2 IN2
MUX DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay
Mode for the board in an optical-layer ASON system. When optical-layer ASON is disabled, it does not
matter whether the parameter is set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode.
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with an 800 ps/nm (D)RZ tunable optical module supports
regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: conversion between 16

channels of ODU0 signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX OSN
8800)
16xODU0 16xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOM TOM
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
ND2 D D ND2
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
4xODU1
8xODU0
1OTU2
TOM TOM
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be set to
Line Mode.
For the TN53ND2 board:
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration of the timeslot
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.
Application scenario 5 of the TN53ND2: conversion between four channels of

ODUflex signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX OSN 8800)
4xODUflex 4xODUflex
ND2 ND2
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
M
1ODU2
1ODU2
M
1OTU2
1OTU2
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
/ /
TQX TQX
D D
M M
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
4 4
1OTU2
4 U U 4 4 4
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53ND2 board must be set to Line Mode.
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
In this application scenario, only the TN55TQX board supports ODUflex.
TN53ND2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.

The ND2 board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
OTN interfaces and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 15-1 and Table 15-2.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODUflex.

The relay mode is supported only by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2. The relay mode can be set to either
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. In the case of an optical-layer ASON system, however, the
regeneration mode must be set to Optical Relay Mode.
Table 15-1 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Line Mode)
feature
Basic function The ND2 board converts signals as follows:

l TN11ND2/TN12ND2:
8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
2 x ODU2e<->2 x OTU2e
l TN52ND2:
16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
l TN53ND2:
16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/4 x ODUflex<->2 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 signals, ODU1 signals ,
ODUflex signals and the ODU2/ODU2e signals.
Cross-connect Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

capabilities l TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
l TN52ND2: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
l TN53ND2: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/4 x ODUflex/2 x ODU2/2 x
ODU2e

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
OTN function l Supports the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by
referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l OTU2 layer: supports the SM function.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
non-intrusive monitoring functions.
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring
functions.
NOTE
Only the TN53ND2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for
ODU0.

specification
PRBS function Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

NOTE
If the TN53ND2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be
enabled for the TN53ND2 board and the connected line board. In addition, the
PRBS function can take effect on the boards only when the following condition
is met:
The TN53ND2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex
cross-connections are configured for the TN53ND2 board, or the TN53ND2
board works in compatible mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
FEC encoding TN11ND2:

G.709.
with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
G.709.
975.1.
NOTE
Alarm and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
performance event l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser
monitoring as well as the optical power.
Regeneration l TN11ND2:
board TN11LSXR
l TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
IEEE 1588v2 The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board supports the BC and OC

modes; it does not support the TC or TC+OC mode.
Physical clock The TN12ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU1 signals are
cross-connected from the backplane.
The TN52ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU0 or ODU1
signals are cross-connected from the backplane.
The TN53ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1,
ODUflex signals are cross-connected from the backplane.
ASON
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52ND2/TN53ND2

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
Protection scheme l Supports ODUk SNCP.

l Supports ODUk SPRing protection.
l Supports tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support
tributary SNCP protection.
Loopback WDM side Supported

NOTE
The TN53ND2 board supports WDM-
side loopbacks only when ODU2/ODU2e
signals are received from the backplane.
Client side Not supported
Channel Loopback Supported

NOTE
The TN53ND2 board supports only
ODUk channel loopbacks of the same
level ODUk signals from the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

monitoring) IEEE 802.3ae
transmitted
services comply ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-
LS)
BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3
(FC-SW-3)
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces:
Guidelines for the implementation and usage of the
DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber
Distributed Data Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring
Media Access Control(MAC)
Distributed Data Interface(FDDI) - Token Ring
Physical Layer Protocol(PHY)
Distributed Data Interface(FDDI) Physical Layer
Medium Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 15-2 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Relay Mode)
feature
Basic function The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement
electrical regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerating rate OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s or 11.3Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with an 800 ps/nm (D)RZ tunable
optical module supports regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.
OTN function l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
ESC function Supports the ESC function, transmitting the supervisory signal within
the service signal.
PRBS test function Not supported
FEC encoding TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

G.709.
975.1.
NOTE
performance event l Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser
monitoring as well as the optical power.
IEEE 1588v2 Not supported
Physical clock Not supported
ASON

ASON
Protection scheme Not supported
Loopback Not supported
Protocol or Protocols or -
monitoring) with
which
transparently
transmitted
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The ND2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
module, control and communication module, and power supply module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Line Mode)
Figure 15-6 Functional modules and signal flow (Line Mode)

n X ODUk Backplane (service cross-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT1
Cross- OUT2
OTN
1588v2 connect processing
module module module O/E IN1
IN2
WDM-side
Signal processing optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply Backplane

from a backplane SCC (controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2 /TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-6. n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the
backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 15-3 Service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the backplane
Board Service Cross-connection
TN11N A maximum of 8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2/
TN12N
D2
TN52N A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2
TN53N A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/4xODUflex/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2
The signal processing module of the ND2 board can access the following optical signals:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the ND2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the ND2 to the WDM side
of the ND2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and encoding of FEC. After processing, the signal processing module outputs two
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the WDM-side optical module. After
performing E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT2 optical
interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces. The module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and
decoding of FEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for service cross-connection.
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board processes clock signals in two directions.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Relay Mode)

Figure 15-7 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-7 Functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 (Relay Mode)
WDM WDM
side side
IN1 O/E E/O OUT1
OTN
OUT2 E/O processing O/E IN2
module
WDM-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.
The ND2 board regenerates two channels of optical signals. The signals at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing, and signal encoding.
After encoding, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
The optical signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module.
Grooms electrical signals between the ND2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to
the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
to the STG board.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 function is not supported if the working mode of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/
TN53ND2 board is Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay Mode.
15.1.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ND2 board.

Figure 15-8 shows the front panel of the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-8 Front panel of the ND2 board
ND2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
ND2
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 15-4 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ND2 board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

15.1.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ND2 board.
Table 15-5 shows the valid slots for the TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board.
Table 15-5 Valid slots for the TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board

Product Valid Slots
Table 15-6 shows the valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.
Table 15-6 Valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.1.7 Characteristic Code for the ND2

Code of a Line Unit.


Table 15-7 Mapping between the physical ports on the ND2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODUkLP
is a logical port of the board.
The ND2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
compatible modes, see Board Model (Standard Mode and Compatible Mode) in the
Configuration Guide.
NOTE
For the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are only supported
when D.1 Board Mode (WDM Interface) is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: The OptiX OSN 6800 only supports signal grooming at the ODU1 and ODU2
levels from the backplane.
The cross-connection granularities supported by the board in a subrack is consistent with the cross-connection
granularities supported by the cross-connect board in the subrack. For details on the cross-connect board, see
21 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When the ND2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:
l If any of the ODU2 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU1 and ODU0
channels cannot be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU1 and ODU0 channels have
been configured with services, the corresponding ODU2 channel cannot be configured with other services.
l If any of the ODU1 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU0 channels cannot
be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU0 channels have been configured with services,
the corresponding ODU1 channel cannot be configured with other services.
Figure 15-9 TN53ND2 board model (standard mode)

Baclplane
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
4XODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
2 xODU2/ ODU2:1 OCh :1

2xODU 2e
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
Other tributary/line/PID board
ODU1:4
ODU1:1
8xODU1 ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4 1(N1/OUT1)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) 2(N2/OUT2)
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU 0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
16 xODU0
ODU 0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 0:2 ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
ODU0: 8
16 xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODU0: 8
Cross-connect ODU1 mapping path

module
Multiplexing ODU2 mapping path

module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service ODUflex mapping path

processing
module
ODU0 mapping Cross-connection that must be configured on the

path (ODU0 NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
>ODU1
>ODU2)
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0
>ODU2)
NOTE
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, ODU2,
or ODUflex and the mapping paths are ODU0>ODU2, ODU1>ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, or
ODU2 and the mapping paths are ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 and ODU1->ODU2.
Figure 15-10 Port diagram for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board (compatible mode)
Other tributary/ Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board line/PID board
Backplane
16 x ODU0 8 x ODU1 2 x ODU2/ODU2e
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51
161 ODU1 (ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
ODU2 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 1
164 (IN1/OUT1)-1
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
165
(ODU0LP5/ODU0LP5)-2
72
(IN2/OUT2)-1
168
(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-2
Cross- ODU1 mapping path

connect
module
Multiplexin ODU2 mapping path
g module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

processing be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
module signals are required, users only need to configure
cross-connections from other boards to the
ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS. The
board's internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do
not need to configure a cross-connection for
transmitting the multiplexed signal.
ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the
mapping NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
path
Figure 15-11 Port diagram for the TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board (compatible mode)
Other tributary/line/PID board Other tributary/line/PID board
Backplane
8 x ODU1 2 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71 1
ODU2 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 (IN1/OUT1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1
72 2
ODU2 (ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 (IN2/OUT2)-1
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-4
Cross-connect module ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module ODU2 mapping path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need

module to be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
signals are required, users only need to configure a
cross-connection from another board to the
Cross-connection that
must be configured on
the NMS to receive
ODUk signals from
other boards
Table 15-8 Descriptions of the ports on the TN53ND2 board (standard mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1: Mapping path for ODU0 signals received from the

(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)

(1-8) backplane (ODU0->ODU2)
(1-8)

(1-4) backplane
(1-4)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU2 signals received from the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1- Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from

ODUflex:(1-2) the backplane
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-
ODUflex:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1) WDM-side optical ports

2(IN2/OUT2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-9 Descriptions of the ports on the ND2 board (compatible mode)
Port Name Description Automatic Cross-Connection
ODU0LP1- Internal logical ports of the board. Automatic cross-connections are

ODU0LP8 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and the
channels 1 and 2. ODU1LP ports.
ODU1LP1- Internal logical ports. Each of the Automatic cross-connections are

ODU1LP2 port provides optical channels 1, 2, established between these ports and the
3, and 4. ODU2LP ports.

ODU2LP2 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and the
channel 1. IN/OUT ports.
1(IN1/ WDM-side optical ports. -

OUT1)
2(IN2/
OUT2)

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS. After the
required cross-connections are configured, services can be added to or dropped from the WDM
side, or can be passed through on the WDM side at the local site.
l The cross-connection is used to locally add services to or drop services from the WDM
side.
l The cross-connection is used to locally pass through services on the WDM side.
NOTE
When the system uses electrical-layer ASON, the boards in standard mode cannot interconnect with those in
compatible mode on the WDM side.
The ND2 board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard and compatible
modes, see Board Model (Standard Mode and Compatible Mode).
In the cross-connection diagram, "ClientLP" and "ODUkLP" are internal logical ports on the board in compatible
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.
ODU0 Cross-Connections
Figure 15-12, Figure 15-13 and Figure 15-14 show the created ODU0 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-12 TN52ND2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level)

Client side
1 Other board a
WDM side
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
ND2
(compatible mode) 2
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
Other board c
(standard mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the ND2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the ND2
Other board a TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN52TOM / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board c TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-13 TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)

Client side
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 1
Other board a
WDM side
compatible
2 mode
ND2
standard
mode
WDM side
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2 Other
board b
(compatible
mode)
Other
board c
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2 mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
Other
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:8 board d
(standard
mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign
consecutive.
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random.
Other board d TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-14 TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 1 Other
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 board a
WDM side
2
ND2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:8
(standard mode) 2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
WDM side
Other
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:8 board b
(standard
mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other
board c
(standard
mode)
board d
(compatible
168(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-1 mode)
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode is Assign consecutive.
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is
Assign random.
Other board b TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
Other board d TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-15, Figure 15-16 show the created ODU1 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-15 TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board cross-connections (ODU1 level)

Client side
1
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 Other board a
WDM side
ND2 2 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
(compatible mode) 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 Other board b
52(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 (compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4 Other board c
(standard mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM

side of the ND2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM
side of the ND2
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS
TN52ND2:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM /

TN12TQM / TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode)
TN52ND2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1
Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Other board c TN11ND2 / TN12ND2:
TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
TN52ND2:
TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 compatible mode
2 52(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
ND2
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 standard mode
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4 (standard mode)
Other board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /
TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) /
TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Figure 15-17, Figure 15-18 show the created ODU2 cross-connections.
Figure 15-17 TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board cross-connections (ODU2 level)

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
ND2
WDM side
2
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Other board c
(standard mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1

side of the ND2
side of the ND2
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN11TSXL
TN52ND2:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX /

TN55TQX / TN11TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN12NS2 /TN52NS2 / TN11NS3 / TN52NS3 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
TN52ND2:

TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

Client side
1
WDM side
compatible mode
ND2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1
standard mode
2 2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Other board c
(standard mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1

side of the ND2
side of the ND2
Other board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX /

TN53TQX / TN55TQX / TN11TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

Other board c TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /

TN54ENQ2
ODUflex Cross-Connections
Figure 15-19 shows the created ODUflex cross-connections.
Figure 15-19 TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODUflex level)

Client side
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 1 Other board a
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
ND2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
WDM side
2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Other 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
boardb 2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the ND2 board
The WDM side of the ND2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODUflex when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random.
Other board a TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN55TQX / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2
Cross-Connection Example
Figure 15-20 shows an example of service cross-connections on the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals.
l The same board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2 and ODUflex signals.
l Different IN/OUT ports can work in different service modes.
NOTE
For the TN11ND2 board, changing the service mode for one IN/OUT port will cause the board to reset,
which in return leads to service interruption. Therefore, before changing the service mode for one IN/OUT
port, delete all service cross-connections for the other IN/OUT port.
Figure 15-20 Example of service cross-connections on the ND2 board
ODU0 IN1/OUT1
TOM ODU0
ND2
ODU1
TOM
ND2
NS2 ODUflex
TDX/ ODU2 IN2/OUT2

ND2

For parameters of the ND2, refer to Table 15-10.
Table 15-10 ND2 parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets the optical interface name.

Name
channel of a board.

Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Sets the channel loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Mode l TN11ND2: ODU1, The Service Mode parameter sets the
ODU2 service mode of a board.
Default: ODU1 NOTE
The parameter is supported by the TN53ND2
l TN12ND2: only in the compatible mode.
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN52ND2/
TN53ND2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

Default: On laser status of a board.
Enable Auto-Sensing Disabled, Enabled Sets the Enable Auto-Sensing function

Default: Enabled of the board to Enabled or Disabled.
supports FEC Type and Line Rate
of the received signals in auto-
sensing mode, and thus no manual
setting is required.
Type and Line Rate of the board
must be set manually and the values
of the previous two parameters must
be the same as that of the received
signals. Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
This parameter is only valid when the Board
Mode is set to Electrical Relay Mode or
Optical Relay Mode.
TN12ND2 /TN52ND2/TN53ND2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

No./Wavelength (nm)/ 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Frequency (THz) to parameter sets the wavelength number,
80/1560.61/192.10 wavelength and frequency of the current
l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
0 to CBAND is the only band now supported.
information.
wavelength.
NOTE
CBAND is the only band now supported.

to Disabled.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Enable Line Rate Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to automatically

Default: Enabled switch between the standard mode and
speedup mode for the line rate upon a
rerouting event in ASON scenarios.
NOTE
The parameter is supported only by the
TN53ND2 in the standard mode.
Line Rate Standard Mode, The Line Rate parameter provides an

Speedup Mode option to set the OTN line rate.
Default: Standard See D.20 Line Rate for more
Mode information.

commissioning.

(ppm) Default: 100 between the actual client-side service
rate and the specified rate when the
client-side service type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the tributary board that connects to the
ND2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
client equipment, set this parameter to 10. If
the tributary board receives other services,
set it to 100.
NOTE
TN53ND2 in the standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign Sets ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode of the board.
Default: Assign Assign random: The service rate can be
random ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
the mapping path is ODU0>ODU2,
ODU1>ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
Assign consecutive: The service rate can
be ODU0, ODU1, or ODU2 and the
mapping path is ODU0>ODU1
>ODU2, or ODU1->ODU2.
NOTE
TN53ND2 in the standard mode. For the
TN53ND2 board in an OptiX OSN 6800 NE,
this parameter must be set to Assign
consecutive.
Synchronous Clock Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable lock

required.
NOTE
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
Board Mode Line Mode, Electrical The Board Mode parameter is used to
Relay Mode, Optical set the board mode of a board depending
Relay Mode on the service application scenario.
Default: Line Mode See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
NOTE
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
15.1.11 ND2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN11ND 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even N/A

2 Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN12ND 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even
2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable NRZ-PIN-XFP
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km
TN52ND 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N/A

2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN53ND N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

2 Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Tunable Wavelength-
Wavelength-NRZ- DRZ-PIN
PIN
Line code format - NRZ DRZ

power

power
Central frequency GHz 5 5

deviation

width

suppression ratio

range

on) EOL

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value


format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb. )
TN52ND2: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN53ND2: 1.2 kg (2.7 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum
d Consumption at Power
55C (131F) (W)

1ND Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
2 PIN

NRZ-PIN

(D)RZ-PIN
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 57.2 64

2ND NRZ-PIN
2
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 62 69
(D)RZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 46 52

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
TN5 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 70.5 77.5

2ND NRZ-PIN
2
(D)RZ-PIN
TN5 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 25 28

3ND Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
2 PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.2 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the NQ2 board are TN51, TN52 , TN53, and TN54.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN51 N N N Y N
NQ2
TN52 Y Y N Y N
NQ2
TN53 Y Y Y Y N
NQ2
TN54 Y Y Y N N
NQ2

l Function:
The TN51NQ2 board supports FEC. The TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board
supports FEC and AFEC-2. Boards that use different FEC codes cannot interoperate
with each other.
The TN51NQ2 board supports the cross-connections at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels.
The TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 board supports the cross-connections of at the ODU0, ODU1
and ODU2 levels.The TN53NQ2 board supports ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and
ODUflex cross-connections.
Only the TN54NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 function. For details,
see 15.2.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow.
Only the TN54NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board can realize the regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e
signals. For details, see 15.2.2 Application.
l Specification:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
15.2.11 NQ2 Specifications.
Board Board
TN51NQ2 TN52NQ2/ The TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN51NQ2

TN53NQ2 on the NMS to function as a TN51NQ2 board. In this scenario,
the TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 only provides the functions of the
TN51NQ2 board, and the board software does not need to be
upgraded.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code
pattern, the substitution applies; when both the receive board and
transmit board adopt the AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not
apply.
TN52NQ2 TN53NQ2/ The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 can be created as TN52NQ2 on the

TN54NQ2 NMS. The former can substitute for the latter, without any
software upgrade. After substitution, the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
functions as the TN52NQ2.
NOTE
Only OptiX OSN 8800 supports the TN54NQ2.
TN54NQ2 TN53NQ2 The TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN54NQ2 on the NMS
to function as a TN54NQ2 board. In this scenario, the
TN53NQ2 board only provides the functions of the TN54NQ2
board, and the board software does not need to be upgraded.
TN53NQ2 None -
15.2.2 Application
Because it is a type of line board, the NQ2 board implements conversion between 32 cross-
connect ODU0 signals or 16 cross-connect ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODUflex
signals or four cross-connect ODU2 signals and four ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM
OTU2 signals. The NQ2 board also converts between four cross-connect ODU2e signals and
four ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid
transmission of the ODU0 service, ODUflex, ODU1 service and the ODU2/ODU2e service.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 1 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between 16 channels of ODU1 and four channels of OTU2 signals
Figure 15-21 Position of the NQ2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
16xODU1 16xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4ODU1
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
TOM 1 1 TOM
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
U U
X X
/ /
4 4 NQ2 D D NQ2 4 4
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4ODU1
4ODU1
1ODU2
1OTU2
4 4
1OTU2
TOM TOM
8 4 4 4 4 8
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board must be set to
Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e and four channels of OTU2/
OTU2e signals
1ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
M M
U U
X X
TQX 4 NQ2 / / NQ2 4 TQX
D D
M M
U U
1ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
X X
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
NOTE
Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: conversion between

32 channels of ODU0 signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX
OSN 8800)
32xODU0 32xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOM 1 1 TOM
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
4 4 NQ2 4 D D 4 NQ2 4 4
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1ODU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
1OTU2
1OTU2
TOM 4 4 TOM
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
Line Mode.
For the TN53NQ2 board:
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration of the timeslot
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the TN53NQ2 board: conversion between eight channels

of ODUflex signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX OSN 8800)
8xODUflex 4xOTU2 4xOTU2 8xODUflex
1 1 1 1 1 1
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
TQX TQX
M
4 4 4 U M 4 4 4
X U
/ X
NQ2 D / NQ2
4 D 4
M
U M
X U
1 1 1 X 1 1 1
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1ODU2
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
TQX TQX
4 4 4 4 4 4
NOTE
In this application scenario, Only the TN55TQX board supports ODUflex.

The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals
cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2 board must be set to Line
Mode.
TN53NQ2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 5 of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: implements the electrical

regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
1OTU2/OTU2e 1OTU2/OTU2e
D
M IN1 OUT1 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT2 IN2 M
U
U
X
X
NQ2
D
M IN3 OUT3 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT4 IN4 M
U
U
X
X
NOTE
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for
the board in an optical-layer ASON system. When optical-layer ASON is disabled, it does not matter
whether the parameter is set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode.
The IN and OUT ports for the same regenerated signal must be configured as follows; otherwise, the ESC
communication is not available.
l "IN1>OUT1" and "IN2>OUT2"
l "IN3>OUT3" and "IN4>OUT4"

The NQ2 board carries out cross-connection at the electrical layer, and provides the OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE

The relay mode is supported only by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2. The relay mode can be set to either Electrical
Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. For an optical-layer ASON system, the regeneration mode must be set
to Optical Relay Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-16 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Line Mode)
and feature
Basic NQ2 converts signals as follows:

function l TN51NQ2:
16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
l TN53NQ2:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex<->4xOTU2
4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
Cross- Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

connect l TN51NQ2: 16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
capabilities
l TN53NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/8xODUflex
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
OTN l Supports the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-
intrusive monitoring functions.
functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for
ODU0 signals.
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for
ODUflex signals.

specification
ESC Supported
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

function NOTE
If the TN53NQ2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled
for the TN53NQ2 board and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function
can take effect on the boards only when the following condition is met:
The TN53NQ2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-
connections are configured for the TN53NQ2 board, or the TN53NQ2 board works in
compatible mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.
FEC TN51NQ2:
encoding l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.709.
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.709.
NOTE
monitoring
Regeneratio l TN51NQ2:
n board TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, TN11LSXR
l TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
ALS Not supported

function
IEEE The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support

1588v2 TC and TC+OC mode.
Physical Supported only when the TN53NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex

clock signals cross-connected from the backplane
Supported only when the TN54NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1 signals
cross-connected from the backplane
ASON
Electrical- Supported by the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2

layer ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
Protection l Supports ODUk SNCP.

NOTE
The ODU0 SPRing protection is not supported by the TN54NQ2.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary
SNCP protection.

NOTE
The TN53NQ2 board supports WDM-
side loopbacks only when ODU2 signals
are received from the backplane.

NOTE
The TN53NQ2 board supports only
ODUk channel loopbacks of the same
level ODUk signals from the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

compliance (non-
performance IEEE 802.3ae
transparently
transmitted ITU-T G.783
services GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
comply Transport Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-
PI)
Interface (ASI)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 15-17 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Relay Mode)
and feature
Regeneratin OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

g rate OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s

specification

the ITU-T G.709.
function of:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
ESC Supported
function
PRBS Not supported

function
FEC TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
NOTE
monitoring
ALS Not supported

function
PTP clock Not supported

(1588 V2)
Physical Not supported

clock
ASON

layer ASON

scheme

standard performance monitoring) with
compliance which transparently transmitted
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

(performance monitoring) for ITU-T G.806
processing services
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The NQ2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-26 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-26 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Line Mode)
n X ODUk Backplane (service cross-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT1
OUT2
Cross- OTN OUT3
OUT4
1588v2 connect processing
module module module O/E IN1
IN2
IN3
WDM-side IN4
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 /TN54NQ2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-26, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane. "n"
represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the service granularity.
Table 15-18 shows the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane.
Table 15-18 Service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane

Q2

Q2/
TN54N
Q2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN53N A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex/4xODU2e

Q2
The signal processing module of the NQ2 board can access the following optical signals:
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NQ2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NQ2 to the WDM side
of the NQ2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and encoding of FEC. After processing, the signal processing module outputs 4
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the WDM-side optical module. After
performing E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT4 optical
interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives four channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN4
optical interfaces. The module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and
decoding of FEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for service cross-connection.
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

Figure 15-27 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-27 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
IN1 OUT1
O/E E/O
IN3 OUT3
OTN
OUT2 IN2
E/O processing O/E
OUT4 module IN4
WDM-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
The NQ2 board regenerates four channels of optical signals. The wavelengths at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN1-IN4
optical interfaces and performs O/E conversion.
The signals are sent to the optical transmitting module after they are decoded. After performing
E/O conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The optical signals are output through the OUT1-OUT4 optical interfaces.
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module .
Grooms electrical signals between the NQ2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to
the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
to the STG board.
15.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NQ2 board.

Figure 15-28 shows the front panel of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-28 Front panel of the NQ2 board
NQ2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
OUT3
IN3
OUT4
IN4
NQ2
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 to IN4/OUT4 interfaces in ascending
order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 15-19 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NQ2 board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

15.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NQ2 board.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800: If slot IU1, IU4, IU11, or IU14 houses the NQ2 board, the NQ2 board supports a
maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s. If any of the other slots house the NQ2 board, the NQ2 board supports
a maximum service capacity of 20 Gbit/s.
For the OptiX OSN 8800: The NQ2 board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s in any slot.
Table 15-20 shows the valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board.
Table 15-20 Valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board
Product Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8, U11-IU16
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
15.2.7 Characteristic Code for the NQ2



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 15-24 Mapping between the physical ports on the NQ2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Table 15-25 Port diagram and port description
Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name Displayed

Descriptio on the NMS
n
TN54N Compati Figure 15-30 Table 15-27 54NQ2

Q2 ble mode
TN53N Compati Figure 15-30 Table 15-27 53NQ2(COMP)

Q2 ble mode
Standard Figure 15-29 Table 15-26 53NQ2

mode

Q2 ble mode

Q2 ble mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
For the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when D.1
Board Mode (WDM Interface) is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52NQ2: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals only at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels
from the backplane.
NOTE
When the NQ2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and Assign
consecutive, observe the following points:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-29 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

Backplane
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
8xODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
4xODU2/
4xODU2e ODU2:1 OCh :1
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4 1(N1/OUT1)
4(IN4/OUT4)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
32xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 0:2 ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
ODU0: 8
32xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODU0: 8

module

module

processing
module

>ODU1
>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0
>ODU2)
NOTE
Figure 15-30 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (compatible mode)

Backplane
32 x ODU0 16x ODU1 4 x ODU2/ODU2e
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
164 (IN1/OUT1)-1
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
173
(ODU0LP13/ODU0LP13)-2
74
(IN4/OUT4)-1
176

module

module
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
signals are required, users only need to configure
path NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-31 Port diagram of the TN51NQ2

Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board
Backplane
16 x ODU1 4 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71
(IN1/OUT1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-1
74
(IN4/OUT4)-1
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4

module
Multiplexing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
signals are required, users only need to configure a
cross-connection from another board to the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do not
need to configure a cross-connection for transmitting
the multiplexed signal.
Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured on the
module NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU1 mapping
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-26 Description of ports on the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)- Indicates the mapping path for the

ODU0:(1-2) ODU0 signals that are received through
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)- the backplane. (ODU0->ODU1-
ODU0:(1-2) >ODU2)
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-
ODU0:(1-2)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-
ODU0:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) ODU0 signals that are received through
the backplane. (ODU0->ODU2)
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) ODU1 signals that are received through
the backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 ODU2 signals that are received through
the backplane.
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) ODUflex signals that are received
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1) Indicates the WDM-side port.

2(IN2/OUT2)
3(IN3/OUT3)
4(IN4/OUT4)
Table 15-27 Description of NM port of the NQ2 board (compatible mode)

ODU0LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU0LP16 paths are numbered 1, 2. the ports and the ODU1LP port
ODU1LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU1LP4 paths are numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4. the ports and the ODU2LP port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU2LP1- Internal logical ports. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU2LP4 paths are numbered 1. the ports and the IN/OUT port
IN1/OUT1- Corresponding to the WDM-side -

IN4/OUT4 optical interfaces.

side.
NOTE
The NQ2 board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard and compatible
modes, see Board Model (Standard Mode and Compatible Mode) in the Configuration Guide.
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-32 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
NQ2 board Compatible mode
2
WDM side
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Other board c
(standard mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NQ2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NQ2
Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-33 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1-

>ODU2)
Client side
1

WDM side
162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2 Compatible
mode
NQ2 board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:2-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Standard
mode
WDM side
(compatible
mode)
Other board c
(standard
Other board d
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1 (standard
mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Assign random.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-34 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
1 Other board a
NQ2 board standard
mode
2 4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:2
WDM side
Other
board b
(standard
mode)
board c
(standard
162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2 board d
(compatible
mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Assign random.

Figure 15-35 and Figure 15-36show the created ODU1 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-35 Cross-connection diagram of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU1 level)

Client side
1 Other board a
WDM side
NQ2 Compatible mode
WDM side
2 Other board b
(compatible mode)
(standard mode)
Other board a TN51NQ2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM /

TN12TQM / TN11TQS
TN52NQ2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM /

TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA
TN54NQ2:
TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN52TOM / TN54THA / TN54TOA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board b TN51NQ2:

TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode)
TN52NQ2:

TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 /
TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
TN54NQ2:
TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-36 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU1 level)

Client side
Other board a
WDM side
Compatible mode
NQ2 board 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-3
Standard mode
WDM side
2
Other board b
Other board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM /

TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 /
TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Figure 15-37 and Figure 15-38show the created ODU2 cross-connections.
Figure 15-37 Cross-connection diagram of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU2 level)

Client side
1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 Cross-connect
module
WDM side
NQ2 board 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
73(ODU2LP3/ODU2LP3)-1 Compatible mode
Cross-connect 74(ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1
module
WDM side
Other board b
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1 Other board c
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1 (standard mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Other board a TN51NQ2:
TN52NQ2:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX /

TN54NQ2:
TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board b TN51NQ2:

TN52NQ2:

TN54NQ2:

Other board c TN51NQ2:
TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
TN52NQ2:
TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2
TN54NQ2:
TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-38 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU2 level)

Client side

WDM side
72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 compatible mode
NQ2 board
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1
IN2/OUT2-OCH:1 standard mode
IN3/OUT3-OCH:1
IN4/OUT4-OCH:1
WDM side
2 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 Other board b
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1
IN2/OUT2-OCH:1 Other board c
(standard mode)
IN3/OUT3-OCH:1
IN4/OUT4-OCH:1
Other board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX /



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-39 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODUflex level)

Client side
Other boarda
1
WDM side
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
NQ2 board IN3/OUT3-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
WDM side
2 IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
Other boardb IN3/OUT3-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
the NQ2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the
NQ2
NOTE
Other board a TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN55TQX / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2
Example of Service Cross-Connections

Figure 15-40 shows an example of service cross-connections on the NQ2 board.
l One IN/OUT can transmit a hybrid of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals.
l One board can transmit a hybrid of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODUflex signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l The Service Mode parameters of different IN/OUT ports are independent of each other.
Figure 15-40 Example of service cross-connections on the NQ2 board
ODU0
TOM ODU0
ODU1 IN1/OUT1
TOM
ODU1
NS2 ODU1
NQ2
ODUflex IN2/OUT2
TDX ODUflex
ODU2 IN3/OUT3
ND2
ODU2 IN4/OUT4

For parameters of the NQ2, refer to Table 15-28.
Table 15-28 NQ2 parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Default: Non- the current optical interface of a board.
Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Sets the path loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Mode l TN51NQ2: ODU1, The Service Mode parameter sets the
Default: ODU1 NOTE
The parameter is supported by the
l TN52NQ2/ TN53NQ2 only in the compatible mode.
TN54NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

Enable Auto-Sensing Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function

supports FEC Type and Line Rate
of the received signals in auto-
sensing mode, and thus no manual
setting is required.
Type and Line Rate of the board
must be set manually and the values
of the previous two parameters must
be the same as that of the received
signals. Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
This parameter is only supported by the
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
For ASON services, this parameter must be
set to Enabled.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
supports AFEC.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 CBAND is the only band now supported.

information.
wavelength.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
This parameter is supported by the
TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2, and supported by the
TN53NQ2 only in standard mode.
Line Rate Standard Mode, Used to configure the line rate of OTN.
Speedup Mode See D.20 Line Rate for more
Default: Standard information.
Mode

to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is supported only by
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.

commissioning.

NOTE
NQ2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign Sets ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode of the board.
Default: Assign random Assign random: The service rate can be
ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
ODU1>ODU2, and ODUflex-
>ODU2.
NOTE
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode. For the
TN53NQ2 board in an OptiX OSN 6800 NE,
consecutive.

required.
NOTE
The parameter is only supported by the
TN53NQ2.
Default: Line Mode See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
NOTE
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
15.2.11 NQ2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Optical Module
TN51NQ2 N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-

Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
TN52NQ2/ N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-

TN53NQ2/ Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN54NQ2 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NOTE
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
l TN51NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
l TN52NQ2: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb.)
l TN53NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
l TN54NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Boar WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum
d Consumption at Power
55C (131F) (W)

NQ2 Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN53 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 46.5 50

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN54 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 53 58.3

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
15.3 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the NS2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 subrack 3800 chassis
subrack subrack subrack
TN11 N N N Y Y
NS2
TN12 N N N Y Y
NS2
TN52 Y Y N Y Y
NS2
TN53 Y Y Y Y Y
NS2

Function:
l The TN11NS2/TN12NS2 supports AFEC, and the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 supports AFEC-2.
l TN11NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals. TN12NS2 supports the cross-
connection of ODU1, ODU2 and ODU2e signals. TN52NS2 supports the cross-connection
of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2 and ODU2e signals. TN53NS2 supports the cross-connection of
ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex, ODU2 and ODU2e signals.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN11NS2 supports cross-connection of paired slots while the
TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 does not.
l OptiX OSN 3800: The TN11NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals between
any slots of the four-slot mesh group. The TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 supports the
cross-connection of ODU1 signals between any two boards in the non-paired slots of the
four-slot mesh group.
l The TN12NS2/TN53NS2 board support pluggable optical modules on the WDM side, The
TN53NS2 board supports tunable-wavelength pluggable optical module on its WDM
side. The TN11NS2/TN52NS2 board cannot use pluggable optical module on the WDM
side.
Specification:
l The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details, see
15.3.11 NS2 Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-32 Substitution rules of the NS2 board
Origin Substi Substitution Rules

al tute
Board Board
TN11N None -
S2
TN12N TN53 The TN53NS2 can be created as TN12NS2 on the NMS. The former can
S2 NS2 substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN53NS2 functions as the TN12NS2.
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code pattern, the
substitution applies; when both the receive board and transmit board adopt the
AFEC code pattern, the substitution does not apply.
TN52N TN53 The TN53NS2 can be created as TN52NS2 on the NMS. The former can
S2 NS2 substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN53NS2 functions as the TN52NS2.
TN53N None -
S2
15.3.2 Application
Because it is a type of line board, the NS2 board implements conversion between eight cross-
connect ODU0 signals or two cross-connect ODUflex signals or four cross-connect ODU1
signals or one cross-connect ODU2 signals and one ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM
OTU2 signals. The NS2 board also converts between one cross-connect ODU2e signals and one
ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM OTU2e signals.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion

between four channels of ODU1 and one channel of OTU2 signals
Figure 15-41 Position of the NS2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
4xODU1 4xODU1
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
1ODU2
4xODU1
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
4xODU1
X X
TOM / / TOM
D D
M M
4 4 4 U U 4 4 4
X X
NS2 NS2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between

one channel of ODU2/ODU2e and one channel of OTU2/OTU2e signals
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
M M
U U
NS2 X X NS2
TDX / / TDX
D D
M M
1ODU2/ODU2e
U U
1OTU2/OTU2e
1ODU2/ODU2e
1OTU2/OTU2e
X X
NS2 NS2
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between eight

channels of ODU0 and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0 8xODU0
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
1ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1OTU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
X X
TOM / / TOM
D D
M M
8 8 8 U U 8 8 8
X X
NS2 NS2
For the TN53NS2 board:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set
to Assign consecutive, the board supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service mapping
path.
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set
to Assign random, the board supports the ODU0>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration
of the timeslot allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0>ODU1>ODU2 service
mapping path.
Application scenario 4 of the TN53NS2: conversion between two channels of

ODUflex and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OpitiX OSN 8800)
NS2 NS2
M M
U U
X
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
X
1ODU2
1ODU2
1OTU2
1OTU2
/ /
TDX TDX
D D
M M
U U
X X
NOTE
In this application scenario, only the TN53TDX boards support ODUflex signals.
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN53NS2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.

The NS2 board is used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE

Only the OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 support ODU2/ODU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-33 Functions and features of the NS2 board

and feature
Basic NS2 converts signals as follows:

function l TN11NS2:
4xODU1<->1xOTU2
l TN12NS2:
4xODU1/1xODU2<->1xOTU2
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
l TN52NS2:
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
l TN53NS2:
8xODU0/4xODU1/1xODU2/2xODUflex<->1xOTU2
1xODU2e<->1xOTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 signals, ODU1 signals, and
ODUflex signals.
Cross- OptiX OSN 8800:

connect l TN52NS2: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of ODU0
capabilities signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e
signals between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board.
l TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of ODU0
signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or two channels of ODUflex
signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NS2 board
and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board or the board
in the paired slot.
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four
channels of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals
between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the grooming of four channels of ODU1 signals from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports grooming of four channels of
ODU1 signals to any two boards in the non-paired slots of the four-slot
mesh group, that is, supports an ODU1 cross-connection between slots
IU2 and IU4, slots IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU0 layer:supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-
functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN53NS2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Only the TN53NS2 supports PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.

specification
function of:
ESC Supported
function

function NOTE
If the TN53NS2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled
for the TN53NS2 board and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function
can take effect on the boards only when the following condition is met:
The TN53NS2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-
connections are configured for the TN53NS2 board, or the TN53NS2 board works in
compatible mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
FEC TN11NS2/TN12NS2:
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) that complies with
ITU-T G.975.1.
TN52NS2/TN53NS2:
NOTE
monitoring
Regeneratio l TN11NS2/TN12NS2:
n board TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, TN11LSXR
l TN52NS2/TN53NS2:
ALS Not supported

function
IEEE The TN53NS2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC
1588v2 +OC mode.
Physical Supported only when the TN53NS2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex

clock signals cross-connected from the backplane
ASON
Electrical- Supported by the TN52NS2/TN53NS2.

layer ASON

NOTE
SNCP protection.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

NOTE
TN53NS2 board supports WDM side
loopback only when the signals is ODU2/
ODU2e from the backplane.

NOTE
The TN53NS2 board supports only ODUk
channel loopbacks of the same level ODUk
signals from the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

compliance (non-
transparently
services GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
comply Transport Systems: Common Generic
PI)
Interface (ASI)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
Functional Modules and Signal Flow

Figure 15-45 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-45 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board
n X ODUk Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
E/O
OUT
OTN
1588v2 Cross-connect
module processing
module O/E
module IN
WDM-side
module module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
SCC
from a backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53NS2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

In Figure 15-45, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-34 shows the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane.
Table 15-34 Service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane
TN11N A maximum of 4xODU1

S2

S2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

S2
TN53N A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1/1xODU2/2xODUflex/1xODU2e

S2
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NS2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the NS2,
The cross-connect module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC.
Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals. The OTU2 signals are sent to the
WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O conversion, the signal processing module
sends out the OTU2 optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-
T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 from the WDM side through the
IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC.
Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for service cross-
connection.
Module Function
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
The module consists of an OTN processing module and a cross-connect module.
Frames OTU2 or OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2 or OTU2e signals, and
Grooms electrical signals between the NS2 and the other board through the backplane.
l 1588v2 module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
to the STG board.
15.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NS2 board.

Figure 15-46 shows the front panel of the NS2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-46 Front panel of the NS2 board
NS2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
NS2
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-35 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NS2 board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

15.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NS2 board.
Table 15-36 shows the valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board.
Table 15-36 Valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board

Product Valid slots
Table 15-37 shows the valid slots for the TN52NS2 board.
Table 15-37 Valid slots for the TN52NS2 board

Product Valid slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product Valid slots
15.3.7 Characteristic Code for the NS2



Table 15-39 lists the mapping between the logical ports on the board and the port numbers
Table 15-39 Mapping between the physical ports on the NS2 board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NS2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name Displayed
Descriptio on the NMS
n
TN53N Standard Figure 15-47 Table 15-41 53NS2

S2 mode
Compati Figure 15-48 Table 15-42 53NS2(COMP)

ble mode
TN52N Compati Figure 15-48 Table 15-42 52NS2

S2 ble mode
TN12N Compati Figure 15-49 Table 15-42 12NS2

S2 ble mode
TN11N Compati Figure 15-50 Table 15-42 NS2

S2 ble mode
NOTE
When used in OptiX OSN 6800, the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1 and ODU2
signals from the backplane.
When used in OptiX OSN 3800, the TN12NS2/TN52NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1 signals from the
backplane.
The cross-connect granularity supported by the board is determined by that supported by the cross-connect board
in the same subrack. For information about cross-connect boards, see 21 Cross-Connect Board and System
and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the NS2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-47 Port diagram of the TN53NS2 (standard mode)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
2XODUflex ODUflex:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1
OCh :1
1 xODU2/
1xODU 2e
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU2:1 OCh : 1
4 xODU1
ODU1:4 IN/OUT
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0 ODU 0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1~8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0
ODU0: 8
Backplane

module

module

processing
module

>ODU1
>ODU2)
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0
>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Figure 15-48 Port diagram of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board (compatible mode)

8 x ODU0 4 x ODU1 1 x ODU2/ODU2e Backplane
161
51
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
(IN1/OUT1)-1
164
ODU2
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

connect
module
Multiplexin ODU2 mapping path
g module

ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the
mapping NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-49 Port diagram of the TN12NS2 board

Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board
4 x ODU1 1 x ODU2/ODU2e Backplane
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71 1
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 (IN1/OUT1)-1
51 ODU2
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4

connect
module
Multiplexin Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to
g module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
signals are required, users only need to configure
Service Cross-connection that must be configured on the
processing NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module
ODU1
mapping
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-50 Port diagram of the TN11NS2 board

Other tributary/
line/PID board
4 x ODU1 Backplane
1(IN/OUT)-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
1(IN/OUT)-4

connect
module
Multiplexin Cross-connection that must be configured on the
g module NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
Service
processing
module
Table 15-41 Description of NM port of the TN53NS2 board (standard mode)
Port Name Definition
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) Mapping path for ODU0 signals

received from the backplane
(ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) Mapping path for ODU0 signals

(ODU0->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) Mapping path for ODU1 signals

IN/OUT-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU2/ODU2e

signals received from the backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) Mapping path for ODUflex signals

IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-42 Description of NM port of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board

(compatible mode)

ODU0LP4 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channels 1 and 2. the ODU1LP port.
ODU1LP1 Internal logical ports. Each of the Automatic cross-connections are

port provides optical channels 1, 2, established between these ports and
3, and 4. the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1 Internal logical ports of the board. Automatic cross-connections are

Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channel 1. the IN/OUT port
IN/OUTa Internal logical ports. Each of the -

port provides optical channels 1, 2,
3, and 4.
IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports. -
a: The port is available only on the TN11NS2 board.
15.3.9 Configuring Cross-Connections

side.
NOTE
The NS2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and compatible modes,
see Board Model (Standard Mode and Compatible Mode) in the Configuration Guide.
standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-51 TN52NS2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level)

Client side
WDM side
NS2
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other board c
(standard
mode)
the NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-52 TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
2 compatible
mode
NS2
standard
mode
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible
mode)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other board c
(standard
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 mode)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
Other board d
(standard
mode)
the NS2 board
other boards
NOTE
Assign random.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-53 TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
1
WDM side
NS2 2
Standard mode
WDM side
Other board b
(standard
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:7 mode)
Other board c
(standard
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 mode)
Other board d
(compatible
mode)
the NS2 board
other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Assign random.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-54 TN12NS2/TN52NS2 board cross-connections (ODU1 level)

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
NS2 2
WDM side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board c
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 (standard mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the

WDM side of the NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the
WDM side of other boards
Other board a TN12NS2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /

TN11TQS
TN52NS2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM /

Other board b TN12NS2:

TN52NS2:

TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 compatible
NS2
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 mode
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 standard
mode
WDM side
(compatible
mode)
Other board c
(standard
mode)
the NS2 board
other boards
Other board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM /


TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Client side
1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 Cross-connect module
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-1
1(IN/OUT)-2
NS2
1(IN/OUT)-3
2
Cross-connect module 1(IN/OUT)-4
WDM side
Other board b 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2
Cross-connect module 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4

Other board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /
TN11TQS

Other board c TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
Figure 15-57 and Figure 15-58 show the created ODU2 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-57 TN12NS2/TN52NS2 board cross-connections (ODU2 level)

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
NS2
2
WDM side
Other board b
Other board c
IN/OUT-OCH:1
(standard mode)

Other board a TN12NS2:
TN52NS2:

TN55TQX / TN11TSXL
Other board b TN12NS2:

TN52NS2:


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1
Other board a
WDM side
NS2 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 compatible mode

2
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1 standard mode
WDM side
Other board b
Other board c
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
(standard mode)

Other board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX /

TN55TQX / TN11TSXL


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-59 TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODUflex level)

Client side
1 Other board a
WDM side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
NS2
2 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
WDM side
Other board b

NOTE
Tributary TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN55TQX / TN54THA / TN54TOA
board a
Line board b TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2

Figure 15-60 shows an example of service cross-connections on the NS2 board.
l As shown in (1) of Figure 15-60, signals at the ODU0 , ODUflex and ODU1 levels are
transmitted together.
l As shown in (2) of Figure 15-60, signals at the ODU2 level are processed.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-60 Example of service cross-connections on the NS2 board
ODU0
TOM ODU0
IN/OUT
ODUflex TDX/ ODU2 IN/OUT
TDX NS2 NS2
ND2
ODU1
ND2 ODU1
(1) (2)

For parameters of NS2, refer to Table 15-43.
Table 15-43 NS2 parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Loopback
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Sets the path loopback.

OutloopS
Default: Non-
Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Mode l TN11NS2: N/A The Service Mode parameter sets the
l TN12NS2: ODU1, service mode of a board.
ODU2 NOTE
The parameter is supported by the TN53NS2
Default: ODU1 only in the compatible mode.
l TN52NS2: See D.41 Service Mode (WDM
Automatic, ODU0, Interface) for more information.
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NS2:
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic


Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE

information.
wavelength.
NOTE

to Disabled.
NOTE
TN12NS2 /TN52NS2/TN53NS2.

board resides.
information.
NOTE
TN11NS2 board.

NOTE
TN53NS2 in the standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Speedup Mode NOTE
Default: Standard The parameter is only supported by the
TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
Mode
See D.20 Line Rate for more
information.

commissioning.
NOTE
TN12NS2/TN52NS2 /TN53NS2.

required.
NOTE
TN53NS2.

NOTE
NS2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign The ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode parameter sets and queries the
Default: Assign random timeslot configuration mode of a board.
Assign random: The service rate can be
ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
ODU1>ODU2, and ODUflex-
>ODU2.
NOTE
TN53NS2 in the standard mode. For the
TN53NS2 board in an OptiX OSN 6800 NE,
consecutive.
15.3.11 NS2 Specifications


Module
TN11NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even N/A

PIN
NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN12NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even
2 Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ- Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
PIN NRZ-PIN-XFP
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN52NS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N/A

2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN53NS N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

NRZ-PIN-XFP
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

on) EOL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
PIN APD APD
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity
(FEC on) EOL
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
Item Unit Value

Type km km
Optical source type - SLM SLM

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A N/A

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type km km

suppression ratio

wavelength range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11NS2/TN12NS2: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb)
TN52NS2: 1.3 kg (2.86 lb.)
TN53NS2: 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
Power Consumption
Consumption Power
(W) at 55C (131F)
(W)
TN11NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 38.0 41.8

PIN
NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W) at 55C (131F)
(W)

Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN12NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 38.8 43.40

PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 30.32 34

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 25.35 28.39

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN52NS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 46.5 51.1

2 Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

TN53NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 20 24

NRZ-PIN-XFP

15.4 NS3
NS3: 40G line service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional versions of the NS3 board are TN11, TN52, TN54, and TN55.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
NS3
TN52 Y Y N Y N
NS3
TN54 Y Y Y Y N
NS3
TN55 Y Y Y Y N
NS3
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only supports relay mode.

l Function:
The TN55NS3 board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board is intended
for coherent systems. The TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3 board does not support this
application scenario. For details, see 15.4.2 Application.
The TN11NS3/TN52NS3 supports AFEC, and the TN54NS3 supports AFEC-2, and
the TN55NS3 supports HFEC. Boards that use different FEC modes cannot interoperate
with each other. For details, see 15.4.3 Functions and Features.
Only the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board support the cross-connections of
ODU0/ODU1 level, and only the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board support the cross-
connections of ODU3 level. For details, see 15.4.3 Functions and Features and 15.4.4
Working Principle and Signal Flow.
Only the TN54NS3 board supports IEEE 1588v2 function. For details, see 15.4.4
Working Principle and Signal Flow.
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board can implement the electrical regeneration of OTU3/
OTU3e signals, whereas the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board does not. For details, see 15.4.2
Application.
l Appearance:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TN11NS3 board and the TN52NS3 board use the same front panel. The TN54NS3
board and the TN55NS3 board use a different front panel from the preceding boards.
For details, see 15.4.5 Front Panel and 15.4.11 NS3 Specifications.
l Specification:
The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details,
see 15.4.11 NS3 Specifications.
Table 15-49 Substitution rules of the NS3 board

Board Board
TN11NS3 TN52NS3 The TN52NS3 can be created as TN11NS3 on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN52NS3 functions as the
TN11NS3.
TN52NS3 None -
TN54NS3 None -
TN55NS3 None -
15.4.2 Application
Because it is a type of line board, the NS3 board implements conversion between 32 cross-
connect ODU0 signals or 16 cross-connect ODU1 signals or four cross-connect ODU2 signals
or one cross-connect ODU3 signals and one ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM OTU3
signals. The NS3 board also converts between four cross-connect ODU2e signals and one ITU-
T Recommendation-compliant WDM OTU3e signals. In addition, the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/
TN55NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e
services. The TN55NS3 board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the board is intended
for coherent systems.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board:

conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and one channel of
OTU3/OTU3e signals
M M
1ODU3/ODU3e
4ODU2/ODU2e
4ODU2/ODU2e
1ODU3/ODU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
TQX / / TQX
D D
M M
4 4 4 4 4 4
U U
X X
NS3 NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set to
Line Mode.
Application scenario 2 of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion

between 16 channels of ODU1 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
16xODU1 16xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOM TOM
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
U U
16xODU1
16xODU1
1ODU3
1ODU3
1OTU3
4xODU2
1OTU3
4xODU2
X X
4 / / 4
D D
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
TOM TOM
8 4 4 NS3 NS3 4 4 8
NOTE
Line Mode.
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion

between 32 channels of ODU0 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
32xODU0 32xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOM M M
TOM
8 8 8 U U 8 8 8
16xODU1
32xODU0
X X
1ODU3
1OTU3
4xODU2
32xODU0
16xODU1
1ODU3
1OTU3
4xODU2
/ /
4 D D 4
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
TOM TOM
8 8 8 NS3 NS3 8 8 8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports this application scenario only when used in the OptiX
OSN 8800.
Line Mode.
Application scenario 4 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion between one

channel of ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
1xODU3 1xODU3
M M
U U
1ODU3
1ODU3
1OTU3
1OTU3
T X X T
S / / S
X D D X
L M M L
U U
X X
NS3 NS3
NOTE
Line Mode . With the TSXL board, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be
set to Standard Mode.
Application scenario 5 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: implement the electrical

regeneration of one channel of OTU3/OTU3e signal
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
IN OUT
DMUX MUX
NS3
1OTU3/OTU3e
1OTU3/OTU3e
OUT IN
MUX DMUX
NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for
the board in an optical-layer ASON system. When optical-layer ASON is disabled, it does not matter
whether the parameter is set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode.

The NS3 board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODU3.

The relay mode is only supported by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3. The relay mode can be set to either
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. In the case of an optical-layer ASON system, however,
the regeneration mode must be set to Optical Relay Mode.
When using the NRZ module, the TN54NS3 board maps 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one ODU3
signals into one OTU3 service.
When using ODB or DQPSK optical module, the TN54NS3 maps 32 ODU0, or 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or
one ODU3 signals into one OTU3 signals, and also maps four ODU2e into one OTU3e signals.
Table 15-50 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
and feature
Basic NS3 converts signals as follows:

function l TN11NS3:
4xODU2<->1xOTU3
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
l TN52NS3:
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
l TN54NS3/TN55NS3:
32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/1xODU3<->1xOTU3
4xODU2e<->1xOTU3e
Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODU2e signals.
When the mixed signals contains an ODU2e signal, the mixed signals must
be mapped into an OTU3e signal.
Cross- Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

connect TN11NS3: 4xODU2/4xODU2e
capabilities
TN52NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
TN54NS3/TN55NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/1xODU3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM, TCM, PM and TCM non-intrusive
monitoring functions.
l ODU0 layer: supports the PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.

specification
function of:
ESC Supported
function

function
FEC TN11NS3/TN52NS3:
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) that complies with
ITU-T G.975.1.
TN54NS3:
TN55NS3:
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
l The TN55NS3 board supports the monitoring of CD and PMD
performance.
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
Regeneratio TN11NS3/TN52NS3: 12LSXLR

n board TN54NS3: TN54NS3
TN55NS3: TN55NS3
ALS Not supported

function
IEEE The TN54NS3 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC
1588v2 +OC mode.
Physical The TN54NS3 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1 or
clock ODU2/ODU2e signals are cross-connected from the backplane.
ASON
Electrical- Supported by the TN52NS3, TN54NS3, and TN55NS3.

layer ASON


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

compliance (non-
monitoring) IEEE 802.3ba
transparently
comply GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
PI)
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 297-2006 Serial Digital Fiber Transmission System
for SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292 and SMPTE
424M Signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 15-51 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
and feature
Regeneratin OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

g rate OTU3e: OTN service at a rate of 44.58 Gbit/s

the ITU-T G.709.

specification
function of:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
ESC Supports the ESC function, transmitting the supervisory signal within the
function service signal.

function
encoding l Supports AFEC-2 on the WDM side that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
ALS Not supported

function
IEEE Not supported

1588v2
Physical Not supported

clock
ASON

layer ASON

scheme

standard performance monitoring) with
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

processing services
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The NS3 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-66 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-66 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
n X ODUk Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT
OTN
Cross-connect
1588v2 processing
module module O/E
module IN
WDM-side
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

In Figure 15-66, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-52 shows the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane.
Table 15-52 Service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane
TN11N A maximum of 4xODU2/4xODU2e

S3

S3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN54N A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/1xODU3

S3/
TN55N
S3
The signal processing module of the NS3 board accesses ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e/

ODU3 electrical signals.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NS3 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NS3 to the WDM side
of the NS3, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the cross-connection
board through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as
OTN framing and encoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC. Then, the signal processing module
outputs one channel of OTU3/OTU3e signals.
The OTU3/OTU3e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/
O conversion, the module sends out the OTU3/OTU3e optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical
interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTU3/OTU3e framing and
decoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk electrical
signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

Figure 15-67 show the functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-67 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
O/E OTN E/O

IN processing OUT
WDM-side module WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is supported only by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3.
The NS3 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The wavelengths
at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelengths that carry OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN optical
After encoding, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The module consists of an OTN processing module and a cross-connect module.
Grooms electrical signals between the NS3 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
15.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NS3 board.

Figure 15-68, Figure 15-69, and Figure 15-70 show the front panel of the NS3 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-68 Front panel of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board
NS3
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-69 Front panel of the TN54NS3 board
NS3
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
OUT
IN
NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-70 Front panel of the TN55NS3 board
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
NS3
STAT
G.657A2
ACT
FIBER ONLY PROG
SRV
G.657A2
OUT
IN
NS3
NOTE
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-53 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NS3 board

multiplexing unit.

multiplexing unit.
Laser Hazard Level

15.4.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11NS3 board, TN52NS3 board or TN55NS3 board, and one slot houses
one TN54NS3 board.
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN11NS3 board connects to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack. The
slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
Product Valid Slots


subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN52NS3 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN52NS3 board, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
NOTE
The TN54NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only supports relay mode.
When the TN54NS3 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU57 and IU58, IU59 and IU60, IU61 and IU62, IU63 and IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67
and IU68.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
or IU35 and IU36.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8,
IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product Valid Slots


subrack

subrack
When the TN55NS3 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14,
IU62 and IU64, IU66 and IU68.
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU13 and IU15,
IU17 and IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, IU34 and IU36.
same wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16
and IU18.
l OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU14 and IU16.
NOTE
TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only supports relay mode.
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN55NS3 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN55NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN55NS3 board, the slot number of the TN55NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.
15.4.7 Characteristic Code for the NS3



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 15-58 Mapping between the physical ports on the NS3 board and the port numbers
Interface on the Panel Interface on the NMS
IN/OUT 1
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NS3 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and

Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name
Descripti Displayed on the
on NMS
TN55N Standard mode Figure 15-71 Table 55NS3

S3 15-60
TN54N Compatible Figure 15-72 Table 54NS3

S3 mode 15-61
TN52N Compatible Figure 15-73 Table 52NS3

S3 mode 15-61
TN11N Compatible Figure 15-74 Table NS3

S3 mode 15-61

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
For TN54NS3/TN55NS3:
l ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when D.1 Board Mode (WDM
Interface) is set to Line Mode.
l When used with a TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board, Line Rate must be set to Standard Mode for the board.
For TN52NS3: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels only from
the backplane.
Figure 15-71 Port diagram of the TN55NS3 board (standard mode)

Backplane
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1
ODU3:1 OCh:1
1XODU3
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:(1~4)
ODU2:1
ODU 3 : 1 OCh :1
4 xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU2:4
IN1/OUT1
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)
ODU1:1
ODU 3 :1 OCh :1
16xODU1
ODU1:16
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 3 :1 OCh :1
32 xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU1:16
ODU 0:2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service processing module ODU3 mapping path
ODU0 mapping path Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS to receive
ODUk signals from other boards
Figure 15-72 Port diagram of the TN54NS3 board (compatible mode)

Other Other Other Other
tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/
PID board PID board PID board PID board
Backplane
4xODU2/ 32 x ODU0 16 x ODU1 ODU3
ODU2e
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1 71(ODU2LP1/O
161(ODU0LP1/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1001
ODU0LP1)-2
164(ODU0LP4/
164(ODU0LP4/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1004
ODU0LP4)-2
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1013
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU0LP13)-2 81(ODU3LP1/
ODU3 ODU3LP1)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
176(ODU0LP16/
176(ODU0LP16/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1016
ODU0LP16)-2

module

module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to be

processing configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0 signals are
module required, users only need to configure cross-connections from
other boards to the ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS.
The board's internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU3LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.
ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to
mapping path receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU1
mapping path
NOTE
The ODU1 and ODU2 ports in each of the following combinations cannot be used to configure cross-connections at the same time
because they share the same ODU2 timeslot:
l 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1001 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1004 ODU1 ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 ODU2 port
l 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1013 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1016 ODU ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-4 ODU2 port

Other Other Other
tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/
PID board PID board PID board
Backplane
161
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
173
173
ODU1 (ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-1
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-4
176
176 ODU1(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4
Service processing module ODU0 mapping path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cross-connection that Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

must be configured on the be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
NMS to receive ODUk signals are required, users only need to configure a
signals from other boards cross-connection from another board to the

Backplane
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-3 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
Multiplexing module Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS to
receive ODUk signals from
other boards
Table 15-60 Description of NM port on the NS3 board (standard mode)

IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16)- Mapping path for ODU0 signals

ODU0:(1 to 2) received from the backplane
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16) Mapping path for ODU1 signals

IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:(1 to 4) Mapping path for ODU2 signals

IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1 Mapping path for ODU3 signals

IN1/OUT1 WDM-side optical ports

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-61 Description of NM port of the NS3 board (compatible mode)

ODU0LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

ODU0LP16 paths are numbered 1-2. between the ports and the ODU1LP
port
ODU1LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

ODU1LP4 paths are numbered 1-4. between the ports and the ODU2LP
port
ODU2LP1 Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

paths are numbered 1001-1016. between the ports and the ODU2LP
NOTE port
This port is used for cross-
connections at the ODU1 level.
Internal logical port. The optical TN11NS3/TN52NS3: Automatic

paths are numbered 1-4. cross-connections between the ports
and the IN/OUT port
TN54NS3: Automatic cross-
connections between the ports and the
ODU3LP port
ODU3LP1 Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

path is numbered 1. between the ports and the IN/OUT
port
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side -

optical interfaces.

side.
NOTE
compatible mode on the WDM side. For information about the standard and compatible modes, see Board Model
(Standard Mode and Compatible Mode) in the Configuration Guide.
standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-75 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3 board (ODU0 level)

Client side
WDM side
NS3 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2
(compatible
mode)
2
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible
Other board c
(standard
mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3
Other board c TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-76 Cross-connection diagram of the TN55NS3 board (ODU0 level)

Client side
Other board a
WDM side
NS3
(standard mode)
2
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible
Other board c
(standard

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
WDM side
(compatible 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3
mode) 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
2
WDM side
Other board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /
TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /
TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /TN55NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 /
TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
WDM side
2
WDM side
Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1 Other board a
WDM side
NS3 2
(standard mode)
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 (compatible
mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 mode)
Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-80 Cross-connection diagram of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3 board (ODU2

level)
Client side
1
WDM side
Cross-connect module 2 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-4
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
Other board c
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1
(standard mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Other board TN11NS3:

a
TN52NS3:

TN55TQX / TN11TSXL
TN54NS3:
TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board TN11NS3:

b
TN52NS3:

TN54NS3:

Other board TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

c

Client side
1
WDM side
NS3 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:1
(standard mode)
2 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:4
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible
mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Other board c
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1 (standard
mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Other board TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX

a
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /
b TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

c

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1
WDM side
NS3
WDM side
Other board b 2 81(ODU3LP1/ODU3LP1)-1

WDM side of the NS3
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the
WDM side of the NS3
Other board a TN53TSXL / TN54TSXL
Other board b TN54NS3 / TN55NS3
NOTE
When cross-connections are configured between the TN54NS3 and TN54TSXL boards, Line Rate of the
TN54NS3 board must be set to Standard Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
WDM side
NS3
(standard mode) IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1
WDM side
2 Other board b
(compatible
mode)
Other board c
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1 (standard
mode)
Other TN53TSXL / TN54TSXL

board a
Other TN54NS3 / TN55NS3
board b

Figure 15-84 shows an example of service cross-connections on the NS3 board.
l As shown in (1) of Figure 15-84, signals at the ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2 levels are
transmitted together.
l As shown in (2) of Figure 15-84, signals at the ODU3 level are processed.
Figure 15-84 Example of service cross-connections on the NS3 board

ODU0
TOM ODU0
ODU1
TOM
IN1/OUT1 ODU3 IN1/OUT1

NS3 TSXL NS3
ODU2
ND2
ODU2
ODU2
TDX
(1) (2)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of the NS3, refer to Table 15-62.
Table 15-62 NS3 parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface

Name name.
channel of a board.

Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Query or set the path Loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-Loopback

Service Mode l TN11NS3: not The Service Mode parameter sets the
supported service mode of a board.
l TN52NS3: See D.41 Service Mode (WDM
Automatic, ODU0, Interface) for more information.
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN54NS3:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2,
ODU3, Mix
Default: Automatic

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Enable Auto-Sensing Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function

supports Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and
thus no manual setting is required.
l When it is set to Disabled, Line
Rate of the board must be set
manually and the values of the
unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
TN54NS3/TN55NS3.
FEC Mode TN11NS3, TN52NS3, The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
TN54NS3: mode of the current optical interface.
l FEC, AFEC See D.12 FEC Mode (WDM
l Default: AFEC
TN55NS3:
l HFEC
l Default: HFEC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board.

1/1529.16/196.050 The value of the Receive Wavelength
to is as follows:
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use
to the default value, which indicates
18/1611.00/188.780 keeping the receive wavelength the
Default: / same as the transmit wavelength of
the local board automatically.
same as the transmit wavelength of
the peer board; otherwise, services
are affected.
NOTE
For ASON services, this parameter must be
set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C, CWDM Sets Receive Band Type of a board.

Default: C NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE

information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter

Default: C sets the band type of the current working
wavelength.
NOTE

NOTE
Speedup Mode See D.20 Line Rate for more
Default: information.
l ODU2LP channel:
Standard Mode
l ODU3LP channel:
Speedup Mode
OTN Overhead l TN52NS3/ Determines whether to process GCC1

Transparent TN54NS3: and GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
Transmission Enabled, processing is not required, set this
Disabled parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it
to Disabled.
Default: Disabled
NOTE
l TN55NS3: Only TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3
support this parameter.
Disabled, GC1C
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
Default: Disabled
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation

Compensation Value value of the board.
(ps/nm) NOTE
Only TN55NS3 supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
NOTE
Only TN52NS3/54NS3/TN55NS3 support
this parameter.
PMD Threshold(ps) - Queries the PMD threshold of the board.
Default: Electrical NOTE
Relay Mode Only the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 support this
parameter.
See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
15.4.11 NS3 Specifications


Module

3 Wavelength-ODB-PIN


40G Transponder

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module

3 Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN
NOTE
When using the NRZ module, the TN54NS3 board maps 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one ODU3
signals into one OTU3 service.
When using ODB or DQPSK optical module, the TN54NS3 maps 32 ODU0, or 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or
one ODU3 signals into one OTU3 signals, and also maps four ODU2e into one OTU3e signals.
Item Unit Value

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

range

launched power

launched power

ratio

deviation

spectral width

spectral width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

wavelength range

(FEC on) EOL

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

range

launched power

launched power

ratio

deviation

spectral width

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

suppression ratio

wavelength range

(FEC on) EOL

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-BPSK

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
Table 15-66 Specifications of DWDM-side fixed optical module using gray light
Item Unit Value
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN11NS3:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN52NS3:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN54NS3:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN55NS3:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Consumption Power
(W) at 55C (131F)
(W)
TN11NS3 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 92 101.2


Wavelength-ODB-PIN
TN52NS3 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 118 130


Wavelength-ODB-PIN

TN54NS3 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 73 80


Wavelength-ODB-PIN
40G Transponder 62 69

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W) at 55C (131F)
(W)
TN55NS3 60000ps/nm-C Band- 135 150

Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-
BPSK-PIN
15.5 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board

The available functional version of the TBE board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TBE
15.5.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TBE board converges eight channels of GE services and a
maximum of 16 channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE services and
deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple GE services, converges multiple flat-
rate GE services into one full-rate GE service, and implements transparent transmission of GE-
GE services.
Application Scenario 1: Converging/Deconverging 8xGE Services and a Maximum

of 16 Cross-Connect GE Services to/from One 10GE Service
For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-85.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-85 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system

TBE TBE
1 1
Local Local
Client Client
Side: GE Side: GE
8 8
10GE 10GE
M M
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
/ /
GE 4 D D 4 GE
M M
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
L2 L2
Application Scenario 2: Transparent Transmission of GE-GE Services

For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-86.
Figure 15-86 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system
TBE TBE
1 M M 1
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
/ /
GE 4 D D 4 GE
M M
8 4 L4G U U L4G 4
8
X X
L2 L2

The TBE board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and ALS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-67 Functions and features of the TBE board

Feature
Basic function l Converges eight channels of GE services and a maximum of 16

channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE
services and deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple
GE services.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE services into one full-rate GE
service.
l Implements transparent transmission of GE-GE services.
The reverse process is similar.

NOTE
The TBE board supports both FE/GE electrical signal and FE/GE optical signal.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 6800: Supports cross-connecting 16 channels of GE signals

capabilities to the central working/protection cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of 16 channels of GE signals
from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group.
Alarms and l Provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.

performance l Supports the monitoring of the alarms and performance events of the
events monitoring FE, GE, 10GE WAN and 10GE LAN.
QinQ supported
QoS (Quality of Supports CAR (Committed Access Rate) and CoS (Class of Service).
Service)
ETH OAM Supports IEEE802.1ag and IEEE802.3ah-compliant ETH OAM

protocol.
LAG (Link l Supports the aggregation group protocol to aggregate services from
Aggregation IP port to Trunk port.
Group) l Supports manual and static link aggregation.
l Supports payload equalization and non-payload equalization
VLAN broadcast Supports VLAN-based service group broadcast.
CVLAN group Supports a group of CVLAN to be used as one VLAN.

port
Layer 2 switching Supports the MAC address learning and aging.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Flow control Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and

flow control termination.
EPL (Ethernet Provides point-to-point EPL dedicated line.

Private Line)
EVPL (Ethernet Provides point-to-multipoint EVPL dedicated line and supports VLAN-
Virtual Private based switching.
Line)
Port working 10GE optical interface: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN

mode GE optical interface: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
GE electric interface: auto-negotiation
FE optical interface: 100MFULL
FE electric interface: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF, 100MFULL,
auto-negotiation

function

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for
bidirectional EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-
VLAN and Sink C-VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.

ASON

interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Not
supported
GE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Outloop Supported
FE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Not
supported
FE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Supported
Protocol or Protocols or standards (non- IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standard performance monitoring) with All L2 protocols including xSTP,
compliance which transparently transmitted LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, PPP, etc.
services comply
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP,
IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.
Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3x pause frame

(performance monitoring) for IEEE 802.3ad LACP
processing services
IEEE 802.1p priority
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The TBE board consists of the client-side GE optical module, client-side 10GE optical module,
L2 switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-87 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board.
Figure 15-87 Functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board
Backplane(service cross-connection) GE 16
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
8 16
RX8
TX1
E/O
TX2
Client-side 8 L2
TX8 GE optical Cross-connect
switching
module module
module
RX O/E
16
TX E/O
Client-side
10GE optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Convergence of Multiple GE Services into 10GE Services
l Positive process:
The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. The eight channels of GE electrical signals are converged with a
maximum of sixteen channels of GE electrical signals groomed from the cross-connect
module into one channel of 10GE electrical signals.
The 10GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side 10GE optical module. After
performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out 10GE optical signals through the
TX optical interface.
l Negative process:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side 10GE optical module receives 10GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, 10GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. This
module deconverges the one channel of 10GE electrical signals into multiple channels
of GE electrical signals.
A maximum of eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side GE
optical module. After performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out GE optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
A maximum of 16 channels of GE electrical signals are sent to other boards by the cross-
connect module through the backplane.
Convergence or Transparent Transmission of GE-to-GE Services
l Positive process:
The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. Based on the service requirement, the L2 switching module either
transparently transmits the received GE signals or converges the received multiple
channels of flat-rate GE signals into one channel of GE signals.
The GE signals are sent to other boards by the cross-connect module through the
backplane.
l Negative process:
The cross-connect module receives the GE electrical signals groomed from other boards
GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The L2 switching module
either transparently transmits the received GE signals or deconverges the received GE
signals into multiple channels of flat-rate GE signals.
The client-side GE optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals,
and then outputs the optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE/10GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to GE/10GE optical signals.
l Cross-connect module
Implements cross-connecting 16 GE signals to the other boards through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are GE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports cross-connecting 16 channels of GE signals to the central

working/protection cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of 16 channels of GE signals from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the
mesh group.
15.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TBE board.

Figure 15-88 shows the front panel of the TBE board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-88 Front panel of the TBE board
TBE
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TX
RX
TBE
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-68 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TBE board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side

TX LC Transmits the 10 GE service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the optical service signal from the client-side

RX LC Receives the 10 GE service signal from the client-side

equipment.
NOTE
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Laser Hazard Level

15.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TBE board.
Table 15-69 shows the valid slots for the TBE board.
Table 15-69 Valid slots for the TBE board

Product Valid Slots



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-70 Mapping between the physical ports on the TBE board and the port numbers
TX/RX 3
TX1/RX1 4
TX2/RX2 5
TX3/RX3 6
TX4/RX4 7
TX5/RX5 8
TX6/RX6 9
TX7/RX7 10
TX8/RX8 11
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections.
Figure 15-89 describes the application model of the TBE board. Table 15-71 describes the
Figure 15-89 Port diagram of the TBE board

Backplane 16 x GE
PORT3
PORT11
Client side
model model
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from other
boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-71 Description of NM port of the TBE board

PORT3 The port corresponds to the client side optical interface RX/
TX.
PORT4-PORT11 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces

RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1- Internal virtual ports.

VCTRUNK16

If the TBE board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The deconvergence of the 10GE services that are accessed
from the client-side PORT3 port is implemented through the L2 switching module.
one port connections, which do not need to be set on the U2000.
connection between the AP port of the TBE board and the AP port of other boards, as shown
by in Figure 15-90. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board
are cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
service deconvergence.)
connection between the AP port of the TBE board and the LP port of other boards, as shown
by in Figure 15-90. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service
convergence.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-90 Cross-connection diagram of the TBE board

Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
Client side
101(AP1/AP1)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 1
103(AP3/AP3)-1 TBE
2
116(AP16/AP16)-1
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the 1

client side of other boards
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the 2

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of the TBE, refer to Table 15-72.
Table 15-72 TBE parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface name.

are supported.
Default: Off status of a board.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(LPT).
15.5.10 TBE Specifications

Board Client-Side Fixed Optical Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Module Module
TN11TB N/A 100 BASE-FX-10 km

E 100 BASE-FX-80 km
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP CWDM)-40
km
km
10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 km
NOTE
Table 15-73 Specifications of client-side pluggable optical module for FE services

Item Unit Value
Optical Module 100 BASE-FX-10 km 100 BASE-FX-80 km

Type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module 100 BASE-FX-10 km 100 BASE-FX-80 km

Type

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -11.5 -2

launched power
ratio
Central frequency nm 1310 1550
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z- IEEE802.3z-

compliant compliant

(EOL)

overload

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
Std 802.3.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
Item Unit Value


format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TBE 40.7 44.8
15.6 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board

Only one functional version of the TDG board is available, that is, TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TDG
15.6.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDG board implements conversion between two channels of
GE optical signals and two channels of GE electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical
signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TDG board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-91.
Figure 15-91 Position of the TDG board in the WDM system

1xODU1 1xODU1
TDG TDG
M M
U U
X X
N N
1xODU1
GE /
1xODU1
/ GE
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
X X
GE/ODU1 GE/ODU1
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To slot of the mesh group

The TDG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-77 Functions and features of the TDG board

and Feature
Basic Converts between two channels of GE optical signals and two channels of GE
function electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical signals through the cross-
connect board or with the board in the paired slot.

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of an ODU1 signal and
connect two GE signals between the TDG and the cross-connect board or the board
capabilities in the paired slot through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one ODU1 signal and two
GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
monitoring

function

function

layer ASON

scheme l Supports ODUk SNCP.
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

monitoring)
with which
transparently
transmitted
services
comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-92 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-92 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board
Backplane (service corss-connection) 2 X GE/ 1 X ODU1
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
GE
Encapsulation OTN Cross-
and mapping processing connect
TX1 E/O module module module
TX2
Client-side
optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)
The client side of the TDG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the TDG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDG to the backplane,
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals or one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. Then,
If the signals are GE signals, they are sent to the client-side optical module.
If the signals are ODU1 signals, the module performs operations such as ODU1 framing,
demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals to the client-side optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TDG and the board in
the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the ODU1
performance.
Frames ODU1 signals and processes overheads in ODU1 signals.
15.6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDG board.

Figure 15-93 shows the front panel of the TDG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-93 Front panel of the TDG board
TDG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TDG
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-78 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDG board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.6.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDG board.
Table 15-79 shows the valid slots for the TDG board.
Table 15-79 Valid slots for the TDG board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU16.


Table 15-80 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDG board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
Figure 15-94 describes the application model of the TDG board. Table 15-81 describes the
Figure 15-94 Port diagram of the TDG board

Other line/ Other line/
OTU board PID board
Backplane
Client Side
2 x GE ODU1
201
3 (LP/LP)-1
(RX1/TX1)-1 201
(LP/LP)-1
201
4 (LP/LP)-2
(RX2/TX2)-1
Cross- Cross-connection that must be configured on the

connect NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module
Multiplexin
g module
Table 15-81 Description of NM port of the TDG board
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1and

2.

If the TDG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
connection between the RX/TX and LP ports to implement the cross-connect grooming of
GE services. The following three cross-connections can be created.
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the TDG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the TDG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TDG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the TDG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the client side of the TDG board for protection and the inter-board
4
NOTE
Figure 15-95 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
4
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
3 2
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
TDG
1
The straight-through of the TDGboard
The internal cross-connection of the TDG board 2
The client side of the TDG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
TDG board

l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the ODU1
cross-connection between the LP port and ODU1LP port of other boards (or IN/OUT port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
of the TN11NS2 board) to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1 services, as

shown in Figure 15-96.
Figure 15-96 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board

WDM side
Other board a
(compatible
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other board b

IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 (standard
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode)
201(LP/LP)-1
TDG
201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
The client side of the TDG board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

Other board b TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

For parameters of TDG, refer to Table 15-82.
Table 15-82 TDG parameters

Channel interface.

channel of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Loopback

Default: Off laser status of a board.


pass-through (LPT).
Max. Packet Length 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter
Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum packet
Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex parameter sets and queries the working
Default: Auto- mode of the Ethernet.
Negotiation See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode
information.

board resides.
information.
15.6.10 TDG Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module
TN11TD N/A 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km

G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
km
km
NOTE
Specifications of Optical Module at the Client Side

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TDG 30 33
15.7 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional versions of the TDX board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TDX
TN12 N N N Y N
TDX
TN52 Y Y Y Y N
TDX
TN53 Y Y Y Y N
TDX

Function:
l The TN11TDX board supports the conversion between the client-side signals and ODU1
electrical signals. The TN12TDX/TN52TDX board supports the conversion between the
client-side signals and ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals. The TN53TDX board supports the
conversion between the client-side signals and ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex electrical signals.
l Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board supports the OTU2/OTU2e service on the client
side.
l Only the TN53TDX board supports the FC800 and FC1200 services on the client side.
l Only the TN53TDX board supports two channels of IEEE 1588v2 function.
l Only the TN53TDX board supports two channels of the physical clock function.
Specification:
l The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 15.7.10 TDX
Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-85 Substitution rules of the TDX board

Board Board
TN11TDX None -
TN12TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN12TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN12TDX.
TN52TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN52TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN52TDX.
TN53TDX None -
15.7.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDX board implements conversion between two channels of
10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals and
eight channels of ODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals or two ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals using cross-connections.
For the position of the TDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-97 and Figure 15-98.
Figure 15-97 Position of the TN11TDX board in the WDM system

8xODU1 8xODU1
TDX TDX
M M
U U
10GE LAN X X 10GE LAN
8ODU1
8ODU1
10GE WAN N / N 10GE WAN

/
STM-64 D D D STM-64
D
OC-192 2 M 2 OC-192
M
U U
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-98 Position of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board in the WDM system

2xODU2/ODU2e/ 2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex ODUflex
TDX TDX
10GE LAN M M 10GE LAN
10GE WAN U U 10GE WAN
2xODU2/ODU2e/
2xODU2/ODU2e/
STM-64 X X STM-64
N N
ODUflex
ODUflex
OC-192 / / OC-192
OTU2 D D D OTU2
D
OTU2e 2 M 2 OTU2e
M
FC800 U U FC800
FC1200 X X FC1200
Table 15-86 Client-side service mapping path supported by the board

Board Client-Side Service Backplane-Side Service
TN11TD 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/ ODU1

X OC-192
TN12TD 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/ ODU2/ODU2e

X OC-192

X OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e

Xa OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200
FC800 ODUflex
a: For FC800 services, the TN53TDX board supports two mapping paths: FC800->ODU2
and FC800->ODUflex. The mapping paths for the TN53TDX boards at the service adding
and dropping sites must be the same.

The TDX board is mainly used to achieve cross-connections at the electrical layer.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 15-87.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-87 Functions and features of the TDX board

Feature
Basic function TDX converts signals as follows:

l TN11TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<-
>8xODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals
l TN12TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<-
>2xODU2/ODU2e
l TN52TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e<->2xODU2/ODU2e
l TN53TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e/FC800/FC1200<->2xODU2/ODU2e, 2xFC800<-
>2xODUflex

service type 10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports OTU2 and OTU2e services.
Only the TN53TDX board supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
The processing of the 10GE WAN service and the STM-64 service is the same.
Therefore, For TN11TDX/TN12TDX/TN52TDX board, when the 10GE WAN
service is transmitted, you can configure it as the STM-64 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800:

capabilities l TN52TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
using the backplane.
l TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e/ODUflex signals between the TDX board and the cross-
connect board using the backplane.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of
ODU1 signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
or the board in the paired slot using the backplane.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of
two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the TDX board and
the cross-connect board using the backplane.
l Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/ODU2e
signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board using
the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the grooming of eight channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
OTN function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T
G.709 and G.Sup43.
ESC function Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX when the client-side service

type is OTU2 or OTU2e.

function NOTE
type is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
type is 10GE LAN.
with ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
events monitoring l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
NOTE
TN11TDX only supports Poisson mode.
TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX only supports Bursty mode.
Test frame Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is
10GE LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping
(10.7 G) support 1588 or MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
IEEE 1588v2 The TN53TDX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes
when the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) support 1588.
Physical clock TN53TDX:

l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
synchronous Ethernet processing.
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
TN52TDX:
When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is
Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) or Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G)
on its client side, the board can support synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission instead of synchronous Ethernet processing.
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX.

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

l Supports tributary SNCP protection (TN12TDX/TN52TDX/
TN53TDX).
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support
tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services and SDH/SONET services (STM-16/
OC-48 rate or higher rate), the board supports tributary SNCP protection.
Ethernet service l TN11TDX: doesn't support this parameter

mapping mode l TN12TDX/TN52TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC
transparent mapping (10.7G)
l TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G) support 1588
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

which ITU-T G.783
transparently GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
transmitted (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-99 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-99 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board
Backplane(service cross-connection) n X ODUk
Client side
SDH/SONET
RX2
O/E
mapping module
OTN Cross-connect
10GE-LAN
processing 1588v2
encapsulation and module
TX1
module module
E/O mapping module
TX2
FC
encapsulation and
Client-side
optical mapping module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53TDX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

Only the TN53TDX board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-99, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-88 shows the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane.
Table 15-88 Service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane
TN11T A maximum of 8xODU1

DX
TN12T A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e

DX/
TN52T
DX
TN53T A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex

DX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
In the signal flow of the TDX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDX to the backplane,
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX2 ports, and performs O/E conversion.
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The module
performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping and decapsulation processing.
Then, the module sends out two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/
OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs two
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 ports.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 optical signals.
encapsulation and mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, OTN
processing module and cross-connect module.
Encapsulates multiple channels of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors SDH/
SONET performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors 10GE
LAN performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the ODU1/
ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process
and has the FC performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
FC800 services can be mapped into ODU2/ODUflex payload area and FC1200 services can be mapped
into ODU2e payload area.
Frames signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TDX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
According to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, the module transmits the clock information of the
clock board to the next NE or extracts the clock information from the service board and
then transmits the clock information to the clock board.
15.7.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDX board.

Figure 15-100 and Figure 15-101 show the front panel of the TDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-100 Front panel of the TN11TDX board
TDX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TDX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-101 Front panel of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board
TDX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TDX
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-89 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDX board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.7.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDX board.
Table 15-90 shows the valid slots for the TN11TDX board.
Table 15-90 Valid slots for the TN11TDX board

Product Valid slots
Table 15-91 shows the valid slots for the TN12TDX board.
Table 15-91 Valid slots for the TN12TDX board

Product Valid slots
Table 15-92 shows the valid slots for the TN52TDX and TN53TDX board.
Table 15-92 Valid slots for the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board

Product Valid slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 15-93 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDX board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP/
151(imp1/imp1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 15-102 Port diagram of the TN11TDX

Other line/PID board
Backplane
8 x ODU1
151(imp1/imp1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-2
3(RX1/TX1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-3
151(imp1/imp1)-4
152(imp2/imp2)-1
152(imp2/imp2)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1 152(imp2/imp2)-3
152(imp2/imp2)-4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-103 Port diagram of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX

Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Figure 15-104 Port diagram of the TN53TDX

Other line/
PID board
Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be

Table 15-94 Description of NMS port of the TDX board

imp1-imp2 Inverse multiplexing ports. The optical channels are

ClientLP1-ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

If the TDX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l TN11TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, configure the
bandwidth binding of the imp port.
NOTE
The bandwidth of each imp port that accesses 10GE must be bound with 4 ODU1s.
For bandwidth binding, each 10GE signal must be bound in order. For example, when the
TN11TDX board works with the TN12NS2 board, imp1.1 must be bound to ODU1LP1.1, imp1.2
must be bound to ODU1LP1.2, and so on.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the ODU1
level cross-connections between the imp port and the IN/OUT port of the TN11NS2
board (or the ODU1LP port of other board), realizing the cross-connect grooming of
ODU1 services, as shown in Figure 15-105.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port of other board,
l TN53TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
Create ODU2 cross-connections between this board and other boards to support service
pass-through.
Set the Port Working Mode to ODU2 non-convergence mode (OTU2/Any-
>ODU2->OTU2)
Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service
type.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the
ODU2 level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port of
other board, as shown in Figure 15-106.
Create ODUflex cross-connections between this board and other boards to support
service pass-through.
Set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex)
type.
ODUflex level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODUflex port
of other board, as shown in Figure 15-107.
NOTE
The TN53TDX board supports mapping of FC800 into ODUflex on the client side. When configuring
cross-connections for the board, ODUflex Timeslot is 7.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-105 Cross-connection diagram of the TN11TDX(ODU1 level)

WDM side
Other board a
(standard
Cross-connect
mode)
module
Client side
151(imp1/imp1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-2
151(imp1/imp1)-3
151(imp1/imp1)-4 TDX
152(imp2/imp2)-1
152(imp2/imp2)-2 Cross-connect
152(imp2/imp2)-3
152(imp2/imp2)-4 module
The client side of the TDX board are cross-

connected to the WDM side of other boards
Other board a TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-106 Cross-connection diagram of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX (ODU2

level)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1 Other board a

2(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
(standard
mode)
(compatible
module
mode)
Client side
TDX
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 Cross-connect
module

Other board a TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /

TN54ENQ2
Other board b TN12TDX:

TN52TDX:

TN53TDX:


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-107 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53TDX (ODUflex level)

WDM side
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Cross-connect mode
Client side
TDX
Cross-connect mode

Other board TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2

For parameters of the TDX, refer to Table 15-95.
Table 15-95 TDX parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface

Name name.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter
Default: Used sets the occupancy status of the
current channel of a board.
See D.3 Channel Use Status
information.

Loopback Outloop parameter sets the loopback mode
Default: Non-Loopback for the current optical interface of a
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type l TN11TDX: 10GE The Service Type parameter sets the
LAN, OC-192, STM-64 type of the service accessed at the
Default: 10GE LAN optical interface on the client side.
l TN12TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN52TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN53TDX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64, CBR_10G,
FC800, FC1200
Default: None
Client Service Bearer 9953.2810312.50 sets the rate of the accessed service
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: / at the optical interface on the client
side of a board.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when
Service Type is set to CBR_10G.
(Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Mapping l TN11TDX: doesn't The Port Mapping parameter sets

support this parameter and queries the mapping mode of a
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX: port service.
Bit Transparent NOTE
Mapping(11.1G), MAC The TN53TDX board supports the TC,
TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the
transparent mapping
client-side service type is 10GE LAN
(10.7G) and the Port mapping is MAC
l TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G)
Transparent Mapping support 1588..
(11.1G), MAC See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
transparent mapping Interface) for more information.
(10.7G), MAC
Transparent Mapping
(10.7G) support 1588
Default: Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
NOTE
For the TN12TDX: only the
ClientLP1 port supports
MAC transparent mapping
(10.7G).


automatically shut down the laser
after the signals received by a board
are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the upstream board or
the WDM-side receiver of the
local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this
receiver of the local board, the
laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-
side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the upstream board
must be shut down. For this
BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX
supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Automatic Laser 400ms, 500ms, 600ms, automatically disabling lasers. With
Shutdown 700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms, time period from the point when the
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms, system detects service interruption
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, to the point when ALS automatically
2s shuts down the related lasers.
Default: 0s NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Automatic Laser 400ms, 500ms, 600ms, automatically enabling lasers. With
Turn-On 700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms, time period from the point when the
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms, system detects service recovery to
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, the point when ALS automatically
2s enables the related lasers.
Default: 0s NOTE

Default: Disabled determines whether to enable the
link pass-through (LPT).
Service Mode Client Mode, OTN Mode The Service Mode parameter sets
Default: Client Mode the service mode of a board.
NOTE
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
PAUSE Frame Flow Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the

Control Default: Enabled switch of the flow control.
NOTE
Only TN11TDX supports this
parameter.
Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum
packet length supported by a board
and is applicable to the boards
NOTE
For the TN52TDX and
TN53TDXboard, when Port Mapping
is set to Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G), Maximum Packet Length is
unavailable on the U2000.
See D.26 Max. Packet Length
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC1 and GCC2 in OTN
Transmission overheads. If the processing is not
required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the
client side accesses OTN services.
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
Default: Enabled determines whether to enable or
disable the forward error correction
(FEC) function of the current optical
interface.
NOTE
Service Type is set to OTU2 or
OTU-2E.
See D.13 FEC Working State
information.
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the

Default: FEC FEC mode of the current optical
interface.
NOTE
Service Type is set to OTU2 or
OTU-2E.
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition

OTUk_DEG, parameter sets the relevant alarms of
ODUk_PM_DEG certain optical interfaces or channels
Default: None of a board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection group in
which this OTU board resides.
information.
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter
Default: Disabled sets the pseudo-random binary
sequence (PRBS) test status of a
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Status Default: Disabled special frame test before
deployment. When this parameter is
set to Enabled, the board sends the
test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is
used in the deployment
commissioning.
NOTE
TN53TDX.

Enabled Default: Disabled synchronization. Set the parameter
to Enabled if clock synchronization
is required.
When this parameter is set to
Enabled, service clocks are
synchronized with NE clocks. When
the parameter is set to Disabled,
service clocks will not be
NOTE
TN52TDX/TN53TDX..

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Insert Code Type l When Service Type is Applies to fault detection and
STM-64 or OC-192: location when the service type is
PN11, MS_AIS STM-64 or OC-192. When the
tributary or line board at the
Default: PN11 upstream site is faulty or when the
l When Service Type is line board at the downstream site is
10GE LAN and port faulty, users can specify the output
mapping mode is MAC code type for the tributary board at
transparent mapping the downstream site using this
(10.7G) or MAC parameter.
Transparent Mapping When the service type is 10GE-
(10.7G) support 1588: LAN, the value Quick insert applies
Quick insert, to a scenario in which no protection
Delayed insert is configured on the WDM
Default: PN11 equipment while protection is
configured for the router that
connects to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, quick protection
switching can be achieved on the
router. The value Delayed insert
applies to a scenario in which
protection is configured for the
WDM equipment and the router
connected to the WDM equipment.
In this scenario, the WDM
equipment preferentially performs
protection switching in case of a
fault. If the fault is rectified, the
router does not perform protection
switching. If the fault persists, then
the router performs protection
switching.
NOTE
TN53TDX.
Port Working Mode ODU2 non-convergence This parameter is used to set the
mode (OTU2/Any- working mode of the interface on the
>ODU2->OTU2), board according to the actual
ODUflex non-convergence application scenario and service
mode (Any->ODUflex), mapping trail.
NONE Mode(Not for port) NOTE
Default: ODU2 non- This parameter is supported only by the
TN53TDX.
convergence mode (OTU2/
Any->ODU2->OTU2)
15.7.10 TDX Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Client-Side Fixed Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Optical Module Module
TN11TDX/ N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km

TN12TDX/ 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km
TN52TDX/
TN53TDX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km
NOTE
NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module can be used to access FC800 signals.
Item Unit Value


format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Weight:
l TN11TDX: 1.3 kg (2.8 lb.)

l TN12TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
l TN52TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
l TN53TDX: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TDX 78.0 80.0
TN12TDX 37.4 40.7
TN52TDX 57.3 63.0
TN53TDX 25.0 35.0
15.8 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit

The available functional version of the TEM28 board is TN54.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN54 Y Y Y N N
TEM
28
15.8.2 Application
The TEM28 board is a tributary board. It implements conversion between 24 channels of GE
optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE electrical signals, with four channels of 10GE LAN
optical signals and ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with bandwidth not
greater than 20 Gbit/s.
For the position of the TEM28 board in the WDM system, seeFigure 15-108.
Figure 15-108 Position of the TN54TEM28 board in the WDM system

2xOTU2 2xOTU2
TEM28 TEM28
1 1
16ODU0/5ODUflex
M M
16ODU0/5ODUflex/
10 GE LAN
/8ODU1/2ODU2
10 GE LAN
8ODU1/2ODU2
U U
4 X X 4
N / N
/
D D D 5
5 D
2 M 2
M
GE/FE
GE/FE U U
X X
28 L2 L2 28
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 - RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports and are capable of processing 10GE LAN
services. The other ports on the board are GE optical ports or GE/FE electrical ports, that are capable of
processing GE and FE services.

The TEM28 board supports electrical cross-connections, L2 layer switching and the QinQ
function.
Table 15-97 and Table 15-98 list the functions and features of the TEM28 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-97 OTN Functions and features of the TEM28 board

Feature
Basic function l Coverts 24 channels of GE optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE

electrical signals, and four channels of 10GE LAN optical signals to
ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with bandwidth
not greater than 20 Gbit/s.
l The reverse process is similar.

NOTE
The TEM28 board transmits FE or GE electrical signals, GE optical signals, or 10GE
optical signals on the client side.
When the TEM28 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX27/TX27 and RX28/
TX28 ports.
Cross-connect Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0

capabilities signals, or 5 channels of ODUflex signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 signals,
or 2 channels of ODU2 signals between the TEM28 board and a cross-
connect board by using the backplane.
to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709 and ITU-T G.7041.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-VLAN andSink C-
VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the LPT function.
FEC encoding Not supported.
PRBS Not supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Physical clock Supported

NOTE
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the physical clock
function.

ASON
Electrical-layer Supported
ASONbug


interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

interface
GE electrical MAC Inloop Supported

port
Outloop Supported
FE electrical MAC Inloop Supported

port
Outloop Supported
Protocol or Protocols or standards (non- IEEE 802.3

standard performance monitoring) with IEEE 802.3z
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

processing services
G.709 ITU-T
ITU-T G.655(1996)
ITU-T G.671
ITU-T G.7041
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.692
Table 15-98 Data features of the TEM28 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10G FULL LAN

characteristi mode GE optical port: 1000M FUL, auto-negotiation
cs
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE electrical port: auto-negotiation

multicast
IGMP Supported
snooping.
Layer 2 l Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

switching l Supports MAC address learning and aging.
l Supports STP/RSTP.
l Supports 128k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protection ERPS Supported

schemes
running at IP ports.
DLAG Supported
MC-LAG Supported
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.3ah.

features
RMON Supported
QoS l Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
l Supports IEEE802.1p.
l Supports DSCP.

standard standards All Layer 2 protocols such as xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance (non- and PPP etc.
performance
transparently
transmitted
services
comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or ITU-T Recommendation G.8032/Y.1344

standards IEEE 802.3x pause frame
(performanc
e IEEE 802.3ad LACP
monitoring) IEEE 802.1p priority
for IEEE 802.1q VLAN
processing
services IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
RFC 4541 IGMP Snooping
IEEE 802.1ad
IEEE 802.1d
IEEE 802.1s
IEEE 802.1w
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361
ITU-T G.8262

The TEM28 board consists of the client-side optical module, L2 switching module, OTN

Figure 15-109 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-109 Functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board
16ODU0/8ODU1/ Backplane(service
2ODU2/5ODUflex cross-connection)
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
RX28
TX1 E/O module module
TX2
TX28 Client-side
optical
module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
When used to receive GE or FE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to L2 switching for processing.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TEM28 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the TEM28 to the backplane, and the
receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of 16 channels of electrical signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, and then outputs 16 channels of ODU0
signals or eight channels of ODU1 signals or five channels of ODUflex signals or two
channels of ODU2 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The OTN processing module receives 16 channels of ODU0 signals or eight channels of
ODU1 signals or five channels of ODUflex signals or two channels of ODU2 signals sent

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations
such as ODU2/ODU2e/ODU1/ODU0/ODUflex framing, demapping and decapsulation
processing. Then, the module sends the electrical signal to the L2 switching module.
The L2 switching module deconverges the electrical signals and sends 28 channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 28 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 28 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE LAN services. The
other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports, GE electrical ports and FE electrical ports, that can
process GE and FE services.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 28 channels of FE/GE/10GE LAN
optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from 28 channels of the internal
electrical signals to FE/GE/10GE LAN optical signals.
Frames ODUk signals, processes overheads in ODUk signals.
15.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TEM28 board.

Figure 15-110 shows the front panel of the TEM28 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-110 Front panel of the TEM28 board
TEM28
STAT 5~28: GE
1~4: 10GE
ACT
PROG TX RX TX
SRV
RX TX RX
RX TX
TX RX
21
5
22
6
23
7
24
8
25
9
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
-
3 20 1
4 2
TEM28
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-99 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TEM28 board
RX1-RX28a LC Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
TX1-TX28a LC Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.
a: The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical interfaces. The other optical
interfaces on the board are GE optical interfaces, GE electrical interfaces and FE electrical
interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

15.8.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TEM28 board.
Table 15-100 shows the valid slots for the TEM28 board.
Table 15-100 Valid slots for the TN54TEM28 board

Product Valid slots


subrack

subrack
The online signal bus on the TEM28 board connects to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. The slot number of the TEM28 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left
one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TEM28 board


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 15-101 Mapping between the physical ports on the TEM28 board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 to TX28/RX28 3 to 30
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 15-111 shows the application model of the TEM28 board. Table 15-102 describes the
Figure 15-111 Port diagram of the TEM28 board

Other line/ Other line/
PID board PID board
Backplane
8xODU0 8xODU0/8xODU1/
2xODU2/5xODUflex
201(ClientLP1/
101(AP1/AP1)-1 ClientLP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 PORT3 VCTRUNK1
208(ClientLP8/
6(RX4/TX4)-1 PORT6 108(AP8/AP8)-1 ClientLP8)-1
VCTRUNK8
209(ClientLP9/
216(ClientLP16/
Cross-connect module L2 swiching module
Service processing module Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-102 Descriptions of the ports on the TEM28 board

RX1/TX1-RX28/TX28 Client-side ports. The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 ports

are used as 10GE optical ports to process 10GE LAN
services. The remaining ports are used as GE optical
ports, GE electrical ports, or FE electrical ports to
process GE or FE services.
PORT3-PORT30 Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical

VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK16 Internal virtual ports. The total bandwidth for these

ports is 20 Gbit/s. The maximum bandwidth for the
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 ports is 10 Gbit/s, with
each port allocated a maximum of 1.25 Gbit/s
bandwidth. The maximum bandwidth for the
VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports is 20 Gbit/s, with
each port allocated a maximum of 10 Gbit/s
bandwidth.
ClientLP1-ClientLP16 Internal logical ports. Each of the ports provides only

one optical channel (identified as optical channel 1).
The ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports can map the signals
cross-connected from the L2 switching module into
a maximum of eight ODU0 signals, and the
ClientLP9-ClientLP16 can map the signals into a
maximum of eight ODU0 signals, eight ODU1
signals, two ODU2 signals, or five ODUflex signals.

If the TEM28 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l When creating Ethernet services on the U2000, create cross-connections between the PORT
and VCTRUNK ports, implementing cross-connections and convergence of signals
received from the client-side ports using the Layer 2 switching module.
NOTE

l VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK8 : The maximum bandwidth for the TRUNK1-TRUNK8 ports is 10 Gbit/
s, with each port allocated a maximum of 1.25 Gbit/s bandwidth.
l VCTRUNK9 to VCTRUNK16: The maximum bandwidth for the TRUNK9-TRUNK16 ports is 20
Gbit/s, with each port allocated a maximum of 10 Gbit/s bandwidth.
l VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK16: The total bandwidth for these ports is 20 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l There are mappings between the RX/TX and PORT ports, between the VCTRUNK and
AP ports, and between the AP and ClientLP ports. You do not need to set the mappings on
the U2000.
l Create cross-connections from the local board to the line or PID board.
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU0 port of other board,
Figure 15-112 ODU0 Cross-Connections

WDM side
board a
(standard
Other
board b
(compatible
Client side
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 TEM28
The client side of the TEM28 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other
boards, which needs to be configured on the NMS
Other TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

board a
Other TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
board b TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other
board a
(standard
mode)
Other
board b
(compatible
Cross-connect 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 mode)
module
Client side
Other TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

board a
Other TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /
board b TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM side

2(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1 (standard mode)
Other board b
Client side
211(ClientLP11/ClientLP11)-1 WDM side TEM28
The client side of the TEM28 board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards, which needs to be configured on the NMS

TN54ENQ2

ODUflex level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODUflex port of
other board, as shown in Figure 15-115.
NOTE
When creating ODUflex cross-connections, specify the number of ODUflex timeslots based on the
service rate. The number of ODUflex timeslots ranges from 1 to 8 and the rate of each timeslot is 1.25
Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-115 ODUflex Cross-Connections

WDM side
Other 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
board
Client side
NOTE
Ports 201(ClienLP1/ClienLP1)-1 to 208(ClienLP8/ClienLP8)-1 support a maximum of eight ODU0 cross-

connections with the maximum bandwidth of 10 Gbit/s. Ports 209(ClienLP9/ClienLP9)-1 to 216
(ClienLP16/ClienLP16)-1 support a maximum of eight ODU0, eight ODU1, two ODU2, or five ODUflex
cross-connections with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
The TEM28 board supports simultaneous transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODUflex signals
with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.



Channel

are supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
more information.

board are lost.
See Automatic Laser Shutdown (WDM

1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

(LPT).
See LPT Enabled (WDM Interface) for more
information.

Enabled if clock synchronization is required.
Parameters for Ethernet Interfaces
Table 15-104 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)

Port - Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

port.
Tag Aware: The port
(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port supports Tag

Aware Aware, Access, and Hybrid.
Default: UNI An S-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
C-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have S-
VLAN tags.
A C-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
S-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have C-
VLAN tags.
present.


PORT30.

port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l 10G FULL_Duplex LAN of an Ethernet port. Auto-
negotiation can
l Default: 10G automatically determine the
FULL_Duplex LAN optimal working modes of
PORT7 to PORT30: the connected ports. This
l 1000M FULL_Duplex mode is easy to maintain and
is recommended.
l Default: Auto-
NOTE
Negotiation
In the configuration process,
the connected ports are
consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.

Ethernet port.
Click Maximum Frame

MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- The MAC Loopback

path.

path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


PORT30.

Click D.32 Non-
details.

details.


PORT30.

suppression.
Click D.7 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

traffic.
l Default: 10000
PORT7 to PORT30:
l 01000
l Default: 1000
Flow Monitor Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to monitor

Default: Disabled zero traffic.
Click Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Flow Monitor Interval 1 to 30 Indicates the interval for

(min) Default: 15 monitoring zero traffic.
Table 15-109 Encapsulation/Mapping (Internal Port)

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
Encapsulation/Mapping GFP-F, GFP-T Indicates the mapping

Default: GFP-F protocol for encapsulation of
VCTRUNK port data.
NOTE
GFP-F: indicates that the upper-
layer PDUs of Ethernet MAC
frames and the GFP PDUs are
mapped in one-to-one manner.
GFP-T: indicates that 8B/10B
payloads are mapped to GFP in
transparent mapping mode to
achieve low-delay
transmission.
When services are encapsulated
into ODU0, GFP-T and GFP-F
are supported. When services
are encapsulated into ODU1,
ODU2, and ODUflex, only
GFP-F is supported. The
mapping protocols for GE
services on the transmit end and
receive end must be the same.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Scramble Scrambling Mode[X43+1] Indicates whether to

Default: Scrambling Mode scramble the payload area of
[X43+1] the encapsulation protocol.
ExtensionHeader Option No Displays the extension

Default: No header option.
Check Field Length FCS32, No Indicates the length of the

Default: FCS32 CRC field of the mapping
protocol.
FCS Calculated Bit Big endian Indicates the sequence of

Sequence Default: Big endian storing the bits in the CRC
field in the FCS frame of the
mapping protocol.
Table 15-110 Advanced attributes (Internal Port)


VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.

the port.

for a loop port.
Flow Monitor Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to monitor

Default: Disabled zero traffic.
Click Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Flow Monitor Interval 1 to 30 Indicates the interval for

(min) Default: 15 monitoring zero traffic.
15.8.10 TEM28 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Client-Side Fixed Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Optical Module
TN54TE N/A 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 km (I-850-LC)

M28 1000 BASE-LX-10 km (I-1310-LC)
10 Gbit/s BASE-SR-0.3 km (SFP+)
10 Gbit/s BASE-LR-10 km (SFP+)
NOTE
Item Unit Value


wavelength range

launched power

launched power
ratio

wavelength range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


overload
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.
Item Unit Value


service rate

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (131F)
TN54TEM28 110 120
15.9 THA
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the THA board is TN54.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN54 Y Y Y N N
THA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the THA at the client side is 40
Gbit/s.
Table 15-113 provides the application scenarios for the THA board.
Table 15-113 Application scenarios for the THA board

Scenario Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maximum Port
(Client Side) Path Output Working
Capacity Mode
(Backplane
Side)
THA 16 x FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ Anya- 16 x ODU0 ODU0 non-

scenario 1 STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/FC100/ >ODU0 convergence
FICON/DVB-ASI/ESCON mode (Any-
>ODU0)
THA 16 x STM16/OC-48/FC200/ Anya- 16 x ODU1 ODU1 non-

scenario 2 FICON Express/OTU1 >ODU1 convergence
mode (Any-
>ODU1)
THA 16 x FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ n x Anya- (2 to 16) x ODU1

scenario 3 OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON >ODU1 ODU1 convergence
8 x STM-4/OC-12 mode (n X
Any-
4 x GE/FC100/FICON >ODU1)
2 x STM-16/FC200/FICON
Express
NOTE
Each of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8
and RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 port
groups supports mutual
conversion between a maximum
of 8 channels of optical signals at
any rate in the range of 125 Mbit/
s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight
channels of ODU1 electrical
signals. Each port in each group
either converges multiple client-
side services into one channel of
ODU1 electrical signals or maps
one client-side service into one
channel of ODU1 electrical
signals
THA 16 x OTU1 OTU1- 32x ODU0 ODU1_ODU

scenario 4 >ODU1- 0 mode
>ODU0 (OTU1-
>ODU1-
>ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Scenario Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maximum Port

(Client Side) Path Output Working
Capacity Mode
(Backplane
Side)
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding
application scenario.

The THA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
Table 15-114 Functions and features of the THA board
and Feature
Basic THA converts signals as follows:

function l 16 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 16 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x (125Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<->1 to 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x OTU1<->32 x ODU0.

NOTE
The THA board supports access of DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used
to accept these electrical signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or
E/O conversion and the optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical
module specifications. The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device.
Customers can purchase a digital video O/E converter by themselves.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Cross- Cross-connects a maximum of 32 channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels

connect of ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
capabilities
OTN l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
function board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
ESC Supported
function

function NOTE
is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1
LPT function This function is supported only when the THA board receives FE or GE
services on its client side.
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
events

function

NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFP-
T).
IEEE Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client-side service
1588v2 type is GE (GFP-T).
NOTE
The TX8/RX8 and TX16/RX16 optical ports cannot process IEEE 1588v2 clock signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Physical When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
clock synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
When receiving GE(TTT-GMP) services on the client side, the board can
Electrical- Supported.
layer ASON

NOTE
SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services and SDH/SONET services (STM-16/OC-48 rate
or higher rate), the board supports tributary SNCP protection.
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).

service NOTE
mapping On the NMS, TTT-GMP is displayed as TTT-AGMP.
mode
Ethernet port Auto-Negotiation

working 1000M Full-Duplex
mode

Loopback NOTE
Outloop The Channel Loopback is supported only when
port working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

compliance (non-
transparently
PI)
Interface (ASI)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1


Table 15-115 Mapping between the physical ports on the THA board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX9/RX9 11
TX10/RX10 12
TX11/RX11 13
TX12/RX12 14
TX13/RX13 15
TX14/RX14 16
TX15/RX15 17
TX16/RX16 18
NOTE
15.9.5 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure 15-116.
Figure 15-116 Position of the THA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)

16xODU0 2xOTU2 2xOTU2 16xODU0
THA THA
1 1 M M 1 1
1 U U 1
16ODU0
16Any
N / N
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
8ODU0
8ODU0
16ODU0
16Any
D D D
FC100/FICON/DVB- D FC100/FICON/DVB-
2 M 2
ASI/ESCON M ASI/ESCON
U U
16 16 16 16
16 X X 16

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-117 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
NOTE
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's
ODU0LP ports, the source optical channel must be set to 1.
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be

module configured on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 15-116 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0))
RX1/TX1 to RX16/TX16 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1 to 2.
15.9.5.3 Configuration of Cross-connection

>ODU0).
l Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all the 16 clientside ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can configure
the 16*GE for 16*ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE(TTT-
AGMP) for the 16 ports.
1
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 15-118.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other
2
boards's ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 15-118.
Figure 15-118 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
WDM side
Other board a
(standard mode)
Other board
(compatible mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
1
2
THA
16(TX14/RX14)-1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,

a

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
b TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
NOTE
When the THA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side
optical port on the THA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the THA
board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board
to the client-side ports on the THA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's
15.9.6 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU1)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure 15-119.

THA THA
1 1 M M 1 1
1 U U 1
16ODU1
16ODU1
X X
16Any
16Any
8ODU0
8ODU0
STM-16/ N / N STM-16/
/
OC-48/FC200/FICON Q D Q OC-48/FC200/FICON
D
Express/OTU1 2 M 2 Express/OTU1
M
U U
16 16 16 16
16 X X 16

Figure 15-120 shows the port diagrams for the THA. Table 15-117 describes the meaning of
each port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-120 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
Backplane
16xODU1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
16(RX14/TX14)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be

module configured on the NMS.
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does

module not need to be configured on the NMS.
Table 15-117 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered

1.

>ODU1).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all the 16 client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
16 * STM-16/OC-48>ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port Working
Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the 16 ports.
1
Figure 15-121 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board a
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 (standard mode)
Client side
4(TX2/RX2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 1
THA
The straight-through of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS

a
15.9.7 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each of the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 and RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 port groups supports mutual

conversion between a maximum of 8 channels of optical signals at any rate in the range of 125
Mbit/s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown in Figure
15-122. The THA board can map multiple client signals into one ODU1 signal using timeslots.
For details, see Mapping Client Services into ODUk Signals.

(2~16)xODU1 4xOTU2 4xOTU2 (2~16)xODU1
THA THA
(1~8)ODU1 (1~8)ODU1
(1~8)ODU1 (1~8)ODU1
FE/FDDI/GE M M FE/FDDI/GE
8Any
8Any
1 U U 1
/FC100/ /FC100/
FC200/DVB- X X FC200/DVB-
N / N
ASI/ESCON/STM- / ASI/ESCON/STM-
Q D Q
1/STM-4/STM- D 1/STM-4/STM-
2 M 2
16/OC-3/OC- M 16/OC-3/OC-
8Any
8Any
12/FICON/FICON U U 12/FICON/FICON
Express 16 X X 16 Express
NOTE
The client signals received by the RX1/TX1RX8/TX8 ports cannot be encapsulated together with the client
signals received by the RX9/TX9RX16/TX16 ports.

each port.
Figure 15-123 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
Backplane
2-16xODU1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cross-connect Service processing module

module
Multiplexing module Cross-connection that must be configured

on the NMS
Table 15-118 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered

1 to 16.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any-
>ODU1).
l On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP port.
1
For details, see in Figure 15-124.
l Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP ports.
2
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.
The first eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only to the first
eight LP ports; the last eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only
to the last eight LP ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-124 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board a
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1

2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-7
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-8 THA
216(ClientLP16/ClientLP16)-1 216(ClientLP16/ClientLP16)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module
The virtual path of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
needs to be configured on the NMS

a
15.9.8 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 OTU1 optical signals and 32 ODU0 electrical
signals, see Figure 15-125.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

THA THA
1 1 1 M M 1 1
U U 1
16ODU1
16ODU1
16OTU1
X
16OTU1
X
32ODU0
32ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
N N
OTU1 Q
/ /
Q OTU1
D D
2 M 2
M
U U
16 32 32 X X 32 32 16

each port.
Figure 15-126 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
Backplane
32xODU0
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
17(RX15/TX15)-1 175(ODU0LP15/ODU0LP15)-2
18(RX16/TX16)-1 176(ODU0LP16/ODU0LP16)-2
Cross-connect Automatic cross-connection, which does


on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service processing
module
Table 15-119 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))
RX1/TX1 to RX16/TX16 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1.
ODU0LP1 to ODU0LP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1 to 2.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0).
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and
1
other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 15-127.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-127 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
WDM side
Other board a
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1

1

THA Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module

a

The THA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, 1588v2 module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-128 shows the block diagram of the functions of the THA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-128 Functional modules and signal flow of the THA board
Client side 16X ODU0/8X ODU1 16X ODU0/8X ODU1
RX1
RX2
O/E Service OTN Cross-
RX8 encapsulation processing connect
TX2 E/O module
TX8
RX9
1588v2
RX10 O/E module
Service
RX16 OTN Cross-
encapsulation
TX9 and mapping processing connect
TX10 E/O
TX16 Client-side
optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply SCC Backplane

from a backplane (controlled by SCC)
NOTE
For more information regarding the type of signals received on the client side, see section 15.9.3 Functions
and Features.
In the signal flow of the THA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the THA to the backplane
of the THA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 16 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX16 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 16 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 32
channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0 or ODU1 framing, demapping and

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 16 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of Any electrical signals, and
then outputs 16 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX16 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the standard optical signals.
to standard optical signals.
module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the THA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 or ODU0 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that
come from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the
clock signal to the STG board.
15.9.10 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the THA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-129 shows the front panel of the THA board.
Figure 15-129 Front panel of the THA board

SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657B FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
THA
SM SFP WORK WITH
STAT G.657B FIBER ONLY
ACT
PROG
SRV
RX 1 2 TX G.657B
TX 15 16 RX
RX 1 2 TX
TX 15 16 RX
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, the board can only use G.657B fibers.
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 15-120 lists the type and function of each optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-120 Types and functions of the interfaces on the THA board
RX1-RX16 LC Receives optical signals.
TX1-TX16 LC Transmits optical signals.
Laser Hazard Level

15.9.11 Valid Slots

One slot houses one THA board.
Table 15-121 shows the valid slots for the THA board.
NOTE
Two THA boards cannot be housed in adjacent slots.

To easy maintenance of fibers, do not house the THA board in the most left or right slot.
Table 15-121 Valid slots for the THA board

Product Valid slots

IU42, IU45-IU51, IU54-IU67

IU35

For parameters of the THA, refer toTable 15-122.
Table 15-122 THA parameters


Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

channel of a board.

Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
Loopback
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the
FC-200, FDDI, FE, optical interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE(TTT- GE services can be encapsulated in two
AGMP), GE(GFP-T), formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, AGMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
OTU-1, STM-1,
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
STM-4, STM-16 value GE(TTT-AGMP) is recommended.
Default: None The GE services at the transmit and receive
format.
The THA board's ports may work in any
of four working modes and the type of
the client-side services received by the
ports varies with the working modes.
NOTE
>ODU0): Supports DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FC-100, FDDI, FE, FICON, GE(GFP-
T), GE(TTT-AGMP), OC-3, OC-12,
STM-1, and STM-4 services.
l ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1): Supports Any, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FC-100, FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON Express, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48,
and GE(GFP-T) services.
>ODU1): Supports FC-200, FICON-
Express, OC-48, OTU-1, and STM-16
services.
>ODU0): Supports OTU1 services.
Client Service Bearer l Channel 1 at each of sets the rate of the accessed service at
Rate (Mbit/s) ports 201 the optical interface on the client side of
(ClientLP1/ a board.
ClientLP1) to 216 NOTE
(ClientLP16/ This parameter can be set only when Service
ClientLP16): 125 - Type is set to Any.
2200 See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate
l Channels 28 at (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
each of ports 201 information.
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 216
(ClientLP16/
ClientLP16): 125
1250
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, period from the point when the system
1200ms, 1300ms, detects service interruption to the point
1400ms, 1500ms, when ALS automatically shuts down the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1200ms, 1300ms, detects service recovery to the point
1400ms, 1500ms, when ALS automatically enables the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

pass-through (LPT).
Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
information.

required.
(Any->ODU0), ODU1 according to the actual application
non-convergence mode scenario and service mapping trail.
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0), NONE Mode
(Not for port)
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0)
15.9.13 THA Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module
TN54TH N/A S-16.1-15 km

A 1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
1000 BASE-LX-10 km (I-1310-LC)
NOTE

NOTE
S-16.1 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type S-16.1

-15 km

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1compliant

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type S-16.1

-15 km
Receiver type - PIN
NOTE

Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI
signals. The specifications listed below apply to GE signals. The actual values might be slightly different from
these specifications when the accessed signals are FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1000 BASE-LX-10 km

(I-1310-LC)
Optical source type - SLM
Maximum mean launched dBm -3

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -9.5

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1000 BASE-LX-10 km

(I-1310-LC)
Receiver type - PIN
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN54THA 35 40
15.10 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the TOA board is TN54.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN54 Y Y Y N N
TOA

As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the TOA at the client side is 20
Gbit/s.
Table 15-126 provides the application scenarios for the TOA board.
Table 15-126 Application scenarios for the TOA board

Applicat Maximum Mapping Path Maximum Port Working
ion Input Capacity Output Mode
Scenario (Client Side) Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
TOA 8 x FE/FDDI/GE/ Anya<->ODU0 8 x ODU0 ODU0 non-

scenario 1 STM-1/STM-4/ convergence
OC-3/OC-12/ mode (Any-
FC100/FICON/ >ODU0)
DVB-ASI/
ESCON/SDI
TOA 8 x HD-SDI/ Anya<->ODU1 8 x ODU1 ODU1 non-

scenario 2 STM16/OC-48/ convergence
FC200/FICON mode (Any-
Express/OTU1 >ODU1)
TOA 8 x FE/FDDI/ Anya<->ODU1 (1 to 8) x ODU1 ODU1

scenario 3 STM-1/OC-3/ convergence
DVB-ASI/SDI/ mode (n*Any-
ESCON >ODU1)
4 x STM-4/
OC-12
2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
1 x STM-16/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-
SDI/HD-
SDIRBR

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Applicat Maximum Mapping Path Maximum Port Working

ion Input Capacity Output Mode
Scenario (Client Side) Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
TOA 8 x OTU1 OTU1<- 16 x ODU0 ODU1_ODU0

scenario 4 >ODU1<- mode (OTU1-
>ODU0 >ODU1-
>ODU0)
TOA 5 x 3G-SDI/3G- 3G-SDI/3G- 5 x ODUflex ODUflex non-

scenario 5 SDIRBR SDIRBR<- convergence
>ODUflex mode (Any-
>ODUflex)
4 x FC400/ FC400/ 4 x ODUflex
FICON4G FICON4G<-
>ODUflex
a:"Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding
application scenario.

The TOA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
Table 15-127 Functions and features of the TOA board

and
Feature
Basic TOA converts signals as follows:

function l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU0.
l 8 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 to 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x OTU1 <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 5 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR <-> 5 x ODUflex.
l 4 x FC400/FICON4G <-> 4 x ODUflex.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at a
rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
NOTE
The TOA board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The TOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals,
a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical
module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital video
O/E converter by themselves.
NOTE
Cross- Cross-connects a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0 signals or 8 channels of

connect ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
capabilities Cross-connects a maximum of five channels of ODUflex signals by using buses
on the backplane and the cross-connect board.
NOTE
Only the 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/FC400/FICON4G services support the ODUflex signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
OTN l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
function board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports TCM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU1.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
ESC Supported
function

function NOTE
is STM-1/OC3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1.
LPT This function is supported only when the TOA board receives FE or GE
function services on its client side.
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
performanc l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
e events

function

NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFP-
T).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
IEEE Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client-side service type
1588v2 is GE (GFP-T).
Supports the BC and OC modes when the client-side service type is OTU1.
NOTE
When receiving GE (GFP-T) services, the TX8/RX8 optical port cannot process IEEE
1588v2 clock signals.
When receiving OTU1 services, the board only supports frequency synchronization using
the receiving and transmitting timestamps in Sync messages of the IEEE 1588v2 protocol.
It does not support frequency synchronization using the physical clock.
Physical When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
clock synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
When receiving GE(TTT-AGMP) services on the client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of synchronous
Ethernet processing.
NOTE
Electrical- Supported
layer
ASON

NOTE
SNCP protection.
NOTE
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).

service NOTE
mapping On the NMS, TTT-GMP is displayed as TTT-AGMP.
mode
Ethernet Auto-Negotiation
port 1000M Full-Duplex
working
mode

Loopback NOTE
Outloop The Channel Loopback is supported only when port
working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Outloop

compliance (non-
transparently
PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2
(FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition
Television Systems
Interface (ASI)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(performanc
e ITU-T G.709
for ITU-T G.7710
processing
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 15-128 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOA board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
15.10.5 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0)
The TOA board performs conversion between eight channels of optical signals at a rate in the
range of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure
15-130.
Figure 15-130 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)

TOA TOA
1 1 M M 1 1
1 U U 1
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
8ODU0
N N
8Any
8Any
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
S D S
FC100/FICON/DVB- D FC100/FICON/DVB-
2 M 2
ASI/ESCON/SDI M ASI/ESCON/SDI
U U
8 8 8 8
8 X X 8

Figure 15-131 shows the port diagrams for the TOA. Table 15-129 describes the meaning of
each port.
Figure 15-131 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Service processing module
Cross-connection that must be configured

on the NMS.
Table 15-129 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0))

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

>ODU0).
NOTE
If all the eight clientside ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can
configure the 8 * GE->8 * ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets
the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE
(TTT-AGMP) for the eight ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 15-132.
2
Figure 15-132 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
WDM side
Other board a
(standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side
1
2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,

a

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When the TOA board connects to a TOM board that uses channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side optical
port on the TOA board must be cross-connected to channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the TOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board to the client-side
ports on the TOA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the TOA board and other boards's
15.10.6 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU1)
range of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure
15-133.

TOA TOA
1 1 M M 1 1
1 U U 1
X X
8ODU1
8ODU1
8ODU0
8ODU0
N N
8Any
8Any
HD-SDI/STM16/ / / HD-SDI/STM16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON D D D OC-48/FC200/FICON
D
Express/OTU1 2 M 2 Express/OTU1
M
U U
8 8 8 8
8 X X 8

board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP
each port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-134 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
Backplane
8xODU1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured

module on the NMS.
Table 15-130 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.

>ODU1).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all the eight client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
8 * STM-16/OC-48->8 * ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the
eight ports.
1
Figure 15-135 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1))
WDM side
Client side
7(TX5/RX5)-1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 TOA

a
15.10.7 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
range of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown
in Figure 15-136. The TOA board can map multiple client signals into one ODU1 signal using
timeslots. For details, see Mapping Client Services into ODUk Signals.

(1~8)xODU1 2xOTU2 2xOTU2 (1~8)xODU1
TOA TOA
FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC- M M FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC-
1 U U 1
3/STM-16/ 3/STM-16/
(1~8)ODU1
(1~8)ODU1
DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/ X X DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/
8ODU0
8ODU0
N N
8Any
8Any
STM-4/OC- / / STM-4/OC-
D D D
12/GE/FC100/ D 12/GE/FC100/
2 M 2
FICON/FC200/ M FICON/FC200/
FICON Express/ U U FICON Express/
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR 8 X X 8 HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR

each port.
Figure 15-137 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
Backplane
1-8xODU1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cross-connect Service processing module

module

on the NMS.
Table 15-131 Description of NM port of the TOA board


interfaces.
ClientLP1ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 8.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1).
l On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP port.
1
l Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP ports.
2
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-138 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
WDM side
Client side

2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
needs to be configured on the NMS

a
15.10.8 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0)
The TOA board performs conversion between eight OTU1 optical signals and 16 ODU0
electrical signals, see Figure 15-139.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TOA TOA
1 1 M M 1 1
1 1
U U
X X
16ODU0
16ODU0
8ODU1
8OTU1
8ODU1
8OTU1
8ODU0
8ODU0
N N
OTU1 D
/ /
D OTU1
D D
2 M 2
M
U U
8 16 16 X X 16 16 8

each port.
Figure 15-140 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
Backplane
16xODU0
10(RX8/TX8)-1 168(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-2


on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service processing
module
Table 15-132 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))

interfaces.
ODU0LP1ODU0LP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0).
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and
1
other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 15-141.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-141 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
WDM side
Other board a
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side

1

TOA Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module

a
15.10.9 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODUflex)
The TOA board performs conversion between five 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR optical signals and five
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 15-142.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-142 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR<->ODUflex)

TOA TOA
M M
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
1 1 1 1 1 1
U U
X X
5xODUflex
5xODUflex
3G-SDI N N 3G-SDI
/ /
3G-SDIRBR D D D 3G-SDIRBR
D
2 M 2
M
U U
5 5 5 5
5 X X 5
NOTE
Each 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR service uses three timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 3.75
Gbit/s.
The TOA board performs conversion between four FC400/FICON4G optical signals and four
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 15-143.
Figure 15-143 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (FC400<->ODUflex)

TOA TOA
1 1 M M 1 1
4xFC400/FICON4G
1 1
4xFC400/FICON4G
U U
X X
4xODUflex
4xODUflex
N / N
4xFC400/ / 4xFC400/
Q D Q
FICON4G D FICON4G
2 M 2
M
U U
4 4 4 4
4 X X 4
NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 board supports ODUflex.

Each FC400/FICON4G service uses four timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 5 Gbit/s.

each port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-144 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex))
Other line board
Backplane
5xODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured

module on the NMS.
Table 15-133 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex))

interfaces.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
2
boards' ODUflex ports. For details, see in Figure 15-145.
NOTE
When configuring a cross-connection, ODUflex Timeslot is 3 if the client service type is 3G-SDI/3G-
SDIRBR, and ODUflex Timeslot is 4 if the client service type is FC400/FICON4G.
Figure 15-145 ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex)

WDM side
Other board
Client side
1 2
TOA
Other
TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2
board

The TOA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, 1588v2 module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-146 shows the block diagram of the functions of the TOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-146 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOA board
Backplane (service cross-
connection)
Client side 16xODU0/8xODU1/5xODUflex
RX1
RX2
O/E Service
RX8 OTN Cross-
encapsulation
processing connect 1588 v2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical Signal processing module
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for
processing.
In the signal flow of the TOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOA to the backplane
of the TOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 8 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 16
channels of ODU0 signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 or 5 channels of ODUflex signals to
the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0, or ODU1, or ODUflex framing, demapping

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
interfaces.
Module Function
to standard optical signals.
module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1, or ODU0, or
ODUflex signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has
the Any performance monitoring function.
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-147 shows the front panel of the TOA board.
Figure 15-147 Front panel of the TOA board
TOA
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TOA
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-134 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOA board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level


One slot houses one TOA board.
Table 15-135 shows the valid slots for the TOA board.
Table 15-135 Valid slots for the TOA board

Product Valid slots

For parameters of the TOA, refer toTable 15-136.
Table 15-136 TOA parameters


Channel interface.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.

Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
Loopback
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the optical
FC-200, FC-400, interface on the client side.
FICON Express, GE GE services can be encapsulated in two
(TTT-AGMP), GE formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
(GFP-T), HD-SDI, HD- AGMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
SDIRBR, OC-3,
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
OC-12, OC-48, OTU-1, value GE(TTT-AGMP) is recommended.
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, 3G-SDI, 3G- ends must be encapsulated in the same
SDIRBR format.
Default: None NOTE
The TOA board's ports may work in any of
five working modes and the type of the
client-side services received by the ports
varies with the working modes.
>ODU0): Supports DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FC-100, FDDI, FE, FICON, GE(GFP-
T), GE(TTT-AGMP), OC-3, OC-12,
SDI, STM-1, and STM-4 services.
l ODU1 convergence mode (Any-
>ODU1): Supports Any, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FC-100, FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON Express, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12 , SDI,
HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, and GE(GFP-T)
services.
l ODU1 non-convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1): Supports FC-200, FICON-
Express, HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, OC-48,
OTU-1, and STM-16 services.
>ODU0): Supports OTU1 services.
l ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex): Supports FC400, 3G-SDI,
3G-SDIRBR services.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400
service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as
the FC400 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Client Service Bearer l Channel 1 at each of sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Rate (Mbit/s) ports 201 optical interface on the client side of a
(ClientLP1/ board.
ClientLP1) to 208 NOTE
(ClientLP8/ This parameter can be set only when Service
ClientLP8): 125 - Type is set to Any.
2200 See D.4 Client Service Bearer Rate
l Channels 28 at (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
each of ports 201 information.
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 208
(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8): 125
1250
Default: /



BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

pass-through (LPT).
Ethernet services.

information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.

required.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Any->ODU0), ODU1 according to the actual application
non-convergence mode scenario and service mapping trail.
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0), ODUflex
non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex),
NONE Mode(Not for
port)
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0)
15.10.14 TOA Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module
TN54TO N/A I-16-2 km

A S-16.1-15 km
L-16.1-40 km
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP CWDM)-40 km
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP DWDM)-120 km
270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s multirate (Video eSFP)-10
km
FC400/FICON4G-0.3 km (Multi mode)
FC400/FICON4G-10 km (Single mode)
NOTE

NOTE
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1,
OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE

Item Unit Value


format

type

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, and
FE signals.
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
802.3.

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals. The
specifications listed below apply to STM-16, OC-48 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s

multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
Service rate Gbit/s 3

power

power

width
Receiver type - PIN

Item Unit Value

Transmitter parameter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355

specifications at point S

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


launched power
Minimum mean dBm -9 -8.4

launched power
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN54TOA 23 25
15.11 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board

The available functional version of the TOG board is TN52.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN52 Y Y Y Y Y
TOG
15.11.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TOG board implements conversion between 8 channels of GE
optical signals or GE electrical signals and 4 channels of ODU1 electrical signals or 8 channels
of ODU0 electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-148 and Figure
15-149.
Figure 15-148 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0 8xODU0
TOG TOG
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
N N
8xODU0
8xODU0
GE / / GE
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
8 8 8 X X 8 8 8
Figure 15-149 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
4xODU1 4xODU1
TOG TOG
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
N N
8xODU0
4xODU1
8xODU0
4xODU1
GE / / GE
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
8 8 8 X X 8 8 8

The TOG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0.
Table 15-144 Functions and features of the TOG board

Feature
Basic function TOG converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE<->8 x ODU0
l 8 x GE<->4 x ODU1

service type NOTE
The TOG board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The TOG board supports GE services that can be mapped using the TTT-GMP or
GFP-T procedure. On the NMS, TTT-GMP is displayed as TTT-AGMP.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of

capabilities ODU0 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of
ODU1 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four ODU1 signals from one
OTN function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing defined in
the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709.
l Supports PM functions for ODU1/ODU0.
events
NOTE
The TOG board supports remote monitoring (RMON) only at the receive end .
PRBS test Not supported.

function
Test frame Not supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
IEEE 1588v2 Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes only when the client-side
service type is GE (GFP-T).
NOTE
The TN52TOG board supports only two channels IEEE 1588v2 signals.
Physical clock When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
When receiving GE(TTT-GMP) services on the client side, the board can
NOTE
Electrical-layer Supported
ASON

Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) or GE(TTT-GMP)

mapping mode (displayed as GE(TTT-AGMP) on the NMS) modes.
Ethernet port l Auto-Negotiation

working mode l 1000M Full-Duplex
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

monitoring)
with which
transparently
transmitted
services
comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TOG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-150 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-150 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board
Backplane (service cross-connection) n X ODUk
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
8 GE Service OTN Cross- 1588v2
RX8 encapsulation processing module
connect
TX1 E/O and mapping module module
TX2 module
8
TX8 Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
( Backplane controlled by SCC )

DC power supply from
a backplane SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform power
level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for processing.
In Figure 15-150, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-145 shows the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane.
Table 15-145 Service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane
TN52T A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1

OG
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOG to the backplane,
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of the optical signals from client

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation and
mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the cross-
connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as ODUk
framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels
of GE signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 8 channels of GE optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from 8 channels of the internal
The module consists of a GE service encapsulation and mapping module, an OTN
processing module and a cross-connect module,.
GE service encapsulation and mapping module
It encapsulates multiple GE signals and maps the GE signals to the ODUk payload area
and performs the reverse of the preceding process. It supports the function of GE
performance monitoring.
Frames ODUk signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOG and the cross-connect
board through the backplane.
15.11.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-151 shows the TOG front panel.
Figure 15-151 Front panel of the TOG board
TOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TOG
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 15-146 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOG board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.11.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOG board.
Table 15-147 shows the valid slots for the TOG board.
Table 15-147 Valid slots for TOG board

Product Valid Slots



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-148 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOG board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 15-152 and Figure 15-153 shows the application model of the TOG board.Table
15-149 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 15-152 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-153 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 6800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4xODU1
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/
3(RX1/TX1)-1
202(ClientLP2/Cl ODU0LP1)-1
ientLP2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
207(ClientLP7/C
lientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4/
9(RX7/TX7)-1
ODU0LP4)-1
208(ClientLP8/C
lientLP8)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side
Cross- Cross-connection that must be configured

connect on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from
module other boards
Service Multiplexing module
processi
ng
module
Table 15-149 Description of NM port of the TOG board
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.

If the TOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU0LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 15-154.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU1LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 15-155.
Figure 15-154 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU0 level)

WDM side
Other board a
(compatible mode)
Other board b
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM
Other board a TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board b TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 /

TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2
Figure 15-155 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU1 level)

WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 Other board a
IN/OUT-OCH:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board b
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 (standard mode)
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM

TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the TOG, refer to Table 15-150.
Table 15-150 TOG parameters


Interface/
Channel

supported.
board.

Loopback
Service Type GE(GFP-T), GE(TTT- The Service Type parameter sets the type of
AGMP) the service accessed at the optical interface on
Default: GE(GFP-T) the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
When Service Type is GE(TTT-AGMP), the
encapsulation format is TTT-GMP; when Service
Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format is
GFP-T. The value GE(TTT-AGMP) is
recommended.
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board are lost.

1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Default: 1000M Full- NOTE
Duplex When the IEEE 1588v2 function is used, this
parameter can be set only to 1000M Full-Duplex.
See D.10 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM

NOTE
Only TN52TOG supports this parameter.
Synchronous Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable lock

Clock Enabled Default: Disabled synchronization. Set the parameter to
Enabled if clock synchronization is required.
When this parameter is set to Enabled, service
clocks are synchronized with NE clocks.
When the parameter is set to Disabled, service
clocks will not be synchronized with NE
clocks.
15.11.10 TOG Specifications


Optical Module
TN52TO N/A 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km

G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km
receiver
overload
NOTE
Std 802.3.
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km km

range

overload
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.85 kg (1.87 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN52TOG 41.8 46.0
15.12 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board

The available functional versions of the TOM board are TN11 and TN52.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TOM
TN52 Y Y Y Y Y
TOM

Function:
l The TN52TOM and TN11TOM support different application scenario. For details, see
15.12.2 Application Overview.
l The TN52TOM board supports the conversion between the client-side signals and ODU0
electrical signals. The TN11TOM board does not support the conversion. For details, see
15.12.3 Function and Feature.
Specification:
l The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
15.12.26 TOM Specifications.
The TOM boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
15.12.2.1 Concept: Tributary Mode and Tributary-Line Mode

A TOM board can be used as a tributary board or a tributary-line board. In different application
scenarios, eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or
WDM-side interfaces.
Figure 15-156 shows the signal flow of the tributary TOM board and Figure 15-157 shows the
signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board.
Figure 15-156 Signal flow of the tributary TOM board

Client-side cross- AnyLP cross-
connection connection
Input Output
(Client services) (ODU0/ODU1 electrical
signals)
Encapsulation and mapping

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-157 Signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board

Client-side cross- AnyLP cross- WDM-side cross-
connection connection connection
Output
Input
(OTU1 optical
(Client services)
signals)
Encapsulation and mapping
NOTE
AnyLP cross-connections are supported only in application scenarios 8, 9, and 12 of TN52TOM.
15.12.2.2 Concept: Cascading Mode and Non-cascading Mode

TOM boards can work either in cascading or non-cascading mode. In cascading mode, the total
client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s. In non-cascading
mode, the total client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
When working in cascading mode, each TOM board can map a maximum of eight client services
into one ODU0/ODU1 signal. When working in non-cascading mode, it can map a maximum
of four client services into one ODU0/ODU1 signal.
l The cascading mode is recommended if more than four client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
l The non-cascading mode is recommended if four or less client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
15.12.2.3 Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM

The TN52TOM board can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access
rate of the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
Table 15-153 TN52TOM board in cascading mode
App Tribu Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Port Remarks

licat tary or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working Working
ion Tribu Outp Mode a Mode b
Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 2x ODU0 ODU0 Supported

2TO ary ASI/SDI/ESCON >ODU0 ODU0 mode (Any- tributary only by the
M board l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU0[- mode (Any- OptiX OSN
scen FICON >ODU1]) >ODU0[- 8800.
ario NOTE
>ODU1])
1 Anyc- 1x Supported
The board can receive the
services in each preceding >ODU0- ODU1 only by the
row at the same time but >ODU1 OptiX OSN
the total rate of the services 6800 and
must be less than or equal 3800.
to 2.5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 7 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 1x ODU0 ODU0 The board

2TO ary- ASI/SDI/ESCON >ODU0- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M line l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU1- line mode line mode one
scen board FICON >OTU1 (Any- (Any- transmitter
ario >ODU0- >ODU0- and one
NOTE
2 The board can receive the
>ODU1- >ODU1- receiver on
services in each preceding >OTU1) >OTU1) the WDM
row at the same time but side.
the total rate of the services Only the
must be less than or equal
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
l 6 x FE/FDDI/DVB- The board

ASI/SDI/ESCON uses two
l 2 x GE/FC100/ transmitters
FICON and one
receiver on
NOTE
the WDM
services in each preceding side.
row at the same time but Only the
the total rate of the services RX7/TX7
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 8 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ Anyc- 1x ODU1 ODU1 -

2TO ary OC-3/DVB-ASI/ >ODU1 ODU1 mode tributary
M board SDI/ESCON (OTU1/ mode (Any-
scen l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 Any- >ODU1)
ario >ODU1)
3 l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI
NOTE
services in each preceding
row at the same time but
the total rate of the services
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
TN5 Tribut l 7 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ Anyc- 1x ODU1 ODU1 The board

2TO ary- OC-3/DVB-ASI/ >ODU1- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M line SDI/ESCON >OTU1 line mode line mode one
scen board l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 (OTU1/ (Any- transmitter
ario Any- >ODU1- and one
4 l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU1- >OTU1) receiver on
FICON >OTU1) the WDM
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ side.
FC200/FICON Only the
Express/HD-SDI RX7/TX7
NOTE and RX8/
The board can receive the TX8 optical
ports can be
the total rate of the services used as
must be less than or equal WDM-side
to 2.5 Gbit/s. optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
l 6 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ The board

OC-3/DVB-ASI/ uses two
SDI/ESCON transmitters
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on
l 2 x GE/FC100/ the WDM
FICON side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the
FC200/FICON RX7/TX7
Express/HD-SDI/ and RX8/
OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
The board can receive the used as
WDM-side
the total rate of the services optical
must be less than or equal ports.
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Table 15-154 TN52TOM board in non-cascading mode

App Tribut Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Port Remarks
licat ary or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working Working
ion Tribut Outp Mode a Mode b
Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 8x ODU0 ODU0 Supported

2TO ry ASI/SDI/ESCON/ >ODU0 ODU0 mode (Any- tributary only by the
M board GE/FC100/FICON >ODU0[- mode (Any- OptiX OSN
scen NOTE >ODU1]) >ODU0[- 8800.
ario The board can receive the >ODU1])
5 services in the preceding Anyc- 4x Supported
row at the same time but >ODU0- ODU1 only by the
the total rate of the services >ODU1 OptiX OSN
must be less than or equal 6800 and
to 10 Gbit/s.
3800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 6 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 2x ODU0 ODU0 The board

2TO ry-line ASI/SDI/ESCON/ >ODU0- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M board GE/FC100/FICON >ODU1- line mode line mode one
scen NOTE >OTU1 (Any- (Any- transmitter
ario The board can receive the >ODU0- >ODU0- and one
6 services in the preceding >ODU1- >ODU1- receiver on
row at the same time but >OTU1) >OTU1) the WDM
side.
to 5 Gbit/s. All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
l 4 x FE/FDDI/DVB- The board

ASI/SDI/ESCON/ uses two
GE/FC100/FICON transmitters
NOTE and one
The board can receive the receiver on
services in the preceding the WDM
row at the same time but side.
must be less than or equal All RX/TX
to 5 Gbit/s. optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 8 x FC100/FICON/ OTU1/Anyc- 4x ODU1 ODU1 -

2TO ry GE/STM-4/OC-12/ >ODU1 ODU1 mode tributary
M board DVB-ASI/ESCON/ (OTU1/ mode
scen FDDI/FE/SDI/ Any- (OTU1/
ario STM-1/OC-3 >ODU1) Any-
7 l 4 x FC200/FICON >ODU1)
Express/HD-SDI/
OTU1/STM-16/
OC-48
NOTE
to 10 Gbit/s.
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x ODU1_AN ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU1 Y_ODU0_ tributary only by the
M board >Any- ODU1 re- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU0- encapsulati (OTU1- 6800 and
ario >ODU1 on mode >ODU1- 3800.
8 (OTU1- >Any-
>ODU1- >ODU0-
>Any- >ODU1)
>ODU0-
>ODU1)
TN5 Tributa l 2 x OTU1 OTU1- 2x ODU1_AN ODU1 The board

2TO ry-line >ODU1- OTU1 Y_ODU0_ tributary- uses two
M board >Any- ODU1 re- line mode transmitters
scen >ODU0- encapsulati (OTU1- and one
ario >ODU1- on >ODU1- receiver on
9 >OTU1 tributary- >Any- the WDM
line mode >ODU0- side.
(OTU1- >ODU1- All RX/TX
>ODU1- >OTU1) optical
>Any- ports can be
>ODU0- used as
>ODU1- WDM-side
>OTU1) optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x ODU1 ODU1 The board

2TO ry-line >ODU1- OTU1 tributary- tributary- performs
M board >OTU1 line mode line mode electrical
scen (OTU1/ (OTU1/ regeneratio
ario Any- Any- n for OTU1
10 >ODU1- >ODU1- signals.
>OTU1) >OTU1)
l 6 x FC100/FICON/ Anyc- 2x The board
GE/STM-4/OC-12/ >ODU1- OTU1 uses only
DVB-ASI/ESCON/ >OTU1 one
FDDI/FE/SDI/ transmitter
STM-1/OC-3 and one
l 4 x FC200/FICON receiver on
Express/HD-SDI/ the WDM
STM-16/OC-48 side.
NOTE All RX/TX
The board can receive the optical
services in each preceding ports can be
row at the same time but used as
the total rate of the services WDM-side
to 10 Gbit/s.
optical
ports.
l 4 x FC200/FICON The board

Express/HD-SDI/ uses two
STM-16/OC-48/ transmitters
FC100/FICON/GE/ and one
STM-4/OC-12/ receiver on
DVB-ASI/ESCON/ the WDM
FDDI/FE/SDI/ side.
STM-1/OC-3 All RX/TX
NOTE optical
The board can receive the ports can be
services in the preceding
used as
the total rate of the services WDM-side
must be less than or equal optical
to 10 Gbit/s. ports.
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 8x ODU1_OD ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU0 U0 mode tributary only by the
M board >ODU0 (OTU1- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU1- (OTU1- 8800.
ario >ODU0) >ODU1-
11 >ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 8x ODU1_AN ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU0 Y_ODU0 tributary only by the
M board >Any- re- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU0 encapsulati (OTU1- 8800.
ario on mode >ODU1-
12 (OTU1- >Any-
>ODU1- >ODU0)
>Any-
>ODU0)
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
15.12.2.4 Application Scenario Overview of TN11TOM

The TN11TOM can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access rate of
the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
Table 15-155 TN11TOM board in cascading mode

Appl Tributa Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maxim Port Remarks
icatio ry or (Client Side) Path um Working
n Tributa Outpu Mode (Must
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on
ario Board Capaci the NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 8 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ OTU1/Anya- 1x N/A -

TOM y board OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ >ODU1 ODU1
Scena ESCON
rio 1 l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON Express/
HD-SDI/OTU1
NOTE
services in each preceding row
at the same time but the total
rate of the services must be less
than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Appl Tributa Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maxim Port Remarks

icatio ry or (Client Side) Path um Working
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on
ario Board Capaci the NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 7 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ OTU1/Anya- 1x N/A The board

TOM y-line OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ >ODU1- OTU1 uses only one
scena board ESCON >OTU1 transmitter
rio 2 l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on the
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON WDM side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the RX7/
FC200/FICON Express/ TX7 and RX8/
HD-SDI/OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
WDM-side
rate of the services must be less optical ports.
l 6 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ The board

OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ uses two
ESCON transmitters
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on the
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON WDM side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the RX7/
FC200/FICON Express/ TX7 and RX8/
HD-SDI/OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
WDM-side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-156 TN11TOM board in non-cascading mode

Appl Tributa Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Remarks
icatio ry or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on the
ario Board Capaci NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 8 x FC100/FICON/GE/ OTU1/Anya- 4x N/A -

TOM y board STM-4/OC-12/DVB- >ODU1 ODU1
scena ASI/ESCON/FDDI/FE/
rio 3 SDI/STM-1/OC-3
l 4 x FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI/OTU1/
STM-16/OC-48
NOTE
rate of the services must be less
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
TN11 Tributar l 6 x FC100/FICON/GE/ Anya->ODU1- 2x N/A The board

TOM y-line STM-4/OC-12/DVB- >OTU1 OTU1 uses only one
scena board ASI/ESCON/FDDI/FE/ transmitter
rio 4 SDI/STM-1/OC-3 and one
l 4 x FC200/FICON receiver on
Express/HD-SDI/ the WDM
STM-16/OC-48 side.
NOTE All RX/TX
The board can receive the optical ports
services in each preceding row can be used as
at the same time but the total WDM-side
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
l 4 x FC200/FICON Anya->ODU1- 2x N/A The board

Express/HD-SDI/ >OTU1 OTU1 uses two
STM-16/OC-48/FC100/ transmitters
FICON/GE/STM-4/ and one
OC-12/DVB-ASI/ receiver on
ESCON/FDDI/FE/SDI/ the WDM
STM-1/OC-3 side.
NOTE All RX/TX
The board can receive the optical ports
can be used as
rate of the services must be less WDM-side
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s. optical ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Appl Tributa Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Remarks

icatio ry or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on the
ario Board Capaci NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x N/A The board

TOM y-line >ODU1- OTU1 performs
scena board >OTU1 electrical
rio 5 regeneration
for OTU1
signals.
15.12.3 Function and Feature

The TOM board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
NOTE
ODU0 is only supported by the TN52TOM in the OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 15-157 Functions and features of the TOM board

Feature
Basic function l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the
range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and ODU0 or ODU1 signals
when functioning as a tributary board.
l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the
range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and OTU1 signals when
functioning as a tributary-line board.
l Supports convergence of multiple services into one ODU0 or
ODU1 signal.
The TOM board supports multiple application scenarios. For details,
see 15.12.2 Application Overview.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Client-side service FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

type GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
NOTE
When the TOM board transmits GE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber routing,
you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2
ports.
The TOM board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, and DVB-ASI electrical
signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals, a digital video
O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical module
of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a
digital video O/E converter by themselves.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800:

capabilities l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals or eight
ODU0 signals through the cross-connect bus on the backplane
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board. Supports the cross-
connection of four ODU1 signals to the paired slots through the
backplane.
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight channels
of GE signals between the TOM and the cross-connect board.
of GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
Supports the transmission of maximum of eight signals at the
rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots
l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board.
Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
Supports the transmission of six signals at the rate between 100
Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
of GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh
group.
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight signals
at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
l TN52TOM
Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) and any two boards in the non-paired slots of the four-
slot mesh group, that is, supports the ODU1 cross-connection

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
between slots IU2 and IU4, slots IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and
IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.
Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals
between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) and the paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is,
supports the GE cross-connection between slots IU2 and IU3
and slots IU4 and IU5.
Supports the cross-connection of six signals at the rate between
100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) and the
paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is, supports the
cross-connection of six signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between slots IU2 and
IU3 and slots IU4 and IU5.
OTN function l The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T
G.709. Supports the frame format and overhead processing by
l Supports the SM and TCM functions at the OTU1 and ODU1
layers on the WDM side.
l Supports the PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions at
the ODU1 layer.
l Supports the PM functions at the ODU1 layers.
l TN52TOM supports the PM function at the ODU0 layer.
WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
ESC function Supported.
FEC encoding Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that
complies with ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
Alarm and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help
performance event locate line failures.
NOTE
Only the TN11TOM supports Poisson mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
PRBS test function Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
type is FE or GE.
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
Optical-layer ASON Not supported
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52TOM.

ASON
Protection scheme OptiX OSN 3800/OptiX OSN 6800:

l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports ODUk SNCP.
OptiX OSN 8800:
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports ODUk SNCP.
NOTE
Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as

mapping mode GE on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port l Auto-Negotiation

working mode l 1000M Full-Duplex

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Outloop Supported
NOTE
When being used as tributary & line
board, the TOM board only
supports the loopback between
ClientLP1-ClientLP4.
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocol or standard Protocols IEEE 802.3u

compliance or IEEE 802.3z
standards
(non- ITU-T G.707
performanc ITU-T G.782
e ITU-T G.783
monitoring
) with GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
which (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
transparentl NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
y INTERFACES (FC-PI)
transmitted NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-LS)
services
comply
BB-3)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines
for the implementation and usage of the DVB
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocols ITU-T G.805

or ITU-T G.806
standards
(performan ITU-T G.709
ce ITU-T G.872
monitoring ITU-T G.7710
) for
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

Table 15-158 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOM board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
15.12.5 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and two ODU0 signals or one ODU1 signal.
Figure 15-158 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an
OptiX OSN 8800. Figure 15-159 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when
it is used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.
Figure 15-158 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
TOM TOM
1 1 1 M M 1 1
U U 1
FE, GE, X X FE, GE,
2ODU0
N N
8Any
FC100, FICON, FC100, FICON,
2ODU0
8Any
/ /
DVB-ASI, SDI, S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D
ESCON, FDDI 2 M 2 ESCON, FDDI
M
U U
8 2 2 2 2
X X 8
Figure 15-159 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
TOM TOM
1 1
M M
U U
FE, GE, X X FE, GE,
2ODU0
1ODU1
1ODU1
2ODU0
N N
8Any
FC100, FICON,
8Any
/ / FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI, S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D
ESCON, FDDI 2 M 2 ESCON, FDDI
M
U U
8 X X 8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To paired slot of the mesh group
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To non-paired slots of the mesh group

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.
Figure 15-160 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 1: ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]) in cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
10(RX8/TX8)
: Client-side services
: WDM-side services
: Service cross-connection, which needs to be configured on the NMS
: Virtual channel, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0

52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7) 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-7 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-159 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Cascading mode)

ClientLP1/ClientLP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ODU0LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading.

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000. Set the mode of the
ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]). Create the cross-connection between
the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM board. Then, create the following cross-
connections:
l Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the TOM board and
ODU0LP port of the other boards to achieve grooming of ODU0 services in OptiX OSN
8800, as shown in Figure 15-161.
l Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown in Figure 15-161.
NOTE
When creating the internal cross-connection of ODU0 signal, only the first route can be selected. For
Example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1.
Two channels with the same type of services at the ClientLP1 and ClientLP2 ports respectively must not
be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 service type is configured, the
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 service type must not be configured.
Figure 15-161 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52TOM board (scenario 1)

OptiX OSN 8800

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
Standard
mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module

201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 TOM

(Compatible mode) TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board (Standard TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /

mode) TN54ENQ2
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Standard
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4
module
Client side 161(ODU0LP1 WDM side

4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-5 3
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 161(ODU0LP1
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 /ODU0LP1)-2
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
The client side of the TOM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(Compatible TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
mode)
(Standard mode)
15.12.6 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1

(Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 15-162.
Figure 15-162 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1-

>OTU1)
The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side:
1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 1
FE, GE, FE, GE,

2ODU0
FC100, FICON,
2ODU0
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
FC100, FICON,
7Any
7Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, MUX/ MUX/

DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI DMUX DMUX
ESCON, FDDI
7 7
Any Any
The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side:

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 MUX/ MUX/ 1
DMUX DMUX
FE, GE, FE, GE,
2ODU0
1ODU1
1ODU1
2ODU0
1OTU1
1OTU1
6Any
6Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, DVB-ASI, SDI,

ESCON, FDDI ESCON, FDDI
MUX/ MUX/
6 DMUX DMUX 6
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In cascading mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.
Figure 15-163 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 2: ODU0 tributary-line mode (Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)

52TOM
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 9(RX7/TX7)
5(RX3/TX3)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces.
ClientLP1/ClientLP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ODU1LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.
ODU0LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
a: In different application scenarios, RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-
side interfaces or WDM-side interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM
board, as shown in Figure 15-164.
l Create OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and 9(RX7/TX7) or 10
(RX8/TX8) of the TOM board, as shown in Figure 15-164.
NOTE
If only seven FE services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*FE->ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 tributary-line (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1
port.
l Service Type is to FE for channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
l Bidirectional OTU1-level cross-connections are created between the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the
ODU1LP1 port.

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1/ 9(TX7/RX7)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 10(TX8/RX8)-1
1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-5 3 2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ODU0LP1)-2
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1/ 10(TX8/RX8)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP1)-1 2
1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ODU0LP1)-2
15.12.7 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one ODU1 signal.
Figure 15-165 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 3: Any->ODU1)

TOM TOM
1 1
FE, STM-1, STM-4, M M FE, STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, OC-3, OC- U U STM-16, OC-3, OC-
12, OC-48, FC100, X X 12, OC-48, FC100,
1ODU1
1ODU1
N N
8Any
8Any
GE, FC200, FICON, / / GE, FC200, FICON,

S D S
FICON Express, D FICON Express,
2 M 2
HD-SDI, DVB-ASI, M HD-SDI, DVB-ASI,
SDI, ESCON, FDDI U U SDI, ESCON, FDDI
8 X X 8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-166 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1) in cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
6(RX4/TX4) 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.

ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1). Create the cross-connection between the
internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM board. Then, create the following cross-
connections:
ODU1LP port of the other boards to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1
services, as shown in Figure 15-167.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 TOM

mode)
(Standard mode)
15.12.8 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals at any rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5
Gbit/s and one OTU1.
Figure 15-168 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1)

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 1
FE, GE, STM-1, FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC- OC-3, OC-12, OC-
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
7Any
7Any
48, FC100, FC200, MUX/ MUX/ 48, FC100, FC200,

FICON, FICON DMUX DMUX FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI, Express, HD-SDI,
ESCON, FDDI 7 7 ESCON, FDDI
Any Any

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 1 FE, GE, STM-1,
FE, GE, STM-1, MUX/ MUX/ STM-4, STM-16,
STM-4, STM-16, DMUX DMUX OC-3, OC-12, OC-
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
1ODU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
1OTU1
6Any
48, FC100, FC200,
6Any
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI,
Express, HD-SDI, MUX/ MUX/ DVB-ASI, SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, DMUX DMUX
6 6 ESCON, FDDI
ESCON, FDDI
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In this scenario, mapping of ODU0 services is not supported. This is different than the TN52TOM scenario
2.

>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 9(RX7/TX7)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
6(RX4/TX4) 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
6(RX4/TX4)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
: WDM-side services
NOTE

a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
l Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8
of the TOM board, as shown in Figure 15-170.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If only seven STM-1 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*STM-1/OC3->ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1
port.
l Service Type is set to STM-1 for channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
ODU1LP1 port.

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 9(TX7/RX7)-1

4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 3 2
15.12.9 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and eight ODU0 signals or four ODU1 signals.
Figure 15-171 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an
OptiX OSN 8800. Figure 15-172 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when
it is used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-171 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
TOM TOM
1 1
M M
1 1 1 1
FE, GE, U U
X X FE, GE,
8ODU0
FC100, FICON,
8ODU0
N N FC100, FICON,
8Any
8Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, / /
S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI D
2 M 2 ESCON, FDDI
M
U U
8 8 8 X X 8 8 8
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
Figure 15-172 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
TOM TOM
1 1
1 1 M M 1 1
U U
FE, GE, FE, GE,
X X
8ODU0
4ODU1
4ODU1
8ODU0
FC100, FICON, N N FC100, FICON,
8Any
8Any
/ /
DVB-ASI, SDI, S S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D D
M M
4 4 U U 4 4
8 X X 8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.

Figure 15-173 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 5: ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2

204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-2 1(IN/OUT
)

10(RX8/TX8) 208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

: WDM-side services
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1

52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1

6(RX4/TX4)
205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
9(RX7/TX7)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, or ClientLP7 port is the same as that
of a route of the ClientLP2, ClientLP4, ClientLP6, or ClientLP8 port, the two routes cannot be configured
with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not
supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is
configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same
time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule
applies.
Table 15-163 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Non-cascading mode)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 4.

l ClientLP2
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP6

l ClientLP4
l ClientLP7
l ClientLP8
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading.

ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]).
board. Then, create the following cross-connections, as shown in Figure 15-174.
8800, as shown in Figure 15-174.
l Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown in Figure 15-174.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The total rate of services that are input at each group of ClientLP ports, such as 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP)-4, cannot be higher than 1.25 Gbit/s.
Only one GE service can be input at each group of ClientLP ports.
The client-side eight pairs of optical ports can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
If a channel of the ClientLP1 port and a channel of the ClientLP2 port are identified by the same number,
these two channels cannot be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
channel is configured with a service type, you cannot configure a service type for the 202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 channel. Service configurations at the ClentLP3 and ClientLP4, ClientLP5 and ClientLP6,
and ClientLP7 and ClientLP8 ports must also comply with this restriction.
If only eight GE (GFP-T) services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as
Tributary 8*GE->8*ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Non-cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 Mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]) for the ClientLP1 port.
l Service Type is set to GE(GFP-T) for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
l Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX3/TX3 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX5/TX5 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX7/TX7 port and channel 1on the ClientLP7 port.
l Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX2/TX2 port and channel 2 on
the ClientLP2 port, the RX4/TX4 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP4 port, the RX6/TX6 port and
channel 2 on the ClientLP6 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP8 port.

OptiX OSN 8800
WDM side
Standard
mode
Other board
Compatible
mode
module


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

mode)
(Standard mode)
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800

WDM side
Other board
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1
1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 3 2
10(TX8/RX8)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2
TOM 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4

mode)
(Standard mode)
15.12.10 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and two OTU1 signals, or implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals
and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 15-175 or Figure 15-176.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-175 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: A)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 1
FE, GE, FE, GE,
2ODU1
2OTU1
4ODU0
FC100, FICON,
2ODU1
2OTU1
4ODU0
6Any
6Any MUX/ MUX/ FC100, FICON,
ESCON, FDDI DMUX DMUX
ESCON, FDDI
6 6
Any Any
The conversion between six Any signals and two OTU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
Figure 15-176 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: B)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 MUX/ MUX/ 1
DMUX DMUX
FE, GE, FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
2ODU1
4ODU0
FC100, FICON,
4ODU0
2ODU1
2OTU1
2OTU1
4Any
4Any

ESCON, FDDI ESCON, FDDI
MUX/ MUX/
4 DMUX DMUX 4
Any Any
Implements conversion between four Any signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, four pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)

52TOM
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 7(RX5/TX5)
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2 8(RX6/TX6)
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 9(RX7/TX7)
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-2 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 9(RX7/TX7)

162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2,
ClientLP4 port, the two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when
the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/
ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and
ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule applies.
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as required.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l ClientLP2

l ClientLP4
a: Eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-
side interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX/TX of the TOM board,
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of the optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the
client-side or the WDM-side interfaces. If six Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output. If
four Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output for dual transmitting and selective receiving.

Client side 161(ODU0LP1/ WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ 7(TX5/RX5)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 ODU0LP1)-1 8(TX6/RX6)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 3 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 3 9(TX7/RX7)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 2 10(TX8/RX8)-1
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 ODU0LP1)-2
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-4 162(ODU0LP1/ 52(ODU1LP2/
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP2)-1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 162(ODU0LP1/ TOM

Client side 161(ODU0LP1/ WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 ODU0LP1)-1 9(TX7/RX7)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 3 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 3
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ 10(TX8/RX8)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 ODU0LP1)-2
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-4 162(ODU0LP1/ 52(ODU1LP2/
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP2)-1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 162(ODU0LP1/ TOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.12.11 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-

Cascading)
and four ODU1 signals, or implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1
signals.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 15-179 or Figure 15-180.
The conversion between eight signals and four ODU1 signals.
Figure 15-179 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: A)

TOM TOM
1 1
FE, GE, STM-1, FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, 1 1 STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC- OC-3, OC-12, OC-
4ODU1
4ODU1
8Any
8Any
48, FC100, FC200, MUX/ MUX/ 48, FC100, FC200,
NS2 NS2
FICON, FICON DMUX DMUX FICON, FICON
DVB-ASI, SDI, 4 4 DVB-ASI, SDI,
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
The conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-180 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: B)

TOM TOM
1 1 1 1
4ODU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
4OTU1
MUX/ MUX/
OTU1 NS2 NS2 OTU1
DMUX DMUX
4 4 4 4
ODU1 ODU1
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
In this scenario, mapping of Any services is not supported. This is different than TN52TOM scenario 8.

Figure 15-181 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 7: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800:
A A
52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
: Working service direction
: Virtual channel
OptiX OSN 3800:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
NOTE
Particularly, in the OptiX OSN 3800, inter-board ODU1 cross-connections between the 52TOM and 52NS2
boards, if required, should be configured in such a manner that the ClientLP3-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-3 port on the 52NS2 board, the ClientLP5-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-2 port on the 52NS2 board.


l ClientLP5

l ClientLP7

ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1).
l create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ClientLP port on the TOM board and the
ODU1LP port on the TN52NS2 boards to implement grooming of ODU1 services, defined
as in Figure 15-182.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When the internal cross-connection of ODU1 signal is configured, only the first route can be selected. For
example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1. Only ClientLP1/ClientLP3/ClientLP5/ClientLP7 can be used.
Each ClientLP logical port can access a maximum of 2.5 Gbit/s signals.
If only four STM-16 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary
4*STM-16/OC48->4*ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Non-Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 Mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3,
ClientLP5 and ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to STM-16 for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.

WDM side
Other board
module
Client side 3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 WDM side

6(TX4/RX4)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

(Compatible mode) TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 /
TN54ENQ2

mode) TN54ENQ2
15.12.12 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-

>ODU1 (Non-Cascading)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals through Any re-
encapsulation.
Figure 15-183 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any-

>ODU0->ODU1)
TOM TOM
1 1
1 1 M M 1 1
U U
X X
8ODU0
8Any
4ODU1
4ODU1
4ODU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
8ODU0
4OTU1
64Any N N
64Any
8Any
8Any
8Any
32Any
/ /
32Any
OTU1 OTU1
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
4 4 4 4 4
4 X X
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
When the Any service is mapped into the ODU0 service, the TOM board supports de-encapsulation and
then re-encapsulation of only 10 Any services.

Figure 15-184 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 8: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-

encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8
201(ClientLP1/ 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
3(RX1/TX1) ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-8

ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 240(AnyLP8/AnyLP8)-8
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
ClientLP5)-1
8(RX6/TX6) 235(AnyLP3/AnyLP3)-8
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-1
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Any four of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.
l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1

l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
AnyLP1-AnyLP12 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1).
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TN52TOM board, as shown
3
in Figure 15-185.
l create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
4
NOTE
You can also set the service package to Tributary 4*OTU1->ODU1 (re-encapsulated into ODU0) on the
U2000. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5 and
ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Standard
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode
Other board
Cross-connect
module
Client WDM
side 201(ClientLP1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1 side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1
/ClientLP1)-1
1 2 3 2 4
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8
/ClientLP3)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
205(ClientLP5 162(ODU0LP2
6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ClientLP5)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-8 /ODU0LP2)-1
203(ClientLP7
7(TX5/RX5)-1 /ClientLP7)-1
242(AnyLP10/AnyLP10)-1 163(ODU0LP3
8(TX6/RX6)-1 /ODU0LP3)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1 236(AnyLP4/AnyLP4)-7 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8 164(ODU0LP4

236(AnyLP4/AnyLP4)-8 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8 /ODU0LP4)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM module module module module module

TN54ENQ2

mode) TN54ENQ2
15.12.13 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-

>ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)
Implements conversion between two OTU1 signals and two OTU1 signals through Any re-
encapsulation, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
Figure 15-186 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 9)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
TOM TOM
MUX/ MUX/
1 DMUX DMUX 1
32Any
32Any
2ODU1
4ODU0
4ODU0
2ODU1
2OTU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
2ODU1
2OTU1
2OTU1
16Any
16Any
OTU1 OTU1
MUX/ MUX/
2 DMUX DMUX 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

Figure 15-187 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 9: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-

encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in non-
cascading mode)
52TOM
7(RX5/TX5)
3(RX1/TX1) 8(RX6/TX6)
ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1

9(RX7/TX7)
6(RX4/TX4)
ClientLP3)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system
plan.
Any two of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.
l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.

l ClientLP3
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.
side interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
3
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 15-188.
4
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the client-
side or the WDM-side interfaces.

201(ClientLP1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1

3(TX1/RX1)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ClientLP1)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1 /ODU1LP1)-1
1 2 3
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8 8(TX6/RX6)-1
233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 2 2
/ClientLP3)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1 4
5(TX3/RX3)-1
205(ClientLP5 162(ODU0LP2 52(ODU1LP2 9(TX7/RX7)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ClientLP5)-1 /ODU0LP2)-1 /ODU1LP2)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
207(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect

TOM module module module module module module
15.12.14 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (non-

cascading)
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals, or implements conversion
between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and two OTU1 signals, or
implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.

A: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.

4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TOM
D
M
4ODU1
4OTU1
4OTU1
M
U 4 4 U
X
X
TOM
D
M
4ODU1
4OTU1
4OTU1
M
U 4 4 U
X
X
B: Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode.
two OTU1 signals, or implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals and
the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
2xOTU1 2xOTU1
FE, GE, FC100, TOM FE, GE, FC100,

TOM
FICON, STM-4, FICON, STM-4,
1 1
OC-12, DVB- OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON, ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI, FDDI, SDI,
2ODU1
2OTU1
2ODU1
2OTU1
6Any
6Any
STM-1, OC-3 MUX/ MUX/ STM-1, OC-3

, FC200, DMUX DMUX , FC200,
FICON FICON
Express, HD- Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16, 6 6 SDI, STM-16,
OC-48 OC-48
Any Any

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
FE, GE, FC100, FE, GE, FC100,

TOM TOM
FICON, STM-4, FICON, STM-4,
1 MUX/ MUX/ 1
OC-12, DVB- OC-12, DVB-
ASI, ESCON, DMUX DMUX ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI, FDDI, SDI,
2ODU1
2ODU1
2OTU1
2OTU1
4Any
4Any
STM-1, OC-3 STM-1, OC-3

, FC200, , FC200,
FICON FICON
Express, HD- MUX/ MUX/ Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16, 4 DMUX DMUX 4 SDI, STM-16,
OC-48 OC-48
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
plan.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 15-190 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 10: ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.
TOM
3(RX1/TX1) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side.
TOM

4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.
TOM
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 9(RX7/TX7)

10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
plan.


l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
side interfaces.
NOTE
Only the display of NM port in cascading mode is different from that in non-cascading mode. The
configuration in cascading mode is similar to the configuration in non-cascading mode.

ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If only four OTU1 services are received from client equipment, you can also specify the service package as
4*OTU1 REG to automatically complete the following settings:
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1,
ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.
ODU1LP1 port, the RX6/TX6 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP2 port, the RX7/TX7 port and channel
1 on the ODU1LP3 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP4 port.
OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 2 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1 3 8(TX6/RX6)-1
TOM
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 2 3
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOM
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 2 3 8(TX6/RX6)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect module TOM


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.12.15 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (non-

cascading)
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals.

TOM TOM
1 1
1 1 M M 1 1
U U
X X
8ODU0
8ODU0
4ODU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
4OTU1
N N
8Any
8Any
OTU1 / / OTU1
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
4 8 8 8 8 4
X X
NOTE

Figure 15-193 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 11: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2
1(IN/OUT)
205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 163(ODU0LP3/ODU0LP3)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.


l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7

ClientLP port to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1 side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2
Standard
mode
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

4(TX2/RX2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
6(TX4/RX4)-1 3 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2
1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 163(ODU0LP3/ODU0LP3)-1 2
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM


mode) TN54ENQ2
15.12.16 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0

(Non-Cascading)
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals through Any re-
encapsulation.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TOM TOM
1 1
1 1 M M 1 1
U U
X X
4ODU1
8ODU0
4OTU1
32Any
64Any
8ODU0
4ODU1
4OTU1
64Any
32Any
N N
8Any
8Any
OTU1 / / OTU1
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
4 8 8 8 8 4
X X
NOTE
Any service is FE, GE, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI, SDI, ESCON, or FDDI.

Figure 15-196 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 12: ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-
encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-8

ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)
241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-1 1(IN/OUT)
ClientLP5)-1
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-1
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to non-cascading mode.

ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0).
3
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 15-197.
l Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the AnyLP port of the TOM board and
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1 side
Standard
mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
Client WDM
side 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1
1 2 3
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8 4
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-8
6(TX4/RX4)-1 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 235(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 235(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-8

8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM module module module module


mode) TN54ENQ2
15.12.17 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)
and one ODU1 signal.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TOM TOM
FE, GE, FDDI, 1
M M 1
STM-1, OC-3, FE, GE, FDDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, U U STM-1, OC-3,
STM-16, OC- X X DVB-ASI, SDI,
1ODU1
1ODU1
N N
8Any
8Any
48, ESCON, / / STM-16, OC-
S D S
STM-4, OC-12, D 48, ESCON,
2 M 2
FC100, FICON, M STM-4, OC-12,
FC200, FICON U U FC100, FICON,
Express, HD- 8 X X 8 FC200, FICON
SDI, OTU1 Express, HD-
SDI, OTU1
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To the mesh group slots
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE

Figure 15-199 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 1: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in cascading mode)
11TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading mode.

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any cross-
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in cascading mode, as shown and
in Figure 15-200
WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 TOM

TN54ENQ2
Other board (Standard TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2

mode)
15.12.18 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal.
Figure 15-201 Position of the TN11TOM in a WDM system

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- 1 1 FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC- 1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC- 1ODU1 12, STM-16, OC-
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
7Any
48,ESCON, 48,ESCON,
7Any
MUX/ MUX/
FC100, FICON, DMUX DMUX FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON FC200, FICON
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1 7 7 DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
Any Any

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
TOM TOM
1 1
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC- MUX/ MUX/ 1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC- DMUX DMUX 12, STM-16, OC-
1ODU1
1OTU1
1ODU1
1OTU1
6Any
6Any
48,ESCON, 48,ESCON,
FC200, FICON FC200, FICON
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1 6 6 DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
Any Any
NOTE
In cascade mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.

>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
Converts between six Any signals and one OTU1 signal and the dual fed and selective receiving
function on the WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
11TOM
5(RX3/TX3) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 9(RX7/TX7)

51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
6(RX4/TX4) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
Converts between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.
11TOM
6(RX4/TX4) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of one channel of OTU1 signal. Only
RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 can be used as WDM-side optical interfaces.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.

Creating electrical cross-connections for the TOM board on the U2000 is a process of
establishing cross-connections inside the board. For details, see Figure 15-203.



4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 3 2
15.12.19 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)
and four ODU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TOM TOM
1 1
FC100, FICON, FE, FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3, 1 1 GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12, STM-4, OC-12,
4ODU1
4ODU1
8Any
8Any
STM-16, OC-48 MUX/ MUX/ STM-16, OC-48
NS2 NS2
, FC200, FICON DMUX DMUX , FC200, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI, Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI, SDI, 4 4 ESCON, FDDI, SDI,
HD-SDI, OTU1 8 8 HD-SDI, OTU1
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

Figure 15-205 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in non-cascading mode)
11TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
NOTE
In this case, the 201 (ClientLP1/ ClientLP1) and 203 (ClientLP3/ ClientLP3) ports can access a maximum
of four services, and the 202 (ClientLP2/ ClientLP2) and 204 (ClientLP4/ ClientLP4) ports can access a
maximum of two services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l ClientLP3

l ClientLP4
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any cross-
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in non-cascading mode, as shown
WDM side
Other board
module
Client side 3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 WDM side

6(TX4/RX4)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Other board TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

(Compatible mode) TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode)
Other board (Standard TN53NS2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2

mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.12.20 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between four optical signals at a rate from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
four ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.

4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TOM TOM
FC100, FICON, FE, 1 1 1 1
FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3 GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12, , STM-4, OC-12,
4ODU1
4OTU1
4ODU1
4OTU1
4Any
4Any
DVB-ASI, ESCON, MUX/ MUX/ DVB-ASI, ESCON,

FDDI, FC200, DMUX DMUX FDDI, FC200,
FICON Express, FICON Express,
SDI, HD-SDI, STM- SDI, HD-SDI, STM-
16, OC-48 4 4 4 4 16, OC-48
Any Any
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as described in the system
plan.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
>ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
ClientLP1-ClientLP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1
side interfaces.

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 7(TX5/RX5)-1
1 3 2
TOM Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.12.21 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical

regeneration board)
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.


4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TOM
4ODU1
4OTU1
DMUX 4OTU1 MUX
4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TOM
4ODU1
4OTU1
4OTU1
MUX DMUX
NOTE
In cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of one channel of OTU1 signal, only
RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-211 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 5: ODU1 tributary-line mode (electrical
regeneration board))
11TOM
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.

ClientLP1ClientLP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1
side interfaces.


1 3 2
TOM Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary Board)

Figure 15-213 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.
Figure 15-213 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributary
board)
100 Mbit/s - 2.5 Gbit/s Any
Backplane (service cross-connection) services/ n x ODUk
Client
side
RX 1 O/E
RX 2 Service
8 OTN Cross-
RX 8 encapsulation processing connect
TX 1
and mapping module module
E/O
TX 2 module
8
TX 8 Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

from a backplane SCC (controlled by SCC )
NOTE
In Figure 15-213, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOM board to
the backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 15-176 shows the service cross-connections from the TOM board to the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-176 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM
Boar Board Port Working Mode Application Service Cross-connection

d Working Scenario
Mode
TN5 cascading ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[- TN52TOM A maximum of 2 x ODU0/1 x

2TO >ODU1]) scenario 1 ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
M s) Any services
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any- TN52TOM A maximum of 1 x ODU1/6 x

>ODU1) scenario 3 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
non- ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0/4 x

cascading >ODU1]) scenario 5 ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
s) Any services
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any- TN52TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/6 x

>ODU1) scenario 7 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 TN52TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/6 x

re-encapsulation mode scenario 8 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
(OTU1->ODU1->Any- services
>ODU0->ODU1)
ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0

>ODU1->ODU0) scenario 11
ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0

encapsulation mode (OTU1- scenario 12
>ODU1->Any->ODU0)
TN1 cascading N/A TN11TOM A maximum of 1 x ODU1/8 x

1TO Scenario 1 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
M services
non- N/A TN11TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/8 x

cascading scenario 3 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
NOTE
The TN52TOM board supports cross-connections of Any services only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800
or OptiX OSN 6800.
The TN52TOM board supports ODU0 cross-connections only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the backplane
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
encapsulation and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out
ODUk signals or Any signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane.
For Any signals, the module sends the signals to the client-side optical module.
For ODUk signals, the module performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out client-side electrical signals
to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical
interfaces.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary-Line Board)

Figure 15-214 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.
Figure 15-214 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributary-
line board)
Service
RX1 O/E E/O TX7
encapsulation
RX2 TX8
and mapping
OTN Cross-
RX6 module
processing connect
TX1 E/O Service module module O/E RX7
TX2
regeneration RX8
TX6 Client-side module WDM-side
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In cascading mode, only the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports on the board can be used as WDM-side ports. Figure
15-214 shows an example in which the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports are used as the WDM-side ports to
implement dual-fed and selective receiving. When a service is to be transmitted and received singly, one of the
RX/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports can be used as a WDM-side and the other port can be used as a client-side port.
In non-cascading mode, any four of the RX/TX ports can be used as WDM-side ports.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the WDM side
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client equipment through the
RX interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing,
and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs OTU1 signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2. The optical signals are split into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then are output through the TX optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the RX optical interfaces. Then, the module performs
O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs the client
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs the client-side optical signals through the TX optical interfaces.
Module Function
standard optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of standard optical signals.
standard optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module, OTN processing module, service processing module, and service regeneration
module.
Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the client-side signals and
the WDM-side signals of the board.
Regenerates Any signals and monitors SDH and Any signals in two directions.
Service regeneration module
Implements the FEC decoding/encoding and overhead processing of OTU1 signals.
Monitors the performance of WDM-side services.

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOM board.

Figure 15-215 shows the front panel of the TOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-215 Front panel of the TOM board
TOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TOM
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-177 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOM board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level


One slot houses one TOM board.
Table 15-178 shows the valid slots for the TN11TOM board.
Table 15-179 shows the valid slots for the TN52TOM board.
Table 15-178 Valid slots for the TN11TOM board
Product Valid Slots
Table 15-179 Valid slots for the TN52TOM board
Product Valid Slots

For parameters of TOM, refer to Table 15-180.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-180 TOM parameters


Channel interface.

channel of a board.

Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.
Loopback
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, GE(GFP- GE services can be encapsulated in two
T), HD-SDI, OC-3, formats. When Service Type is GE, the
0C-12, OC-48, OTU-1, encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16 GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
Default: None The GE services at the transmit and receive
format.
Client Service Bearer 100 - 2200 sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: / optical interface on the client side of a
board.
NOTE
Only the TN11TOM supports this
parameter.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Client side: Off

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
parameter.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.


pass-through (LPT).

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l CWDM: board.
0 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
18/1611.00/188.78 (WDM Interface) for more
0 information.
Default: /
wavelength.
Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
Board Mode Cascading Mode, Non- The Board Mode parameter is used to
cascading Mode set the board mode of a board depending
Default: Non- on the service application scenario.
cascading Mode NOTE
parameter.
See D.1 Board Mode (WDM
Board Working mode Cascading, Non- The Board Working Mode parameter
Cascading is used to set the board mode of a board
Default: Non- depending on the service application
Cascading scenario.
NOTE
parameter.
Cascading: Only RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8
can be used as WDM side optical ports. The
board supports multiplexing up to six
channels of Any signals into one channel of
OTU1 signals.
Non-Cascading: RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can
be used as WDM-side optical ports. The
board supports multiplexing up to four
channels of Any signals into two channels of
OTU1 signals.
Port Working Mode In Non-Cascading This parameter is used to set the working
mode, nine working mode of the interface on the board
modes are supported.a according to the actual application
scenario and service mapping trail. For
In Cascading mode,
the configuration methods of different
five working modes are
application scenarios of the TOM board,
supported.b
see the Configuration Guide.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
a: Working modes supported in Non-Cascading mode are as follows:

l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
b: Working modes supported in Cascading mode are as follows:
l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
15.12.26 TOM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Pluggable Optical
Module Module

11T S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
OM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
L-16.2-80 km
I-16-2 km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km S-16.1-15 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km L-16.1-40 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
(Video eSFP)-20 km

52T S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
OM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
L-16.2-80 km
I-16-2 km
1000 BASE-BX10-U
S-16.1-15 km
1000 BASE-BX10-D
L-16.1-40 km
1000 BASE-BX-U
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-BX-D
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
(Video eSFP)-20 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

NOTE
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE
signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE

Item Unit Value


format

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
802.3.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 1.5 Gbit/s Multirate (Video

eSFP)-20 km
Service rate Gbit/s 1.5
Operating frequency range nm 1290 to 1330
Minimum mean launched power dBm -7
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 3
Item Unit Value

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD
Table 15-189 Specifications of DWDM-side pluggable optical for SDH services

Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11TOM: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN52TOM: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TOM 55 60
TN52TOM 81 89.1
15.13 TQM
TQM: 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TQM board are TN11 and TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TQM
TN12 N N N Y Y
TQM

l Function:
Only the TN12TQM supports the OTU1/HD-SDI/SDI/FDDI services, PRBS function,
Test frame and Tributary SNCP protection. For details, see 15.13.3 Functions and
Features.
l Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 15.13.10 TQM
Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Board
TN11TQM TN12TQM The TN12TQM can be created as TN11TQM on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12TQM functions as the
TN11TQM.
TN12TQM None -
15.13.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQM board converts between four optical signals at the rate
between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s and four client-side electrical signals or one ODU1 electrical
signal through cross-connection.
For the position of the TQM board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-216.
Figure 15-216 Position of the TQM board in the WDM system

1xODU1 1xODU1
TQM TQM
1 M M 1
U U
1ODU1
N N
1ODU1
/ /
S D D S
2.5Gbit/s 2 2 2.5Gbit/s
M M
U U
4 X X 4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s

2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 6800: from paired slot or cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: from mesh group slot
NOTE
The client-side four pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.

The TQM board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-190 Functions and features of the TQM board

and
Feature
Basic TQM converts signals as follows: 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x ODU1.
function

NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports SDI, HD-SDI, OTU1 and FDDI services.
The TQM supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
Cross- OptiX OSN 6800:

connect l Supports the cross-connection of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
capabilities s and 2.5 Gbit/s between the boards in paired slots.
l Supports the cross-connection of one ODU1 signal or two GE signals
between the TQM and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired
slot.
OptiX OSN 3800:
2.5 Gbit/s or one ODU1 signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh
group.
OTN l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
function the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports TCM function for ODU1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
monitoring
NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports Bursty mode.

function
PRBS test TN11TQM: not supported.

function TN12TQM: supports the PRBS function on the client side.
NOTE
is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
NOTE
function is FE or GE.
Test frame TN11TQM: not supported

TN12TQM: The board supports test frame function only when the client-side

layer ASON

l Supports the Tributary SNCP protection (TN12TQM).
NOTE
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on the

service NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
mapping
mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

working GE:
mode
l Auto-Negotiation
l 1000M Full-Duplex
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

which ITU-T G.782
transmitted
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
NOTE
Only the TN12TQM supports the following standards and
protocols.
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQM board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-217 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-217 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQM

4 X 100 Mbit/s -2.5 Gbit/s / 1X ODU1
Client side
RX1
RX2 O/E
RX3 Service OTN
RX4
encapsulation and Processing Cross-connect
TX1 mapping module module module
TX2 E/O
TX3
TX4
Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The client side of the TQM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) and GE electrical signals.
NOTE
NOTE
electrical signals.
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
In the signal flow of the TQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQM to the backplane,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out four channels of
Any signals or one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. Then,
If the signals are Any signals, they are sent to the client-side optical module.
If the signals are ODU1 signals, the module performs operations such as ODU1 framing,
demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out four channels of
Any signals to the client-side optical module.
then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from four channels of the internal
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TQM
and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are Any and ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any and ODU1 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU1
Frames ODU1 signals and processes overheads in ODU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.13.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQM board.

Figure 15-218 shows the front panel of the TQM board.
Figure 15-218 Front panel of the TQM board
TQM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TQM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 15-191 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQM board
TX1-TX4 LC Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side

RX1-RX4 LC Receives the optical service signal from the client-side

NOTE
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Laser Hazard Level

15.13.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQM board.
Table 15-192 shows the valid slots for the TQM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-192 Valid slots for the TQM board

Product Valid Slots


Table 15-193 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQM board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 15-219 shows the application model of the TQM board. Table 15-194 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-219 Port diagram of the TQM board

Other OTU board Other line board
Backplane
4 x GE/Any/OTU1 ODU1
201
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 (ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201
5(RX3/TX3)-1
201
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Client Side

connect NMS to receive GE/Any/OTU1/ODU1 signals from
module other boards
Service
processing
module
NOTE
TN11TQM: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12TQM: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201 (ClientLP/
ClientLP)-4.
Table 15-194 Description of NM port of the TQM board

interfaces.

Configuration Principle
the transmit end.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l For each TQM board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1, and HD-SDI services, timeslots can
be configured only in channel 1 of the TQM board.
GE 7
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the TQM board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TQM
board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
by and in Figure 15-220.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the TQM board and the
services accessed from the client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the
port of the TQM board, as shown by 4 in Figure 15-220. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the client side of
the TQM board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP port supports OTU1 services.
Figure 15-220 Cross-connection diagram of the TQM board

Other board
Client side
4
3
2
1
TQM
1
The internal cross-connection of the board 2
The client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the client side of the 4
TQM board

cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the board and ODU1LP port of other boards
(or IN/OUT port of the TN11NS2 board) to implement the cross-connect grooming of
ODU1 services, as shown in Figure 15-221.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-221 Cross-connection diagram of the TQM board

WDM side
IN/OUT-OCh:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:1
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board b
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 (standard mode)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4
Client side
TQM
The client side of the TQM board are cross-connected to the WDM
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 /

TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode)
Other board b TN53ND2 / TN53NS2 / TN55NS3 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /

TN54ENQ2
receive timeslots.

For parameters of the TQM, refer to Table 15-195.
Table 15-195 TQM parameters


Channel interface.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.

Loopback
Service Type None, Any, DVB- The Service Type parameter sets the
ASI,SDI, ESCON, type of the service accessed at the
FC-100, FC-200, optical interface on the client side.
FICON Express, GE, Only the TN12TQM supports Any, SDI,
GE(GFP-T), HD-SDI, FDDI, HD-SDI, and OTU-1 services.
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, NOTE
STM-1, STM-4, GE services can be encapsulated in two
STM-16, OTU-1 formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
Default: None Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
format.
Client Service Bearer 100 - 2200 sets the rate of the accessed service at
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: 0 the optical interface on the client side of
a board.
NOTE
Only TN12TQM supports this parameter.
information.



pass-through (LPT).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE
Only available for TN12TQM.

board resides.
information.
NOTE
Only available for the TN12TQM.
15.13.10 TQM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Client-Side Fixed Optical Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Module
TN11TQ N/A I-16-2 km

M S-16.1-15 km
L-16.1-40 km
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km

M S-16.1-15 km
L-16.1-40 km
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
NOTE

NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
Std 802.3.

Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7


wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Type 5 km

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Weight
l TN11TQM: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb.)
l TN12TQM: 1.1 kg (2.43 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TQM 50.3 57.6
TN12TQM 25 27.5
15.14 TQS
TQS: 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing board

Only one functional version of the TQS board is available, that is, TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y Y
TQS
15.14.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQS board implements conversion between four STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1 optical signals and four ODU1 electrical signals.
For the position of the TQS board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-222.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-222 Position of the TQS board in the WDM system

4xODU1 4xODU1
TQS TQS
1 1 1 M M 1
1 1
U U
X X
4ODU1
N N STM-16/
4ODU1
STM-16/ / /
OC-48/OTU1 S S OC-48/OTU1
D D
2 M M 2
4 4 4 4
U U
4 X X 4

The TQS board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
Table 15-200 Functions and features of the TQS board

and Feature
Basic TQS converts signals as follows:

function 4 x (STM-16/OC-48/OTU1)<->4 x ODU1

Cross- OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals
connect between the TQS and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired slot.
capabilities OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four ODU1 signals from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group.
OTN l Supports mapping each channel of 2.5G signals into the ODU1 signals at
function the ODU1 interface of the backplane.
l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
ESC Supported
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
events

function

function

layer ASON

NOTE
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

transmitted
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQS board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and
communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-223 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-223 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQS

ODU1
Client side
RX1 SDH/SONET
RX2 O/E encapsulation and
RX3 OTN
RX4 mapping module
Processing Cross-connect
TX1 module module
TX2 E/O Client-side OTN
TX3 procssing module
TX4 Client-side
Optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Required
Fuse
voltage
Backplane
The client side of the TQS board can access the following optical signals:
l STM-16 optical signals
l OC-48 optical signals
l OTU1 optical signals
In the signal flow of the TQS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQS to the backplane,
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing and FEC decoding with OTU1 signals,
and performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, and OTN framing
with STM-16/OC-48 signals. Then, the module sends out four channels of ODU1 signals
to the backplane for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODU1 electrical signals sent from the backplane.
The module performs operations such as ODU1 framing, framing of OTU1 signals,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
encoding of FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out
four channels of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
electrical signals, and then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the
TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from four channels of the internal
electrical signals to STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 optical signals.
The module consists of the cross-connect module, SDH/SONET encapsulation and
mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TQS
and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane.
Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the
backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 3800: Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 signals.

ODU1 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
Frames ODU1/OTU1 signals, processes overheads in ODU1/OTU1 signals, and
performs FEC encoding and decoding of the OTU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.14.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQS board.

Figure 15-224 shows the front panel of the TQS board.
Figure 15-224 Front panel of the TQS board
TQS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TQS
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 15-201 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQS board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.14.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQS board.
Table 15-202 shows the valid slots for the TQS board.
Table 15-202 Valid slots for the TQS board
Product Valid Slots



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-203 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQS board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 15-225 shows the application model of the TQS board. Table 15-204 describes the
Figure 15-225 Port diagram of the TQS board

Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU1
201
3 (LP1/LP1)-1
(RX1/TX1)-1
4 202
(RX2/TX2)-1 (LP2/LP2)-1
203
5
(LP3/LP3)-1
(RX3/TX3)-1
204
6
(LP4/LP4)-1
(RX4/TX4)-1
Client Side
connect NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service
processing
module
Table 15-204 Description of NM port of the TQS board

LP1-LP4 Internal logical ports. All optical paths are numbered 1.

If the TQS board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l The corresponding channels of the four LP ports are respectively connected to the RX1/
TX1-RX4/TX4. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
cross-connection between the LP port of the TQS board and the optical channels of the
ODU1LP port of other boards (or the IN/OUT port on the NS2 board) to implement the
cross-connect grooming of ODU1 services, as shown Figure 15-226.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-226 Cross-connection diagram of the TQS board

WDM side
Other board a
(compatible
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other board b

IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 (standard
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4
Client side
201(LP1/LP1)-1
201(LP1/LP1)-2
TQS
201(LP1/LP1)-3
201(LP1/LP1)-4
The client side of the TQS board are cross-connected to the



For parameters of TQS, refer to Table 15-205.
Table 15-205 TQS parameters

Channel interface.

channel of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Loopback
Service Type None, OC-48, OTU-1, The Service Type parameter sets the
STM-16 type of the service accessed at the
Default: OTU-1 optical interface on the client side.



to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.
15.14.10 TQS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Client-Side Fixed Optical Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Module

S S-16.1-15 km
L-16.1-40 km
L-16.2-80 km
NOTE

NOTE
This module is used to access STM-16 and OTU1 signals.
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type


wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access STM-16, OC-48, OTU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

CWDM)-80 km
Minimum side mode suppression dB 30

ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

G.959.1-compliant
Receiver type - APD
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TQS 43 47.3
15.15 TQX
TQX: 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TQX board are TN11, TN52, TN53, and TN55.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
TQX
TN52 Y Y Y Y N
TQX
TN53 Y Y Y N N
TQX
TN55 Y Y Y Y N
TQX

Function:
l The TN11TQX/TN52TQX/TN53TQX board supports the conversion between the client-
side signals and ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals. The TN55TQX board supports the
conversion between the client-side signals and ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex electrical signals.
l Only the TN53TQX/TN55TQX board supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
l Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX support the OTU2 and OTU2e services.
l Only the TN55TQX board supports four channels of IEEE 1588v2 function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Only the TN55TQX board supports four channels of physical clock function.
Specification:
l The specifications vary with the version of the board that you use. For details, see 15.15.10
TQX Specifications.
Table 15-209 Substitution rules of the TQX board

Board Board
TN11TQX TN55TQX The TN55TQX can be created as TN11TQX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN55TQX functions as the
TN11TQX.
TN52TQX.
TN53TQX.
TN55TQX None -
15.15.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TQX board converts between four FC800/FC1200/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals and four ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TQX board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-227.
Figure 15-227 Position of the TQX board in the WDM system

4xODU2/ODU2e/ 4xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex ODUflex
TQX TQX
10GE LAN M M 10GE LAN
10GE WAN 1 1 1 1 U U 1 1 1 1 10GE WAN
4xODU2/ODU2e/
4xODU2/ODU2e/
STM-64 X X STM-64
N N
ODUflex
ODUflex
OC-192 / / OC-192
Q D Q
OTU2 D OTU2
2 M 2
OTU2e M OTU2e
FC800 U
4 4 4 4 U 4 4 4 4 FC800
FC1200 X X FC1200

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-210 Client-side service mapping path supported by the board

Board Client-Side Service Backplane-Side Service
TN11TQ 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/ ODU2/ODU2e

X OC-192

X OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e

X OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200

X OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200
FC800 ODUflex
a: For FC800 services, the TN55TQX board supports two mapping paths: FC800->ODU2
and FC800->ODUflex. The mapping paths for the TN53TDX boards at the service adding
and dropping sites must be the same.

The TQX board enables cross-connections at the electrical layer.
Table 15-211 Functions and features of the TQX board

and Feature
Basic TQX converts signals as follows:

function l 4xFC800/FC1200/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e<->4xODU2/ODU2e.
l 4xFC800<->4xODUflex

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service type 10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN53TQX/TN55TQX supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX supports OTU2 and OTU2e services.
The processing of the 10GE WAN service and the STM-64 service is the same.
Therefore, For the TN11TQX/ TN52TQX, when the 10GE WAN service is transmitted,
you can configure it as the STM-64 service on the U2000.
Cross- Supports the cross-connection of four ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals

connect between the TQX and the cross-connect board through the backplane.
capabilities NOTE
The cross-connection of ODUflex signals is supported only by the TN55TQX board.
OTN l Supports overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709. The

function mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43.
l Supports SM and TCM function when the TN52TQX , TN53TQXand
TN55TQX receives OTN services.
ESC Supported by the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX when the client-side

function service type is OTU2 or OTU2e.
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
NOTE
event

function

function
NOTE
is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
is 10GE LAN.
Test frame Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is 10GE
LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G)
support 1588 or MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
IEEE The TN55TQX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when
1588v2 the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port Mapping is MAC
Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) Support 1588.
Physical l When the TN55TQX board receives 10GE LAN services and the port
clock mapping is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
l When the TN55TQX board receives 10GE LAN services and the port
mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its client side, the
board can support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of
synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission.
Electrical- Supported by the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX

layer ASON

NOTE
SNCP protection.
NOTE
Ethernet l TN11TQX/TN12TQX/TN53TQX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G),

service MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
mapping l TN55TQX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent
mode Mapping(10.7G), MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) Support 1588
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

which ITU-T G.783
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TQX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 15-228 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TQX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-228 Functional modules and signal flow of the TQX

Backplane(service cross-connection) n X ODUk
Client side
SDH/SONET
RX2 mapping module
RX3 O/E
RX4
10GE-LAN OTN Cross-
encapsulation and processing connect 1588v2
mapping module module module module
TX1
TX2
E/O FC
TX4
mapping module
Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53TQX/TN55TQX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

Only the TN55TQX board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 15-228, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane. "n"
Table 15-212 shows the service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane.
Table 15-212 Service cross-connections from the TQX board to the backplane
TN11TQX/ A maximum of 4xODU2/ODU2e

TN52TQX/
TN53TQX
TN55TQX A maximum of 4xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TQX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TQX to the backplane,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, the module sends out four channels of
ODU2/ODU2e signals to the backplane for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals sent from the
cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as
ODU2/ODU2e framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends
out four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs four
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals.
electrical signals to 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 optical signals.
encapsulation and mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, OTN
processing module, and cross-connect module.
ODU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
ODU2/ODU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the
10GE LAN performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the ODU2/
ODU2e/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has
the FC performance monitoring function.
NOTE
FC800 services can be mapped into ODU2/ODUflex payload area and FC1200 services can be mapped
into ODU2e payload area.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frames ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex signals and processes overheads in ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TQX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
According to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, the module transmits the clock information of the
clock board to the next NE or extracts the clock information from the service board and
then transmits the clock information to the clock board.
15.15.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TQX board.

Figure 15-229 shows the front panel of the TQX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-229 Front panel of the TQX board
TQX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TQX
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-213 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TQX board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.15.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TQX board.
For the OptiX OSN 6800, if slots IU1, IU4, IU11, and IU14 house the TQX board, the TQX
board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s. If any of the other slots houses the
TQX board, the TQX board supports a maximum service capacity of 20 Gbit/s.
For the OptiX OSN 8800: The TQX board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s
in any slot.
Table 15-214 shows the valid slots for the TN11TQX board.
Table 15-214 Valid slots for the TN11TQX board
Product Valid Slots
Table 15-215 shows the valid slots for the TN52TQX/TN55TQX board.
Table 15-215 Valid slots for the TN52TQX/TN55TQX board
Product Valid Slots
Table 15-216 shows the valid slots for the TN53TQX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-216 Valid slots for the TN53TQX board

Product Valid Slots


Table 15-217 Mapping between the physical ports on the TQX board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 15-230 shows the port diagrams of the TQX board. Table 15-218 describes the meaning
of each port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-230 Port diagram of the TN11TQX/TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX

Backplane
4x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
NOTE
Only the TN55TQX board supports ODUflex.

Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be
Table 15-218 Description of NMS port of the TQX board
ClientLP1-ClientLP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.

If the TQX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l TN11TQX/TN52TQX/TN53TQX: Configuration of cross-connection

pass-through.
Create the cross-connections of ODU2 level between the ClientLP port and the
ODU2LP of the other boards, as shown in Figure 15-231.
l TN55TQX: Configuration of cross-connection
pass-through.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Set the Port Working Mode to ODU2 non-convergence mode (OTU2/Any-

>ODU2->OTU2)
type.
Create the cross-connections of ODU2 level between the ClientLP port and the
ODU2LP of the other boards, as shown in Figure 15-231.
Create ODUflex cross-connections between this board and other boards to support
service pass-through.
Set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex).
type.
Create the cross-connections of ODUflex level between the ClientLP port and the
ODUflex port of the other boards, as shown in Figure 15-232.
NOTE
The TN55TQX board supports mapping of FC800 into ODUflex on the client side. When configuring
cross-connections for the board, ODUflex Timeslot is 7.
Figure 15-231 Cross-connection diagram of the TQX board (ODU2 level)

WDM side

2(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1 (standard
mode)
(compatible
mode)
Cross connect mode
Client side
TQX
Cross connect mode
The client side of the TQX board are cross-


TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Other board b TN11TQX:

TN52TQX:

TN55TQX:

Figure 15-232 Cross-connection diagram of the TQX board (ODU2 level)

WDM side
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
Cross connect mode
Client side
TQX
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 Cross connect mode
The client side of the TQX board are cross-


For parameters of the TQX, refer to Table 15-219.
Table 15-219 TQX parameters

Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name name.
channel of a board.

Loopback
Service Type l TN11TQX: None, The Service Type parameter sets the
10GE LAN, type of the service accessed at the optical
OC-192, STM-64 interface on the client side.
Default: None
l TN52TQX: None,
10GE LAN,
OC-192, OTU-2,
OTU-2E, STM-64
Default: None
l TN53TQX/
TN55TQX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64,
CBR_10G, FC800,
FC1200
Default: None

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Mapping TN11TQX/TN12TQX/ The Port Mapping parameter sets and

TN53TQX: queries the mapping mode of a port
l Bit Transparent service.
Mapping(11.1G), NOTE
MAC Transparent The TN55TQX board supports the TC, TC
+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client-
Mapping(10.7G)
side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port
l Default: Bit Mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping
Transparent (10.7 G) Support 1588.
Mapping(11.1G) See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
TN55TQX: Interface) for more information.
l Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping (10.7 G)
Support 1588
l Default: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
NOTE
For the TN11TQX: only
the ClientLP1 and
ClientLP3 ports support
MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G).

Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX
Client Service Bearer 9953.2810312.50 sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: / optical interface on the client side of a
board.
NOTE
NOTE
Service Type is set to CBR_10G.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
NOTE
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQXTN55TQX
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQXTN55TQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQXTN55TQX
Max. Packet Length 1518 - 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets
Default: 9600 and queries the maximum packet length
NOTE
For the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX,
when Port Mapping is set to Bit
Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Maximum
Packet Length is unavailable on the U2000.

to Disabled.
NOTE
Only the TN52TQX/TN53TQX/TN55TQX
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Service
Type is set to OTU2 or OTU-2E.
NOTE
Type is set to OTU2 or OTU-2E.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.

(LPT).

NOTE
TN53TQX/TN55TQX.

required.
NOTE
TN55TQX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Insert Code Type l When Service Applies to fault detection and location
Type is STM-64 or when the service type is STM-64 or
OC-192: OC-192. When the tributary or line board
PN11, MS_AIS at the upstream site is faulty or when the
line board at the downstream site is
Default: PN11 faulty, users can specify the output code
l When Service type for the tributary board at the
Type is 10GE downstream site using this parameter.
LAN and port When the service type is 10GE-LAN, the
mapping mode is value Quick insert applies to a scenario
MAC transparent in which no protection is configured on
mapping (10.7G) the WDM equipment while protection is
or MAC configured for the router that connects to
Transparent the WDM equipment. In this scenario,
Mapping(10.7G) quick protection switching can be
support 1588: achieved on the router. The value
Quick insert, Delayed insert applies to a scenario in
Delayed insert which protection is configured for the
Default: PN11 WDM equipment and the router
connected to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, the WDM equipment
preferentially performs protection
switching in case of a fault. If the fault is
rectified, the router does not perform
protection switching. If the fault persists,
then the router performs protection
switching.
NOTE
TN55TQX.
(OTU2/Any->ODU2- according to the actual application
>OTU2), ODUflex scenario and service mapping trail.
non-convergence mode NOTE
(Any->ODUflex), This parameter is supported only by the
NONE Mode(Not for TN55TQX
port)
Default: ODU2 non-
convergence mode
(OTU2/Any->ODU2-
>OTU2)
15.15.10 TQX Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module
TN11TQX/ N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km

TN52TQX/ 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km
TN53TQX/
TN55TQX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km
NOTE
NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module can be used to access FC800 signals.
Item Unit Value


format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight:
TN11TQX: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.)
TN52TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN53TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN55TQX: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TQX 65.0 71.2
TN52TQX 91.5 100
TN53TQX 45 50
TN55TQX 45 50
15.16 TSXL
TSXL: 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TSXL board are TN11, TN53, and TN54.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
TSXL
TN53 Y Y Y N N
TSXL
TN54 Y Y Y N N
TSXL

l Function:
The TN11TSXL supports the cross-connections of ODU2 level, and the TN53TSXL/
TN54TSXL supports the cross-connections of ODU3 level.
The TN11TSXL supports the STM-256/OC-768 service, the TN53TSXL supports the
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 service , and the TN54TSXL supports the 40GE service.
For details, see 15.16.2 Application and 15.16.3 Functions and Features.
l Appearance:
The TN11TSXL, TN53TSXL, and TN54TSXL use different front panels with different
dimensions. For details, see 15.16.5 Front Panel and 15.16.10 TSXL Specifications.
l Specification:
The specifications vary with the version of the board that you use. For details, see 15.16.10
TSXL Specifications.
The TSXL boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
15.16.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TN11TSXL board converts between one channel of STM-256/
OC-768 optical signals and four channels of ODU2 electrical signals through cross-connection.
The TN53TSXL board converts between one channel of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals and one channel of ODU3 electrical signals through cross-connection. The TN54TSXL
board converts between one channel of 40GE optical signals and one channel of ODU3 electrical
signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TSXL board in the WDM system, see Figure 15-233, Figure 15-234 and
Figure 15-235.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-233 Position of the TN11TSXL board in the WDM system

4xODU2 4xODU2
TSXL TSXL
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
N N
4xODU2
4xODU2
STM-256 / / STM-256
OC-768 Q D Q OC-768
D
2 M 2
M
U
4 4 4 U 4 4 4
X X

1xODU3 1xODU3
TSXL TSXL
M M
U U
STM-256 X X STM-256
N N
1xODU3
1xODU3
OC-768 / / OC-768
S D S
OTU3 D OTU3
3 M 3
M
U U
X X
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set to
Standard Mode.

1xODU3 1xODU3
TSXL TSXL
M M
U U
X X
N N
1xODU3
1xODU3
40 GE / / 40 GE
S D S
D
3 M 3
M
U U
X X
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set to
Standard Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TSXL board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 15-221 Functions and features of the TSXL board

Feature
Basic function TSXL converts signals as follows:

l TN11TSXL:
1 x (STM-256/OC-768)<-> 4 x ODU2
Implements the transparent transmission of 40 Gbit/s services in
a 10 Gbit/s WDM network.
l TN53TSXL:
1 x (STM-256/OC-768/OTU3) <-> 1 x ODU3
l TN54TSXL:
1 x 40GE<->1 x ODU3
Client-side l TN11TSXL:
service type STM-256/OC-768: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s
l TN53TSXL:
l TN54TSXL:
40GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 41.25 Gbit/s
Cross-connect Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU2 signals between

capabilities the TN11TSXL and the cross-connect board.
Supports the cross-connection of one channel of ODU3 signals between
the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL and the cross-connect board.
to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T
G.709.
l Supports PM, TCM functions for ODU3.
with ITU-T G.709 only when the service on the client side is OTU3.
NOTE
PRBS test TN11TSXL/TN54TSXL: Not supported

function TN53TSXL: Supports the PRBS function on the client side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Alarm and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate
event monitoring l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
NOTE
Only TN54TSXL provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL supports Poisson Mode.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL board supports laser temperature monitoring.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL board supports B1 bytes monitoring.
NOTE
Test frame Supported by the TN54TSXL
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL.

ASON

NOTE
TN54TSXL only supports client-side 1+1 protection.
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

which IEEE 802.3ba
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TSXL consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control and
communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 15-236 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11TSXL.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-236 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11TSXL

Backplane(service
4XODU2 cross-connection)
Client side
O/E
RX
SDH/SONET OTN
Cross-connect
encapsulation and processing
module
TX E/O mapping module module
Client-side
optical
Control
Power supply
module
Required
Fuse
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ODU3
Client side
SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and
RX
mapping module OTN
Cross-connect
Processing
module
TX E/O
module
Client-side OTN
processing module
Client-side
optical
Control
Power supply
module
Required
Fuse
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ODU3
Client side
O/E
RX
40GE OTN
encapsulation and processing Cross-connect
TX module
E/O mapping module module
Client-side
optical
Control
Power supply
module
Required
Fuse
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TSXL board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TSXL to the backplane,
The client-side optical module receives one 40 Gbit/s service signal through the RX
interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTN framing. Then, the module sends out four
channels of ODU2 electrical signals or one channel of ODU3 electrical signals to the
backplane for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four channels of ODU2 electrical signals or one
channel of ODU3 electrical signals sent from the cross-connection board through the
backplane. The module performs operations such as ODUk virtual concatenation. Then,
the module sends out one channel of 40 Gbit/s service signal to the client-side optical
module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of one 40 Gbit/s service signal,
and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signal through the TX optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
OTU3/40GE optical signal.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion of one channel of STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3/40GE optical signal.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, Client-side
OTN processing module, , 40GE encapsulation and mapping module and OTN processing
module.
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
40GE encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 40GE signals and maps the signals into the ODU3 payload
area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors 40GE performance.
Frames ODU2, ODU3 signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TSXL and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
15.16.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TSXL board.

Figure 15-239 shows the front panel of the TN11TSXL board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 15-239 Front panel of the TN11TSXL board
TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX
RX
TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

G.657A2
TSXL
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
G.657A2
FIBER
ONLY

G.657A2

TX
RX
TSXL
Indicators
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-222 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TSXL board

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

15.16.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11TSXL board. One slot houses one TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL.
Table 15-223 shows the valid slots for the TN11TSXL board.
Table 15-223 Valid slots for the TN11TSXL board
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11TSXL board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11TSXL board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN11TSXL board, the slot number of the TN11TSXL board
Table 15-224 shows the valid slots for the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board.
Table 15-224 Valid slots for the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 15-225 Mapping between the physical ports on the TSXL board and the port numbers
RX/TX 3
Logical Ports
Figure 15-242 shows the application model of the TN11TSXL board.
Table 15-226 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 15-242 Port diagram of the TN11TSXL board

Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4 x ODU2
151
3 (imp/imp)-1
(RX1/TX1)-1 151
(imp/imp)-2
151
(imp/imp)-3
151
(imp/imp)-4
Client Side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Other line board
Backplane
ODU3
201
3
(RX1/TX1)-1
Client Side
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to
receive ODUk signals from other boards

Other line board
Backplane
ODU3
3(RX1/TX1)-1
Client Side
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to
receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-226 Description of NM port of the TSXL board
RX1/TX1 Corresponding to the client-side optical

interfaces.
imp (inverse multiplexing port) The optical channels are numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are

numbered 1.

If the TSXL board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l TN11TSXL:
During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the cross-
connections of ODU2 level between the imp port and the ODU2LP port of the other boards
to achieve grooming of ODU2 services, as shown in Figure 15-245.
Figure 15-245 Cross-connection diagram of the TN11TSXL board

WDM side
72(ODU2/LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 (compatible mode)
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1 Other board b

IN2/OUT2-OCH:2 (standard mode)
Client side
151(imp/imp)-1
151(imp/imp)-2
151(imp/imp)-3
TSXL
151(imp/imp)-4
The client side of the TSXL board are cross-connected to the WDM

l TN53TSXL:
connections of ODU3 level between the ClientLP port and the ODU3LP port of the other
boards to achieve grooming of ODU3 services, as shown in Figure 15-246.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM side
Other board b
(compatible mode)
Other board
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1 Other board c
(standard mode)
Client side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 TSXL
The client side of the TSXL board is cross-connected to the WDM

Other board b TN54NS3

Other board c TN55NS3
l TN54TSXL:
connections of ODU3 level between the RX1/TX1 port and the ODU3LP port of the other
boards to achieve grooming of ODU3 services, as shown inFigure 15-247.
Other board b WDM side

IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1 Other board c

(standard mode)
Client side
RX1/TX1 TSXL
The client side of the TSXL board is cross-connected to the WDM

Other board b TN54NS3

Other board c TN55NS3

For parameters of TSXL, refer to Table 15-227.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 15-227 TSXL parameters


Channel interface.

channel of a board.

Service Type None, OC-768, The Service Type parameter sets the
STM-256, OTU-3 type of the service accessed at the optical
NOTE
Only the TN53TSXL supports OTU-3
services.
Only the TN11TSXL/TN53TSXL supports
this parameter.


1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL supports
this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL supports
this parameter.
NOTE
Type is set to OTU3.
NOTE
this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Type is set to OTU3.
NOTE
this parameter.

board resides.
information.
NOTE
this parameter.
NOTE
this parameter.

commissioning.
NOTE
Only the TN53TSXL supports this
parameter.
15.16.10 TSXL Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module
TN11TS 40G Transponder N/A

XL/
TN53TS
XL
TN54TS N/A 40GBASE-LR4-10km (CFP)

XL
NOTE

Item Unit Value
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 40GBASE-LR4-10km

(CFP)

Wavelength
1284.5
1304.5
1324.5

Wavelength
1297.5
1317.5
1337.5

(Max)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm -4

(Min)

(Max)
Average Launch Power per dBm -7

Lane (Min)

Lane (Max)
Optical Extinction Ratio dB 3.5

(Min)

Ratio (Min)
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 40GBASE-LR4-10km

(CFP)

Wavelength
1284.5
1304.5
1324.5

Wavelength
1297.5
1317.5
1337.5
Average Receiver Power per dBm -13.7

Lane (Min)
Average Receiver Power per dBm 2.3

Lane (Max)

(OMA) per Lane

per Lane

NOTE
TN11TSXL:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN53TSXL:
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
TN54TSXL:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
TN11TSXL 90.2 96
TN53TSXL 75 83
TN54TSXL 58 64

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 16 PID Board
16 PID Board
About This Chapter
16.1 BMD4
BMD4: PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
16.2 BMD8
BMD8: PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
16.3 ELQX
ELQX: 4 x Electrical OTU2 with 4 x 10G Tributary Board
16.4 PTQX
PTQX: 12 x OTU2 PID board with 4 x 10G tributary
16.5 ENQ2
ENQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
16.6 NPO2
NPO2: 12 x OTU2 PID Board
16.7 NPO2E
NPO2E: 10G PID line service processing board, 20channel extended

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.1 BMD4
BMD4: PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz

The available functional version of the BMD4 board is TN11.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
BMD
4
16.1.2 Application
The BMD4 is an optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit. It multiplexes and demultiplexes
signals.
Figure 16-1 shows the position of the BMD4 in a WDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-1 Position of the BMD4 in a WDM system
4 4
4 ELQX 4 PTQX PTQX 4 ELQX 4
ELQX 4 OA OA 4 ELQX
4 4
4 BMD4 BMD4 4
OA OA
4 4
4 ELQX 4 4 ELQX 4

The BMD4 provides functions and features such as multiplexing, demultiplexing, and in-service
spectrum detection.
Table 16-1 provides the details about the functions and features of the BMD4.
Table 16-1 Functions and features of the BMD4

Function or Description
Feature
Basic function In a 40-channel system, the BMD4 board multiplexes and

demultiplexes the optical signals.
l Demultiplexes one channel of input 40-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 100 GHz to four channels of signals with
a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, two channels of 12-wavelength
multiplexed signals and two channels of 8-wavelength
multiplexed signals. The reverse process is similar.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature
In-service detection Provides an in-service monitoring interface. A small number of

and monitoring of the optical signals can be output to the spectrum analyzer or spectrum
spectrum analyzer unit through the interface to monitor the spectrum and optical
performance of the multichannel signals without interrupting the
services.

The BMD4 board consists of the optical module, the control and communication module, and
the power supply module.
Figure 16-2 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the BMD4.
Figure 16-2 Functional modules and signal flow of the BMD4
Optical module
T01
T02 Interleaver IN
T03
T04
R01
Splitter
R02
Coupler
R03 OUT
R04 MON
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Signal Flow
The multiplexed signals with a spacing of 100 GHz are accessed through the IN optical interface
and transmitted to the interleaver. Then, the interleaver splits the multiplexed signals into four
channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, two channels of 12-
wavelength multiplexed signals and two channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals. Finally,
the four channels of multiplexed signals are output through the T01-T04 optical interfaces.
The four channels of multiplexed signals are received through the R01-R04 optical interfaces
and are transmitted to the coupler. Then, the coupler couples the four channels of multiplexed
signals into one channel of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 100 GHz. Finally, the signals
are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Demultiplexes one channel of input 40-wavelength multiplexed signals with a spacing
of 100 GHz into four channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that
is, two channels of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and two channels of 8-
wavelength multiplexed signals, and uses the coupler to couple the signals with a
spacing of 200 GHz into one channel of 40-wavelength multiplexed signals with a
spacing of 100 GHz.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path and provides them to
the MON interface for detection.
Controls the operations on each module of the board according to the instructions from
the CPU.
Collects information about alarms, performance events, working status, and voltage
detection of each functional module of the board.
Communicates with the SCC board.
Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each module
on the board.
16.1.5 Front Panel

There is one indicator and laser level label on the front panel of the BMD4.

Figure 16-3 shows the front panel of the BMD4.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-3 Front panel of the BMD4
BMD4
STAT
CAUTION
CAUTION
HAZARDLEVEL 1MINVISIBLE
LASERRADIATION
DONOTVIEWDIRECTLYWITH
NON-ATTENUATINGOPTICALINSTRUMENTS
HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
MON
OUT
IN
T01
R01
T02
R02
T03
R03
T04
R04
BMD4
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel.
l Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - green

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 16-2 Types and functions of the interfaces on the BMD4

IN LC Accesses the optical signals at 100 GHz channel

spacing (C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
OUT LC Outputs the optical signals at 100 GHz channel spacing

(C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
MON LC Connects to the input port on the MCA4 or the MCA8

board so that the MCA4 or the MCA8 board can detect
the optical spectrum in service.
The optical power at the MON interface is 10/90 of the
optical power at the OUT interface, that is, the optical
power at the MON interface is 10 dB lower than the
optical power at the OUT interface, calculation
formula: Pout(dBm) - Pmon(dBm) = 10 x lg(90/10) =
10 dB.
T01/R01 LC Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.80 THz to

196.00 THz) of optical signals with a 200 GHz channel
spacing.
T02/R02 LC Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.70 THz to

spacing.
T03/R03 LC Transmits/Receives eight wavelengths (192.20 THz to

spacing.

spacing.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1M, indicating that the maximum output
optical power of each optical interface ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 21.3 dBm (136 mW).
16.1.6 Valid Slots

The BMD4 occupies one slot.
Table 16-3 shows the valid slots for the BMD4 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-3 Valid slots for the BMD4 board

Product Valid Slots
16.1.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD4

The characteristic code of the BMD4 consists of one character, indicating the band adopted by
the board.
Table 16-4 provides the details about the characteristic code of the BMD4.
Table 16-4 Characteristic code of the BMD4

Code Indication Description
The first character Band Indicates the multiplexing

scheme adopted by the board.
The value C represents the C
band. The value L represents
the L band.
For example, if the characteristic code of the BMD4 is C, it indicates that the optical signals are
in the C band.
16.1.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD4

Each optical interface on the BMD4 accesses certain fixed wavelengths.
Table 16-5 lists the optical interfaces on the BMD4 and the relationships between the frequencies
and wavelengths.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-5 Optical interfaces on the BMD4 and relationships between the frequencies and
wavelengths
Interface Number of Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm)
Wavelengths
T01/R01 12 193.8 1546.917

194.0 1545.322
194.2 1543.730
194.4 1542.142
194.6 1540.557
194.8 1538.976
195.0 1537.397
195.2 1535.822
195.4 1534.250
195.6 1532.681
195.8 1531.116
196.0 1529.553
T02/R02 12 193.7 1547.715

193.9 1546.119
194.1 1544.526
194.3 1542.936
194.5 1541.349
194.7 1539.766
194.9 1538.186
195.1 1536.609
195.3 1535.036
195.5 1533.465
195.7 1531.898
195.9 1530.334
T03/R03 8 192.2 1559.794

192.4 1558.173
192.6 1556.555
192.8 1554.940
193.0 1553.329
193.2 1551.721
193.4 1550.116
193.6 1548.515

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelengths
T04/R04 8 192.1 1560.606

192.3 1558.983
192.5 1557.363
192.7 1555.747
192.9 1554.134
193.1 1552.524
193.3 1550.918
193.5 1549.315
16.1.9 BMD4 Specifications

The specifications include the optical specifications, dimensions, weight, and power
consumption.
Optical Specifications
Table 16-6 Optical specifications of the BMD4

Item Unit Value
Operating wavelength range nm 1529 - 1561
T0x/R0x channel spacinga GHz 200
IN/OUT channel spacing GHz 100
Insertion loss IN-T01 dB 5

IN-T02
IN-T03
IN-T04
R01-OUT dB 6
R02-OUT
R03-OUT
R04-OUT
Isolationb IN->T01/T03@T02/T04 dB 25
IN->T02/T04@T01/T03

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
IN->T01@T03 13
IN->T03@T01
IN->T02@T04
IN->T04@T02
R01->OUT@R03
R03->OUT@R01
R02->OUT@R04
R04->OUT@R02
Optical return loss dB 40
Directivity dB 45
PMD dB 0.5
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Input optical power range dB 23
a: T0x represents T01 to T04 ports. R0x represents R01 to R04 ports.
b: In the case of T01/T03@T02/T04, this parameter refers to the isolation between any one
of T01/T03 ports and any one of T02/T04 ports. It is the same case for other isolation item.
T01/T02 ports are intended for blue band signals. T03/T04 ports are intended for red band
signals.
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
BMD4 0.2 0.3
16.2 BMD8
BMD8: PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz

Only one functional version of the BMD8 board is available, that is, TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN11 N N N Y N
BMD
8
16.2.2 Application
The BMD8 is an optical multiplexer and demultiplexer unit. It multiplexes and demultiplexes
signals.
Figure 16-4 shows the position of the BMD8 in a WDM system.
Figure 16-4 Position of the BMD8 in a WDM system
4 4
ELQX 4 OA OA 4 ELQX
4 4
8 BMD8 BMD8 8
OA OA
4 4
4 ELQX 4 4 ELQX 4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The BMD8 provides functions and features such as multiplexing, demultiplexing, and in-service
spectrum detection.
Table 16-7 provides the details about the functions and features of the BMD8.
Table 16-7 Functions and features of the BMD8

Feature
Basic function In an 80-channel system, the BMD8 board multiplexes and

demultiplexes optical signals.
l Demultiplexes one channel of input 80-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 50 GHz into four channels of odd-
wavelength signals and four channels of even-wavelength
multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, four
channels of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels
of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals. The reverse process is
similar.
Detection and Provides an in-service monitoring interface. A small number of

monitoring of the optical signals can be output to the spectrum analyzer or spectrum
online spectrum analyzer unit through the interface to monitor the spectrum and optical
performance of the multichannel signals without interrupting the
services.

The BMD8 board consists of the optical module, the control and communication module, and
the power supply module.
Figure 16-5 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the BMD8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-5 Functional modules and signal flow of the BMD8
Optical module
T01
T02
T03
T04 Interleaver IN
T05
T06
T07
T08
R01
R02
R03 Splitter
R04
Interleaver OUT
R05
R06 MON
R07
R08
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply SCC
(controlled by SCC)
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The multiplexed signals with a spacing of 50 GHz are accessed through the IN optical interface
and transmitted to the interleaver. Then, the interleaver splits the multiplexed signals into eight
channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz, that is, four channels of 12-
wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals. Finally,
the eight channels of multiplexed signals are output through the T01 to T08 optical interfaces.
The eight channels of multiplexed signals are received through the R01 to R08 optical interfaces
and are transmitted to the coupler. Then, the coupler couples the eight channels of multiplexed
signals into one channel of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 50 GHz. that is, four channels
of 12-wavelength multiplexed signals and four channels of 8-wavelength multiplexed signals.
Finally, the signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Demultiplexes one channel of input 80-wavelength multiplexed signals with a spacing

of 50 GHz into eight channels of multiplexed signals with a spacing of 200 GHz and
uses the interleaver to couple the signals into one channel of 80-wavelength multiplexed
signals with a spacing of 50 GHz.
The splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path and provides them to
the MON interface for detection.
the CPU.
on the board.
16.2.5 Front Panel

There is one indicator and laser level label on the front panel of the BMD8.

Figure 16-6 shows the front panel of the BMD8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-6 Front panel of the BMD8
BMD8
STAT
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION

LASER RADIATION
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
OUT
MON
IN
T01
T05
R01
R05
T02
T06
R02
R06
T03
T07
R03
R07
T04
T08
R08
R04
BMD8
Indicators
There is one indicator on the front panel.
l Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - green

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 16-8 Types and functions of the interfaces on the BMD8

IN LC Accesses the optical signals at 50 GHz channel spacing

(C_ODD and C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
OUT LC Outputs the optical signals at 50 GHz channel spacing

(C_ODD and C_EVEN multiplexed signals).
MON LC Connects to the input port on the MCA4 or the MCA8 board
so that the MCA4 or the MCA8 board can detect the optical
spectrum in service.
The optical power at the MON interface is 10/90 of the optical
power at the OUT interface, that is, the optical power at the
MON interface is 10 dB lower than the optical power at the
OUT interface, calculation formula: Pout(dBm) - Pmon(dBm)
= 10 x lg(90/10) = 10 dB.
T01/R01 LC Transmits/Receives 12 wavelengths (193.850 THz to 196.050

THz) of optical signals with a 200 GHz channel spacing.




spacing.

spacing.

spacing.

spacing.
Laser Hazard Level


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.2.6 Valid Slots

The BMD8 occupies two slots.
Table 16-9 shows the valid slots for the BMD8 board.
Table 16-9 Valid slots for the BMD8 board

Product Valid Slots
The back connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot on the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the BMD8 displayed on the NM is the number of the left one of
the two occupied slots. For example, if the BMD8 occupies IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the
BMD8 displayed on the NM is IU1.
16.2.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD8

The characteristic code of the BMD8 consists of one character, indicating the band adopted by
the board.
Table 16-10 provides the details about the characteristic code of the BMD8.
Table 16-10 Characteristic code of the BMD8

Code Indication Description
The first character Band Indicates the multiplexing

scheme adopted by the board.
The value C represents the C
band.
For example, if the characteristic code of the BMD8 is C, it indicates that the optical signals are
in the C band.
16.2.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD8

Each optical interface on the BMD8 accesses certain fixed wavelengths.
Table 16-11 lists the optical interfaces on the BMD8 and the relationships between the
frequencies and wavelengths.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-11 Optical interfaces on the BMD8 and the relationships between the frequencies and
wavelengths
Wavelengths
T01/R01 12 193.85 1546.52

194.05 1544.92
194.25 1543.33
194.45 1541.75
194.65 1540.16
194.85 1538.58
195.05 1537.00
195.25 1535.43
195.45 1533.86
195.65 1532.29
195.85 1530.72
196.05 1529.16
T02/R02 12 193.8 1546.917

194.0 1545.322
194.2 1543.730
194.4 1542.142
194.6 1540.557
194.8 1538.976
195.0 1537.397
195.2 1535.822
195.4 1534.250
195.6 1532.681
195.8 1531.116
196.0 1529.553

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelengths
T03/R03 12 193.75 1547.32

193.95 1545.72
194.15 1544.13
194.35 1542.54
194.55 1540.95
194.75 1539.37
194.95 1537.79
195.15 1536.22
195.35 1534.64
195.55 1533.07
195.75 1531.51
195.95 1529.94
T04/R04 12 193.7 1547.715

193.9 1546.119
194.1 1544.526
194.3 1542.936
194.5 1541.349
194.7 1539.766
194.9 1538.186
195.1 1536.609
195.3 1535.036
195.5 1533.465
195.7 1531.898
195.9 1530.334
T05/R05 8 192.25 1559.39

192.45 1557.77
192.65 1556.15
192.85 1554.54
193.05 1552.93
193.25 1551.32
193.45 1549.72
193.65 1548.11

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelengths
T06/R06 8 192.2 1559.794

192.4 1558.173
192.6 1556.555
192.8 1554.940
193.0 1553.329
193.2 1551.721
193.4 1550.116
193.6 1548.515
T07/R07 8 192.15 1560.20

192.35 1558.58
192.55 1556.96
192.75 1555.34
192.95 1553.73
193.15 1552.12
193.35 1550.52
193.55 1548.91
T08/R08 8 192.1 1560.606

192.3 1558.983
192.5 1557.363
192.7 1555.747
192.9 1554.134
193.1 1552.524
193.3 1550.918
193.5 1549.315

For BMD8 parameters, refer to Table 16-12.
Table 16-12 BMD8 parameters


Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Interface Name - Sets and queries the optical interface

name. It is recommended to use the
default value.
Configure Band C Used to configure type of the

Default: C working band of a board.
Actual Band - Queries the actual working band of

the board.
Actual Working Band - Queries the parity of the actual

Parity working band of the board.
Configure Working All, Odd, Even Used to select the desired parity of
Band Parity Default: All the working band.
16.2.10 BMD8 Specifications

consumption.
Optical Specifications
Table 16-13 Optical specifications of the BMD8

Item Unit Value
Operating wavelength range nm 1529 - 1561
T0x/R0x channel spacinga GHz 200
IN/OUT channel spacing GHz 50
Insertion loss IN-T01 dB 8

IN-T02
IN-T03
IN-T04
IN-T05
IN-T06
IN-T07
IN-T08

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
R01-OUT dB 9.5
R02-OUT
R03-OUT
R04-OUT
R05-OUT
R06-OUT
R07-OUT
R08-OUT
Isolationb IN->T01/T05 @T02/T06/ dB 25

T03/T07/T04/T08
IN->T02/T06 @T01/T05/
T03/T07/T04/T08
IN->T03/T07 @T01/T05/
T02/T06/T04/T08
IN->T04/T08 @T01/T05/
T02/T06/T03/T07
IN->T01@T05 13
IN->T05@T01
IN->T02@T06
IN->T06@T02
IN->T03@T07
IN->T07@T03
IN->T04@T08
IN->T08@T04
R01->OUT@R05
R05->OUT@R01
R02->OUT@R06
R06->OUT@R02
R03->OUT@R07
R07->OUT@R03
R04->OUT@R08
R08->OUT@R04
Optical return loss dB 40
Directivity dB 45
PMD dB 0.5
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Input optical power range dB 23

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
a: T0x represents T01 to T08 ports. R0x represents R01 to R08 ports.
b: In the case of T01/T05@T02/T06/T03/T07/T04/T08, this parameter refers to the isolation
between any one of T01/T05 ports and any one of T02/T06/T03/T07/T04/T08 ports. It is the
same case for other isolation item. T01 to T04 ports are intended for blue band signals; the
T05 to T08 ports are intended for red band signals.
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
BMD8 0.2 0.3
16.3 ELQX
ELQX: 4 x Electrical OTU2 with 4 x 10G Tributary Board

The available functional version of the ELQX board is TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN12 N N N Y N
ELQ
X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.3.2 Application
The ELQX board converts four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e
signals into four OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals or converts four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16
ODU1 signals from the backplane into four OTU2/OTU2e signals. The reverse process is
similar.
Figure 16-7 shows the position of the ELQX in a WDM system.
Figure 16-7 Position of the ELQX in a WDM system
4 4
10GE LAN/ 10GE LAN/
OA OA
10GE WAN/ 10GE WAN/
STM-64/ ELQX STM-64/
ELQX 4 PTQX PTQX 4
OC-192/ 4 BMD4 BMD4 4 OC-192/
OTU2/ OTU2/
OTU2e OTU2e
OA OA
4 ELQX 4 4 ELQX
4

The ELQX supports functions and features such as OTN interfaces, ESC, and ALS.
Table 16-14 provides the details about the functions and features of the ELQX.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 or ODU2/ODU2e electrical signals between
the PTQX board and the cross-connect board.
Table 16-14 Functions and features of the ELQX

Feature
Basic function ELQX converts signals as follows:

l 4 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e<->4 x
OTU2/OTU2e
l 16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/ODU2e<->4 x OTU2/OTU2e


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature
OTN function l The encapsulation and mapping comply with ITU-T G.7041, ITU-T G.
709, and GDPS.
l Supports SM, PM and TCM function for ODU2.
l Supports SM and PM functions for OTU2 .

specification
ESC function Supported.
function NOTE
is 10GE LAN.
FEC encoding l Supports forward error correction (FEC) that complies with ITU-T G.
709.
NOTE
events

ASON

layer ASON

scheme l Supports the ODUk SNCP.
Ethernet l Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G)

service l MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
mapping mode
l Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Ethernet port l 10GE LAN FULL_Duplex

working mode l 10GE WAN FULL_Duplex

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature

which ITU-T G.783
services comply

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The ELQX board consists of the client-side optical module, the signal processing module, the
control and communication module, and the power supply module.
Figure 16-8 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ELQX in the OptiX OSN 6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Signal Flow
Figure 16-8 Functional modules and signal flow of the ELQX in the OptiX OSN 6800
Backplane
4ODU2/4ODU2e (service cross-connection)
4OTU2/4OTU2e
/16ODU1
Client side
RX1
SDH/SONET
RX2 O/E encapsulation and
RX3
mapping module OTN
RX4
processing
TX1 10GE-LAN
E/O module
TX3 mapping module
Client-side
TX4 optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
The client side of the ELQX board can access the following optical signals:
l 10GE LAN optical signals
l 10GE WAN optical signals
l OTU2e optical signals
In the signal flow of the ELQX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ELQX to the WDM side
of the PTQX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four optical signals from client equipment through
the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and converts the optical signals into electrical signals. The client-
side optical module can also receive four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals from
the backplane.
The electrical signals converted from the client optical signals or the ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e
signals from the backplane are transmitted to the signal processing module. The signals of
different types are transmitted to different encapsulation and mapping modules. Then, the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
encapsulation and mapping modules perform encapsulation, mapping, and OTN framing
for the signals. Finally, four OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the PTQX board
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals from the
PTQX board through the backplane, performs OTU2/OTU2e framing, demapping, and
decapsulation for the signals, and finally outputs four ODU2/ODU2e signals, 16 ODU1
signals, or four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e electrical
signals.
The four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals are cross-connected to other boards
through the backplane, or the four 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or
OTU2e electrical signals are transmitted to the client-side optical module. The optical
signals are converted into electrical signals, and then are output through the TX1-TX4
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The ELQX board can receive service signals from the client side or from other boards through the backplane.
One ODU2LP port can only receive one channel of signals either from the client side or from the backplane.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: converts four channels of 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals into electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: converts four channels of internal electrical signals into 10GE
LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
Reports the working status of the client-side laser.
mapping module, 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing
module.
NOTE
The signal processing module on the ELQX board has fixed cross-connections to the PTQX board.
OTU2 payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
OTU2/OTU2e payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and has the
10GE LAN performance monitoring function.
Frames OTU2 signals and processes overheads in OTU2 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
the CPU.
detection of each functional module on the board.
Converts the DC power supplied from the backplane into the power required by each
16.3.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators on the front panel of the ELQX.

Figure 16-9 shows the front panel of the ELQX.
Figure 16-9 Front panel of the ELQX
ELQX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
ELQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 16-15 Types and functions of the ELQX interfaces
TX1 - TX4 LC Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1 - RX4 LC Receives the optical service signal from the client-side
equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

16.3.6 Valid Slots

The ELQX occupies one slot.
Table 16-16 shows the valid slots for the ELQX board.
Table 16-16 Valid slots for the ELQX board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1, IU4, IU5, IU8, IU11, IU14


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 16-17 Mapping between the physical ports on the ELQX board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
The number of an interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical interfaces, of which
one is used to transmit signals and the other is used to receive signals.
Logical Ports
Figure 16-10, Figure 16-11 and Figure 16-12 describes the NM ports of the ELQX board.
Table 16-18 lists the indication of each port.
Figure 16-10 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (cross-connections of client-side services)

Client side
3(RX1/TX1)
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 72(ODU2/LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
Service Service Service
Processing Processing Processing
Module Module Module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-11 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (backplane-side ODU1-level cross-connections)

Backplane
72(ODU2/LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
54(ODU1/LP4/ODU1LP4)-4 74(ODU2/LP4/ODU2LP4)-1
Cross- Service Service

connect processing processing
Figure 16-12 Diagram of ports on the ELQX (backplane-side ODU2-level cross-connections)

Backplane
Service
Cross-connect processing
module module
Table 16-18 Description of NM ports of the ELQX


interfaces
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP4 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1,

2, 3, 4.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
If the ELQX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
cross-connection between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port on the ELQX board, as
shown by (1) in Figure 16-13.
l If the ODU1 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the ELQX board, you need to
create cross-connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU1LP port on
the ELQX board on the U2000, as shown Figure 16-14.
l If the ODU2 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the ELQX board, you need to
create cross-connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU2LP port on
the ELQX board on the U2000, as shown by (2) Figure 16-13.
l The ODU2LP ports on the ELQX board and the OCHLP ports on the PTQX board are of
one-to-one cross-connections. Therefore, the cross-connections do not need to be created
on the U2000. For details, see Figure 16-15.
Figure 16-13 Diagram of cross-connections of the ELQX (ODU2 level)
Client side Cross-connection

module
2
Other board
Client side
1
Cross-connection ELQX board

module
1
2
the PTQX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-14 Diagram of cross-connections of the ELQX (ODU1 level)
Client side
Other board
Client side
ELQX board
1
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-15 Diagram of cross-connections between the PTQX and ELQX
Client side
1 74(ODU2/LP4/ODU2LP4)-1
ELQX board
WDM side
141(OCHLP9/OCHLP9)-1
71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 133(OCHLP1/OCHLP1)-1
2
Cross-connect module PTQX baord
Client side
Cross-connect module ELQX board
Fixed cross-connection between the first ELQX board and the 1

PTQX board in a PID group
2
Fixed cross-connection between the second ELQX board and the

For parameters of the ELQX, refer toTable 16-19.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-19 ELQX parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Queries or sets the path Loopback.

Outloop
Service Type 10GE LAN, 10GE The Service Type parameter sets the
WAN, OTU-2, OTU2 type of the service accessed at the optical
2E, STM-64 interface on the client side.
Default: 10GE LAN
Mapping(11.1G), MAC queries the mapping mode of a port
Transparent Mapping service.
(10.7G), Bit See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
Transparent Mapping Interface) for more information.
(10.7G)
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)

l Client side: Off

l Client side: Enabled the signals received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

pass-through (LPT).
Service Mode Automatic, ODU1, The Service Mode parameter sets the
Default: Automatic See D.41 Service Mode (WDM
Actual Wavelength - Queries the operating wavelength at the

No./Wavelength WDM-side optical interface of a board.
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
Actual Band Type - Queries the band type.

- board.
information.
wavelength.

to Disabled.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Default: Standard Mode See D.20 Line Rate for more
information.

board resides.
information.

commissioning.
16.3.10 ELQX Specifications

consumption.

Optical Module
TN12EL N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km

QX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-
Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Item Unit Value


format

source type


wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

(FEC on)
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
Power Consumption
Board Typical Power Consumption Maximum Power
at 25C (77F) (W) Consumption at 55C (131F)
(W)
ELQX 86.2 99.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.4 PTQX
PTQX: 12 x OTU2 PID board with 4 x 10G tributary

The available functional version of the PTQX board is TN12.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN12 N N N Y N
PTQ
X
Type
One PID can use only certain wavelengths, as listed in Table 16-22. Table 16-23 lists the
wavelength numbers and the relations between the wavelengths and frequencies.
Table 16-22 Wavelength allocation table of a PID (ELQX+PTQX)
Serial Wavelength No. Wavelength No. Wavelength No. PTQX Type

No. of the ELQX (on of the PTQX of the ELQX (on
the Left) the Right)
1 33, 37, 41, 45 1, 5, 9, 13 17, 21, 25, 29 TN12PTQX01
2 34, 38, 42, 46 2, 6, 10, 14 18, 22, 26, 30 TN12PTQX02
3 35, 39, 43, 47 3, 7, 11, 15 19, 23, 27, 31 TN12PTQX03
4 36, 40, 44, 48 4, 8, 12, 16 20, 24, 28, 32 TN12PTQX04
5 - 49, 53, 57, 61 65, 69, 73, 77 TN12PTQX05
6 - 50, 54, 58, 62 66, 70, 74, 78 TN12PTQX06
7 - 51, 55, 59, 63 67, 71, 75, 79 TN12PTQX07
8 - 52, 56, 60, 64 68, 72, 76, 80 TN12PTQX08

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Serial Wavelength No. Wavelength No. Wavelength No. PTQX Type

No. of the ELQX (on of the PTQX of the ELQX (on
the Left) the Right)
NOTE
For the wavelength groups indicated by serial numbers 5-8, only one PTQX board and one ELQX board
are required and the ELQX board should be housed on the right of the PTQX board.
Table 16-23 Frequencies and wavelengths of a C-band 80-channel (50 GHz-spaced) system
Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt
h No. (THz) h (nm) h No. (THz) h (nm)
1 196.05 1529.16 41 194.05 1544.92
2 196.00 1529.55 42 194.00 1545.32
3 195.95 1529.94 43 193.95 1545.72
4 195.90 1530.33 44 193.90 1546.12
5 195.85 1530.72 45 193.85 1546.52
6 195.80 1531.12 46 193.80 1546.92
7 195.75 1531.51 47 193.75 1547.32
8 195.70 1531.90 48 193.70 1547.72
9 195.65 1532.29 49 193.65 1548.11
10 195.60 1532.68 50 193.60 1548.51
11 195.55 1533.07 51 193.55 1548.91
12 195.50 1533.47 52 193.50 1549.32
13 195.45 1533.86 53 193.45 1549.72
14 195.40 1534.25 54 193.40 1550.12
15 195.35 1534.64 55 193.35 1550.52
16 195.30 1535.04 56 193.30 1550.92
17 195.25 1535.43 57 193.25 1551.32
18 195.20 1535.82 58 193.20 1551.72
19 195.15 1536.22 59 193.15 1552.12
20 195.10 1536.61 60 193.10 1552.52
21 195.05 1537.00 61 193.05 1552.93
22 195.00 1537.40 62 193.00 1553.33
23 194.95 1537.79 63 192.95 1553.73

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt Wavelengt Frequency Wavelengt

h No. (THz) h (nm) h No. (THz) h (nm)
24 194.90 1538.19 64 192.90 1554.13
25 194.85 1538.58 65 192.85 1554.54
26 194.80 1538.98 66 192.80 1554.94
27 194.75 1539.37 67 192.75 1555.34
28 194.70 1539.77 68 192.70 1555.75
29 194.65 1540.16 69 192.65 1556.15
30 194.60 1540.56 70 192.60 1556.55
31 194.55 1540.95 71 192.55 1556.96
32 194.50 1541.35 72 192.50 1557.36
33 194.45 1541.75 73 192.45 1557.77
34 194.40 1542.14 74 192.40 1558.17
35 194.35 1542.54 75 192.35 1558.58
36 194.30 1542.94 76 192.30 1558.98
37 194.25 1543.33 77 192.25 1559.39
38 194.20 1543.73 78 192.20 1559.79
39 194.15 1544.13 79 192.15 1560.20
40 194.10 1544.53 80 192.10 1560.61
16.4.2 Application
The PTQX is an PID unit. The PTQX board can map four 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/
OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e signals into four OTU2(e) signals, or map four ODU2(e) signals or 16
ODU1 signals from another board into four OTU2(e) signals. The PTQX also receives eight
OTU2(e) signals from the ELQX board and integrates the 12 OTU2(e) signals into one channel
of optical signals for output. The reverse process is similar.
For the position of the PTQX in a WDM system, see Figure 16-16.
Figure 16-16 Position of the PTQX in a WDM system
4 4
10GE LAN/ 10GE LAN/
OA OA
10GE WAN/ 10GE WAN/
STM-64/ ELQX STM-64/
OC-192/ 4 ELQX 4 PTQX PTQX 4 4 OC-192/
BMD4 BMD4
OTU2/ OTU2/
OTU2e OTU2e
OA OA
4 ELQX 4 4 ELQX
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The PTQX provides functions and features such as OTN interfaces, ESC, and ALS.
Table 16-24 provides the details about the functions and features of the PTQX.
Table 16-24 Functions and features of the PTQX

Feature
Basic function PTQX converts signals as follows:

l 4 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2<->4 x OTU2
l 4 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e<->4 x OTU2e
l 16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2<->4 x OTU2
l 4 x ODU2e<->OTU2e

OTN function l The encapsulation and mapping comply with ITU-T G.7041, ITU-T G.
709, and GDPS.
l Supports PM and TCM function for ODU2.
l Supports SM functions for OTU2 .

specification
NOTE
is 10GE LAN.
709.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
events

ASON

ASON

Ethernet l Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G)

service l MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
mapping mode
l Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Ethernet port l 10GE LAN FULL_Duplex

working mode l 10GE WAN FULL_Duplex

which ITU-T G.783
services comply

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The PTQX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, PID
Figure 16-17 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the PTQX in the OptiX OSN
6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-17 Functional modules and signal flow of the PTQX in the OptiX OSN 6800
Backplane
4xODU2/4xODU2e
8OTU2/8OTU2e (service cross-connection)
/16xODU1
Client side
RX1
SDH/SONET
RX2 O/E encapsulation and 4
RX3 mapping module OUT
RX4 OTN
processing PID
TX1 E/O module
10GE-LAN Module
TX2 encapsulation and 4 IN
TX3 mapping module
Client-side
TX4 optical Signal processing module
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the PTQX board can access the following optical signals:
l 10GE LAN optical signals
l 10GE WAN optical signals
l OTU2e optical signals
In the signal flow of the PTQX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the PTQX to the WDM side
of the PTQX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
equipment through the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and converts the optical signals into electrical
signals. The PTQX can also receive four ODU2/ODU2e signals or 16 ODU1 signals from
the backbone.
The electrical signals converted from client optical signals or 16 x ODU1 or 4 x ODU2/
ODU2e signals are transmitted to the signal processing module. Different types of signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
are sent to the corresponding encapsulation and mapping modules. The module performs
operations such as encapsulation, mapping, OTN framing, and FEC/AFEC encoding. Then,
the module sends out four channels of OTU2(e) signals to the PID module.
The four OTU2(e) signals and the eight OTU2(e) signals cross-connected through the
backplane from the ELQX board are integrated into one channel of optical signals, which
are finally output through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The PID module receives one optical signal from the WDM side through the IN optical
interfaces. Then, the module converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and
demultiplexes the signal into 12 OTU2(e) signals.
Eight of the 12 OTU2(e) signals are cross-connected through the backplane to the ELQX
board, and the remaining four OTU2(e) signals are transmitted to the signal processing
module. Then, the signal processing module performs OTU2(e) framing, FEC/AFEC
decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the signals. Finally, the signal processing
module outputs four channels of electrical signals.
The four channels of electrical signals are cross-connected to other boards through the
backplane or transmitted to the client-side optical modules. Then, the four channels of
electrical signals are converted into four channels of optical signals that are output through
the TX1-TX4 optical interfaces.
NOTE
The PTQX board can receive service signals from the client side or from other boards through the backplane.
One ODU2LP port can only receive one channel of signals either from the client side or from the backplane.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: converts four channels of 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals into electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: converts four channels of internal electrical signals into 10GE
LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
Reports the working status of the client-side laser.
l PID module
WDM-side receiver: demultiplexes the WDM-side multiplexed optical signals into 12
channels of optical signals, and then converts the optical signals to electrical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: converts the internal electrical signals into OTU2 optical
signals, and integrates 12 channels of signals into one channel of multiplexed signals.
Reports the working status of the WDM-side laser.
mapping module, 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing
module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2 payload area.
This module also performs the reverse process and monitors SDH/SONET performance.
OTU2/OTU2e payload area. This module also performs the reverse process and
monitors 10GE LAN performance.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC/AFEC
coding and decoding.
the CPU.
on the board.
16.4.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators and laser level label on the front panel of the PTQX.

Figure 16-18 shows the front panel of the PTQX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-18 Front panel of the PTQX
PTQX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
CAUTION
CAUTION
LASERRADIATION
LASER RADIATION
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3 NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
OUT
RX3
IN
TX4
RX4
PTQX
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 16-25 Types and functions of the PTQX interfaces

IN LC Receives the line signal.
OUT LC Transmits the line signal.
TX1-TX4 LC Transmits the service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1-RX4 LC Receives the service signal from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

16.4.6 Valid Slots

The PTQX occupies two slots.
Table 16-26 shows the valid slots for the PTQX board.
Table 16-26 Valid slots for the PTQX board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU3, IU7, IU13
NOTE
The back connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot on the subrack. Therefore, the
slot number of the PTQX board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two occupied slots.
For example, if the PTQX occupies slots IU2 and IU3, the slot number of the PTQX displayed on the NM is
IU3.
16.4.7 Characteristic Code of the PTQX

The characteristic code for the PTQX consists of six digits, respectively indicating the frequency
values of the first channel and the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-27 Characteristic code for the PTQX
The first three digits The frequency of optical The last three digits of the
signal frequency value of the first
WDM side.
The last three digits The frequency of optical The last three digits of the
signal frequency value of the last
WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN12PTQX is 605385.
l "605385" indicates the frequency of the first channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 196.05 THz, and the frequency of the last channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 193.85 THz.


Table 16-28 Mapping between the physical ports on the PTQX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
The number of an interface displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical interfaces, of which
one is used to transmit signals and the other is used to receive signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
Figure 16-19, Figure 16-20, and Figure 16-21 show the NM ports on the PTQX board. Table
16-29 lists the indication of each port.
Figure 16-19 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (cross-connections of client-side services)

201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 133(OCHLP1/OCHLP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 72(ODU2/LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 134(OCHLP2/OCHLP2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
Service Service
processing processing 138(OCHLP6/OCHLP6)-1
1(IN/OUT)
module module 139(OCHLP7/OCHLP7)-1
Cross-connect Service
module processing
module
Figure 16-20 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (backplane-side ODU1-level cross-connections)

Backplane WDM side
1(IN/OUT)
Cross-connect 140(OCHLP8/OCHLP8)-1
module
module processing
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-21 Diagram of ports on the PTQX (backplane-side ODU2-level cross-connections)

Backplane WDM side
72(ODU2/LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 134(OCHLP2/OCHLP2)-1
Cross-connect
module 1(IN/OUT)
module processing
module
Table 16-29 Description of ports on the PTQX

interfaces.

2, 3 and 4.
OCHLP1-OCHLP12 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.
IN/OUT This port corresponds to the WDM-side optical interface.

If the PTQX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
connection between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port on the PTQX board, as shown
by (1) in Figure 16-22.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l If the ODU1 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board, create cross-
connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU1LP port on the PTQX
board on the U2000, as shown in Figure 16-23.
l If the ODU2 signals of other boards are cross-connected to the PTQX board, create cross-
connections from the ClientLP ports on other boards to the ODU2LP port on the PTQX
board on the U2000, as shown by (2) in Figure 16-22.
l The ODU2LP ports on the ELQX and the OCHLP ports on the PTQX board are of one-to-
one cross-connections. Therefore, the cross-connections do not need to be created on the
U2000. For details, see Figure 16-24.
Figure 16-22 Diagram of cross-connections of the PTQX (ODU2 level)

Client side
2
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 Other board
Cross-connect module except ELQX
1
Cross-connect module PTQX board
1
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of 2
the PTQX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-23 Diagram of cross-connections of the PTQX (ODU1 level)
Client side
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 1 Other board
except ELQX
WDM side
PTQX board
1
the PTQX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-24 Diagram of cross-connections between the PTQX and ELQX
Client side
ELQX board
WDM side
1 144(OCHLP12/OCHLP12)-1
2
Cross-connect module PTQX board
Client side
Cross-connect module ELQX board
Fixed cross-connection between the first ELQX board and the 1

Fixed cross-connection between the second ELQX board and the 2


For parameters of the PTQX, refer toTable 16-30.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-30 PTQX parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Queries or sets the path Loopback.

Outloop
Service Type 10GE LAN, OC-192, The Service Type parameter sets the
OTU-2, OTU-2E, type of the service accessed at the optical
STM-64 interface on the client side.
Default: 10GE LAN
Mapping(11.1G), MAC queries the mapping mode of a port
Transparent Mapping service.
(10.7G), Bit See D.37 Port Mapping (WDM
Transparent Mapping Interface) for more information.
(10.7G)
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)

l Client side: Off

l Client side: Enabled the signals received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

pass-through (LPT).
Service Mode Automatic, ODU1, The Service Mode parameter sets the
Default: Automatic See D.41 Service Mode (WDM
Actual Wavelength - Queries the operating wavelength at the

No./Wavelength WDM-side optical interface of a board.
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)
Actual Band Type - Queries the band type.

board.

- board.
information.
wavelength.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

to Disabled.
NOTE

Default: Standard Mode See D.20 Line Rate for more
information.

board resides.
information.

commissioning.
16.4.11 PTQX Specifications

consumption.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 200 ps/nm-PID- N/A

12P km NRZ-PIN
TQ 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40
X km
km
10 Gbit/s Single
Rate-0.3 km
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd
Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
NOTE
Item Unit Value


format

source type


wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value


mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate )
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
wavelengths
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

on) EOL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value

PIN-XFP

(FEC on)
Table 16-33 Specifications of the PID optical module on the DWDM side
Item Unit Value
Optical Module Type 200 ps/nm-PID-NRZ-PIN
Maximum mean launched dBm +1

power (single wavelength)

power (single wavelength)

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN
Receiver sensitivity (FEC dBm -10.5

enabled) EOL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
in. (D) x 10.4 in. (H))
l Weight: 3 kg (7 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131F) (W)
PTQX 93.6 107.6
16.5 ENQ2
ENQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the ENQ2 board is TN54.

d 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 6800 3800 Chassis
TN54 Y Y Y N N
ENQ
2
16.5.2 Application
The ENQ2 board converts 32 channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals or four
channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals from the backplane into four OTU2/OTU2e signals. The
reverse process is similar.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application Scenario 1: 200G system Built with the ENQ2 Board
Figure 16-25 200G system built with the ENQ2 board

64xODU0/ 64xODU0/
32xODU1/ 32xODU1/
8xODU2/ 8xODU2/
Client-side Tributary 8xODU2e 8xODU2e
Tributary Client-side
service board board service
32xODU0/ OBU 32xODU0/

16xODU1/ 1P1 16xODU1/
4xODU2/ 4xOTU2/
4xOTU2/ 4xODU2/
Client- 4xODU2e OTU2e TN55
TN54 TN55 OTU2e 4xODU2e Client-
side Tributary NPO2E TN54 Tributary
ENQ2 NPO2E side
service board ENQ2 board service
OBU
1P1
64xODU0/ 64xODU0/
32xODU1/ 32xODU1/
8xODU2/ 8xOTU2/ 8xOTU2/ 8xODU2/
Client- 8xODU2e OTU2e OTU2e 8xODU2e Client-
Tributary TN55 TN55 Tributary
side side
board NPO2 NPO2 board
service service
Application Scenario 2: 120G system Built with the ENQ2 Board
Figure 16-26 120G system built with the ENQ2 board (TN55NPO2)
64xODU0/ 64xODU0/
32xODU1/ 32xODU1/
8xODU2/ 8xODU2/
8xODU2e 8xODU2e Client-
Client- Tributary Tributary
side OBU board side
board
service service
1P1
TN55 TN55
NPO2 NPO2
32xODU0/ 32xODU0/
16xODU1/ OBU 16xODU1/
4xODU2/ 4xOTU2/ 1P1 4xOTU2/ 4xODU2/
4xODU2e OTU2e OTU2e 4xODU2e Client-
Client- Tributary TN54 TN54 Tributary side
side board ENQ2 board
service
ENQ2 service

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-27 120G system built with the ENQ2 board (TN54NPO2)
64xODU0/ 64xODU0/
32xODU1/ 32xODU1/
8xODU2/ 8xODU2/
Client- Tributary 8xODU2e 8xODU2e Tributary Client-
side board board side
service service
OA OA
TN54 TN54
NPO2 NPO2
32xODU0/ OA OA 32xODU0/
16xODU1/ 16xODU1/
4xODU2/ 4xOTU2/ 4xOTU2/ 4xODU2/
4xODU2e OTU2e OTU2e 4xODU2e Tributary
Client- Client-
side Tributary TN54 TN54 side
board
service board ENQ2 ENQ2 service
NOTE
In the preceding application scenarios, the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is configured with the TN54PQ2
board.
If the TN55NPO2/TN55NPO2E board is not configured with the TN54PQ2 board, the TN55NPO2/
TN55NPO2E board can process a maximum of 4 x 10 Gbit/s services.
The TN55NPO2ES02 and TN55NPO2ES04 boards apply to transmissions over a distance shorter than or equal
to 40 km. The TN55NPO2EL02 and TN55NPO2EL04 boards apply to transmissions over a distance longer than
40 km but shorter than or equal to 80 km. The TN55NPO2L06 board must work with the TN55NPO2EL02
board, or the TN55NPO2L08 board must work with the TN55NPO2EL04 board. The TN55NPO2S06 board
must work with the TN55NPO2ES02 board, or the TN55NPO2S08 board must work with the TN55NPO2ES04
board.
When the TN55NPO2 board is used in a WDM system, whether OA boards are required or not depends on the
fiber distance. If the fiber distance is shorter than 40 km, do not configure an OA board at either the transmit
end or the receive end, or configure the TN12OBU1P1 board at the receive end; if the fiber distance ranges from
40 km to 80 km, do not configure an OA board at the transmit end but configure the TN12OBU1P1 board at the
receive end.

The ENQ2 supports functions and features such as OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 16-34 provides the details about the functions and features of the ENQ2.
Table 16-34 Functions and features of the ENQ2
Feature
Basic function ENQ2 converts signals as follows: 32 x ODU0/16 x ODU1/4 x ODU2/

ODU2e<->4 x OTU2/OTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0, ODU1, and ODU2/ODU2e
services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature
Cross-connect Supports the cross-connection of 32 channels of ODU0 or 16 channels of

capabilities ODU1 or four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NPO2 board
to the ITU-T G.709.

specification
ESC function supported
709.
NOTE
monitoring

ASON

layer ASON

scheme

NOTE
Outloop The TN54ENQ2 board supports
WDM-side loopbacks only when
working in compatible mode.
Channel Inloop Supported

Loopback NOTE
Outloop The TN54ENQ2 board supports
ODU2 channel loopback only
when working in standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature
Client side -

monitoring) with IEEE 802.3ae
which ITU-T G.707
transmitted
services comply ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-
LS)
BB-3)
SW-3)
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines
for the implementation and usage of the DVB
Control(MAC)
Protocol(PHY)
Dependent(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The ENQ2 board consists of the signal processing module, the control and communication
module, and the power supply module.
Figure 16-28 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ENQ2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Signal Flow
Figure 16-28 Functional modules and signal flow of the ENQ2
32XODU0/16XODU1/ 4XOTU2/ Backplane

4XODU2/4XODU2e 4XOTU2e (service cross-connection)
Cross-connect
module OTN processing module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
In the signal flow of the ENQ2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the WDM side of the ENQ2 to the WDM side
of the NPO2/NPO2E, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e signals from the backplane are transmitted to the signal
processing module. Then, the encapsulation and mapping modules perform encapsulation,
mapping, and OTN framing for the signals. Finally, four channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
are transmitted to the NPO2/NPO2E board through the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives four channels of OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals
from the NPO2/NPO2E board through the backplane, performs OTU2/OTU2e framing,
demapping, and decapsulation for the signals, and finally outputs 32 channels of ODU0
signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals or four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals.
The signals are cross-connected to other boards through the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
The module consists of the cross-connect module and OTN processing module.
NOTE
The signal processing module on the ENQ2 board has fixed cross-connections to the NPO2/
NPO2E board.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the NPO2/NPO2E and the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU0/ODU1/
ODU2 signals
Frames OTU2 signals and processes overheads in OTU2 signals.
the CPU.
detection of each functional module on the board.
Converts the DC power supplied from the backplane into the power required by each
16.5.5 Front Panel

There are four indicators on the front panel of the ENQ2.

Figure 16-29 shows the front panel of the ENQ2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-29 Front panel of the ENQ2
ENQ2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
ENQ2
Indicators
16.5.6 Valid Slots

The ENQ2 occupies one slot.
Table 16-35 shows the valid slots for the ENQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-35 Valid slots for the ENQ2 board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU1, IU5, IU11, IU15, IU19, IU23, IU27, IU31, IU35, IU39,
subrack IU45, IU49, IU53, IU57, IU61, IU65
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU1, IU5, IU12, IU16, IU20, IU24, IU29, IU33
subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU1, IU5, IU11, IU15

subrack

Logical Ports
The TN54ENQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode.
NOTE
For information about the standard and compatible modes, see Board Model (Standard Mode and Compatible
Mode) in the Configuration Guide.
l Figure 16-30 shows the port diagrams of the TN54ENQ2 board in compatible mode. Table
16-36 lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.
l Figure 16-31 shows the port diagrams of the TN54ENQ2 board in standard mode. Table
16-37 Lists the descriptions of the ports on the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-30 port diagrams for the TN54ENQ2 (compatible mode)

Other tributary board/ Other tributary board/ Other tributary board/
line board/PID board line board/PID board line board/PID board
Backplane
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
173
74
(ODU2LP4/
ODU2 ODU2LP4)-1
176
NOTE
There are cross-connections between ports 141 (OCHLP9/OCHLP9)-1 to 144 (OCHLP12/OCHLP12)-1 on the
NPO2 board and ports 71 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 to 74 (ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1 on the ENQ2 board. You
do not need to configure these cross-connections on the U2000.
module

module

cross-connections from other boards to the ODU0LP
port on the board using the NMS. The board's
internal structure enables transmission of the
path NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 16-36 Description of ports on the TN54ENQ2 (compatible mode)

ODU0LP1-ODU0LP16 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1

and 2.

2, 3 and 4.
Figure 16-31 port diagrams for the TN54ENQ2 (standard mode)

Backplane
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)
ODU2:1
4xODU2/
4XODU2e
ODU2:1
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
Other tributary board/line board/PID board
ODU2:1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU2:1
NPO2/
ODU1:4 NPO2E
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(9-12)-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
32xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU0:2
NOTE
Service cross-connections of the TN54ENQ2(standard mode) board are configured on the TN55NPO2 or
TN55NPO2E board (either in standard mode) using the NMS.
If an ODUk channel has been used, cross-connections cannot be configured on any other channels that
correspond to the ODUk channel, regardless of the rate level. For example, if channel 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9-
ODU2:1-ODU1:1 has been used, cross-connections cannot be configured on channel 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9-
ODU2:1 or 1(IN/OUT)-OCH:9-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1.
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

module
Service Cross-connection that must be configured on the

processing NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module
ODU0 mapping
path
Table 16-37 Description of ports on the TN54ENQ2 (standard mode)
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(912)-ODU2:1-ODU1: Indicates the mapping path for the ODU0

(14)-ODU0:(12) signals that are received through the backplane.
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(912)-ODU2:1-ODU1: Indicates the mapping path for the ODU1

(14) signals that are received through the backplane.
1(IN/OUT)-OCH:(912) Indicates the mapping path for the ODU2/

ODU2e signals that are received through the
backplane.
1(IN/OUT) Indicates the WDM-side port.

side.
The ENQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
When the ENQ2 board works in standard mode, service cross-connections are configured on
the TN55NPO2 or TN55NPO2E board using the NMS. The ODUk services processed by the
ENQ2 board are mapped onto OCH9-OCH12 optical channels on the TN55NPO2 or
TN55NPO2E board in standard mode. For details, see Configuration of Cross-connection
(NPO2) and Configuration of Cross-connection (NPO2E).
Figure 16-32 shows the created ODU0 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 16-32 Diagram of cross-connections of the ENQ2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
WDM side
ENQ2
2
board
WDM side
Other board b
(compatible mode)
Other board c
(standard mode)

side of the ENQ2
side of the ENQ2
Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Hardware Description 04 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R006C03 Hardware Description 04 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

About This Document

OptiX OSN 8800 V100R006C03

OptiX OSN 6800 V100R006C03

OptiX OSN 3800 V100R006C03

iManager U2000 V100R006C00

iManager U2000 Web LCT V100R006C00

This document is intended for:

l Network Planning Engineer

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

Indicates the flow of optical signals.

Indicates the flow of electrical signals.

Indicates an optical module.

Indicates an electrical module.

All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

Updates in Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Based on Product Version

14 Optical Adjusted the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description" part.

14 Optical Added information about the TN15LSXL board.

TOM Revised the TN11TOM board application 5 diagram.

12.3 Fiber Updated fiber management tray information.

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

Updates in Issue 03 (2012-06-22) Based on Product Version

Updates in Issue 02 (2012-04-05) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Deleted the TN15LSXL board.

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Updates in Issue 01 (2011-12-15) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Added descriptions of the TN12LSC, TN11LTX,

Updates in Issue 03 (2012-03-29) Based on Product Version

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Updates in Issue 02 (2011-10-31) Based on Product Version

Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2S0A, TN55NPO2S0B,

Updates in Issue 01 (2011-07-30) Based on Product Version

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11LOA, TN55TQX, TN53TDX,

14 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

15.9 THA l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

15.12 TOM Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

Updates in Issue 03 (2011-09-15) Based on Product Version

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,

14 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Updates in Issue 02 (2011-04-15) Based on Product Version

Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN54TOA, TN54THA, TN53TQX,

Updates in Issue 01 (2010-12-31) Based on Product Version

Whole manual l Added descriptions of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.

16.6 NPO2 Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2 board.

TN52UXCM Added descriptions of the TN52XCM02.

Updates in Issue 04 (2011-08-30) Based on Product Version

Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

Updates in Issue 03 (2011-05-25) Based on Product Version

16 PID Board Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX, and